RIVERS STATE UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

NKPOLU-OROWORUKWO
PORT HARCOURT
NIGERIA

POST GRADUATE SCHOOL

HAND BOOK

1
2
 TABLE OF CONTENT

Page
Title page 1
Foreword 2
Table of Contents 3
University Logo, Motto and Song
Logo 5
Motto 5
Song 6
Visitor And Principal Officers of The University 7
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF ENGINEERING 8
Department of Electrical Engineering
 Ph.D in Electrical Engineering
 M.Tech in Electrical Engineering
 PGD in Electrical Engineering
Department of Mechanical Engineering
 Ph.D in Mechanical Engineering
 M.Tech in Mechanical Engineering
 Master Of Engineering Management
 PGD in Mechanical Engineering
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL 96
SCIENCES
Department of Urban and Regional Planning
 M.Sc. in Urban and Regional Planning
Department of Estate Management
 PGD in Estate Management
 M.Sc in Real Estate
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF LAW 117

POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT 131

SCIENCES
Department of Accountancy
 PGD in Accountancy
 M.Sc in Accountancyy, Taxation and Public Sector Accounting
 Ph.D in Accountancy
Department of Banking and Finance
 PGD in Banking and Finance
 M.Sc in Banking and Finance
 Ph.D in Banking and Finance
Department of Management
 PGD in Management
 M.Sc in Human Resource Management, Business Policy,
Organisational Behaviour and Industrial Relations
 Ph.D in Management (Organisational Behaviour Tracking, Business
Policy Track, and Industrial Relations Track)
Department of Marketing
 PGD in Marketing
 M.Sc in Marketing
 PhD in Marketing

3
Department of Mass Communication
 PGD IN Mass Communication
 M.Sc in Mass Communication
 Department of Office and Information Management
 PGD in Office and Information Management
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF SCIENCE 239
Department of Chemistry
 PGD
 M.Sc
 PhD
Department of Physics
 PGD
 M.Sc
 PhD

POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN THE INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION 287

(FACULTY OF TECHNICAL AND SCIENCE EDUCATION)
 Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE)
 Postgraduate Diploma in Technical Education (PGDTE)

POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN THE INSTITUTE OF 348

FOUNDATION STUDIES

4
4. UNIVERSITY LOGO, MOTTO AND SONG

i. LOGO
The logo of the Rivers State University of Science and Technology depicts a shield
resting at a base with wavy blue lines with the university name and motto written at
the base. Inside the shield is an open book above which is a gear housing an atomic
nucleus with orbital electrons. The shield symbolizes the strength of the academic
programs of the university. The open book symbolizes knowledge and the search for
truth. The atomic nucleus with orbital electrons symbolizes science and the gear
symbolizes technology that the university aspires to bring to bear on the socio-
economic and cultural life of Rivers State and Nigeria in general. The wavy blue
lines symbolize a river representing the main geographical feature of the region of
Nigeria in which the university is located.

The university colours are blue, white and green. The blue colour symbolizes the
rivers, rivulets, creeks, and lakes in Rivers State and attachment of the people to
these resources as sustainers of their livelihood. The white colour symbolizes peace,
love and development, which the university hopes to bring to the people of Rivers
State. The green colour symbolizes the rich and fertile land including all the mineral
resources found in the State and the objective of the university to nurture society
towards a sustainable exploitation of the natural environment.

ii. MOTTO
The motto of Rivers State University of Science and Technology is ‘Excellence and
Creativity’. The word ‘excellence’ in the university motto provides the motivation,
enthusiasm, impetus, and guidance for staff and students of the university to strive to
be the best in academic pursuits, research, and service to the community. The word
‘creativity’ in the university motto provides the drive for the university to apply its
knowledge and skills towards the provision and improvement of research and
development products that affect the quality of life in general and the fortunes of
industries and the private sector.

5
iii UNIVERSITY ANTHEM TONIC SOLFA
s.,s d:-,t:d.r:m.f. s:-:-:m.,m f:r:m:d r:-:-:l,…,l,
r:-
f.,f m:-.s:l.r:d.r m:-:-:d.,l r:t:d:l. t:-:-:f..,f,
f,:-
f.,f m:-.r:m.f:s.l d:-:-:l.,l r:s:s:m f:-:-:l,.,f
l:-
s.,s l:-.td.m:d.le s:-:-:l.,l r:f:m:d s,:-:d..,d
f:-

.de:r.m:f.s l:-:-:f.,f s:m:f:r:m -:-

.s :f.s:l.t d:-:-:r.,r m:d:t:t:s -:-
.m:r.d:d.r l:-:-:t.,l d:s:s:f:m -:-
.l:f.m:f.s f:-:-:r.,f s:d:r:t:d -:-

s.,s d:-,t:d.r:m.f s:-:d.,d f:-.m:f.s:l.t d’:-:-

f.,f /m:-.s:l.t:d.r d:-:-ta.,ta l:-.d:r.m:f.s fe:-:-
f.,f m:-.r:m.f:s.l m:-:-:s.,s d:-.s:f.m:s.f r:-:-
s.,s l:-.tt:d.m:d.le s:-:-:m.,M f:-.m:f.s:d.t l:-:-

s:d’
l.,l s:-.fe:s.l:s.f:m:-:- d.,d:r:l:s t,:d:m.r:d
f.,f m:-.re:.f:m.r:d:-:- l.,s:f:f:d f :s:s.f:m
l.,l s:-.l :t.d:t.r:s:-:- m.,m:r:r:m r :r:r.t:s
d.,d d:-.l :s.f:m.r:s:-:- d.,l:l:l:s s :d:s.t:d

iii UNIVERSITY SONG

UST, UST we sing of thee
Flower of knowledge and Peace
In the garden city stands a tree
From whence inspiration comes
The people of many a tongue
Come and search and find the Golden Fleece
All for a simple and humble song,
All for excellence and creativity

UST, UST we sing of thee

Flower of knowledge and Peace
Busy we all toil as the bee
Fruitful, science and tech we grow
Keeping in motion the wheel of truth
Waters of the rivers always flow
To build a nation in truth
All for excellence and creativity

6
 HIS EXCELLENCY
CHIEF, BARR. EZENWO NYESOM WIKE, CON.
Executive Governor of Rivers State
Visitor

HON. JUSTICE ICHE N. NDU, (RTD.),

OFR, LL.D, FLGS, FIMC
PRO-CHANCELLOR AND CHAIRMAN OF COUNCIL

PROFESSOR BLESSING CHIMEZIE DIDIA

MBBS (Benin), MD (UPH), FASN, FSECAN
ACTING VICE-CHANCELLOR

PROFESSOR BOMA MAGNUS ORUWARI

BSc (UN-L), MSc (UN-L), Ph.D (VPI&SU) USA
ACTING DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR

MRS. DABA CONSTANCE ODIMABO

Dip., B.Sc., M.Sc. (RSUST), MNIM, FCAI

REGISTRAR

DR. (MRS) BLESSING E. AHIAUZU, (KSM, FNLA)

ALA (UK.), MBA (RSUST), MLS (IMSU), M.Sc., Ph.D (UPH)
UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN

MR. KENNEDY SAM ABRAHAM

Dip., B.Sc., CPA
ACTING BURSAR

7
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

8
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

9
PHD IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1.0 PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
Electrical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design, manufacture,
operation and maintenance of all forms of electrical devices, as well as to the
management of the human and material resources necessary for these activities.
Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to students on the art of
application of the related principles.

The philosophy of the PhD programme in Electrical Engineering of Rivers State

University of Science and Technology is to develop highly skilled professionals for
the public, private and international organizations, as well as for teaching and
research in Tertiary Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.1 BRIEF HISTORY OF THE PROGRAMME

The Department of Electrical Engineering was one of the Departments that were in
the School of Engineering of the former College of Science and Technology, Port
Harcourt established in 1970. The Department initially handled courses leading to the
University Diploma and Higher National Diploma qualifications. On 6th August 1980,
the Rivers State Government promulgated a law to establish the Rivers State
University of Science and Technology and transferred the assets and liabilities of the
College of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt to the University.
The School of Engineering of the College thus became the Faculty of Engineering of
the University. The Department runs programs leading to the award of the degree of
B.Tech in Electrical Engineering with options in Power and Electronics; PgD in
Electrical and Electronics options; M.Tech in Power and Electronics; and PhD in
Power Engineering.

2.0 PROGRAMME AIM AND OBJECTIVES

The overall aim of the PhD programme is to provide an avenue for holders of good
M.Tech/MSc/MEng degrees in Electrical Engineering to advance to the peak of their
educational qualifications to enhance, either in the industry or academia. Realisation
of this aim involves pursuance of the following objectives:
1. Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their
performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the rapidly
changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary knowledge
economy;
2. Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate
Electrical Engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in the local,
national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching, research and industry;
3. Producing socially responsive and functional Electrical Engineers capable of
positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development;
4. To train Electrical Engineers who can function effectively, independently or as a
member of a team in research and development.

10
3.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The criteria for admission into the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) programme in
Electrical Engineering are as follows:
 All candidates must have Five O’Level Credit passes including English,
Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry;
 All candidates must hold a Masters degree (M.Tech, MSc, or MEng), with a
minimum CGPA of 3.50 on a 5-point scale or an average of 60%, which includes
coursework and research thesis in the relevant specialised area of Electrical
Engineering, from a recognised university, provided the university matriculation
requirement is satisfied.

4.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The PhD programme is run only on full-time basis, and candidates shall normally be
expected to complete the programme within a minimum of six (6) semesters and a
maximum of twelve (12) semesters.

5.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

To graduate with a PhD, the student must pass examinations for all taught courses,
conduct an original research to the satisfaction of his supervisors, present seminars
both at the Departmental and Faculty levels, and final thesis, write and successfully
defend a thesis before a panel of examiners.

6.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

The programme structure and the syllabus of the PhD consist of both Faculty
courses and Departmental courses. The Faculty courses are taken by all PhD
students studying in the Faculty of Engineering.

6.1 COURSE NUMERATION

A. FACULTY COURSES: The Faculty courses are numbered according to the
Senate Curriculum and Instructions Committee recommendation on course
numeration. The course numbers start with FEC followed by three digits.
(i) The first letter F, indicates Faculty;
(ii) The second letter E indicates Engineering;
(iii) The third letter C, indicates common course;
(iv) The first digit indicates course level namely:
First Digit Course Level
 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses

(v) The second digit indicates the Department offering the course:
Second Digit Department Offering the Course
 0 - General Faculty Course
 1 - Agricultural and Environmental Engineering
 2 - Chemical/Petrochemical Engineering
 3 - Civil Engineering
 4 - Electrical Engineering
 5 - Marine Engineering
 6 - Mechanical Engineering

11
 (vi) The third digit indicates the sequence number of the course offered:
Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester

In view of the above format, the numeration of the common courses is as

follows:

Course Code Course Title Year/Semester

FEC 901 Research Methods and Experimental 1/I
Design
FEC 902 Research Seminar I 1/II
FEC 903 Research Seminar II 2/I
FEC 904 Research Seminar III 2/II
FEC 905 Research Seminar IV 3/I
FEC 906 Research Seminar V 3/II

B. DEPARTMENTAL COURSES: The course number starts with EEE indicating

[E]lectrical [E]lectronic [E]ngineering, followed by three digits, which have the
following connotations:
(i) First digit indicates year in which course is offered;
First Digit Course Level
 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses
(ii) Second digit indicates the specialty division:
Second Digit Specialty Division
0 - General Electrical Engineering and Supervised
Industrial Work Experience
1 - Electrical Circuits and Fields
2 - Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation
3 - Computer Engineering and Microprocessors
4 - Control Engineering
5 - Electronic Engineering
6 - Telecommunications Engineering
7 - Electrical Machines and Drives
8 - Electrical Power Engineering
9 - Projects, Design, Seminars

(iii) Third digit indicates the subsequent number of the course

Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester

12
6.2 OPTIONS
For the PhD in Electrical Engineering, only the Electrical Power Engineering option is
available at the moment.
6.3 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) COURSES:
Years 1-3
S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
Code
1 FEC 901 Research Methods and 2 2 0 3
Experimental Design
2 FEC 902 Research Seminar I 2 1 0 2
3 FEC 903 Research Seminar II 0 0 0 2
4 FEC 904 Research Seminar III 0 0 0 2
5 FEC 905 Research Seminar IV 0 0 0 2
6 FEC 906 PhD Thesis 0 0 0 12
Total 4 3 0 23
7.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM
7.1 ATTENDANCE
Being a full-time programme, the student is required to be based at the Department,
where he conducts his research, attend any taught courses/seminars and attend to
supervisory meetings. In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught
course, a student shall have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of
formal instructions delivered for the course.
7.2 COURSE EVALUATION
7.2.1 COURSE WORK
a. For a PhD coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%; continuous
assessment shall constitute not less than 30% of the examination for each
course;
b. Any student who fails in any course shall repeat such a course at next
available opportunity if the student does not withdraw for academic failure.
c. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 3.0 at
the end of two consecutive Semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 -69 B 4
50 -59 C 3
0 -49 F 0

7.2.2 THESIS
A panel of examiners shall be composed to orally assess a thesis according to the
university regulations. For the PhD thesis, the minimum composition of the
examination panel shall comprise:
i. External Examiner;
ii. Head of Department who must be a Ph.D holder;
iii. Supervisor;
iv. Co-supervisor;

13
 v. One other member of the Department who is not below the rank of a Senior
lecturer or an academic staff from a related Department within the Faculty
who must be a Ph.D holder; and
vi. A representative of the Board of the School of Postgraduate (PG) Studies.

7.2.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENT SUPERVISION

Requirements for supervision of postgraduate students shall be as follows:
i. Three (3) supervisors shall be appointed for a PhD student.
ii. Supervisors must be of a rank not lower than senior lecturer and must not be
registered postgraduate students.
iii. Supervisors shall guide a student in his/her studies and the Department shall
keep a record of the student’s progress and submit a regular progress report
through the Dean to the Board of Postgraduate Studies.
iv. A supervisor may be changed where and when necessary subject to the
approval of the board of Postgraduate Studies.
Where a student does part or all his required courses in another institution, the
external supervisor shall only be required to submit a written report on the candidate
at the end of the programme. Such a supervisor shall not normally be required to
participate in the oral examination of the candidate.

8.0 COURSE SYNOPSIS

The Synopsis of the PhD courses listed in Section 6.3 is as stated below:

FEC 901: Research Methods and Experimental Design (3 Units)

Quantitative Research Methods, Quantitative survey, Secondary data collation and
analysis, Statistical analysis, Qualitative Research Methods, Social
surveys/questionnaires, Interviews Discussion Groups, Workshops, Observation,
Visual Techniques. Survey of strategies of experimentation using statistical
techniques. Comparative experiments and inferences. Analysis of Variance in
experiments with single and multiple factors. Randomized blocks. Latin squares and
related designs. Factorial designs. Fitting regression models. Response surface
methods and designs. Nested and split-plot designs. Selecting a design to meet the
objectives of the experiment, Sampling.

FEC 902: Research Seminar I (2 Units)

The course is designed for PhD candidates who will be required to make seminar
presentations. Emphasis here will be placed on Introduction, literature review as well
as the derivation and/or development of relevant mathematical models and
procedures. A written report as well as an oral presentation are essential aspects of
the course. The first research report (or proposal) is presented at the
commencement of the research programme. This seminar in form of research
proposal will be held in the Departments and scores will be sent to Faculty.

FEC 903: Research Seminar II (2 Units)

This course is designed as a sequel to Research Seminar I. The second report
comes at the end of data collection and analysis. Results from research are
presented with findings for the first time in the department.

14
 FEC 904: Research Seminar III (2 Units)
This course is designed as a sequel to Research Seminar II. The second report
comes at the end of data collection and analysis and leads to the completion of the
dissertation or thesis as the case maybe Results from research are presented with
findings in the departments. In addition to the requirement and emphasis here shifts
to originality of research work and the contribution to knowledge resulting from the
research. Students will be expected to publish at least one paper in local or
international journals

FEC 905: Research Seminar IV (2 Units)

Course content and format designed as a terminal presentation of research findings
for PhD candidates. In the case of the PhD degree the research and thesis must be
of sufficient and scope to break new ground in Engineering. Students should have
published at least one paper in local or international journals at this stage.
Presentation will be held in the Faculty.

FEC 906: PhD Thesis (12 Units)

To graduate at the end of the programme, a candidate for the PhD must defend a
thesis based on his/her own original research before a panel of examiners. The
supervisors must have read through the thesis and approve that it has satisfied all
necessary requirements for oral examination.

9.0 STAFF LIST

9.1 POST GRADUATE ACADEMIC STAFF
DESIGNATIONS/
S/NO NAMES OF STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
SPECIALISATIONS
1 Engr. Dr. S. Orike Lecturer I/Ag. HOD BTech, MSc, MPhil,
(Artificial Intelligence) PhD, MNSE
2 Engr. Prof. C.O. Professor MTech, PhD,
Ahiakwo (Electrical Power MNSE
System)
3 Engr. Prof. A. O. Ibe Adjunct Professor BEng. PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Power
System)
4 Engr. Prof. E. S. Obe Adjunct Professor BSc, PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Machines and
Drives)
5 Engr. Dr. (Mrs.) G. N. Reader - Sabbatical BEng, MEng PhD,
Ezeh (Electronics and MNSE
Communication)
6 Engr. Dr. D. C. Reader BEng, MSc, PhD,
Idoniboyeobu (Electrical Power MNSE
System)
7 Engr. Dr. R. Adjunct Senior Lecturer BSc, MTech, PhD,
Uhunmwangho (Power Systems and MNSE
Machines)
8 Engr. Dr. B. O. Omijeh Adjunct Senior Lecturer BEng, MEng PhD,
(Electronics and MNSE
Telecommunication)
9 Engr. A. B. Piam Senior Lecturer - BEng, MNSE
Contract
(Telecommunications)

15
 10 Dr. V. I. E. Anireh Lecturer I BSc, PGD, MSc,
(Neural Networks) PhD
11 Engr. Dr. C. M. Anaele Lecturer I BSc, MSc, PhD,
(Power Electronics) MNSE
12 Engr. O. O. Oruye Lecturer I - Contract MSc, MPhil, FNSE
(Electrical Power
System)
13 Engr. F. M. Odeyemi Lecturer I BSc, MSc, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)
14 Engr. B. I. Bakare Lecturer I BTech, MSc,
(Control and MNSE
Telecommunications)
15 Mr. M. O. Nwoku Lecturer II BEng, MSc
(Expert Systems)
16 Engr. R. C. Oti Lecturer II HND, MTech,
(Electrical Power System MNSE
and Machines)
17 Engr. S. L. Braide Lecturer II BTech, MSc,
(Electrical Power MNSE
System)
18 Engr. T. Jenewari Lecturer II BTech, MSc,
(Embedded Systems and MNSE
Telecommunications)
19 Engr. P. Elechi Lecturer II BEng, MEng,
(Electronics and MNSE
Telecommunications)
20 Engr. M. B. Sigalo Lecturer II BTech, MSc,
(Power Electronics) MNSE
21 Engr. T. S. Barimalaa Lecturer II - Contract MSc, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)

9.2 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAMES OF STAFF DESIGNATION QUALIFICATION
1. Ms. Rebecca Sam Chief Secretarial Asst NABTEB
(Advanced)
2. Mrs. Mercy Nranye Higher Executive Officer WASC, BSc
(Admin)
3 Mr. Nicholas Keenam Asstistant Executive WASC
Officer

16
MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M.Tech) IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1.0 PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
Electrical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design, manufacture,
operation and maintenance of all forms of electrical devices, as well as to the
management of the human and material resources necessary for these activities.
Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to students on the art of
application of the related principles.
The philosophy of the M.Tech programme in Electrical Engineering of Rivers State
University of Science and Technology is to develop highly skilled professionals for
the public, private and international organizations, as well as for teaching and
research in Tertiary Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.1 BRIEF HISTORY OF THE PROGRAMME

The Department of Electrical Engineering was one of the Departments that were in
the School of Engineering of the former College of Science and Technology, Port
Harcourt established in 1970. The Department initially handled courses leading to the
University Diploma and Higher National Diploma qualifications. On 6th August 1980,
the Rivers State Government promulgated a law to establish the Rivers State
University of Science and Technology and transferred the assets and liabilities of the
College of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt to the University.
The School of Engineering of the College thus became the Faculty of Engineering of
the University. The Department runs programs leading to the award of the degree of
B.Tech in Electrical Engineering with options in Power and Electronics; PgD in
Electrical and Electronics options; M.Tech in Power and Electronics; and PhD in
Power Engineering.

2.0 PROGRAMME AIM AND OBJECTIVES

The overall aim of the M.Tech programme is to provide an avenue for holders of a
good degree (Second Class Lower honors and above) in Electrical Engineering and
equivalent qualifications in related discipline, who may wish to advance their studies
in Electrical Engineering. Candidates with PGD degrees, COREN registration and at
least 3 years industrial experience may be accepted. Realisation of this aim involves
pursuance of the following objectives:
5. Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their
performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the
rapidly changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary
knowledge economy;
6. Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate
Electrical Engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in the
local, national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching, research and
industry;
7. Producing socially responsive and functional Electrical Engineers capable of
positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development;
8. To train Electrical Engineers who can function effectively, independently or as a
member of a team in research and development;

17
4.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
For admission into the M.Tech programme, a candidate must have:
(a) A First Degree in Electrical and/or Electronics Engineering (Second Class
Lower honors and above).
(b) Upper Credit passes (minimum CGPA of 3.50 on a 5-point scale) in the
Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) in Electrical and/or Electronics Engineering
from a recognised university, with COREN registration.
(c) Candidates must also satisfy the entry requirements for B.Tech admission
into the Faculty of Engineering (Five O’Level Credit passes including English,
Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry).

4.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

Candidates for the M.Tech programme shall normally be expected to complete the
programme within a minimum of three (3) semesters and a maximum of six (6)
semesters on full-time basis.

5.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

For the M.Tech programme, a student must have been unitised with at least 31 units
comprising 24 units of coursework, 1 unit of seminar and 6 units of research. To
graduate, the student must pass all examination courses, seminars and final
dissertation.

6.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

The programme structure and the syllabus of the M.Tech consist of both Faculty
courses and Departmental course. The Faculty courses are taken by all M.Tech
students studying in the Faculty of Engineering.

6.3 COURSE NUMERATION

B. FACULTY COURSES: The Faculty courses are numbered according to the
Senate Curriculum and Instructions Committee recommendation on course
numeration. The course numbers start with FEC followed by three digits.
(i) The first letter F, indicates Faculty;
(ii) The second letter E indicates Engineering;
(iii) The third letter C, indicates common course;
(iv) The first digit indicates course level namely:
First Digit Course Level
 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses
(v) The second digit indicates the Department offering the course:
Second Digit Department Offering the Course
 0 - General Faculty Course
 1 - Agricultural and Environmental Engineering
 2 - Chemical/Petrochemical Engineering
 3 - Civil Engineering
 4 - Electrical Engineering
 5 - Marine Engineering
 6 - Mechanical Engineering

18
 (vi) The third digit indicates the sequence number of the course offered:
Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester

In view of the above format, the numeration of the common courses is as follows:

Course Code Course Title Year/Semester

FEC 801 Numerical Methods and Computer 1/I
Programming
FEC 802 Probability and Statistics 1/II
FEC 803 Linear Algebra and Differential Equations 1/I

B. DEPARTMENTAL COURSES: The course number starts with EEE indicating

[E]lectrical [E]lectronic [E]ngineering, followed by three digits, which have the
following connotations:
(iii) First digit indicates year in which course is offered;

First Digit Course Level

 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses
(iv) Second digit indicates the specialty division:
Second Digit Specialty Division
0 - General Electrical Engineering and Supervised
Industrial Work Experience
1 - Electrical Circuits and Fields
2 - Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation
3 - Computer Engineering and Microprocessors
4 - Control Engineering
5 - Electronic Engineering
6 - Telecommunications Engineering
7 - Electrical Machines and Drives
8 - Electrical Power Engineering
9 - Projects, Design, Seminars
(iii) Third digit indicates the subsequent number of the course
Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester
6.4 OPTIONS
Three options are available for M.Tech in Electrical Engineering.
(i) Power Option
(ii) Electronics Option
(iii) Communications Option

19
6.3 MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M.TECH) COURSES:

6.3.1 M.TECH (POWER ENGINEERING OPTION)

Year 1 Semester I
Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 801 Numerical Methods and 2 2 0 3
Computer Programming
2 FEC 803 Linear Algebra and Differential 2 2 0 3
Equations
3. EEE 873 Electrical Machines and Drives 3 0 2 4
4. EEE 881 Power Technology I 3 2 0 4
5. EEE 883 Faults and Fault Protection 3 2 0 4

Total 13 8 2 18

Year 1 Semester II
S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 802 Probability/Statistics 2 2 0 3
2 EEE 882 Switchgear 2 2 2 4
3. EEE 884 Power Technology II 2 0 2 3
4. EEE 886 Power System Planning and 3 2 0 4
Operation
5. EEE 888 High Voltage Engineering 3 0 2 4
Total 12 6 6 18

Year 2
S/No Course No. Course Title Lecturer

1. EEE 891 Project/Dissertation All Supervisors

20
 6.3.2 M. TECH (ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING OPTION)

Year 1 Semester I
Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC Numerical Methods and Computer 2 2 0 3
801 Programming
2 FEC Linear Algebra and Differential 2 2 0 3
803 Equations
3. EEE Advanced Circuit Theory and Design 2 2 0 3
851
4. EEE Signal Processing 2 2 0 3
853
5. EEE Semi-Conductor Theory 2 0 0 2
855
6 EEE Instrumentation/Transducer 2 0 2 2
857
Total 12 8 2 16

Year 1 Semester II
S/No Course
Course Title Lect. Tut. Pract Units
No.
1. FEC Probability/Statistics 2 2 0 3
802
2 EEE Computers and Information Theory 3 0 0 3
850
3. EEE Filters Analysis/Design 3 2 0 4
852
4. EEE Solid State Engineering 2 0 0 2
854
5. EEE Advanced Digital Systems Design 2 2 0 3
856
6 EEE Microprocessor System 2 0 2 3
858
Total 13 6 2 18

Year 2
S/No Course No. Course Title Lecturer
1. EEE 891 Project/Dissertation All Supervisors

21
 6.3.3 M. TECH (COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING OPTION)

Year 1 Semester I
Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC Numerical Methods and Computer 2 2 0 3
801 Programming
2 FEC Linear Algebra and Differential 2 2 0 3
803 Equations
3. EEE Advanced Circuit Theory and Design 3 2 0 3
851
4. EEE Signal Processing 2 2 0 3
853
5. EEE Semi-Conductor Theory 2 0 0 2
855
6 EEE Field Theory 2 2 0 2
861
Total 12 8 2 16

Year 1 Semester II
S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC Probability/Statistics 2 2 0 3
802
2 EEE Computers and Information Theory 3 0 0 3
850
3. EEE Filters Analysis/Design 3 2 0 4
852
4. EEE Communication Theory/ Systems 2 0 0 3
862
5. EEE Antenna/Microwave Engineering 2 0 0 2
864
6 EEE Telecommunication Planning and 2 2 0 3
866 Development
Total 13 6 2 18

Year 2
S/No Course Course Title Lecturer
No.
1. EEE Project/Dissertation All Supervisors
891

8.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM

7.1 ATTENDANCE
In order to be eligible for examination, a student shall have attended a minimum of
75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered for the course.

22
7.2 COURSE EVALUATION
Evaluation of M.Tech students consists of continuous assessment
(Assignments/Tests) and examinations. Continuous assessment constitutes 30%
while examinations constitute 70%.

The minimum pass score (total of continuous assessment and examination) is 50%.
Any student who fails in any course shall repeat such a course at next available
opportunity. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below
3.0 at the end of two consecutive semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

7.3 GRADING SYSTEM

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:
Marks Letter Grades Grade Points
70 and above A 5
60 - 69 B 4
50 - 59 C 3
0 - 49 F 0

At the end of examination and marking of scripts, the results are compiled and sent
to the PG School through the Faculty of Engineering PG Committee.

8.0 CLASSIFICATION
Classification of graduation certificates is based on the following:
CGPA Classification
4.50 - 5.00 Distinction
3.50 - 4.49 Upper Credit
3.00 - 3.49 Lower Credit

9.0 COURSE SYNOPSIS

The Synopsis of the M.Tech courses listed in Section 6.3 is as stated below:

9.1 M.TECH (POWER ENGINEERING OPTION)

FEC 801: NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (3 Units)

Computer programming concepts; algorithm, flowcharts; application of programming
languages to engineering problems; programming techniques and numerical
computations; solutions of polynomial equations; interval halving and location of
roots. Solution of non-linear equation; Newton Raphson’s method; Iterative methods
– Gauss and Gauss–Seidal. Matrices and system of linear equation – Gaussian
elimination. Numerical integrations; solution of differential equation – Euler’s and
Runge – Kutta methods.

FEC 803: LINEAR ALGEBRA AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3 Units)

Spaces, transformation, orthogenality, polynomial matrices, derivation of equation –
principles, system of linear equations with constant coefficients; direct and
operational approach; the convolution integral, Systems of linear equation with time-

23
varying coefficient - periodic case; the superposition integral. Introduction to the
general case theory of linear system. Non- linear equation – the types of solutions
essentially related with non-linearities, limit cycles “jumps”. Partial differential
equations – boundary value problems.

EEE 873: ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND DRIVES (4 Units)

General two-axis electrical machine analysis. Current, flux Voltage and torque
relations. Synchronous machine with two damper coils. Turbo-and-hydrogenerators.
Excitation control of AC generator. Speed governors. Steady state stability. Short
circuit on synchronous generators. Sudden load engines. General equations for
inductive motor. Speed regulation, driving characteristics of an induction motor.
Heating and cooling of electric machines.

EEE 881: POWER TECHNOLOGY I (4 Units)

World resources and energy demand. General principles of energy conversion.
Thermal cycles. Efficiency. Electromechanic conversion. Three phase generation.
Operational features of different types of power plants. Basic and peak load
operations. Inter-connection. Use of high voltage for generation, transmission and
distribution of electric energy. Component of an electric power system. Distribution
means. Quality of supply.

EEE 883: FAULTS AND FAULTS PROTECTION (4 Units)

Abnormal regimes in power system. General requirements for relay protection.
Principles of power system protection, Over-current and under-voltage relays.
Directional and differential relays. Sources of operational voltage. Synchronous
generator and non-synchronous protection. Bus-bar protection. Line protection
systems.

FEC 802: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (3 Units)

Set and probability; Random variables, Functions of Random variables; Estimation
theory, Tests of hypothesis; linear regression and correlation; Multiple linear
regression; Polynomial regression; Analysis of variance.

EEE 882: SWITCHGEARS (4 Units)

Arc phenomena. Circuit interruption. Recovery voltage and switching over-voltages.
Arc circuit breakers-types, constructional features, rating and application. Voltage
and current measuring transformers. Transformation of steady state and fault
currents.

EEE 884: POWER TECHNOLOGY II (3 Units)

Power system analysis. Line parameters. Corona and skin effect. Current and
voltage relations on a transmission line. Short line solution. General circuit equations.
Circle diagrams. Per unit quantities. Network equations and solutions. Fault
calculations in three phase systems. System earthing.

24
 EEE 886: POWER SYSTEM PLANNING AND OPERATION (4 Units)
Objectives of system planning. Generation expansion studies. Load flow analysis.
Power flow programmes. Fault levels. Steady state and transient stability. Reliability
of power system. Load production and generation capacity. Costs. Generation
dispatching. Transmission loss calculations and optimum dispatch. System control
centres.

EEE 888: HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING (4 Units)

Transformer equivalent circuit. Three-phase transformer; poly-phase connections.
Multi-winding transformer. Tapping. Parallel operations. Neutral point earthing.
Transient phenomena. Symmetrical components in unbalance 3-phase system.
Electro-magnetic forces in transformer winding. Tests on transformer. Installation and
maintenance of transformers.

EEE 891: PROJECT (THESIS)

All candidates for Master’s degree must present a project (thesis) based on their own
work or research. A project (thesis) for Master’s degree must show familiarity with
previous work in the field and must demonstrate the ability to carry out research and
to organize results.

9.2 M.TECH (ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING OPTION)

FEC 801: NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (3 Units)

Computer programming concepts; algorithm, flowcharts; application of programming
languages to engineering problems; programming techniques and numerical
computations; solutions of polynomial equations; interval halving and location of roots.
Solution of non-linear equation; Newton Raphson’s method; Iterative methods – Gauss
and Gauss–Seidal. Matrices and system of linear equation – Gaussian elimination.
Numerical integrations; solution of differential equation – Euler’s and Runge – Kutta
methods.

FEC 803: LINEAR ALGEBRA AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3 Units)

Spaces, transformation, orthogenality, polynomial matrices, derivation of equation –
principles, system of linear equations with constant coefficients; direct and operational
approach; the convolution integral, Systems of linear equation with time-varying
coefficient - periodic case; the superposition integral. Introduction to the general case
theory of linear system. Non- linear equation – the types of solutions essentially related
with non-linearities, limit cycles “jumps”. Partial differential equations – boundary value
problems.

EEE 851: ADVANCED CIRCUIT THEORY AND DESIGN (3 Units)

Graph theoretic formulation of circuit equation modified nodal analysis. Solution of linear
and non-linear equations. Sensitivity calculation. Dynamic response calculations.
Modeling of devices, design of integrated circuit amplifier, comparators, A/D converter
operational amplifier and oscillators modulators, CMOS technology, The course should
include Hierarchical design of NMOS and CMOS ASICs MOS technology and
fabrication. Standard cell and full- chip layout. PLAs, FSMs, and iterative networks Use
of CAE design tools.

25
EEE 853: SIGNAL PROCESSING (3 Units)
Analysis of continuous and discrete signals; orthogonal expansion, signal sampling and
reconstruction. Theory and application of Fournier and Z–transforms, FFT algorithms
and Spectral Analysis. Image processing fundamentals, Image transformation and
enhancement, Image restoration, encoding and segmentation.

EEE 855: SEMICONDUCTOR THEORY (2 Units)

Crystal Structure, band theory Brillouin, Zone, Fermi Surface, Charge Carrier
Calculation, Currents, Operations, and Modeling of bipolar, FET, microwave and optical
devices.

EEE 857: INSTRUMENTATION/TRANSDUCERS (3 Units)

A study of instrumentation systems, transducer and sensor devices, signal conditioning
and recording considerations with emphasis on parameters as temperature, pressure,
velocity, acceleration, flow process, etc. Calibration techniques, error consideration, new
and current instrument developments to be presented.

FEC 802: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (3 Units)

Set and probability; random variables, functions of random variables; estimation theory,
tests of hypothesis; linear regression and correlation; multiple linear regression;
polynomial regression; analysis of variance.

FEC 850: COMPUTERS AND INFORMATION THEORY (3 Units)

Advanced computer networks and distributed system; Information security; Intelligent
web technologies and cloud computing; Computational intelligence techniques – fuzzy
systems, artificial neural networks and genetic algorithms; Introduction to robotics
engineering.

EEE 852: FILTER ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (4 Units)

Positive real function, synthesis of RC, RL, LC and RLCM one port, lossless two ports
and their synthesis. Approximation theory. Scatter parameters. Analysis and design of
2nd and higher order filters (including switched capacitor). Analysis, design and
implementation of digital filters.

EEE 856: ADVANCED DIGITAL SYSTEMS DESIGN (3 Units)

Digital system design using a hardware description language. High level Synthesis
Simulation and design for testability. Study of complex digital structures; CPU, (pipelined
CPUs, parallel processing hardware), Memory (cache and virtual memory) structures,
FIFO, serial and parallel interface, digital controllers.

EEE 856: MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEM (2 Units)

Design of microprocessor based controllers from sensor to output including hardware
and software for control, data acquisition, computation and I/O, choice of processor.
Facilities for microprocessor interfacing, structured microcomputer programmes and real
time control applications.

26
9.3 M.TECH (COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING OPTION)

FEC 801: NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (3 Units)

Computer programming concepts; algorithm, flowcharts; application of programming
languages to engineering problems; programming techniques and numerical
computations; solutions of polynomial equations; interval halving and location of
roots. Solution of non-linear equation; Newton Raphson’s method; Iterative methods
– Gauss and Gauss–Seidal. Matrices and system of linear equation – Gaussian
elimination. Numerical integrations; solution of differential equation – Euler’s and
Runge – Kutta methods.

FEC 803: LINEAR ALGEBRA AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3 Units)

Spaces, transformation, orthogenality, polynomial matrices, derivation of equation –
principles, system of linear equations with constant coefficients; direct and
operational approach; the convolution integral, Systems of linear equation with time-
varying coefficient - periodic case; the superposition integral. Introduction to the
general case theory of linear system. Non- linear equation – the types of solutions
essentially related with non-linearities, limit cycles “jumps”. Partial differential
equations – boundary value problems.

EEE 851: ADVANCED CIRCUIT THEORY AND DESIGN (3 Units)

Graph theoretic formulation of circuit equation modified nodal analysis. Solution of
linear and non-linear equations. Sensitivity calculation. Dynamic response
calculations. Modeling of devices, design of integrated circuit amplifier, comparators,
A/D converter operational amplifier and oscillators modulators, CMOS technology,
The course should include Hierarchical design of NMOS and CMOS ASICs MOS
technology and fabrication. Standard cell and full- chip layout. PLAs, FSMs, and
iterative networks Use of CAE design tools.

EEE 853: SIGNAL PROCESSING (3 Units)

Analysis of continuous and discrete signals; orthogonal expansion, signal sampling
and reconstruction. Theory and application of Fournier and Z–transforms, FFT
algorithms and Spectral Analysis. Image processing fundamentals, Image
transformation and enhancement, Image restoration, encoding and segmentation.

EEE 855: SEMICONDUCTOR THEORY (2 Units)

Crystal Structure, band theory Brillouin, Zone, Fermi Surface, Charge Carrier
Calculation, Currents, Operations, and Modeling of bipolar, FET, microwave and
optical devices.
EEE 861: FIELD THEORY (2 Units)
Boundary value problems in electrostatic and magnetostatic, and magnetic multi-pole
interaction/Maxwell’s stress tensor equation; EM wave propagation in vacuum and
dielectric media, wave propagation in conducting media, Cavity Resonators, Guided
wave, scattering theory; Special relativity covariant formulation of field equations,
radiation theory for accelerated charges.

27
FEC 802: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (3 Units)
Set and probability; random variables, functions of random variables; estimation
theory, tests of hypothesis; linear regression and correlation; multiple linear
regression; polynomial regression; analysis of variance.

FEC 850: COMPUTERS AND INFORMATION THEORY (3 Units)

Advanced computer networks and distributed system; Information security; Intelligent
web technologies and cloud computing; Computational intelligence techniques –
fuzzy systems, artificial neural networks and genetic algorithms; Introduction to
robotics engineering.

EEE 852: FILTER ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (4 Units)

Positive real function, synthesis of RC, RL, LC and RLCM one port, lossless two
ports and their synthesis. Approximation theory. Scatter parameters. Analysis and
design of 2nd and higher order filters (including switched capacitor). Analysis, design
and implementation of digital filters.

FEC 854: SOLID STATE ENGINEERING (2 Units)

Semi conducting materials: significance of semi conducting materials – intrinsic,
impurity, compound semiconductors; conduction mechanism; holes and electrons
drift; diffusion; internal fields and contract potential difference; D.C. characteristics;
depletion and diffusion capacitances, transient charges, storage effects; Transistors
operation and parameters; Quantum theory; Tunnel effect; Schottsky diode; Hall
effect.

EEE 862: COMMUNICATION THEORY/SYSTEMS (3 Units)

Introduction to systems, theories and inherent problems of modem digital
communication system, Introduction to theoretical basis for design of modern
communication systems with emphasis on optional implementation, measurement of
information, theory of source and channel coding, rate distortion and channel
capacity.

EEE 864: ANTENNA/MICROWAVE ENGINEERING (2 Units)

Microwave sources, transmission technology, active and passive circuits, special
devices including microwave semi conductor devices, Optional communication and
modulation Techniques. EEE Array theory and synthesis, geometric optics analysis
of reflective and lens radiating system.

EEE 866: TELECOMMUNICATION PLANING AND DEVELOPMENT (3 Units)

History, organization and social significance of communication services, forecasting
as the basis of development planning. Packet, circuit and cell switching, network
protocol, network topologies, traffic control and routing, source characteristics,
network modeling and design. Modern wireless system, including cellular design,
propagation modeling, multiple access.

EEE 891 PROJECT (THESIS)

All candidates for M.Tech must present a project (thesis) based on their own work or
research. A project (thesis) for Master’s degree must show familiarity with previous
work in the field and must demonstrate the ability to carry out research and to
organize results.

28
10.0 STAFF LIST
10.1 POST GRADUATE ACADEMIC STAFF
DESIGNATIONS/
S/NO NAMES OF STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
SPECIALISATIONS
1 Engr. Dr. S. Orike Lecturer I/Ag. HOD BTech, MSc, MPhil,
(Artificial Intelligence) PhD, MNSE
2 Engr. Prof. C.O. Ahiakwo Professor MTech, PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Power
System)
3 Engr. Prof. A. O. Ibe Adjunct Professor BEng. PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Power
System)
4 Engr. Prof. E. S. Obe Adjunct Professor BSc, PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Machines
and Drives)
5 Engr. Dr. (Mrs.) G. N. Ezeh Reader - Sabbatical BEng, MEng PhD,
(Electronics and MNSE
Communication)
6 Engr. Dr. D. C. Reader BEng, MSc, PhD,
Idoniboyeobu (Electrical Power MNSE
System)
7 Engr. Dr. R. Uhunmwangho Adjunct Senior BSc, MTech, PhD,
Lecturer MNSE
(Power Systems and
Machines)
8 Engr. Dr. B. O. Omijeh Adjunct Senior BEng, MEng PhD,
Lecturer MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunication)
9 Engr. A. B. Piam Senior Lecturer - BEng, MNSE
Contract
(Telecommunications)
10 Dr. V. I. E. Anireh Lecturer I BSc, PGD, MSc,
(Artificial Intelligence) PhD
11 Engr. Dr. C. M. Anaele Lecturer I BSc, MSc, PhD,
(Power Electronics) MNSE
12 Engr. O. O. Oruye Lecturer I - Contract MSc, MPhil, FNSE
(Electrical Power
System)
13 Engr. F. M. Odeyemi Lecturer I BSc, MSc, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)
14 Engr. B. I. Bakare Lecturer I BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Control and
Telecommunications)
15 Mr M. O. Nwoku Lecturer II BEng, MSc
(Expert Systems)
16 Engr R. C. Oti Lecturer II HND, MTech, MNSE
(Electrical Power
System and
Machines)
17 Engr S. L. Braide Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Electrical Power

29
 System)
18 Engr T. Jenewari Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Embedded Systems
and
Telecommunications)
19 Engr P. Elechi Lecturer II BEng, MEng, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)
20 Engr M. B. Sigalo Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Power Electronics)
21 Engr. T. S. Barimalaa Lecturer II - Contract MSc, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)

10.2 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAMES OF STAFF DESIGNATION QUALIFICATION

1. Ms. Rebecca Sam Chief Secretarial Asst NABTEB (Advanced)

2. Mrs. Mercy Nranye Higher Executive Officer WASC, BSc

(Admin)
3 Mr. Nicholas Keenam Asstistant Executive WASC
Officer

10.3 LABORATORY STAFF

S/No NAMES OF STAFF DESIGNATIONS QUALIFICATIONS

1. Mr. F. S. Mbah Chief Technologist BEng

2. Mr. E. B. Peekate Chief Technologist HND, PGD, MTech
3. Mr. F. M. Gbobo Chief Technologist Full-Tech
4. Mr. M. A. Nanim Deputy Chief HND, PGD, BTech
Technologist
5. Engr. S. A. Senior Technologist I HND, MSc, MNSE
Bruce-Allison
6. Mr. L. Dumkhana Technologist II BTech
7. Mr. E. C. Obuah Technologist II HND, MSc
8. Mr. B. Deesor Technologist II ND, HND
9. Ms. N. Saturday System BSc, MSc
Analyst/Programmer
11. Mr. C. Dioha Deputy Chief Technical C & G, WASC, Trade
Assistant Test 1
12. Mr. N. Wordu Technical Officer Trade Test

30
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

1.0 PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY

Electrical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design, manufacture,
operation and maintenance of all forms of electrical devices, as well as to the
management of the human and material resources necessary for these activities.
Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to students on the art of
application of the related principles.

The Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) in Electrical Engineering is a remedial programme

to prepare graduate of Electrical Engineering or related discipline who graduated with
Third Class and pass grades in the Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech) programme,
and Higher National Diploma (HND) for a Master of Technology (M.Tech) programme
in Electrical Engineering.

The philosophy of the PgD programme in Electrical Engineering is to develop highly

skilled professionals for the public, private and international organizations, as well as
for teaching and research in Tertiary Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.1 BRIEF HISTORY OF THE PROGRAMME

The Department of Electrical Engineering was one of the Departments that were in
the School of Engineering of the former College of Science and Technology, Port
Harcourt established in 1970. The Department initially handled courses leading to the
University Diploma and Higher National Diploma qualifications. On 6th August 1980,
the Rivers State Government promulgated a law to establish the Rivers State
University of Science and Technology and transferred the assets and liabilities of the
College of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt to the University.

The School of Engineering of the College thus became the Faculty of Engineering of
the University. The Department runs programs leading to the award of the degree of
B.Tech in Electrical Engineering with options in Power and Electronics; PgD in
Electrical and Electronics options; M.Tech in Power and Electronics; and PhD in
Power Engineering.

2.0 PROGRAMME AIM AND OBJECTIVES

The overall aim of the PgD programme is to upgrade first-degree graduates with a
Third Class or Pass classification, as well as bridging the gap between Higher
National Diploma (HND) and Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech) programme to enable
holder of HND to qualify for corporate membership of the Nigerian Society of

31
 Engineers (NSE) and registration with the Council for the Regulation of Engineering
in Nigeria (COREN). Realisation of this aim involves pursuance of the following
objectives:

1. Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their

performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the
rapidly changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary
knowledge economy;

2. Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate

Electrical Engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in the
local, national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching, research and
industry;

3. Producing socially responsive and functional Electrical Engineers capable of

positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development;

4. Providing opportunity for the students to convert and aspire to higher degrees
in Electrical Engineering;

5. To train Electrical Engineers who can function effectively, independently or as

a member of a team in research and development;

6. The PgD programme is drawn in line with the NSE graduate-ship exams; and
on successful completion of the programme, the graduate Electrical Engineer
shall be able to:

 Prepare and read Engineering drawings;

 Design and install Electrical and Electronic circuits/systems;
 Install, operate and maintain electrical and electronic machines, tools and
equipments;
 Solve Engineering problems by analysis and empirical methods;
 Apply management principles to solve management and organisational
problems related to any engineering setup.

5.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

For admission into the PgD Programme, a candidate must have:
(a) Five O’Level Credit passes including English, Mathematics, Physic and
Chemistry;
(b) A First Degree graduate in Electrical Engineering or Computer Engineering,
with at least a Third Class;

32
 (c) HND in Electrical and/or Electronics Engineering, or Computer Engineering
with a minimum of upper credits from a recognized institution in Nigeria;
(d) HND or equivalent qualifications awarded by institutions outside Nigeria
recognised by COREN;
(e) B.Sc or B. Tech in Physics with Electronics or Computer Science.

4.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

Candidates for the PgD shall normally be expected to complete the programme within
a minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of six (6) semesters on full-time
basis.

5.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

For the Postgraduate Diploma, a student must have been unitised with at least 64
units of compulsory courses which include the project and design report. The student
must also pass all examination courses, technical report writing and final project
work.
6.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The programme structure and the syllabus of the PgD consist of both Faculty
courses and Departmental course. The Faculty courses are taken by all PgD
students studying in the Faculty of Engineering.

6.1 COURSE NUMERATION

A. FACULTY COURSES: The Faculty courses are numbered according to the Senate
Curriculum and Instructions Committee recommendation on course numeration.
The course numbers start with FEC followed by three digits.
(a) The first letter F, indicates Faculty;
(b) The second letter E indicates Engineering;
(c) The third letter C, indicates common course;
(d) The first digit indicates course level namely:
First Digit Course Level
 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses

(e) The second digit indicates the Department offering the course:
Second DigitDepartment Offering the Course
 0 - General Faculty Course
 1 - Agricultural and Environmental Engineering
 2 - Chemical/Petrochemical Engineering
 3 - Civil Engineering
 4 - Electrical Engineering
 5 - Marine Engineering
 6 - Mechanical Engineering

(f) The third digit indicates the sequence number of the course offered:
Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester

In view of the above format, the numeration of the common courses is as follows:

33
 Course Code Course Title Year/Semester
FEC 701 Engineering in Society 1/I
FEC 702 Engineering Mathematics II 1/II
FEC 703 Engineering Mathematics I 1/I
FEC 704 Computer Programming I 1/II
FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics III 2/I
FEC 707 Computer Programming II 2/II

B. DEPARTMENTAL COURSES: The course number starts with EEE indicating

[E]lectrical [E]lectronic [E]ngineering, followed by three digits, which have the
following connotations:
(i) First digit indicates year in which course is offered;
First Digit Course Level
 7 - PGD courses
 8 - MTech courses
 9 - PhD courses
(ii) Second digit indicates the specialty division:
Second Digit Specialty Division
0 - General Electrical Engineering and Supervised
Industrial Work Experience
1 - Electrical Circuits and Fields
2 - Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation
3 - Computer Engineering and Microprocessors
4 - Control Engineering
5 - Electronic Engineering
6 - Telecommunications Engineering
7 - Electrical Machines and Drives
8 - Electrical Power Engineering
9 - Projects, Design, Seminars
(iii) Third digit indicates the subsequent number of the course
Third Digit Sequence number of the course
Odd Number First Semester
Even Number Second Semester
6.2 OPTIONS
Two options are available for students.
(iv) Electronics option
(v) Power Option

34
6.3 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES:

YEAR 1 Semester I Electronics and Power Options

Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 701 The Engineer in Society 3 0 0 3
2. FEC 703 Engineering Mathematics I 2 2 0 3
3. EEE 711 Material Science 3 2 0 4
4. EEE 713 Network Theory 3 2 0 4
5 EEE 715 Electro-Magnetic Theory 2 1 0 2
Total Units 13 7 0 16

YEAR 1 Semester II Electronics and Power Options

S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 704 Computer Programming I 2 0 3 4
2. FEC 702 Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 0 3
3. EEE 742 Control System Engineering I 2 0 3 5
4. EEE 752 Electronic Engineering I 2 0 3 4
Total Units 8 2 9 16

YEAR 2 Semester I Electronics Option

S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 0 3
2. FEC 707 Computer Programming II 2 2 0 3
3. EEE 743 Control System Engineering II 2 2 0 3
4. EEE 753 Electronic Engineering II 2 2 0 3
5. EEE 761 Telecommunications 2 2 0 3
Engineering I
6. EEE 791 Technical Report Writing 2 0 1 3
Total Units 10 10 0 18

35
 YEAR 2 Semester I Power Option
S/No Course Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 0 3
2. FEC 707 Computer Programming II 2 2 3 3
3. EEE 743 Control System Engineering II 2 2 0 3
4. EEE 771 Electrical Machines I 2 2 0 3
5. EEE 781 Electrical Power System I 2 2 0 3
6. EEE 791 Technical Report Writing 2 0 1 3
Total Units 10 10 3 18

YEAR 2 Semester II Electronics Option

Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. EEE 764 Telecommunications 2 2 1 3
Engineering II
2. EEE 754 Digital Electronics 3 1 1 4
3. EEE 762 Data Transmission 3 1 0 3
4. EEE 732 Computer Technology 3 1 0 3
5 EEE 792 Course Project - - 9 3
Total Units 11 5 11 16

YEAR 2 Semester II Power Option

Course
S/No Course Title Lect Tut Pract Units
No.
1. EEE 772 Electrical Machines II 2 1 1 3
2. EEE 756 Power Electronics 2 2 0 3
3. EEE 774 Electric Drives 2 1 1 2
4. EEE 782 Electrical Power System II 2 1 0 2
5. *EEE 784 Power System Protection 3 1 0 3
6 *EEE 786 High Voltage Engineering 3 1 0 3
7 EEE 792 Course Project - - 9 3
Total Units 11 6 11 16

* Elective Course(s)

36
9.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM
7.1 ATTENDANCE
In order to be eligible for examination, a student shall have attended a minimum of
75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered for the course.

7.2 COURSE EVALUATION

Evaluation of PgD students consists of continuous assessment
(Assignments/Tests) and examinations. Continuous assessment constitutes 30%
while examinations constitute 70%.

The minimum pass score (total of continuous assessment and examination) is

50%. Any student who fails in any course shall repeat such a course at next
available opportunity. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
falls below 3.00 at the end of two consecutive Semesters shall be required to
withdraw from the programme on academic failure.

7.3 GRADING SYSTEM

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 - 69 B 4
51 - 59 C 3
1 - 49 F 0

At the end of examination and marking of scripts, the results are compiled and sent
to the Postgraduate School through the Faculty of Engineering Postgraduate
Committee.

8.0 CLASSIFICATION
Classification of graduation certificates is based on the following:
CGPA Classification
4.50 - 5.00 Distinction
3.50 - 4.49 Upper Credit
3.00 - 3.49 Lower Credit

9.0 COURSE SYNOPSIS

The Synopsis of the courses listed in Section 6.3 are as stated below:

FEC 701: THE ENGINEER IN THE SOCIETY (3 Units)

Technology in Society: A historical development of modern society from early days
through industrial revolution to the present. Impact of technological advance;
materials and manufacture, power and fuels, transportation and communication: A
review of the Nigeria situation. Community responsibilities of the engineer-social,
moral and legal responsibilities - giving evidence before public committees, courts of
law and arbitration panels. National development plans of Nigeria – outline of
proposals, targets and strategies. The role of the engineer in national development
and in national defence.

37
The professional bodies and engineering societies: Aims and objectives, structures
and functions. The role of engineering societies in maintaining professional
discipline, ethics and standards. The development of technological education –
technical education systems – direct and sandwich courses in Universities and
Polytechnics.
Industry, Commerce and Management: Review of management function –
Production, Personnel, Marketing, Finance, etc. Industrial law and labour relations.
Elements of manpower development and training. Industry and national economy.
Private and State control of enterprises. Law of contract.
Quantitative Management Techniques: Introduction to operations research and
its applications – Decision trees, break-even, linear programming, forecasting,
investment appraisal, inventory management, project planning and evaluation.
Maintenance scheduling and replacement strategies. Simple cash flow analysis.
The concept of petty cash. Development of simple Balance sheet and Income
statement.

FEC 703: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I (3 Units)

Matrix Algebra: Arithmetic Operations of Matrices, Matrix Inversion, System of Linear
Equation, Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors, Canonical Transformations and
Applications. Vector Analysis: Vector Algebra, Vector Differentiation, Gradient,
Divergence and Curl, Vector Integration, Theorems of Vector Calculus. Complex
Analysis: Complex Number and Algebra, Complex Functions and Integration,
Residue Integration, Conformal Mapping Application of Complex Analysis.

EEE 711: MATERIAL SCIENCE (4 Units)

Atomic Theory. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, Electron Configuration in
Materials. Solids-Physical Properties. Dielectric Material, Magnetic Materials.
Electric and Magnetic Effects. Field Effect. Thermal and Optical Effects.

EEE 713: NETWORK THEORY (4 Units)

Review of Signal Analysis. Review of Transmission. Line Theory. Network
Topology. Network Analysis. Review of two-port Network. Network synthesis.
Electric Filter. Review of 3-phase networks State Equation.

EEE 715: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3 Units)

Review of electromagnetic laws in integral form: Gauss’ Law, Ampere’s and
Faraday’s laws. Electrostatic fields due to distribution of charge, magnetic fields in
and around current – carrying conductors. Time varying magnetic and electric fields.
Conduction and displacement currents. Maxwell’s equations. Poynting vector,
energy propagation, and boundary conditions.

FEC 704: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING I (3 Units)

Introduction to Computer Programming: Computer Programming Language; Flow
Chart, Components of a Computer Program, Scientific Programming: Development
of Algebraic Problems – Functions Evaluation, Polynomial Equation, Statistical
Problems, Sorting Problem.

38
FEC 702: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II (3 Units)
Linear Algebra: Spaces, Transformations, Orthogonal, Polynomial Matrices,
Derivation of Equation with Constant Coefficient, The Convolution Integral, System of
Linear Equations with Time Varying Coefficients, The Superposition Integral. Non-
Linear Equations: Types of Solutions essentially related to Non-Linearities, Limit
Cycles, Jumps, Probability and Statistics: Basic Theorems for Probability
Distributions, Mean and Variance of a Distribution, Distribution of Several Variables,
Discrete and Continuous Distribution, Random Sampling, Parameters Estimation,
Confidence Intervals, Hypothesis Testing, Standard Deviation, Regression Analysis
and Curve Fitting.

EEE 742: CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING I (5 Units)

Review work on Frequency Response Methods. Design and Compensation
Techniques. Non-linear Control Systems. Discrete-Time Methods. Measurement
and Data Handling. Analogue and digital computing. Types of Servo-mechanism
and control. Process control.

EEE 743: CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING II (3 Units)

Open and closed loop control systems: Procedures of design transfer functions
components of control systems. Frequency response characteristics. Pole zero
configurations. Stability Nyguist diagram Relative stability, Bode diagram.

EEE 752: ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING I (4 Units)

Electron tubes: thermionic emission. Application, semi-conductor processes, diode
PN junction; types, Transistors: PNP and NPN Triode configuration, Devices: SCR
device, opto-electronic devices, photo transistors, photo-resistors, photo-diodes,
solar cells, LEDs. Design and compensation Techniques Non-Linear Control
systems. Discrete, Time Methods. Measurement and Data Handling Analogue and
Digital computing. Types of serve mechanism and control, process control.

FEC 705: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III (3 Units)

Ordinary Differential Equations: First and Second Order Homogenous Differential
Equation, Higher Order Homogenous Differential Equations, non-Homogenous
Differential Equations, System of Differential Equations, Series Solution of Differential
Equations. Partial Differential Equations: Elliptic, Hyperbolic, Parabolic and Laplace
Equations, Numerical Methods: Numerical Integration, Interpolation Methods,
Numerical Solution of Linear and Non-Linear System of Equations, Numerical
Solutions of Ordinary Differential Equations.

FEC 707: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING II (3 Units)

Development of Computer Programs: Matrices Multiplication, Calculation of
Determinants, Matrices Inversion, Solution of System of Linear Equations,
Calculation of Eigen Values and Eigens Vector, General Numerical Analysis
Problems. Use of Matlab software.

39
EEE 753: ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING II (3 Unit)
Amplifiers –Low frequency amplifiers –D5 bias. Cascaded amplifiers, Feedback
amplifiers, emitter followers; collector follower. Bias stabilization; Oscillators blocking
oscillators, synchronized oscillators, pulse electronics switching mode circuits. Wave
shaping. Multi-vibrators. Monostable circuits, delay circuits, pulse generator. Bistable
circuits.

EEE 761: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING (3 Units)

Principles of sound propagation-types of waves; pressures, intensity, power levels,
velocity, Noise and its effects on telecommunications systems-sources and types of
noise, noise measurements, statistical analysis of noise. Transducers –
microphones, receivers, earphones, recording systems.

EEE 771: ELECTRICAL MACHINES I (3 Units)

Electro-mechanical energy conversion, generalized machine theory, excitation
system. Synchronous Machines – Steady state characteristics, equivalent circuits;
Power angle relations; operation of infinite busbars. Excitation systems. AVR.
Power factor compensation. Cooling methods. Induction Machines – Operating
characteristics, Speed control, Induction regulators. Frequency changers
Transformers – vector grouping and dynamic performance of D.C motors. Cross-
field machines. A.C Commutator motors. Thyristor control of commutator machines.
Element of machine design. Electric Drives – linear and rotary drives, Dynamics,
spool/time relation; Duty cycles; braking, reversing and regeneration.

EEE 781: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM I (3 Units)

Energy sources distribution of load between sources. Power system modeling and
operational considerations. Network representation of power systems. Voltage and
frequency load dependence.

EEE 782: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM 2 (2 Units)

Load flow analysis – classification of system variable and generation to n-bus
system, load flow solution using Gauss-Seidel and Newton-Raphson methods.
Power system operation and control-voltage and frequency control; economic load
dispatch.

EEE 764: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING II (3 Units)

Aerials – resonant and non resonant wire antennas, microwave aerials. Aerial
feeders. Information theory and coding Microwave devices and circuits. Microwave
theory and techniques. Radar systems and applications. Other communication
systems.

EEE 762: DATA TRANSMISSION (3 Units)

Introduction of Data transmission System. Line Circuits and H.F Radio Links. Data
Equipment. Principle and Types of Data Transmission Systems. Base band
Analysis Modulated Carrier Signals.

40
EEE 754: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (4 Units)
Review of Boolean Algebra and Logic Circuit Simplification Bi-Stable Elements (Flip-
Flops) – Review. Counters. Register. Memory Devices. Advanced Semiconductor
Technologies. Interfaces Digital Converters. Microprocessors.

FEC 732: COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY (3 Units)

Logic Operation. Sequential Circuits. Arithmetic Operations. Introduction to Digital
Computers, Computer Organisation. Storage Systems. Programme Aids.
Minicomputers and Microprocessors. Digital Computer Systems.

EEE 772: ELECTRICAL MACHINES II (3 Units)

A.C. machines-construction and principles of operation. Synchronous machines –
steady state characteristics; equivalent circuits; Power angle relations; operation on
infinite busbars. AVR Power factor compensation cooling methods. Induction
machines operating characteristics. Frequency changers, commutator machines-
transient and dynamic performance of D.C. communtator cross-field machines. A.C.
commutator motors. Thyristor control of commutator machines elements of machines
designed.

EEE 756: POWER ELECTRONICS (3 Units)

Power semiconductors –diodes thyristor triacs. Thyristor characteristics, specification
and ratings. Phase control, control, Modules and trigger pulse circuits. Current
limiting devices. Converter and inverters; choppers and cyclo-converters protection of
power semiconductor. Equivalent circuit analysis.

EEE 774: ELECTRIC DRIVES (2 Units)

Linear and rotary drive dynamics, spool/times relation. Duty cycles; braking reversing
and regeneration. Individual group and collective drives. Transmission of drive.
Thermal rating of motors. Energy consumption and 4 quadrant operation. Selection
of motors for specific purposes. Reluctance, hysterisis control of schemes for electric
drives.

EEE 786: HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING (3 Units)

Methods of generation and measurement of high voltages. Type and tests on
switchgears. Mechanisms of dielectric breakdown in gases, liquids and solids.
Protection against over voltages. Switchgear construction. Oil switches. Air blast,
SF6, Vacuum circuit breakers.

41
10.0 STAFF LIST
10.1 POST GRADUATE ACADEMIC STAFF
DESIGNATIONS/
S/NO NAMES OF STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
SPECIALISATIONS
1 Engr. Dr. S. Orike Lecturer I/Ag. HOD BTech, MSc, MPhil,
(Artificial Intelligence) PhD, MNSE
2 Engr. Prof. C.O. Professor MTech, PhD, MNSE
Ahiakwo (Electrical Power System)
3 Engr. Prof. A. O. Ibe Adjunct Professor BEng. PhD, MNSE
(Electrical Power System)
4 Engr. Prof. E. S. Adjunct Professor BSc, PhD, MNSE
Obe (Electrical Machines and
Drives)
5 Engr. Dr. (Mrs.) G. Reader - Sabbatical BEng, MEng PhD,
N. Ezeh (Electronics and MNSE
Communication)
6 Engr. Dr. D. C. Reader BEng, MSc, PhD,
Idoniboyeobu (Electrical Power System) MNSE
7 Engr. Dr. R. Adjunct Senior Lecturer BSc, MTech, PhD,
Uhunmwangho (Power Systems and MNSE
Machines)
8 Engr. Dr. B. O. Adjunct Senior Lecturer BEng, MEng PhD,
Omijeh (Electronics and MNSE
Telecommunication)
9 Engr. A. B. Piam Senior Lecturer - Contract BEng, MNSE
(Telecommunications)
10 Dr. V. I. E. Anireh Lecturer I BSc, PGD, MSc, PhD
(Artificial Intelligence)
11 Engr. Dr. C. M. Lecturer I BSc, MSc, PhD,
Anaele (Power Electronics) MNSE
12 Engr. O. O. Oruye Lecturer I - Contract MSc, MPhil, FNSE
(Electrical Power System)
13 Engr. F. M. Odeyemi Lecturer I BSc, MSc, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)
14 Engr. B. I. Bakare Lecturer I BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Control and
Telecommunications)
15 Mr M. O. Nwoku Lecturer II BEng, MSc
(Expert Systems)
16 Engr R. C. Oti Lecturer II HND, MTech, MNSE
(Electrical Power System and
Machines)
17 Engr S. L. Braide Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Electrical Power System)
18 Engr T. Jenewari Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Embedded Systems and
Telecommunications)
19 Engr P. Elechi Lecturer II BEng, MEng, MNSE
(Electronics and
Telecommunications)

42
 20 Engr M. B. Sigalo Lecturer II BTech, MSc, MNSE
(Power Electronics)
21 Engr. T. S. Lecturer II - Contract MSc, MNSE
Barimalaa (Electronics and
Telecommunications)

10.2 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAMES OF STAFF DESIGNATION QUALIFICATION

1. Ms. Rebecca Sam Chief Secretarial Assistant NABTEB (Advanced)

2. Mrs. Mercy Nranye Higher Executive Officer WASC, BSc

(Admin)
3 Mr. Nicholas Keenam Assistant Executive Officer WASC

10.3 LABORATORY STAFF

S/No NAMES OF STAFF DESIGNATIONS QUALIFICATIONS

1. Mr. F. S. Mbah Chief Technologist BEng

2. Mr. E. B. Peekate Chief Technologist HND, PGD, MTech
3. Mr. F. M. Gbobo Chief Technologist Full-Tech
4. Mr. M. A. Nanim Deputy Chief HND, PGD, BTech
Technologist
5. Engr. S. A. Senior Technologist I HND, MSc, MNSE
Bruce-Allison
6. Mr. L. Dumkhana Technologist II BTech
7. Mr. E. C. Obuah Technologist II HND, MSc
8. Mr. B. Deesor Technologist II ND, HND
9. Ms. N. Saturday System BSc, MSc
Analyst/Programmer
11. Mr. C. Dioha Deputy Chief Technical C & G, WASC, Trade Test 1
Assistant
12. Mr. N. Wordu Technical Officer Trade Test

43
 DEPARTMENT OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

44
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH.D) PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

1.0 INTRODUCTION
The National Universities Commission (NUC), as a regulatory agency for University
Education in Nigeria, has as one of its mandates, the definition and maintenance of
academic standards. For postgraduate programmes, NUC has defined benchmarks
and minimum academic standards. This Benchmarks and Minimum Academic
Standards (BMAS) for the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme in Mechanical
Engineering is to serve as a guide to all Nigerian Universities wishing to mount
postgraduate programmes in Mechanical Engineering.

In line with the NUC BMAS, this handbook is prepared for the Ph.D in Mechanical
Engineering at Rivers State University of Science and Technology.

1.1 Philosophy
Mechanical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design, manufacture,
operation and maintenance of all forms of mechanical devices, as well as to the
management of the human and material resources necessary for these activities.
Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to students on the art of
application of the related principles.

The philosophy of the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme in Mechanical

Engineering is to develop highly skilled professionals for the public, private and
international organizations, as well as for teaching and research in Tertiary
Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.2 Aims and Objectives

The aims and objectives of the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programmes in
Mechanical Engineering are geared at:

 Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their

performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the
rapidly changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary
knowledge economy;

 Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate

Mechanical engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in the
local, national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching, research and
industry.

 Producing socially responsive and functional Mechanical engineers capable of

positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development.

2.0 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The graduate of this programme has a wide range of employment opportunities in
establishments such as the following:
(i) Public Works Departments
(ii) Mechanical Engineering Construction, Manufacturing, Production and Service
Organisations
(iii) Quasi-Government Institutions
(iv) Research and Teaching Institutions
(v) Mechanical Engineering Consultancy

45
3.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The criteria for admission to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme in
Mechanical Engineering are as follows:

i. Basically, all candidates must have five O’Level Credit passes including English,
Mathematics, Physic, and Chemistry.

ii. All candidate must hold a Masters degree (M.Tech, MSc, or MEng), with a
minimum CGPA of 3.50 on a 5-point scale or an average of 60%, which includes
coursework and research thesis in the relevant specialized area of
Mechanical Engineering, from a recognized university.

iii. In addition, the university matriculation requirements must be satisfied.

4.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMMES

Full-time: A minimum of six (6) semesters and a maximum of twelve 12 semesters.
Part-time: A minimum of eight (8) semesters and a maximum of sixteen (16)
semesters.

5.0 ACADEMIC STANDARDS

5.1 Academic Regulations

a. Academic Session
An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally
comprises 15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations.

b. Modular System
All engineering programmes shall be run on a modular system, commonly
referred to as Course Unit system. All courses should therefore be sub-
divided into more or less self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that
are taught within a semester and examined at the end of that particular
semester. Unit weights should be attached to each course.

c. Definition of Units:
Units are loads attached to a course. One Unit load is equivalent to one hour
per week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures or two hours of tutorials or
three hours per week of term paper work or laboratory practical per semester
of 15 weeks.

5.2 Programme Requirements

a. Registration Procedure
Students shall normally complete registration for courses for the semester not
later than two weeks after the start of the semester. A student cannot withdraw
from a course after a third of it has been delivered without permission,
according to the regulations of the University. A student who withdraws after
this time or who fails to sit for the final examination without reasons acceptable
to the Senate shall be deemed to have failed that course.

b. Student Academic Status

A student’s academic status shall be determined on the basis of his/her
performance at the end of the semester examinations.

46
 c. Transfer
Students who transfer from other universities shall be unitized with only those
courses deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have already passed
prior to their transfer. Such students shall however be required to meet the
minimum number of sessions he/she has spent in the Faculty; provided that the
student shall satisfy the residency requirements of the University. Students who
transfer for any approved reason shall be unitized with those Units passed that
are within the curriculum. Appropriate decisions on transfer cases shall be
subjected to the approval of Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty. If
anyone is on probation for 2 consecutive semesters, he/she shall be required to
withdraw from the programme.

d. Withdrawal
A candidate whose CGPA is below 3.0 at the end of 2 consecutive Semesters
shall be required to withdraw from the University. A candidate may also
withdraw voluntarily from the programme for reasons other than academic
failure. He may do so on permission from the board of postgraduate school
following an application through the faculty postgraduate committee.

e. Re-Admission
A student who voluntarily withdraws from the postgraduate programme for
reasons other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to
continue with the programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student
who has been asked to withdraw due to academic failure may be re-admitted
on application after a period of one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission,
he shall be required to retain his/her old matriculation number

f. Attendance
In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught course, a student
shall have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal
instructions delivered for the course.

5.3 Course Evaluation

a. Attainment Levels
In Engineering programmes, assessment of students’ should be based on a
combination of performance in some or all of the following areas:
 Examinations;
 Continuous assessments;
 Oral presentations and Seminars and problem solving exercises;
 Assignments;
 Group project works; and
 Thesis/Dissertations.

b. Continuous Assessment
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, term papers, tutorial
exercises, quizzes and home works. Scores from continuous assessment shall
constitute at least 30% of the final marks for courses which are primarily theoretical.

5.4 External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used in the final year of the graduate
programme to assess final year courses and projects, and to certify the overall
performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of facilities and
teaching.

47
6.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM

6.1 Course Work

d. For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%;
continuous assessment shall constitute not less than 30% of the examination for
each course;

e. Any student, who fails in any course, shall repeat such a course at next available
opportunity, if the student does not withdraw for academic failure.

f. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 3.00 at
the end of 2 consecutive Semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.
The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 -69 B 4
50 -59 C 3
0 -49 F 0

6.2 Thesis or Dissertation

A panel of examiners shall be composed to orally assess a thesis or dissertation
according to the University regulations, but the examination shall at least be guided by
the following:

Note that all masters degree programmes shall be subject to external examination and
moderation.

a) Ph.D Thesis: The minimum composition of the examination panel shall comprise:

vii. External Examiner;

viii. Head of Department who must be a Ph.D holder;
ix. Supervisor;
x. Co-supervisor;
xi. One other member of the Department who is not below the rank of a Senior
lecturer or an academic staff from a related Department within the Faculty
who must be a Ph.D holder; and
xii. A representative of the Board of the School of Postgraduate (PG) Studies.

6.3 Requirements for Student Supervision

Requirements for supervision of postgraduate students shall be as follows:
i. Three supervisors (3) for the Ph.D programme shall be appointed.

ii. For the Ph.D, supervisors must be of a rank not lower than senior lecturer and
must not be registered postgraduate students.

iii. A supervisor shall guide a student in his/her studies and the department shall
keep a record of the candidate’s progress and submit a regular progress report
through the Dean to the Board of Postgraduate Studies.

iv. A supervisor may be changed where and when necessary subject to the approval
of the board of Postgraduate Studies.

48
 Where a student does part or all his required courses in another institution, the
external supervisor shall only be required to submit a written report on the candidate
at the end of the programme. Such a supervisor shall not normally be required to
participate in the oral examination of the candidate

7.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

The Ph.D programmes to be offered are in the following options:
i. Applied Mechanics and Design
ii. Thermo-Fluids and Energy
iii. Production.

7.1 Ph.D. COURSES SCHEDULE

Courses Courses Title Year/

semester
FEC 901 Research Methods and 1-1
Experimental Design
FEC 902 Research Seminar I 1-2
FEC 903 Research Seminar II 2-1
FEC 904 Research Seminar III 2-2
FEC 905 Research Seminar IV 3-1
FEC 906 PhD Thesis 3-2

Years 1-3
S/No Course Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Units
Code Hr
1 FEC 901 Research Methods 2 2 0 3
and Experimental
Design
2 FEC 902 Research Seminar I 2 0 0 2

3 FEC 903 Research Seminar II 0 0 0 2

4 FEC 904 Research Seminar 0 0 0 2
III
5 FEC 905 Research Seminar 0 0 0 2
IV
6 FEC 906 PhD Thesis 0 0 0 12
Total 0 0 0 23

7.2 COURSE DESCRIPTION/CONTENTS

FEC 901 Research Methods and Experimental Design (3 Units)

Quantitative Research Methods, Quantitative survey, Secondary data collation and
analysis , Statistical analysis, Qualitative Research Methods, Social
surveys/questionnaires, Interviews Discussion Groups ,Workshops, Observation,
Visual Techniques. Survey of strategies of experimentation using statistical
techniques. Comparative experiments and inferences. Analysis of Variance in
experiments with single and multiple factors. Randomized blocks. Latin squares and
related designs. Factorial designs. Fitting regression models. Response surface
methods and designs. Nested and split-plot designs. Selecting a design to meet the
objectives of the experiment, Sampling.

49
 FEC 902 Research Seminar I (2 Units)
The course is designed for PhD candidates who will be required to make seminar
presentations. Emphasis here will be placed on Introduction, literature review as well
as the derivation and/or development of relevant mathematical models and
procedures. A written report as well as an oral presentation are essential aspects of
the course. The first research report (or proposal) is presented at the
commencement of the research programme. This seminar in form of research
proposal will be held in the Departments and scores will be sent to Faculty.

Optional: [Students may publish their reviews in local or international journals].

FEC 903 Research Seminar II for PhD Students (2 Units)

This course is designed as a sequel to Research Seminar I. The second report
comes at the end of data collection and analysis. Results from research are
presented with findings for the first time in the department.

FEC 904 Research Seminar III for PhD Students (2 Units)

This course is designed as a sequel to Research Seminar I. The second report
comes at the end of data collection and analysis and leads to the completion of the
dissertation or thesis as the case maybe Results from research are presented with
findings in the departments. In addition to the requirement and emphasis here shifts
to originality of research work and the contribution to knowledge resulting from the
research. Students will be expected to publish at least one paper in local or
international journals

FEC 905 Research Seminar IV (2 Units)

Course content and format designed as a terminal presentation of research findings
for Ph.D candidates. In the case of the Ph.D. degree the research and thesis must be
of sufficient and scope to break new ground in Engineering. Students should have
published at least one paper in local or international journals at this stage.
Presentation will be held in the Faculty.

FEC 906 PhD Thesis (12 Units)

8.0 GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA) CALCULATION

Grade Point Average is calculated by dividing the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.
For example:
Courses Units
ENG 111 3
BIO 101 4
PHY 105 4
MATH 111 3
CHS 101 4
Total Units 16

If the student obtains the following grades, i.e.

50
 Courses Grades
ENG 111 C
BIO 101 B
PHY 105 C
MATH 111 A
CHS 101 A

Therefore the student’s G.PA. is calculated as follows:

Courses Grades Units Grade Points*
ENG 111 C 3 3X 3=9
BIO 101 B 4 4 X 4 = 16
PHY 105 C 4 3 X 4 = 12
MTH 111 A 3 5 X 3 = 15
CHS 101 A 4 5 X 4 = 20

* Grade point is equal to

Sums of (grade point x units of courses) in the semester
Total units attempted in the semester
:. G.P.A = 72 = 4.50
16
This implies that at the end of the first semester the student obtained a 4.50 G.P.A on
a five point system.

9.0 CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA) CALCULATION

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.

For example, if the student above also obtained a grade point of 60 for a total of 20
registered units (in the second semester) in addition to the 72 grade points he/she
obtained in the first semester.
:. His/her C.G.P.A is
60  72 132
  3.67
20  16 36

51
10.0 LIST OF STAFF

10.1 ACADEMIC STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/

DESIGNATION
1 Engr. Prof. F.J.K. Ideriah B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., Professor
MNSE, COREN,
2 Engr. Prof. S. Odi-Owei B.Sc., Ph.D., FNSE, Professor/Former
COREN, VC
3 Engr. Prof. H.I. Hart B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D., Professor/Former
COREN, FNSE DVC
4 Engr. Prof. M.T. Lilly Ph.D, M.Sc, B.Eng Professor
5 Prof. C. O. C. Oko Ph.D Professor (Adjunct)
6 Prof. M.S. Abolarin Ph.D Professor
(Sabbatical)
7 Engr. Dr. B.T. Lebele-Alawa B.Tech., M.Tech., Ph.D Reader
COREN, MNSE
8 Engr. J.I. Sodiki B.Sc., M.Sc., COREN, Senior Lecturer
MNSE
9 Dr. A. Offiong Ph.D Senior Lecturer
(Adjunct)
10 Engr. Dr. B. Nkoi B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Lecturer I/Ag H.O.D
COREN, MNSE
11 Dr. C. K. Iwuji Ph.D Senior Lecturer
12 Engr Dr. C. V. Ossia B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Senior Lecturer
COREN, MNSE
13 M.V. Ndor M.Sc. Lecturer I
14 Engr. O. F. Nungah-Ovai B.Tech., M.EM., Lecturer II
COREN, FNSE
15 Engr. I.E. Okwu B.Tech, M.Eng, COREN, Lecturer II
MNSE
16 R.K.C. Amadi B.Tech, M.Tech Lecturer II
17 N. Teme M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
18 F.E. Oparadike M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
19 A.K. Le-ol B.Tech, MNSE Graduate Assistant
20 E. O. Nangi B.Eng Graduate Assistant

10.2 NON - ACADEMIC STAFF

10.2.1 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Mrs S. S. J. Toby B.Sc Principal Confidential Secretary
2 Mrs. I. Benjamin B.Sc, Comp. Cert. Head Computing
3 Mrs. B.A. Yaakor G.C.E Senior Clerical Officer

52
10.2.2 WORKSHOP / LABORATORY STAFF

S/NO NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

STAFF
1 Engr. A.A. M.Sc., MNSE Chief Technologist
LongJohn
2 Engr. A.A. Luke HND, PGD, MNSE Chief Technologist / Workshop
Manager
3 C.M.T. Kalio P.T.I. Diploma Principal Tech. Officer
4 L.E. Ozuruoke C & G Part I & II Senior Tech. Officer
5 G. Olunwor C & G Part I Higher Tech. Officer
6 Mr. S. B. Godam B.Tech Technologist II
7 Obot Godwin Trade Test I, II, III Technical Attendance
8 Biribo Loveday Trade Test II, III Head Technical Attendance
9 Akata O. HND, OND, Trade Test Technical Officer
GoodFriday I, II, III
10 Dickson David Trade Test II, III, NECO Technical Assistant II
11 Nwinueko NTC, Trade Test I, II, III Technical Assistant II
Bariloe
12 Igoni Goodluck NTC Head Technical Attendance
13 A.A. Biribo Trade Test III Senior Tech. Asst.
14 B. Jonah Trade Test Asst. Tech. Officer
15 J. Bekee Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
16 S.A. Michael C & G Inter. Asst. Tech. Officer
17 S. Akekue Trade Test II Tech. Asst.
18 D. Sigalo WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
19 T. Timbiri WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
20 J. Tonbofah Trade Test III Tech. Asst.
21 L.H. Nwikega Trade Test I Senior Tech. Officer
22 L. Ijeoma Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
23 C. Alfred Trade Test I Tech. Officer
24 L.L. Bonko Trade Test I Chief Tech. Asst.
25 D. Johnson Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer

53
MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (MTECH) PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

1.0 Philosophy
Mechanical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design,
manufacture, operation and maintenance of all forms of mechanical devices, as well
as to the management of the human and material resources necessary for these
activities. Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to students on
the art of application of the related principles.

The philosophy of the Master of Technology (MTech) programme in Mechanical

Engineering is to develop highly skilled professionals for the public, private and
international organizations, as well as for teaching and research in Tertiary
Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.1 Aims and Objectives

The aims and objectives of the Master of Technology (MTech) programme in
Mechanical Engineering are geared at:

 Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their

performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the rapidly
changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary knowledge
economy;

 Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate

Mechanical engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in the
local, national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching, research and
industry.

 Producing socially responsive and functional Mechanical engineers capable of

positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development.

2.0 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The graduate of this programme has a wide range of employment opportunities in
establishments such as the following:
(vi) Public Works Departments
(vii) Mechanical Engineering Construction, Manufacturing, Production and Service
Organisations
(viii) Quasi-Government Institutions
(ix) Research and Teaching Institutions
(x) Mechanical Engineering Consultancy

3.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The criteria for admission into the Master of Technology (MTech) programme in
Mechanical Engineering are as follows:

i. Basically, all candidates must have five O’Level Credit passes including
English, Mathematics, Physic, and Chemistry.
ii. All candidates must have either B.Tech, B.Sc, or B.Eng degree in
Mechanical Engineering with at least a Second Class Lower Division grade.
iii. A candidate with an upper credit Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) (minimum
CGPA of 3.50 on a 5-point scale) in Mechanical Engineering from a
recognized University provided the University matriculation requirements are
satisfied.

54
4.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

A minimum of 31 Units comprising 24 Units of Coursework, 1 unit of Seminar and 6

Units of Research must be met for a student to be eligible for graduation.

5.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMMES

The M.Tech programme is full time and it is to last for a minimum of three (3)
semesters and a maximum of six (6) semesters.

5.1 ACADEMIC STANDARDS

Academic Regulations

a. Academic Session
An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally comprises
15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations.

b. Modular System
All engineering programmes shall be run on a modular system, commonly referred to
as Course Unit system. All courses should therefore be sub-divided into more or less
self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that are taught within a semester and
examined at the end of that particular semester. Unit weights should be attached to
each course.

c. Definition of Units:
Units are loads attached to a course. One Unit load is equivalent to one hour per
week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures or two hours of tutorials or three hours
per week of term paper work or laboratory practical per semester of 15 weeks.

5.2 Programme Requirements

a. Registration Procedure
Students shall normally complete registration for courses for the semester not later
than two weeks after the start of the semester. A student cannot withdraw from a
course after a third of it has been delivered without permission, according to the
regulations of the University. A student who withdraws after this time or who fails to
sit for the final examination without reasons acceptable to the Senate shall be
deemed to have failed that course.

b. Student Academic Status

A student’s academic status shall be determined on the basis of his/her performance
at the end of the semester examinations.

c. Good Standing and Probation

To be in good standing, a student must in each semester have a Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA) of not less than 3.00. A Student who is not in good academic
standing shall be deemed to be on Probation.

d. Transfer
Students who transfer from other universities shall be unitized with only those
courses deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have already passed prior
to their transfer. Such students shall however be required to meet the minimum
number of sessions he/she has spent in the Faculty; provided that the student shall
satisfy the residency requirements of the University. Students who transfer for any

55
 approved reason shall be unitized with those Units passed that are within the
curriculum. Appropriate decisions on transfer cases shall be subjected to the
approval of Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty. If anyone is on probation
for 2 consecutive semesters, he/she shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

e. Withdrawal
A candidate whose CGPA is below 3.0 at the end of 2 consecutive Semesters shall
be required to withdraw from the University. A candidate may also withdraw
voluntarily from the programme for reasons other than academic failure. He may do
so on permission from the board of postgraduate school following an application
through the faculty postgraduate committee.

f. Re-Admission

A student who voluntarily withdraws from the postgraduate programme for reasons
other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to continue with the
programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student who has been asked to
withdraw due to academic failure may be re-admitted on application after a period of
one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission, he shall be required to retain his/her old
matriculation number

g. Attendance
In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught course, a student shall
have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered
for the course.

5.3 Course Evaluation

a. Attainment Levels
In Engineering programmes, assessment of students’ should be based on a
combination of performance in some or all of the following areas:
 Examinations;
 Continuous assessments;
 Oral presentations and Seminars and problem solving exercises;
 Assignments;
 Group project works; and
 Thesis/Dissertations.

b. Continuous Assessment
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, term papers,
tutorial exercises, quizzes and home works. Scores from continuous
assessment shall constitute at least 30% of the final marks for courses which
are primarily theoretical.

5.4 External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used in the final year of the graduate
programme to assess final year courses and projects, and to certify the overall
performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of facilities and
teaching.

6.0 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The graduate of this programme has a wide range of employment opportunities in
establishments such as the following:

56
 (i) Public Works Departments
(ii) Mechanical Engineering Construction, Manufacturing, Production and Service
Organisations
(iii) Quasi-Government Institutions
(iv) Research and Teaching Institutions
(v) Mechanical Engineering Consultancy

7.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM

Course Work

a. For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%;
continuous assessment shall constitute not less than 30% of the examination for
each course;
b. Any student, who fails in any course, shall repeat such a course at next available
opportunity, provided the student does not withdraw for academic failure.
c. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 3.00 at
the end of two (2) consecutive semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 -69 B 4
50 -59 C 3
0 -49 F 0

Thesis or Dissertation
A panel of examiners shall be composed to orally assess a thesis or dissertation
according to the University regulations, but the examination shall at least be guided by
the following:

a) Master Thesis: The minimum composition of the examination panel shall

comprise:
i. External Examiner;
ii. Head of Department;
iii Supervisor;
iv Co-supervisor (if any); or at least one other senior member of the Department
(if no co-supervisor); and.
V One member appointed by the Postgraduate School.

Note that all masters degree programmes shall be subject to external examination
and moderation.

8.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

The M.Tech programmes are in the following options of specialisation:
i. Applied Mechanics and Design
ii. Thermo-Fluids and Energy
iii. Production.

57
 Electives may be sourced from options other than area of specialization and from
Materials and Metallurgical engineering.

8.1 Courses schedule per semester and option

YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE HOURS
NO.
L T P U
GENERAL (COMPULSORY FOR ALL
SPECIALIZATION)
1. FEC 801 NUMERICAL METHODS & COMPUTER 3 0 0 3
PROGRAMMING
APPLIED MECHANICS & DESIGN
OPTION
2. MEC 811 APPLIED DYNAMICS 2 2 0 3
3. MEC 815 THEORY OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL 2 2 0 3
4 MEC 813 ACOUSTIC AND VIBRATIONS 2 2 0 3
THERMO-FLUIDS OPTION
4. MEC 831 ADVANCED FLUID DYNAMICS 2 2 0 3
5. MEC 821 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS 2 2 0 3
6 MEC 823 ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER 2 2 0 3
MEC 825 ADVANCED AIR CONDITIONING & 2 0 2 3
REFRIGERATION
PRODUCTION OPTION
7. MEC 861 MACHINE TOOL & TOOL DESIGN 2 0 3 3
8. MEC 863 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING 2 0 3 3
TECHNOLOGY
9. MEC 865 POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 2 0 3 3
10. MEC 851 ADVANCED MATERIAL SCIENCE 2 0 2 3

YEAR 1: SEMESTER II
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE HOURS
NO.
L T P U
GENERAL (COMPULSORY FOR ALL
SPECIALIZATION)
1. MEC 882 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS & DATA 2 0 2 3
ANALYSIS
APPLIED MECHANICS & DESIGN OPTION
2. MEC 812 DESIGN THEORY 2 0 3 3
3. MEC 816 ADVANCED TRIBOLOGY 2 0 2 3
4. MEC 814 ADVANCED THEORY OF ELASTICITY & 2 2 0 3
PLASTICITY
THERMO-FLUIDS OPTION

58
 5. MEC 822 THERMODYNAMICS OF INTERNAL 2 0 3 3
COMBUSTION ENGINES
6. MEC 826 ENERGY CONVERSION & UTILIZATION 2 0 2 3
7. MEC 832 COMPUTATIONAL FLUIDS MECHANICS 2 2 0 3
8. MEC 834 ADVANCED FLUID MACHINERY 2 0 2 3
PRODUCTION OPTION
9. MEC 862 ADVANCED FOUNDRY & WELDING 2 0 3 3
TECHNOLOGY
10. MEC 864 METAL CUTTING & METAL WORKING 2 0 3 3
ANALYSIS
11. MEC 872 OPERATIONS RESEARCH & 2 2 0 3
MANAGEMENT
12. MEC 874 INDUSTRIAL INSPECTION & QUALITY 2 0 3 3
CONTROL

YEAR II: SEMESTER 1 and 2

S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE HOURS
NO.
L T P U
GENERAL (COMPULSORY FOR ALL
SPECIALIZATION)
1. MEC 884 PROJECT/THESIS 0 3 3 6
2. MEC 885 SEMINAR 0 0 1 1

9.0 COURSE SYNOPSIS

9.1 M.TECH COURSES DESCRIPTION

MEC 811: APPLIED DYNAMICS 2/0/3 3 UNITS

Elements of analytical dynamics: generalized coordinates, virtual work logrange’s
equations. Vibration analysis: models of linear systems, model analysis. Models of
non-linear systems: exact methods of solution, analytical approximations, analogue
modeling. Stability concept: Harwitz’s criterion, lapunow’s functions and theories.
Introduction to random vibration. Elements of acoustic. Rocket motion and orbits:
variable mass, multistage rockets, orbital force systems. Keplers laws, pre-requisite:
MEC 514 or equivalent.

MEC 812: DESIGN THEORY 2/0/3 3 UNITS

Preliminary state, definitions. Determination of a need, a design aim, design
assumptions. Creative research: conception phase, criteria for choice of optimal
conception preliminary assembly sketch. Prototype design: creation of calculation
models, analytical verification. Assembly drawing. Testing of the prototype and
analysis of results. Pilot product design. Final product design. Application of
computer in design process. Reliability: introduction, reliability testing, reliability in
design.
Pre-requisite: MEC 413 OR EQUIVALENT

MEC 813: ACOUSTICS AND VIBRATION 2/2/0 3 UNITS

59
Fundamentals of acoustics and vibrations, measurement, instrumentation,
interpretation of data, industrial standards, and control. Wave properties; the decibel;
hearing deafness and hearing protectors; noise criteria and regulations; sound
measurement; sound source characterization; real noise sources; sound propagation
outdoors, in ducts and pipes and in rooms; sound transmission; silencers; sound
absorbers; partitions.

MEC 816: ADVANCED TRIBOLOGY 2/0/2 2 UNITS

Introduction. Properties of solids and liquids. Surface properties, surface
parameters, contact of surfaces. Some dry friction theories. Wear: some wear
theories, kinds of wear, wear intensity, wear detection and assessment.
Hydrodynamic theory: calculation methods. Selection of bearings. Material and load
capacity of bearing. Some problems in roller bearing application. Elasto-
hydrodynamic theory: physical phenomenon, theory. Experimental methods in
tribology.
Pre-requisites: MEC 515 OR EQUIVALENT

MEC 814: THEORY OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL 2/2/0 3 UNITS

Performance criteria. Linear system stability analysis, compensating techniques. Non
linear system; common non-linearities describing function techniques, state-space
method of system analysis. Analog computer simulation techniques.

MEC 821: ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS 2/0/2 3 UNITS

Thermodynamic principles, Maxwell relations, availability, irreversibility, and
equilibrium. Introduction to statistical mechanics.
Classical thermodynamics, quantum and statistical mechanics. General principles:
1st, 2nd and 3rd Laws. Equlibruim criteria. Statistical thermodynamics Gibbs
Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose – Finstein statistics. Thermodynamics functions.
Irreversibility and fluctuatins. Kinetic theory of dilute gases.

MEC 822: THERMODYNAMICS OF INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

2/0/3 3 UNITS
Chemical thermodynamics: chemical systems and reactions. Heats of formation and
reaction. Functions and transport properties of gas mixtures. Combustion. Kinetics.
Applications. Fuels. I.C. engines performance criteria. Effects of property changes
and air fuel ratios, S1 and C1 engines knock, gas exchange, turbo-charging.
Combustion ratos and heat transfer effects. Pre-requisite: MEC 522 or equivalent

MEC 823: ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER 2/2/0 3 Units

Review of basic concepts and modes of heat transfer. Conduction: general equation
derivations. Solution methods. Convection: transport with phase change: boiling,
vaporization. Heat and mass transfer: general equations. Applications. Radiation:
characteristics and laws; properties of real surfaces.
Pre-requisite: MEC 421 or equivalent

MEC 826: ENERGY CONVERSION AND UTILISATION 2/0/2 3 UNITS

Introduction: theories, energy conversion and development. Energy sources;
classifications and utilization: conventional, nuclear. Renewable and non-renewable.
Energy form. Conversion: fusil fuels, nuclear energy, solar-direct, biomaan, other
renewable sources.
Pre-requisite: MEC 522 or equivalent

60
MEC 825: ADVANCED AIR CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION 2/0/2
3 UNITS
Air-conditioning and refrigeration principles and processes. Load calculations: heat
gain, cooling load calculations. Complete A/C systems: classifications, selection,
controls. Posting and piping: sizing, design and layout. R & A equipment: pumps, fan,
heat exchangers, compressors, valves. Special topics solar absorption, these electric
and thermomagnetic systems: cryogenics.
Pre-requisite: MEC 523 or equivalent

MEC 831: ADVANCED FLUID DYNAMICS 2/2/0 3 UNITS

Governing equations; viscous incompressible flow, incompressible potential flow;
incompressible boundary layers, stability and turbulence; compressible potential flow.
Mathematical models of flow: general equations. Boundary layers. Navior stokes
equations and solutions. Thermodynamics of fluid flow: effects of friction, heat, mass
transfer and chemical reactions. Gas dynamics: advanced treatment. Turbulence
theories and typical flows.
Pre-requisite: MEC 532 or equivalent

MEC 832: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 2/2/0 3 Units

Basic equations: derivations. Particular forms. Mathematical models of turbulence,
radiation and combustion. Solution procedures. Numerical computation of fluid flow:
use of the computer.
Selected advanced topics in CFD, typically chosen from: Finite volume methods on
curvilinear meshes and structured mesh generation. Finite volume methods on
unstructured meshes. Multigrid methods for elliptic PDE’s. Reynolds-averaged form
of the Navier-Stokes equations and turbulence modeling. Three-dimensional flows.
Compressible flows.
Pre-requisite: MEC 631 or equivalent

MEC 834: ADVANCED FLUID MACHINERY 2/0/2 3 Units

Theory of flow in rotodynamic machines: axial and radial flow machines. Design and
performance of positive displacement machines. Power plants: load requirements,
cost of power plants. Application to selection of power plants machines.
Pre-requisite: MEC 533 or equivalent

MEC 841: ADVANCED THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

2/0/2 3 Units
Fundamentals of elasticity. Two dimensional problems in rectangular and polar
coordinates. Torsion and bending of bars. Axisymatric problems in a solid of
revolution. Elastic waves in solid media. Approximate methods of solution; energy
methods. Finite element formulation of problems. Finite difference technique.
Engineering plasticity. Phenomenological theories of plasticity: deformation and flow
theories. Flied criterion strain hardening limit analysis. Applications.
Pre-requisite: MEC 541 or equivalent

MEC 851: ADVANCED MATERIAL SCIENCE 2/0/2 3 Units

Structure and property relationship of engineering materials. Fracture mechanics.
Phase equilibria. Manufacture, treatment and application of selected materials.
Foundry characteristics of cast metals. Heat treatment of metals. Metallurgical
aspects of metal joining. Composite materials.
Pre-requisite: MEC 451 or equivalent

61
MEC 861: MACHINE TOOL AND TOOL DESIGN 2/0/2 3 Units
Review of metal cutting mechanics, milling, static deformations of machine tools.
Machine tool vibrations, forced and self-excited vibrations in machining, chatter,
stability. Sensors for machine tool monitoring and adaptive control. Sensor assisted
intelligent machining techniques.
Design of machine tools: single and multipoint tools. Design of jigs and fixture for
different operations. Press tools design: punches and dies. Design of forging dies
and punches. Design requirements of main elements of machine tools. Kinematic
designs of machine tool drives. Stepped and staples regulation. Hydraulic, promatic
and electrical transmission. Vibration of machine tools and dynamic rigidity.
Pre-requisite: MEC 361 or equivalent

MEC 862: ADVANCED FOUNDRY AND WELDING TECHNOLOGY 2/0/2

3 Units
Foundry technology: metals and alloys for casting; casting design consideration
foundry mechanization, casting defects etc. Special casting processes as contifugal,
precision investment casting etc. welding technology: fundamentals of welding,
welding arc and are characteristics. Arc welding, resistance welding and other
welding processes. Weld distortion and weld defects. Welding of pipelines.
Pre-requisite: MEC 255 or equivalent

MEC 863: ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 2/0/3

3 Units
Basic metal removal processes. Introduction to the mechanics of the processes.
Economics of simple processes. Introduction to machine selection, flexibility, and
automation. Organization of manufacturing, process planning, group technology,
facilities layout, and production scheduling.
Numerically controlled machine tools: controls, tools and equipments, programming.
Automations single and multispindle automatics, transfer machining etc.
Unconventional machining methods such as ultrasonic, electrochemical, laser beam
plasma arc machining etc. Sheet metal forming: sheet metal production, formability
test. High velocity forming.
Pre-requisite: MEC 661 or equivalent

MEC 864: POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 2/0/3 3 Units

Polymer production by additional and condensation polymerization. Cross-linking of
polymers. Structure and properties of polymers. Molecular weight distribution of
polymer. Rubber elasticity. Polymer processing, mixing and compounding.
Compression and transfer molding. Film production. Engineering properties and use
of plastics.
Pre-requisite: MEC 256 or equivalent

MEC 871: INDUSTRIAL INSPECTION AND QUALITY CONTROL 2/0/3

3 UNITS
Types of inspection. Standards of measurement, limit, and fits, ISO and other
systems, Taylor\s principle of gauge design. Optical flat and interferometry. Surface
roughness and its measurement. Comparators. Inspections of screw threads and
gears. Statistical quality control and control charts. Sampling and sampling plans.
Quality System, Quality Management System, Planning and Operations for Quality,
Statistical Methods for Quality Control.
Pre-requisite: MEC 254 or equivalent

MEC 872: OPERATION RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT 2/2/0 3 Units

Introduction. Linear programming. Special linear programming problems. Intepar
programming applications. dynamic programming. Applications. Production system.

62
 (1) production planning. Factory planning, process planning. (2) production control.
Master-plan, shop order and purchase requisition. Daily plan or loading schedule.
Project management technique. MBO, MBE, MOST, PERT, CPM.

MEC 882: EXPERIMENTAL METHODS AND DATA ANALYSIS 2/0/2

3 Units
Experimental principles. Sources of information, model techniques, types and
sources of errors. Instrumentation and measurements. Analysis of the generalized
measurement system. Principles of instrumentation associated with methods of
measurement of various physical quantities. Data handling and analysis. Methods of
recording output data, special technique for processing data, error analysis.
Research methodology.

FEC 801: NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

3/0/0, 3 Units
Gaussian elimination, Gauss-Seidel methods and Newton-Raphson methods of
solving linear equations. Forward and backward difference tables, central difference
formula, Finite difference solution to partial differential equations. Solutions of
ordinary differential equations (1st and 2nd order) using Runge-Kutta method. Flow
charting, Algorithms, input and output, Basic, Fotran and Modern languages.
Computer software analysis. Applications

10.0 GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA) CALCULATION

Grade Point Average is calculated by dividing the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.
For example:
Courses Units
ENG 111 3
BIO 101 4
PHY 105 4
MATH 111 3
CHS 101 4
Total Units 16

If the student obtains the following grades, i.e.

Courses Grades
ENG 111 C
BIO 101 B
PHY 105 C
MATH 111 A
CHS 101 A

63
 Therefore the student’s G.PA. is calculated as follows:
Courses Grades Units Grade Points*
ENG 111 C 3 3X 3=9
BIO 101 B 4 4 X 4 = 16
PHY 105 C 4 3 X 4 = 12
MTH 111 A 3 5 X 3 = 15
CHS 101 A 4 5 X 4 = 20

* Grade point is equal to

Sums of (grade point x units of courses) in the semester
Total units attempted in the semester
:. G.P.A = 72 = 4.50
16
This implies that at the end of the first semester the student obtained a 4.50 G.P.A on
a five point system.

11.0 CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA) CALCULATION

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.
For example, if the student above also obtained a grade point of 60 for a total of 20
registered units (in the second semester) in addition to the 72 grade points he/she
obtained in the first semester.
:. His/her C.G.P.A is
60  72 132
  3.67
20  16 36

12.0 LIST OF STAFF

12.1 ACADEMIC STAFF

S/NO NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

STAFF
1 Engr. Prof. F.J.K. B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., MNSE, Professor
Ideriah COREN,
2 Engr. Prof. S. B.Sc., Ph.D., FNSE, COREN, Professor/Former VC
Odi-Owei
3 Engr. Prof. H.I. B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D., COREN, Professor/Former
Hart FNSE DVC
4 Engr. Prof. M.T. Ph.D, M.Sc, B.Eng Professor
Lilly
5 Prof. C. O. C. Ph.D Professor (Adjunct)
Oko

64
 6 Prof. M.S. Ph.D Professor (Sabbatical)
Abolarin
7 Engr. Dr. B.T. B.Tech., M.Tech., Ph.D Reader
Lebele-Alawa COREN, MNSE
8 Engr. J.I. Sodiki B.Sc., M.Sc., COREN, MNSE Senior Lecturer
9 Dr. A. Offiong Ph.D Senior Lecturer
(Adjunct)
10 Engr. Dr. B. Nkoi B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Lecturer I/Ag H.O.D
COREN, MNSE
11 Dr. C. K. Iwuji Ph.D Senior Lecturer
12 Engr Dr. C. V. B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Senior Lecturer
Ossia COREN, MNSE
13 M.V. Ndor M.Sc. Lecturer I
14 Engr. O. F. B.Tech., M.EM., COREN, Lecturer II
Nungah-Ovai FNSE
15 Engr. I.E. Okwu B.Tech, M.Eng, COREN, Lecturer II
MNSE
16 R.K.C. Amadi B.Tech, M.Tech Lecturer II
17 N. Teme M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
18 F.E. Oparadike M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
19 A.K. Le-ol B.Tech, MNSE Graduate Assistant
20 E. O. Nangi B.Eng Graduate Assistant

13.0 NON - ACADEMIC STAFF

13.1 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Mrs S. S. J. Toby B.Sc Principal Confidential Secretary
2 Mrs. I. Benjamin B.Sc, Comp. Cert. Head Computing
3 Mrs. B.A. Yaakor G.C.E Senior Clerical Officer

13.2 WORKSHOP / LABORATORY STAFF

S/NO NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

STAFF
1 Engr. A.A. M.Sc., MNSE Chief Technologist
LongJohn
2 Engr. A.A. Luke HND, PGD, MNSE Chief Technologist / Workshop
Manager
3 C.M.T. Kalio P.T.I. Diploma Principal Tech. Officer
4 L.E. Ozuruoke C & G Part I & II Senior Tech. Officer
5 G. Olunwor C & G Part I Higher Tech. Officer
6 Mr. S. B. Godam B.Tech Technologist II
7 Obot Godwin Trade Test I, II, III Technical Attendance
8 Biribo Loveday Trade Test II, III Head Technical Attendance
9 Akata O. HND, OND, Trade Test Technical Officer
GoodFriday I, II, III

65
10 Dickson David Trade Test II, III, NECO Technical Assistant II
11 Nwinueko NTC, Trade Test I, II, III Technical Assistant II
Bariloe
12 Igoni Goodluck NTC Head Technical Attendance
13 A.A. Biribo Trade Test III Senior Tech. Asst.
14 B. Jonah Trade Test Asst. Tech. Officer
15 J. Bekee Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
16 S.A. Michael C & G Inter. Asst. Tech. Officer
17 S. Akekue Trade Test II Tech. Asst.
18 D. Sigalo WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
19 T. Timbiri WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
20 J. Tonbofah Trade Test III Tech. Asst.
21 L.H. Nwikega Trade Test I Senior Tech. Officer
22 L. Ijeoma Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
23 C. Alfred Trade Test I Tech. Officer
24 L.L. Bonko Trade Test I Chief Tech. Asst.
25 D. Johnson Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer

66
MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Master of Engineering Management Programme is by course work and
dissertation. A candidate for this programme is expected to have successfully
completed an undergraduate degree work in any field of engineering or related
disciplines.

The first phase of the programme is made up of two semesters of course work. The
courses are compulsory except for an elective course that should be chosen from a
list of selected courses.

The second and final phase of the programme is the project/research phase lasting
for a period of one semester. Within this framework the student is allowed to choose
and undertake a project/research work in any area of engineering management
practice, subject to the approval of the supervisor.

The entire Master of Engineering Management Programme is for Part-Time

candidates who are preferably on-the-job, or have acquired some years of working
experience.
1.1 Philosophy
The philosophy of the Master of Engineering Management Programme is to develop
highly skilled professionals in the field of engineering management for the public,
private and international organizations, as well as for teaching and research in
Tertiary Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.2 AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME

The aims of this programme are as follows:
i) To reach out to as many prospective engineers as possible, both in the
private and public sectors of the economy for the purposes of inculcating in
them the true knowledge and skill of engineering management.
ii) To attract various qualified engineers and other professionals engaged in
management activities, and train them further, so that they can perform their
functions with greater efficiency and reliability.
iii) Rivers, Bayelsa, and other Southern States of Nigeria are cohabitated by
several oil, gas and petrochemical companies, amongst others; and there is a
growing need to establish fertile training ground for the increasing staff of the
affected companies, who would inevitably require additional knowledge and
expertise to carry out their daily functions within the middle and top
management cadres.

1.3 PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES

The objectives of the Master of Engineering Management programme are as follows:
i) To expose the candidates to newer and more advanced techniques in the
field of engineering management.
ii) To engender increased productivity in the overall national economy for the
well being of the people.
iii) To harmonize the practice of Engineering Management and enhance greater
understanding amongst practitioners from various professional backgrounds.
iv) To advance the frontiers of knowledge and prepare our professionals towards
greater challenges in the new millennium.
v) To groom our future captains of commerce and industry for increased
interaction with their counterparts from other corners of the global village.

67
 1.4 PROGRAMME VIABILITY
The Master of Engineering Management programme is self-funding, and open only to
part-time students who are of the senior graduate working-class. The candidates
would therefore be expected to meet the cost of their training within the University,
details of which should be made available to them at registration.

The teaching staff for the above programme would be drawn from within Rivers State
University of Science and Technology, particularly from the Department of
Mechanical Engineering, thereby attracting a reasonably modest payment for
services rendered.
The facilaities and equipment needed for the programme would be provided by the
University at prevailing rates, which are also considered comparatively moderate.
Minimum number of candidates required for registration each year must be
established in order to minimize overall cost and optimize programme viability.

1.5 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The Master of Engineering Management Graduate has a very wide area of middle
and top management opportunities in both the public and private sectors of the
economy, namely:
A: Public Sector
i) Federal Appointments: As a Manager, Director, Executive Director,
Head of Section, Managing Director, Special Adviser in any of the
Federal Ministries/Agencies.
ii) State Appointment: As a Head of Department, Director, Executive
Director, General Manager, Managing Director, Special Advisor, or
Sole Administrator in any Ministry, Parastatal, or Government
Establishment.
B: Private Sector
Companies: As a Manager, Director, General Manager, Managing Director,
Principal/Chief Consultant, etc.

2.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

i. Basically, all candidates must have five O’Level Credit passes including
English, Mathematics, Physic, and Chemistry.

ii. A candidate shall hold at least a second class bachelor’s degree in any field of
Engineering that is recognizable by the Council for the Regulation of
Engineering in Nigeria (COREN) from a recognized Institution.

iii. Post Graduate Diploma (PGD) qualification in relevant fields of Engineering will
be considered on merit; while Post-degree work experience will serve as added
advantage

iv. In addition the University matriculation requirements must be satisfied.

3.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The Master of Engineering Management (M.E.M) Programme is full time and it is to
last for a minimum of three (3) semesters and a maximum of six (6) semesters. This
is made up of two (2) semesters of Course Work and the remaining semesters are
for research project. The student is expected to submit an acceptable
dissertation/research project at the end of the fourth semester. A student must be on
“Clear Standing” in order to qualify for the research project.

68
4.0 ACADEMIC STANDARDS

4.1 Academic Regulations

a. Academic Session
An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally comprises
15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations.

b. Modular System
All engineering programmes shall be run on a modular system, commonly referred to
as Course Unit system. All courses should therefore be sub-divided into more or less
self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that are taught within a semester and
examined at the end of that particular semester. Unit weights should be attached to
each course.

c. Definition of Units:
Units are loads attached to a course. One Unit load is equivalent to one hour per
week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures or two hours of tutorials or three hours
per week of term paper work or laboratory practical per semester of 15 weeks.

4.2 Programme Requirements

a. Registration Procedure
Students shall normally complete registration for courses for the semester not later
than two weeks after the start of the semester. A student cannot withdraw from a
course after a third of it has been delivered without permission, according to the
regulations of the University. A student who withdraws after this time or who fails to
sit for the final examination without reasons acceptable to the Senate shall be
deemed to have failed that course.

b. Student Academic Status

A student’s academic status shall be determined on the basis of his/her performance
at the end of the semester examinations.

c. Good Standing and Probation

To be in good standing, a student must in each semester have a Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA) of not less than 3.00. A Student who is not in good academic
standing shall be deemed to be on Probation at the end of the first semester
examination.

d. Transfer
Students who transfer from other universities shall be unitized with only those
courses deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have already passed prior
to their transfer. Such students shall however be required to meet the minimum
number of sessions he/she has spent in the Faculty; provided that the student shall
satisfy the residency requirements of the University. Students who transfer for any
approved reason shall be unitized with those Units passed that are within the
curriculum. Appropriate decisions on transfer cases shall be subjected to the
approval of Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty. If anyone is on probation
for 2 consecutive semesters, he/she shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

69
 e. Withdrawal
A candidate whose CGPA is below 3.00 at the end of two (2) consecutive Semesters
shall be required to withdraw from the University. A candidate may also withdraw
voluntarily from the programme for reasons other than academic failure. He may do
so on permission from the board of postgraduate school following an application
through the faculty postgraduate committee.

f. Re-Admission

A student who voluntarily withdraws from the postgraduate programme for reasons
other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to continue with the
programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student who has been asked to
withdraw due to academic failure may be re-admitted on application after a period of
one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission, he shall be required to retain his/her old
matriculation number

g. Attendance

In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught course, a student shall

have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered
for the course.

4.3 Course Evaluation

b. Attainment Levels
In Engineering programmes, assessment of students’ should be based on a
combination of performance in some or all of the following areas:
 Examinations;
 Continuous assessments;
 Oral presentations and Seminars and problem solving exercises;
 Assignments;
 Group project works; and
 Thesis/Dissertations.

b. Continuous Assessment
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, term papers,
tutorial exercises, quizzes and home works. Scores from continuous
assessment shall constitute at least 30% of the final marks for courses which
are primarily theoretical.

4.4 External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used in the final year of the graduate
programme to assess final year courses and projects, and to certify the overall
performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of facilities and
teaching.

5.0 EXAMINATION AND GRADING SYSTEM

5.1 Course Work

a. For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%;
continuous assessment shall constitute not less than 30% of the examination for
each course;

b. Any student, who fails in any course, shall repeat such a course at next available
opportunity, provided the student does not withdraw for academic failure

70
 c. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 3.00 at
the end of two (2) consecutive semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 -69 B 4
50 -59 C 3
0 -49 F 0

5.2 Graduation Requirement

A minimum of 36 Units comprising 30 Units of Coursework, 1 unit of Seminar and 6

Units of Research must be met for a student to be eligible for graduation.

5.3 Thesis or Dissertation

A panel of examiners shall be composed to orally assess a thesis or dissertation
according to the University regulations, but the examination shall at least be guided by
the following:

b) Master Thesis: The minimum composition of the examination panel shall

comprise:
i. External Examiner;
ii. Head of Department;
iii Supervisor;
iv Co-supervisor (if any); or at least one other member of the Department (if no
co-supervisor); and.
V One member appointed by the Postgraduate School.

Note that all masters degree programmes shall be subject to external examination and
moderation.

6.0 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

6.1 Courses Offered/Numbering

COURSE COURSE TITLE

S/NO. CODE
1. MEM 851 ESSENTIALS OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
2. MEM 861 PRODUCTION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
3. MEM 862 CORPORATE PLANNING AND STRATEGY
4. MEM 871 ADVANCED ENGINEERING ECONOMY AND COST
ACCOUNTING
5. MEM 872 QUALITY CONTROL AND RELIABILITY
6. MEM 886 STATISTICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER
PROGRAMMING
7. MEM 873 ADVANCED ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
8. MEM 875 OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT
9. MEM 882 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
10. MEM 883 ADVANCED MATERIALS SCIENCE
11. MEM 884 RESEARCH / PROJECT

71
6.2 COURSE SCHEDULE

YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1
S/NO COURS COURSE TITLE UNITS
. E NO. HOURS
L T P
1. MEM Essentials of Engineering Management 3 0 0 3
851
2. MEM Production Systems Management 3 0 3 3
861
3. MEM Advanced Engineering Economy and 3 0 0 3
871 Cost Accounting
4 MEM Advanced Engineering Management 3 0 0 3
873
5 MEM Operations Research & Management 3 0 3 3
875
6 MEM Advanced Materials Science 3 0 0 3
883
TOTAL 18 0 6 18

YEAR 1: SEMESTER II
S/NO COURS COURSE TITLE UNITS
. E NO. HOURS
L T P
1. MEM Corporate Planning and Strategy 3 0 0 3
862
2. MEM Quality Control and Reliability 3 0 3 3
872
3. MEM Advanced Manufacturing Technology 2 0 3 3
882
4 MEM Statistical Methods and Computer 2 0 3 3
886 Programming
TOTAL 10 0 9 12

YEAR 2: SEMESTER 1 and II

S/NO COURSE NO. TITLE HOURS UNITS

L T P
1. MEM 884 Research / Project 0 3 3 6
2. MEM 885 Seminar 0 0 1 1

72
6.3 COURSE DESCRIPTION/CONTENTS

MEM 851: ESSENTIALS OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

Definition of Engineering Management
Pioneers of Engineering Management
Principles of Engineering Management
Work Study / Method Study: Work Sampling Studies; Plan Design: Plant Layout
design
Plant Location studies Facilities design
Human Factors Engineering: Human Anthropometry; Ergonomics, - Cybernetics
Work Centre design, Productivity Studies
Value Analysis and Value Engineering; Wage Incentive System

MEM 861: PRODUCTION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT

The Planning of Production: Types of manufacturing process; Production
management problems; Forecasting; Make or buy decisions; Operations planning for
batch and mass production; Production scheduling
Product Design and Development: The innovation cycle (Research / Development);
Purchasing, - marketing; Value analysis.
Material Handling Systems
Inventory Management: Stock control procedures; Design of ordering systems;
Economic Order quantities; Inventory Models with uncertainty; Aggregate Inventory
concepts; Forecasting techniques
Production Control: Planning Production Control; Production Control in intermittent,
continuous and process manufacture; Sequencing and dispatching problems

MEM 862: CORPORRATE PLANNING AND STRATEGY

The Concept of Strategic Management
Definition of Strategic Planning
Corporate Planning
The Strategic Planning Process
The three major types of planning: Strategic planning (Master/programme strategies);
Medium – Range planning; Short – Range planning (tactical planning)
Types of Strategic Planning Systems
Characteristics of Strategic Planning
Limits of formal planning and the major pitfalls in planning
Definition of Strategy
Types of Strategy
Strategy as compared with Tactics
Operational steps in strategy development
Strategic Factors in Business Success
Major Tools and Techniques for Strategic Decision-making
Major management responsibilities in implementing strategies

MEM 871: ADVANCED ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND COST

ACCOUNTING
Rationale: All engineering and management decisions have economic
consequences, such as profitability and risk. This course is aimed at providing the
necessary background and techniques for economic evaluation of decision
alternatives. Topic such as time value of money, depreciation and taxation, cost
estimation and cost control, risk and uncertainty in decision-making, and replacement
analysis are included. Basic Concepts in Engineering Economics. Economic
Evaluation of Alternatives. Replacement Analysis. Accounting Concepts.
Depreciation and Taxation. Product Costing and Cost Estimation. Risk and
Uncertainty. Deterministic Capital Budgeting Models.

73
The Role of the Engineer / Manager in Economic Decision-making
Evaluating the attractiveness of an investment proposal: Familiarity with interest
formulas and cash-flow diagrams; The Annual worth Method; The present worth
Method; Rate of Return Method
Sensitivity Analysis in Economy Studies
Estimating consequence of Income-tax on certain investment decisions in
competitive industry
Retirement and Replacement Analysis
Risk and uncertainty (Advanced Analysis Procedures): Probabilistic Monetary
Method; Expected Utility Method; Variance Method; Variable Discounting Method
Financial Accounting: Illustration of Debits and Credits; Income and Debit Accounts;
Accounting Systems: Journals, Ledgers and Balance Sheet
Cost Accounting: Job-Order Costing / Project Costing; Capital Planning and
Budgeting

MEM 872: QUALITY CONTROL AND RELIABILITY

Rationale: To present quality as a strategic business weapon, and to detail the ways
and means of achieving it in an organization. The managerial aspects and statistical
procedures of quality control are treated in depth. Catalog Description: Quality
System, Quality Management System, Planning and Operations for Quality,
Statistical Methods for Quality Control.
Statistical Quality Control and Applications
Modern Approaches to Quality Control / Quality Assurance
Shewhart Control Charts: Control Chart for Attributes: Specifications and Tolerances
Acceptance Sampling: Lot by lot acceptance; and the Operating Characteristics (OC)
curve; Producer’s risk and consumer’s risk in acceptance sampling.
Economic Aspects of Quality Control Decisions
Reliability in Design and Production: Definition of Reliability; The Reliability Function;
Graphical Representations of Reliability and Mortality curves

MEM 886: STATISTICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

Descriptive Statistics: Central tendencies and dispersion. Elementary probability
theory, conditional probability, Baye’s theorem, probability distributions and
applications. Elementary theories of sampling and estimation. Test of hypothesis
and significance. Curve fitting, Linear and Multiple regression analysis; Linear
correlation, analysis of variance, time series analysis. Statistical quality control for
mean, standard deviation, range, number of defects etc., sampling number,
stochastic processes.
Basic statistical methods
Probability theory and use in development of Binomial and Poisson Distributions
Correlation and Regression Analysis
Significance Testing
Design of Experiments: Determination of Sample sizes and the Analysis of Variance
Computer Programming: Familiarity with existing Computer Programme Languages,
and Soft-ware packages: Design of Simple Computer Programmes with relevance to
Management and Engineering Problems; Solving of Sample problems using modern
computer

MEM 873: ADVANCED ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

Principles of Industrial Engineering and Engineering Administration: An Overview
Work Measurement: Stop Watch Method; Predetermined Motion-Time Systems
(P.M.T.S)

74
Project Management: Project planning and Control; Critical Path Method (CPM);
Project Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT)
Queuing Theory (Waiting Line Analysis)
Industrial and Occupational Safety
Maintenance Management: The Concept of Maintenance; Periodic, Preventive,
Corrective and Breakdown Maintenance; Maintenance Cost Analysis; Maintenance
Record-Keeping / Documentation

MEM 875: OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT

Linear Programming: The Simplex Method, Sensitivity Analysis (Optimality analysis)
Duality Special Linear Programming Problems: Transportation – type problems; The
Assignment Model
Integer Programming: Gomory Method (All integer case); - Branch and Bound
Method (Mixed integer case)
non-Linear Programming: Quadratic Programming; Separable Programming
Dynamic Programming: Allocation processes, Network and Decision; Trees,
Production Smoothing and Scheduling Process.

MEM 882: ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY

Basic metal removal processes. Introduction to the mechanics of the processes.
Economics of simple processes. Introduction to machine selection, flexibility, and
automation. Organization of manufacturing, process planning, group technology,
facilities layout, and production scheduling.
General Machine Tools
Numerical Control of Machine Tools
Computer Control of Machine Tools
Machining Science
Special Machining Processes
Metal forming Processes
Advanced Production Techniques: Welding, casting, etc.
Engineering Metrology

MEM 883: ADVANCED MATERIALS SCIENCE

Structure and property relationship: Chemical bonding, electronic structure, atomic
arrangement and their relation to mechanical, electronic and chemical properties of
materials.
Fracture Mechanics: Dislocation theory of brittle fracture. Crack propagation; Ductile
fracture; Notch effect; Concept of fracture curves; Fracture under combined stresses;
Effect of Hydrostatic pressure on fracture
Phase Equilibria: Definition of terms; Interpretation of Complex Binary diagrams and
Ternary diagrams
Manufacture, Treatment and Application of Selected materials: Bearing materials,
alloy steels, heat resistance steels and copper base alloys.
Cast Metals: Foundry characteristics of steels, cast-iron, brasses and bronze.
Feeding and gating arrangement of different alloys.
Heat Treatments: Heat treatment of tool steels, dies, nimonics and other alloys
Metallurgical Aspects of Metal Joining: The effect of brazing and welding on the
metallurgical properties of the heat affected zone.
Composite Materials: Reinforcing materials for fibrous composites; Manufacture of
fibre composites; Elastic properties and strength of composites.

75
7.0 GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA) CALCULATION
Grade Point Average is calculated by dividing the sum of the product of all
earned grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this
University up to two decimal places.

For example:

Courses Units
ENG 111 3
BIO 101 4
PHY 105 4
MATH 111 3
CHS 101 4
Total Units 16

If the student obtains the following grades, i.e.

Courses Grades
ENG 111 C
BIO 101 B
PHY 105 C
MATH 111 A
CHS 101 A

Therefore the student’s G.PA. is calculated as follows:

Courses Grades Units Grade Points*
ENG 111 C 3 3X 3=9
BIO 101 B 4 4 X 4 = 16
PHY 105 C 4 3 X 4 = 12
MTH 111 A 3 5 X 3 = 15
CHS 101 A 4 5 X 4 = 20

* Grade point is equal to

Sums of (grade point x units of courses) in the semester
Total units attempted in the semester
:. G.P.A = 72 = 4.50
16
This implies that at the end of the first semester the student obtained a 4.50 G.P.A on
a five point system.

8.0 CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA) CALCULATION

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.
For example, if the student above also obtained a grade point of 60 for a total of 20
registered units (in the second semester) in addition to the 72 grade points he/she
obtained in the first semester.
:. His/her C.G.P.A is
60  72 132
  3.67
20  16 36

76
9.0 LIST OF STAFF
9.1 ACADEMIC STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Engr. Prof. F.J.K. B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., MNSE, Professor

Ideriah COREN,
2 Engr. Prof. S. Odi- B.Sc., Ph.D., FNSE, Professor/Former VC
Owei COREN,
3 Engr. Prof. H.I. B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D., Professor/Former DVC
Hart COREN, FNSE
4 Engr. Prof. M.T. Ph.D, M.Sc, B.Eng Professor
Lilly
5 Prof. C. O. C. Oko Ph.D Professor (Adjunct)
6 Prof. M.S. Abolarin Ph.D Professor (Sabbatical)
7 Engr. Dr. B.T. B.Tech., M.Tech., Ph.D Reader
Lebele-Alawa COREN, MNSE
8 Engr. J.I. Sodiki B.Sc., M.Sc., COREN, Senior Lecturer
MNSE
9 Dr. A. Offiong Ph.D Senior Lecturer
(Adjunct)
10 Engr. Dr. B. Nkoi B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Lecturer I/Ag H.O.D
COREN, MNSE
11 Dr. C. K. Iwuji Ph.D Senior Lecturer
12 Engr Dr. C. V. B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D Senior Lecturer
Ossia COREN, MNSE
13 M.V. Ndor M.Sc. Lecturer I
14 Engr. O. F. B.Tech., M.EM., COREN, Lecturer II
Nungah-Ovai FNSE
15 Engr. I.E. Okwu B.Tech, M.Eng, COREN, Lecturer II
MNSE
16 R.K.C. Amadi B.Tech, M.Tech Lecturer II
17 N. Teme M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
18 F.E. Oparadike M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
19 A.K. Le-ol B.Tech, MNSE Graduate Assistant
20 E. O. Nangi B.Eng Graduate Assistant

9.2 NON - ACADEMIC STAFF

9.2.1 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Mrs S. S. J. Toby B.Sc Principal Confidential Secretary
2 Mrs. I. Benjamin B.Sc, Comp. Cert. Head Computing
3 Mrs. B.A. Yaakor G.C.E Senior Clerical Officer

77
9.2.2 WORKSHOP / LABORATORY STAFF

S/NO NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

STAFF
1 Engr. A.A. M.Sc., MNSE Chief Technologist
LongJohn
2 Engr. A.A. Luke HND, PGD, MNSE Chief Technologist / Workshop
Manager
3 C.M.T. Kalio P.T.I. Diploma Principal Tech. Officer
4 L.E. Ozuruoke C & G Part I & II Senior Tech. Officer
5 G. Olunwor C & G Part I Higher Tech. Officer
6 Mr. S. B. Godam B.Tech Technologist II
7 Obot Godwin Trade Test I, II, III Technical Attendance
8 Biribo Loveday Trade Test II, III Head Technical Attendance
9 Akata O. HND, OND, Trade Test Technical Officer
GoodFriday I, II, III
10 Dickson David Trade Test II, III, NECO Technical Assistant II
11 Nwinueko NTC, Trade Test I, II, III Technical Assistant II
Bariloe
12 Igoni Goodluck NTC Head Technical Attendance
13 A.A. Biribo Trade Test III Senior Tech. Asst.
14 B. Jonah Trade Test Asst. Tech. Officer
15 J. Bekee Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
16 S.A. Michael C & G Inter. Asst. Tech. Officer
17 S. Akekue Trade Test II Tech. Asst.
18 D. Sigalo WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
19 T. Timbiri WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
20 J. Tonbofah Trade Test III Tech. Asst.
21 L.H. Nwikega Trade Test I Senior Tech. Officer
22 L. Ijeoma Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
23 C. Alfred Trade Test I Tech. Officer
24 L.L. Bonko Trade Test I Chief Tech. Asst.
25 D. Johnson Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer

78
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

1. INTRODUCTION
The National Universities Commission (NUC), as a regulatory agency for University
Education in Nigeria, has as one of its mandates, the definition and maintenance of
academic standards. For postgraduate programmes, NUC has defined benchmarks
and minimum academic standards. This Benchmarks and Minimum Academic
Standard (BMAS) for the Post-Graduate Diploma (PGD) in Mechanical Engineering
is to serve as a guide to all Nigerian Universities wishing to mount postgraduate
programmes in Mechanical Engineering.
In line with the NUC BMAS, this handbook is prepared for the PGD in Mechanical
Engineering, at Rivers State University of Science and Technology.

1.1 Philosophy
Mechanical Engineering applies basic scientific principles to the design,
manufacture, operation and maintenance of all forms of mechanical devices, as
well as to the management of the human and material resources necessary for
these activities. Courses are therefore offered to impart sound knowledge to
students on the art of application of the related principles.
The philosophy of the Post-Graduate Diploma (PGD) programme in
Mechanical Engineering is to develop highly skilled professionals for the public,
private and international organizations, as well as for teaching and research in
Tertiary Institutions and for global competitiveness.

1.2 Aims and Objectives

The aims and objectives of the Post-Graduate Diploma programme in
Mechanical Engineering are geared at:
 Providing students with knowledge and competitive skills to enhance their
performance and to enable them to assume broader responsibilities in the
rapidly changing environment in the context of the global and contemporary
knowledge economy;

 Producing high level practitioners who are capable of applying appropriate

Mechanical engineering principles and techniques for solving problems in
the local, national and international environment viz-a-viz teaching,
research and industry.

 Producing socially responsive and functional Mechanical engineers capable

of positively driving the engine of Nigeria’s economy through accelerated
technology development.

 Providing opportunity for University graduates in relevant engineering

disciplines and HND holders to convert and aspire to higher degrees in
Mechanical Engineering

2.0 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The graduate of this programme has a wide range of employment opportunities in
establishments such as the following:
(xi) Public Works Departments
(xii) Mechanical Engineering Construction, Manufacturing, Production and Service
Organizations
(xiii) Quasi-Government Institutions
(xiv) Research and Teaching Institutions
(xv) Mechanical Engineering Consultancy

79
3.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
All candidates must have five O’Level Credit passes including English, Mathematics,
Physic, and Chemistry.

A graduate from a recognized University with at least a third class B.Sc, B.Eng, or
B.Tech degree or a holder of a minimum of upper credits in the Higher National
Diploma HND in Mechanical Engineering or in a relevant related Engineering
Discipline, from a recognized institution.
Holders of the HND at lower credits in a relevant Engineering Discipline, from a
recognized institution with a minimum of five (5) years post-qualification relevant
experience may be considered.

The candidates shall in addition satisfy the UME requirements for admission into the
degree programme in Mechanical Engineering.

4.0 Duration of Programmes

The PGD programme is to last for a minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of
six (6) semesters.

5.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

For the Postgraduate Diploma, a candidate must have been unitized with at least 61
units of core compulsory/elective courses including project seminar.
The breakdown of the units is as follows:
COURSE CATEGORY UNIT
Core/Compulsory Courses 49
Elective Courses 6
Project 6
Total 61

6.0 EXAMINATIONS/GRADING SYSTEM

6.1 Course Work

a. For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%;
continuous assessment shall constitute not less than 30% of the examination for
each course;
b. Any student, who fails in any course, shall repeat such a course at next available
opportunity provided the student does not withdraw for academic failure.

c. Any student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) falls below 3.00 at
the end of 2 consecutive Semesters shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.

The scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5
60 -69 B 4
50 -59 C 3
0 -49 F 0

80
6.2 Classification
Based on CGPA, the PGD certificate is classified as follows:

CGPA Class
4.50 – 5.00 Distinction
3.85 – 4.49 Upper Credit
3.0 – 3.84 Lower Credit

6.3 Project Report

A panel of examiners shall be composed to orally assess a Project report according to
the University regulations, but the examination shall at least be guided by the
following:
An external examiner shall read and grade the report. The final grade for the project
report shall be the average of the separate grades of an internal assessment process
and the external examiner’s assessment

7.0 ACADEMIC STANDARDS

7.1 Academic Regulations

a. Academic Session
An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally
comprises 15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations.

b. Modular System
All engineering programmes shall be run on a modular system, commonly
referred to as Course Unit system. All courses should therefore be sub-divided
into more or less self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that are
taught within a semester and examined at the end of that particular semester.
Unit weights should be attached to each course.

c. Definition of Units:
Units are loads attached to a course. One Unit load is equivalent to one hour
per week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures or two hours of tutorials or three
hours per week of term paper work or laboratory practical per semester of 15
weeks.
7.2 Programme Requirements

a. Registration Procedure
Students shall normally complete registration for courses for the semester not later
than two weeks after the start of the semester. A student cannot withdraw from a
course after a third of it has been delivered without permission, according to the
regulations of the University. A student who withdraws after this time or who fails to sit
for the final examination without reasons acceptable to the Senate shall be deemed to
have failed that course.

b. Student Academic Status

A student’s academic status shall be determined on the basis of his/her performance at
the end of the semester examinations.

c. Good Standing and Probation

To be in good standing, a student must in each semester have a Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA) of not less than 3.00. A Student who is not in good academic
standing shall be deemed to be on Probation at the end of the first semester of the first
year.

81
 d. Transfer
Students who transfer from other universities shall be unitized with only those courses
deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have already passed prior to their
transfer. Such students shall however be required to meet the minimum number of
sessions he/she has spent in the Faculty; provided that the student shall satisfy the
residency requirements of the University. Students who transfer for any approved
reason shall be unitized with those Units passed that are within the curriculum.
Appropriate decisions on transfer cases shall be subjected to the approval of Senate
on the recommendation of the Faculty. If anyone is on probation for 2 consecutive
semesters, he/she shall be required to withdraw from the programme.

e. Withdrawal
A candidate whose CGPA is below 3.00 at the end of 2 consecutive Semesters shall
be required to withdraw from the University. A candidate may also withdraw voluntarily
from the programme for reasons other than academic failure. He may do so on
permission from the board of postgraduate school following an application through the
faculty postgraduate committee.

f. Re-Admission
A student who voluntarily withdraws from the postgraduate programme for reasons
other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to continue with the
programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student who has been asked to
withdraw due to academic failure may be re-admitted on application after a period of
one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission, he shall be required to retain his/her old
matriculation number.

g. Attendance
In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught course, a student shall have
attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered for the
course.

7.3 Course Evaluation

a. Attainment Levels
In Engineering programmes, assessment of students’ should be based on a
combination of performance in some or all of the following areas:
 Examinations;
 Continuous assessments;
 Oral presentations and Seminars and problem solving exercises;
 Assignments;
 Group project works; and
 Thesis/Dissertations.

b. Continuous Assessment
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, term papers,
tutorial exercises, quizzes and home works. Scores from continuous
assessment shall constitute at least 30% of the final marks for courses which
are primarily theoretical.

7.4 External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used in the final year of the graduate
programme to assess final year courses and projects, and to certify the overall
performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of facilities and
teaching.

82
8.0 PROGRAME STRUCTURE

8.1 Course Numbering

Faculty Course:
The faculty course numbers start with FEC followed by three digits:
(i) The first digit indicates course level, i.e.
7 – First year in Postgraduate Diploma programme.
Course Course Title Year/Semester
FEC 701 Engineer in Society 1 1
FEC 703 Engineering Mathematics I 1 1
FEC 704 Computer Programming I 1 2
FEC 702 Engineering Mathematics II 1 2
FEC 707 Computer Programming II 2 1
FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics III 2 1

Departmental Courses
The Departmental course numbers start with MEC, indicating Mechanical
Engineering Course, followed by three digits, which have the following connotation:
(i) The first digit indicates course level
The second and third digits indicate the sequence of courses.

8.2 COURSES SCHEDULE PER SEMESTER

YEAR 1
SEMESTER I
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 FEC 701 ENGINEER IN SOCIETY 2 0 0 2
2 FEC 703 ENGINEERING MATHS 2 1 0 3
I
3 MEC 723 THERMODYNAMICS I 2 0 3 3
4 MEC 765 PROPERTIES OF 2 0 3 3
MATERIALS
5 MEC 701 MECHANICS 2 2 0 3
TOTAL 10 3 6 14

SEMESTER II
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 FEC 704 COMPUTER 2 0 3 3
PROGRAMMING I
2 FEC 702 ENGINEERING 2 2 0 3
MATHEMATICS II
3 MEC 716 CONTROL SYSTEMS 2 0 3 3
ENGINEERING
4 FEC 706 TECHNICAL REPORT 2 2 0 3
WRITING
5 MEC 724 THERMODYNAMICS II 2 2 0 3
TOTAL 10 8 3 15

83
 YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
COMPULSORY COURSE
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 FEC 705 ENGINEERING MATHS III 2 2 0 3
(Statistical Methods)
2 FEC 707 COMPUTER 2 2 3 3
PROGRAMMING II
TOTAL 4 4 3 6

THERMO-FLUID/POWER OPTION
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 MEC 733 POWER SYSTEMS I 2 0 3 3
2 MEC 727 TRANSPORT 2 0 3 3
PHENOMENA I
3 MEC 725 ENVIRONMENTAL 2 2 0 3
CONTROL SYSTEM
DESIGN I
TOTAL 6 6 0 9

PRODUCTION OPTION
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 MEC 746 DYNAMICS OF 2 2 0 3
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS I
2 MEC 753 ANALYSIS OF 3 0 0 3
MANUFACTURING
SYSTEMS I
3 MEC 758 METALLURGY I 3 0 0 3
TOTAL 8 2 0 9

SEMESTER 2
COMPULSORY COURSE
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1. FEC 708 LAW, MANAGEMENT & 1 2 0 2
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
TOTAL 1 2 0 2

THERMO-FLUID (POWER OPTION)

S/NO COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT HRS. PRACT UNITS
HRS.
1 MEC 734 POWER SYSTEMS II 2 0 3 3
2 MEC 718 TRANSPORT 2 0 3 3
PHENOMENA II
3 MEC 712 ENVIRONMENTAL 2 2 0 3
CONTROL SYSTEM
DESIGN II
4 MEC 786 PROJECT 6
TOTAL 6 6 0 15

84
 PRODUCTION OPTION
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT. TUT PRACT. UNITS
NO. HRS. HRS.
1 MEC 714 DYNAMICS OF 2 0 0 3
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS II
2 MEC 754 ANALYSIS OF 3 0 0 3
MANUFACTURING SYSTEM
II
3 MEC 755 METALLURGY II 3 0 0 3
4 MEC 786 PROJECT 6
TOTAL 6 6 0 15

8.3 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS/SYPNOSIS

FACULTY COURSES

GENERAL COMMON COURSES TO All PGD PROGRAMMES

FEC 703 Engineering Mathematics I 2/2/0, 3 Units

Review of matrix operation including inversion, Eigen values, Eigen vectors
and Canonical transformations and application. Three dimensional vector
representations, vector calculus, gradient, divergence and curl line, surface
and volume integrals, Laplacian operations. Green’s, Stoke’s and Divergence
theorems and applications. Ordinary and partial differential equations,
applications and physical problems. Complex variables, numerical analysis,
special functions and integral, problem formulation, simple method of solution.

FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics II 2/2/0, 3 Units

Complex variables; function, deviation, Lagrange series, Taylor series,
Cauchy theorem, Cauchy formula, Cauchy integrals. Analytical functions,
singular points, Residual problems, Conformal problems and mapping.
Special functions; Gamma, Delta, Beta and error functions. Fourier integral,
Fourier transforms for solving partial differential equations.

FEC 701 Engineer-in-Society 2/0/0, 2 units

 Philosophy of Science, History of Engineering and Technology
Growth and effects of technology on the society.
A historical development of modern society from early days through industrial
revolution to the present. Impact of technological advances – materials and
manufacture power and fuels, transportation communication etc. A review of
the Nigeria situation.
Role and Responsibilities of the Engineer in Society,
Community responsibilities of the Engineer – social, moral and legal
responsibilities giving evidence before public committees, courts of law and
arbitration panels. National development plans of Nigeria-outline of
proposals, targets and strategies. The role the Engineer in national
development and in national defence.
The professional bodies and engineering societies - aims and objectives,
structure and functions. The role of engineering societies in maintaining
professional discipline and standards.
Safety in engineering and introduction to risky analysis.
Invited lectures from Professionals.

85
FEC 704 Computer Programming I 2/0/3, 3 Units
Gaussian elimination, Gauss-Seidel methods and Newton-Raphson ,
methods of solving linear equations. Forward and backward difference tables,
central difference formula, Finite difference solution to partial differential
equations. Solutions of ordinary differential equations (1st and 2nd order)
using Runge-Kutta method.

FEC 705 Engineering Mathematics III (Statistical Methods) 2/2/0, 2

Units
Descriptive Statistics: Central tendencies and dispersion. Elementary
probability theory, conditional probability, Baye’s theorem, probability
distributions and applications. Elementary theories of sampling and
estimation. Test of hypothesis and significance. Curve fitting, Linear and
Multiple regression analysis; Linear correlation, analysis of variance, time
series analysis. Statistical quality control for mean, standard deviation, range,
number of defects etc., sampling number, stochastic processes.

FEC 706 Technical Report Writing 2/2/0, 2 Units

Role of technical reports in engineering projects. Fundamental principles of
technical writing. Format of different types of reports – outlines, purpose and
scope, technical discussion details, role of appendix, function of figures,
tables and illustration. Literature search, reference (citing and listing). Nature
of recommendations and conclusions. Guides of writing memoranda,
business letters. Oral presentation of technical reports. (One or two term
papers to be prepared on assigned work).

FEC 708 Law, Management and Entrepreneurship 1/2/0 2 Units

Principles of Management, Industrial group and organisational behaviour,
Motivation, Industrial Law, Legislation on wages, Trademarks and patents,
Laws of contract and sales of goods. Liability for industrial injuries , Industrial
relations, Trade Unions, employer Associations, Wages bargaining and the
role of the State,Relevant topics on entrepreneurship designed by the
National Universities commission for Nigerian Universities.

FEC 707 Computer Programming II 2/2/3, 3 Units

 Programming Technique: Flow charting and building of algorithms
Software – language – machine language – computer language
BASIC, FORTRAN and Modern Languages
 Fortran Coding
FORTRAN Statements – Arithmetic – Control – Input/output – FORMAT-DO
Statements,
Subscripted variables and matrix operations; Programme for simple problem
Writing subroutines and sub-programmes
 Computer software analysis and applications.

DEPARTMENTAL COURSES
MEC 723: THERMODYNAMICS I 2, 0, 3 3 UNITS
 Review of fundamentals of Thermodynamics (including laws, processes and
cycles) selected issues: Closed and open systems, Energy degrading.
Thermodynamics control surface and volume analysis. Vapour and gas power
cycles.

86
 Law of Thermodynamics:
Review of the zeroth, first and second laws.
Their corollaries and applications. Third law of thermodynamics.
 Availability
Available and unavailable energy of systems. Free energy, Effectiveness.
 Power Cycles:
Review of the Carnot and Rankin Cycles. Binary, reheat and regenerative
cycles. Deviation of actual cycles from ideal. Air standard power cycles.

MEC 765: PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 2, 0, 3 3 UNITS

 Defects in Metallic Materials
Defects in crystal, point defects, dislocation and grain boundaries, effect of
crystal defects on mechanical and physical properties.
 Yield Phenomena
Yielding in crystals, plastic range discontinuous yielding, inelastic properties,
properties in compression, inelastic compression and properties, plastic
yielding, Maxwell (von mises) and Tresca (maximum shear stress) criteria of
yielding, yield locus.
 Theory of Plasticity
Elements of the theory of plasticity; theory of slipline applications to
processes such as indentation, extrusion and forging.
 Theories of Fatigue and Creep of Materials
Full qualitative discussion of fatigue (including effects of stress range; mean
stress, complex stress, surface treatment and corrosion). Effects of time,
high and low temperature; visco-elasticity creep.
 Material Selection
The chemical, physical and mechanical properties of the more common
engineering materials (Ferrous metals, ceramics, cements, concretes and
polymens) with particular reference to their application, corrosion and wear.

MEC 716: CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 2, 0, 3 3 UNITS

 Introduction: Concept of automatic controls. A brief survey of mechanical,
pneumatic, and hydraulic control systems. Control systems terminology
(close-loop, servo mechanism). Basic Relationships: Basic laws and
relationships for mechanical, thermal, and fluid pressure components.
 Derivation and solution of system equations for 1st and 2nd Order systems.
Transfer function (block diagrams, system equation, systems response to
step, pulse and sinusoidal inputs). D Operators and Laplace methods of
solution. System Dynamics. Frequency response. Bode, Nyquist, Nichola,
Root-locus plots and stability criteria (Routh-Hurwitz, Liapnunov). Simulation
by analogue computer. State space analysis.
 Improving system performance: Design of systems using Bode, Nyquist,
Root-locus and Nichola techniques. System compensation: parallel and
series compensation. Component selection. Examples of component (servo
motors, valves, pumps, actuators, spool valves, single and two stage, overlap
and underlap, baffle and nozzle systems).
 Transducers: electro-pneumatic, pneumo-electric, pneumo mechanical, force
transducers pressure transducers, variable resistance, capacitance and
inductance types. Non-linear control systems and numerical control systems.

MEC 701: MECHANICS 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS

 Thick Shells
Stresses and strains under internal and external pressure, compound
cylinders, shrink fit pressure, determination of the thickness of materials.

87
 Columns and Structs
Short and long columns, effect of end conditions, equivalent and slenderness
ratio, eccentric factor, secant formula. Column formulae by Euler, Rankin,
Gordon Johnson and other straight line formulae.
 Bending of Beams
Built-in beams with central concentrated loads, u.d.I and off-central loads,
supports at different levels, continuous beams, three moment theorem.
Bending of curved bars
Stress in bars of small and large initial curvatures, deflection by direct method
(Castigliano’s theorem), portal frames by strain energy.
Unsymmetrical bending of beams
Principal axes and principal moment of inertia, theorems of perpendicular
axes and products of inertia. Beams with unsymmetrical bending moment,
short columns with unsymmetrical loads.
Plastic Theory of Bending
Bending beyond yield stress, moment of resistance at the plastic hinge,
collapse loads simply supported and fixed beams, combined bending and
direct stress.
 Analysis of Riveted and Bolted Connections
Types of riveted joints and classifications, modes of failure, strength of rivet
and plate, strength and efficiency of joint, eccentric loading of joints, joints
under torsional loading.

MEC 724: THERMODYNAMICS II 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS

 Internal combustion engines. Properties of mixtures. Advanced treatment of
fundamental combustion processes. Mechanism of heat transfer and heat
exchanger designs. Vapour and absorption refrigeration systems. Application
of thermodynamic theory and design principles for comfort and cooling, food
refrigeration and cryogenic systems. Properties of refrigerant. Refrigeration
control systems, Gas dynamics: Internal flows (pipes, nozzles, etc.) external
flows (aircraft, projectiles, etc.) waves (elastic, shock). Available and
unavailable energy of systems.
 Reversed Power Cycles:
Vapour compression, cannot and absorption refrigeration cycles. Steam jet
refrigeration.
 Combustion:
Combustion processes. Combustion efficiency. Dissociation. Flames.
Ignition. Quenching
Combustion – generated air pollution:
Measurement and control of pollutants (N0x, C0, S02, hydrocarbon,
particulates). Orsat analyzer. Gas chromatograph; smoke meters; catalytic &
converters. Exhaust gas recirculation.
 Gas Dynamics:
one-dimensional flow with area change, with friction, and or without heat
transfer, isentropic flow, critical and stagnation of conditions. Sonic velocity
and 3 Mach number.
Shock waves and flow through nozzles and diffusers. Elements of jet
propulsion. (Laboratory experiments of pollution measurement, free and
enclosed flames, gas jets reciprocating expanders, sonic velocity &
refrigeration).

88
MEC 733: POWER SYSTEMS I 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS
 Fluid Flow: Review of flow through conduits & fittings (pipes, orifices, nozzles,
diffusers, valves, bends, junctions).
 Analysis and Design of Pipe Networks: pipes in series, in parallel, pipe
networks for steam, gas, hydraulics.
 Power System Fluids: Survey of Hydraulic Fluids and their properties, the
ideal Hydraulic Fluid. Seals.
 Fluid Power Machinery & Components:
Performance, characters and selection criteria for pumps, compressors, fans,
motor, accumulators, valves, actuators.
 Fluid Power Circuit & Control:
Typical Fluid, Power Circuits (hydraulic pneumatic) – open centre, closed
centre, meter-in meter-out. Loads: inertia, over-running, resistive.

MEC 727: TRANSPORT PHENOMENA I 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS

 Heat Transfer
conduction: Introduction to heat conduction. Review of one – dimensional
heat conduction problems. Extended surfaces. Derivation of Fourier’s
Equation using the energy conservation approach. Analysis of Steady, and
Unsteady State 2 – D heat conduction Laplace Equation, Poisson’s equation)
using (i) graphical technique, (ii) Numerical method, (iii) Analytical method,
and (iv) Analogue technique. Dimensionless variables of heat condition (Biot
number of Fourier number).
Steady states conduction; review of fundamentals; application to engineering
services. Convective heat transfer: Forced convection heat transfer in
Laminar and turbulent flow; thermal boundary layer; and plate heat transfer.
 Convection: Basic equation of Heat Convection. (Free ad Forced
Convection). Greetz Nusselt problem. Dimensionless Numbers and Similarity
(Reynolds, Pranti, Grashof, Rayleigh, Stanton, Nusselt, Frouds, Peclet &
Greetz Numbers. Colburn j – Factor). Reynolds, Taylor – Pranti, Von Karma
and Colburn’ analogies. Buckingham – pi Theorem, Boiling and condensation.
 Radiation: Electromagnetic spectrum. Thermal radiation spectrum Emissivity,
reflectionvity, Transmisivity, absorptivity Emmissive Power. Real and ideal
surfaces. Total and monochromatic radiation. The spectroradiometric curve.
Kirchoff’s law. Wien’s Displacement law. Step Boltzman’s law. Direct
exchange between black and grey surfaces. Shape Factor. Total exchange
in enclosures with non-participating medium. Radioactively adiabatic
surfaces. Electrical network analogues.

MEC 725: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS DESIGN I 2, 2, 0

3 UNITS
 Air-Conditioning Plant System Design
Review of Psychometrics. Weather data analysis. Air-conditioning
equipment/components, boilers and chillers, cooling towers, heat pumps,
system costing, estimating, and drafting.
 Synthesis of refrigeration
Synthesis and analysis of the vapour absorption unit. Boot system used in
air-craft. Thermoelectric refrigeration. Vortex Tube refrigeration. Cryogenics.
 Pipes and Piping Design:
Types and applications of pipes. Pipe fittings. Selection criteria – steam,
refrigerant, air, oil and gas (more complex cases).

89
MEC 746: DYNAMICS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS I 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS
 Dynamics of machines:
Review of D’Alembert principle – concept of inertia force and inertia torque.
Kinematics (more advanced problems).
 Governors:
Review of functions and principles of operation. Classification and
characteristics. Effects of friction. Calculation of equilibrium speeds and
range of speeds.
 Balancing:
Review of the balancing of rotating masses in the same plane and in different
planes. Primary and Secondary balancing of reciprocating masses. The
effect of imbalance on the performance of vehicles and other machines.
 Cams:
Cam Mechanics: Off-set Roller Cam and Tangent Cam with Roller Follower.

MEC 753: ANALYSIS OF MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS I 2, 2, 0 3 UNIT

 Types of Production
Job, Batch and Mass Production; Layout Problems associated with each.
Materials Handling and Control.
 Production Planning and Control
Forecasting: Forecasts by use of techniques such as past average, Last
Period Sales, Moving Average and Exponential Smoothing.
Scheduling: Machine Loading, Job Loading and Sequencing. Resource
Allocation and Assignment Problems, Elementary Ideas of Queuing Theory.
Production Control: Its Function and Scope, Dispatching and Progress
Chasing.
Formulation of Mathematical Models of Manufacturing Systems, Analysis of
Models – Linear Programming, Transportation Problems. Use of Network
Techniques-Pert and CPA.
 Management Training and Development
Selection and Training of Staff, Appraisal of Performance. Principles
Motivation and Remuneration. Wage and Salary Administration. Payment of
Incentives.
 Occupational Safety and Health
Safety; Local Safety Regulations, Safe Working Conditions. Job Safety
Training. Occupational Disease Ergonomics.

MEC 758: METALLURGY I 3, 0, 0 3 UNITS

 Crystal structures of metals and alloys: binary and ternary phase diagrams.
Characteristics of alloy micro-structure. Nucleation and growth, solidification.
Metallurgical microscopes, and techniques for microscopic observation.
Alloys and alloy steels. Classification and grading of alloy steels.
 Theory of Alloying: Review of Solid Solutions and Binary Systems. Effects of
Alloying on Metal Properties. Alloys for Specific Purposes: Wear,
Temperature, Shock and Corrosion Resistant Alloys. Alloys for Bearings and
springs. Work Hardening Alloys.
 Heat Treatment: Theory of Heat Treatment: Elementary Quantitative
Treatment of Heat Transfer Applied to Heating and Cooling under Radiative
and Convective Conditions. Analysis of Factors Controlling Uniformity and
Efficiency of Heat Treatment; Characteristics of Commercial Equipment
Media and Procedures; Significance of Process Variables (Temperature, Rate
of Temperature Change, Time) on Processes and Product. Distortion and
Residual Stresses: Alloy Sensitivity, Modes of Distortion Control, Stress
Relief. Normalizing, annealing, hardening and tempering treatment for steel,

90
 surface hardening, precipitation hardening of steels. Austempering and
martempering of steel. Heat treatment for copper and aluminum alloys.
Corrosion and oxidation phenomenon. Mechanical working of metals.
 Hardenability Data: Validity, Assessment of use and Practical Significance.
The Selection and Control of Furnace Atmosphere for Treatments Requiring
Change Protection or Compositional Change, Limitations of Theoretical
Predications and Behaviour.
 Metallography: Macro-Examination Techniques: Sulphur Print. Macro Etching
Reagents. Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Crystallography. Principles and
Application of Sem, Epm, and Tem. Indexing of Crystals, application of
Symmetric Elements stereographic Protection.

MEC 734: POWER SYSTEM II 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS

 Design of Fluid Power Systems
Load Inertia, Over-Running, Resistive. Selection Criteria for Fluid Power
Machinery and Components. Fluidic Devices and Systems: Principles of
Operation and Characteristics. Fluid Logic Circuits: Industrial and Machine
Tools Applications.
 Steam Power Plant: Heat Recovery; Installation and Operation of Industrial
Boilers, Combustion Equipment: Gas, Oil, Solid Fuel. Installation and
Operation of Steam Turbines, Governing and Part Load Performance,
Performance Testing.
 Gas Turbines: Performance Characteristics. Part-Load Operations.
Component Selection Criteria: Turbines, Compressors, Combustors, Starting
and Shut-Down Procedures. Control Systems.
 Maintenance Management:
Planned and Preventive Maintenance. Work Scheduling.
 Plant Handling Equipment:
Design of Conveyors, Cranes and Trolleys. Construction Equipment.

MEC 718: TRANSPORT PHENOMENA II 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS

 Heat Exchangers: Basic Types of Heat Exchangers. Analysis and Design of
Simple Heat Exchangers Using the LMTD (Logarithmic Mean Temperature
Difference) and the NTU (Number of Transfer Units) Methods.
 Design aspects of heat exchangers: Basic types; design and selections;
fundamentals of mass transfer; molecular mass transfer; diffusion coefficient;
convective mass transfer. Steady state molecular diffusion: One dimensional
mass transfer: diffusion through a stagnant layer.
 Mass Transfers: Diffusion in 2 – Component Systems. Diffusivity. Molar
Flux, Concentration, Ficks, First Law, Mass Transfer Co-Efficient. Mass
Transfer in 2 – Phase Fluid Systems. Film and Overall Co-Efficient of Mass
Transfer. Heat Mass-Transfer Analogy Schmidt Number, Sheeer-Wood
Number).
 Momentum Transfer: Navier Stroke’s Equation. Boundary Layer Theory.
Layer Thickness. Velocity Distribution. Laminar and Truculent Boundary
Layers. Drag. Boundary Layer Separation. Boundary Layer Control.
Buckingham – Pi Theorem. Flow through conduits. Flow over submerged
bodies (Flat Plates and Spheres).

MEC 712: ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS DESIGN II 2, 2, 0 (3 UNITS)

 Environmental Pollution:
Decay Equations. Odour and Smoke Control. Tempo and Humidity Pollution
Effect of Water Flora and Fauna and Oil Pollution. Bacteriological Effects,
Noise, Etc.

91
 Fire Fighting Equipments:
Wet and Dry Systems. Portable and Fixed Fire Extinguishers and
Equipments. Fire Detectors, Codes and Regulations for Fighting Installations
in Large Buildings.
 Illumination and Acoustics:
Lifting Sources and their Characteristics. Lighting Design and Lighting
Applications. Acoustics – Review of Basic Principles of Sound. Acoustics.
Sound Absorbers.
 Vertical Transportation Systems
System Relationships. Selection Criteria and Design Factors. Systems of
Control and Controllers. Machine Room Layout and Equipment.

MEC 714: DYNAMICS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS II 2, 2, 0

3 UNITS
 Gyroscopes:
Review of Principles of the Gyroscope. Gyroscopic Couple and Acceleration
for a plane disc. Effect of Gyroscopic Couple on the Whirling of Shafts.
Applications in Automobiles, Ships, Aeroplanes and Locomotives.
 Power Transmission
Methods of Power Transmission Available. Analysis of Positive, Friction and
Electro-Mechanical Drives. Hydrodynamic and Hydroestatic Fluid Drives.
Fluid Couplings.
 Friction and Lubrication
Review of Friction in Sliding and Rolling. Analytical Treatment of Boundary
and Film Lubrication. One-Dimensional Reynolds’s Equation in case of
Triting Thrust Bearing and Externally Pressurized Bearings. Lubrication and
Bearing Materials. Theory of Hydrodynamic Lubrication as applied to Slide
and Journal Bearings.
 Vibrations
Description of General Nature of Free, Forced and Self-Excited Vibrations.
The Lumped one-degree-of-freedom Linear System, Free Motion, Natural
Mode. Linear (Viscous) Damping.
Forced Vibration of a Uniform Beam by Harmonic Loading. Elements of the
Analysis of Multi-Body and Distributed-Mass Linear Systems. Raleigh’s
Holzer’s Method. Application of tensional Vibration, Flexural vibration of
Beams, Whirling of a Single Disc on a Shaft. Dampers and Absorbers.

MEC 754: ANALYSIS OF MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS II 3, 0, 0 3 UNITS

 Work Study: Methods study and work measurement. Applications.
 Inventory Control: Analysis of costs. EOQ approach, deterministic
models. Physical control of inventory.
 Equipment Selection: Economic considerations in selection of
equipment. Procurement, maintenance, depreciation and replacement
of equipment. Breakeven analysis and replacement models.
 Quality Control and Reliability: Inspection; different types of
inspection, drawbacks of inspection. Concept of quality control;
economics and quality.
Organization for quality. Statistical quality control. Reliability, -
definition and meaning, control charts, failure rate, basic concepts and
reliability. MTBF, MTTF, estimating reliability of simple assemblies
from part reliability.

92
 MEC 755: METALLURGE II 2, 2, 0 3 UNITS
 Foundry Technology: Compatibility of metals with refractories,
atmosphere, fluxes and slags. Gas absorption – Sievert’s Law.
Melting methods and their effects on quality. Degassing, deoxidation,
inoculation and modification. Fluidity - Effect of temperature,
composition and other factors
 Elementary quantitative treatment of solidification rates as applied to
casting in sand and refractory moulds. Chilling power of moulds.
Principles that determine shape and size of gating and running
systems and feeder heads. Factors affecting gran size and shape,
segregation, shrinkage, tearing, gas evaluation, non-metallic
inclusions and internal stresses. Mould materials, foundry sends
natural and synthetic sands. Die and ingot mould materials, mould-
dressings. Sand conditioning and testing. Inspection and quality
control. Test bars: assessment of cast-on and separate test bars,
Analysis of factors affecting casting quality and yield incidence.
 Metallurgy of Welding:
Weldability, calculation of peak temperature. Metallurgical change sin
heat affected zone. Weldability, rates and solidification. Weld thermal
cycles Residual stresses – weld distortion and its prevention.
 Mechanical working of metals – Theories of metalworking. Hot, cold
and warm, working of metals. Estimation of working pressures in
rolling, extrusion, wire drawing, deep drawing.
 Evaluation of newer forming process and products – HERF and
hydrostatic extrusion.

9.0 GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA) CALCULATION

Grade Point Average is calculated by dividing the sum of the product of all
earned grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this
University up to two decimal places.
For example:
Courses Units
ENG 111 3
BIO 101 4
PHY 105 4
MATH 111 3
CHS 101 4
Total Units 16

If the student obtains the following grades, i.e.

Courses Grades
ENG 111 C
BIO 101 B
PHY 105 C
MATH 111 A
CHS 101 A

Therefore the student’s G.PA. is calculated as follows:

Courses Grades Units Grade Points*
ENG 111 C 3 3X 3=9
BIO 101 B 4 4 X 4 = 16
PHY 105 C 4 3 X 4 = 12
MTH 111 A 3 5 X 3 = 15
CHS 101 A 4 5 X 4 = 20

93
 * Grade point is equal to
Sums of (grade point x units of courses) in the semester
Total units attempted in the semester
:. G.P.A = 72 = 4.50
16
This implies that at the end of the first semester the student obtained a 4.50 G.P.A on
a five point system.

10.0 CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA) CALCULATION

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is the sum of the product of all earned
grade points and units divided by the total units attempted in this University up to two
decimal places.
For example, if the student above also obtained a grade point of 60 for a total of 20
registered units (in the second semester) in addition to the 72 grade points he/she
obtained in the first semester.
:. His/her C.G.P.A is
60  72 132
  3.67
20  16 36

11.0 STAFF LIST

11.1 ACADEMIC STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Engr. Prof. F.J.K. B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., MNSE, Professor
Ideriah COREN,
2 Engr. Prof. S. Odi- B.Sc., Ph.D., FNSE, COREN, Professor/Former VC
Owei
3 Engr. Prof. H.I. Hart B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D., COREN, Professor/Former DVC
FNSE
4 Engr. Prof. M.T. Lilly Ph.D, M.Sc, B.Eng Professor
5 Prof. C. O. C. Oko Ph.D Professor (Adjunct)
6 Prof. M.S. Abolarin Ph.D Professor (Sabbatical)
7 Engr. Dr. B.T. Lebele- B.Tech., M.Tech., Ph.D COREN, Reader
Alawa MNSE
8 Engr. J.I. Sodiki B.Sc., M.Sc., COREN, MNSE Senior Lecturer
9 Dr. A. Offiong Ph.D Senior Lecturer
(Adjunct)
10 Engr. Dr. B. Nkoi B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D COREN, Lecturer I/Ag H.O.D
MNSE
11 Dr. C. K. Iwuji Ph.D Senior Lecturer
12 Engr Dr. C. V. Ossia B.Tech., M.Tech, Ph.D COREN, Senior Lecturer
MNSE
13 M.V. Ndor M.Sc. Lecturer I
14 Engr. O. F. Nungah- B.Tech., M.EM., COREN, FNSE Lecturer II
Ovai
15 Engr. I.E. Okwu B.Tech, M.Eng, COREN, MNSE Lecturer II
16 R.K.C. Amadi B.Tech, M.Tech Lecturer II
17 N. Teme M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
18 F.E. Oparadike M.Tech Assistant Lecturer
19 A.K. Le-ol B.Tech, MNSE Graduate Assistant
20 E. O. Nangi B.Eng Graduate Assistant

94
11.2 NON - ACADEMIC STAFF

11.2.1 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Mrs S. S. J. Toby B.Sc Principal Confidential Secretary
2 Mrs. I. Benjamin B.Sc, Comp. Cert. Head Computing
3 Mrs. B.A. Yaakor G.C.E Senior Clerical Officer

11.2.2 WORKSHOP / LABORATORY STAFF

S/NO NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK/DESIGNATION

1 Engr. A.A. M.Sc., MNSE Chief Technologist

LongJohn
2 Engr. A.A. Luke HND, PGD, MNSE Chief Technologist / Workshop
Manager
3 C.M.T. Kalio P.T.I. Diploma Principal Tech. Officer
4 L.E. Ozuruoke C & G Part I & II Senior Tech. Officer
5 G. Olunwor C & G Part I Higher Tech. Officer
6 Mr. S. B. Godam B.Tech Technologist II
7 Obot Godwin Trade Test I, II, III Technical Attendance
8 Biribo Loveday Trade Test II, III Head Technical Attendance
9 Akata O. HND, OND, Trade Test I, Technical Officer
GoodFriday II, III
10 Dickson David Trade Test II, III, NECO Technical Assistant II
11 Nwinueko Bariloe NTC, Trade Test I, II, III Technical Assistant II
12 Igoni Goodluck NTC Head Technical Attendance
13 A.A. Biribo Trade Test III Senior Tech. Asst.
14 B. Jonah Trade Test Asst. Tech. Officer
15 J. Bekee Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
16 S.A. Michael C & G Inter. Asst. Tech. Officer
17 S. Akekue Trade Test II Tech. Asst.
18 D. Sigalo WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
19 T. Timbiri WASC Senior Lab. Asst.
20 J. Tonbofah Trade Test III Tech. Asst.
21 L.H. Nwikega Trade Test I Senior Tech. Officer
22 L. Ijeoma Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer
23 C. Alfred Trade Test I Tech. Officer
24 L.L. Bonko Trade Test I Chief Tech. Asst.
25 D. Johnson Trade Test I Asst. Tech. Officer

95
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
IN THE
FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCES

96
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Urban and Regional Planning is a multidisciplinary programme that is generally
concerned with change in the physical environment, especially as it relates to the
socio-economic circumstances of communities and regions. No matter at what level
(urban/rural, state or national) and in which sector (private or public) that the planner
finds himself, the tasks are the same, namely, to help define goals and objectives, to
analyse and develop programmes and communicate policies that will respond to
individual and group needs, and to help communities to allocate resources efficiently
and equitably.

The Master of Science (M.Sc.) in Urban and Regional Planning Programme is

intended essentially for those who have passed through a programme of courses in
Architecture, Urban and Regional Planning, Estate Management, Geomatics and
Surveying, and related disciplines in Geography, Economics, Engineering,
Environmental and Social Sciences.

2.0 PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE

The Urban and Regional Planning program is designed to equip candidates with
research, analytical, practical and advanced communication skills so that they
become proficient and functional planners; first to deal with the peculiarities of the
Niger Delta Region and then society in general. To this end, the programme
incorporates special courses in Coastal Zone Management, Sustainable
Development and Disaster Risk Management and Planning.

Urban and Regional Planning is concerned with change in the physical environment.
The analysis of such change also falls within the province of other applied sciences
including geography, sociology, etc. however, the distinctive features of Urban and
Regional Planning is that it does not set out merely to analyse change, but also
actively engages in its prevention, control or promotion. Urban and Regional
Planning is therefore mainly prescriptive in orientation. The traditional concerns of
Urban and Regional Planning are:

i. The use of land to the best advantage of man.

ii. The maximum improvement in physical environment that can be obtained within
limits of available resources in accordance with human needs and priorities.

iii. The creation of surroundings of quality and beauty that will inspire and enrich
human existence at home, at work and at leisure.

iv. The conservation of natural resources and the worthwhile historical and
architectural endeavours of man.

Urban and Regional Planning as a professional activity has been succinctly

summarized as the art and science of ordering the use of land and setting of
buildings and communication routes, so as to secure the maximum practicable
degree of economy, convenience, and beauty. It is based on human purpose to
create healthy environments. The dynamics of rapid social and economic change
and how these translate to physical planning problems in Nigeria’s urban and rural
areas – especially in big cities increase the importance of Urban and Regional
Planning.

97
3.0 OBJECTIVES
This programme has two main objectives. These are as follows:
 To provide students with advanced knowledge and skills to enable them, upon
graduation, to operate efficiently in various planning positions in the public and
private sectors; and

 To lay a solid intellectual use as they move on in their professional careers

whether as practitioners in the field or as teachers or researchers.

4.0 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

The increasing rate or urbanization in Nigeria and the resulting need for critical
infrastructural development present a very significant case for development planning.
The pressure for planning in recent years has resulted in increased need for qualified
planning staff in the country. Graduates of the Master of Science in Urban and
Regional Planning Programme could find employment across local, state and federal
government establishments including; Rivers Basins and Rural Development
Authorities, Planning Departments, Federal Mortgage Bank, the Niger Delta
Development Commission; consultancies, Works Departments of Universities and
Polytechnics, Training Institutions for Sub-professional Town Planners, Oil
companies, Infrastructure Development firms and Private Planning Companies.
5.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The candidates should normally possess a minimum of Second Class Honours
degree in disciplines such as Urban and Regional Planning, Surveying and
Geometrics, Estate Management, Architecture, Geography etc., from recognized
institutions. Candidates from other accredited Urban and Regional Planning
Programmes may qualify to be admitted into the Masters Programme. A full
professional or postgraduate diploma (PGDE) in Urban and Regional Planning with
at least Upper Credit grade.
6.0 DURATION OF COURSE
A full-time candidate is expected to complete the course within two academic
sessions (4) four semesters including a two (2) months internship taken during the
long vacation of the first session.
7.0 OTHER COURSE
Credit with 72 units in an approved combination of courses. In addition, applicants
may have met all other requirements such as the mandatory professional 2 months
internship programme.
8.0 EXAMINATIONS, GRADING PROCEDURE AND RESULTS

8.1 EXAMINATIONS:
a) In addition to continuous assessment, final examinations shall be given for every
course at the end of each semester.

The total score obtainable for any course (continuous assessment and final
examination) is 100%. The total final examination scores would vary as follows
from one course to another depending on the score of the continuous
assessment of a course.
Continuous Assessment 30
Final Examination 70
Total 100%
b) Each course shall normally be completed and examined at the end of the
semester in which it is offered.

c) A written examination shall normally last a minimum of one hour for one unit
course, and a course of 3 credit units shall have 3 hours of examination.

98
8.2 PASS MARK
The minimum pass mark in any course shall be 50%
8.3 GRADING SYSTEM
Grading of courses shall be done by a combination of percentage marks and letter
grades translated into a graduated system of Grade Point Equivalents (GPE). For
the purpose of determining a student’s standing at the end of every semester, the
Grade Point Average (GPA) system shall be used. The GPA is computed by dividing
the total number of credit points (TCP) by the total number of units (TNU) for all the
courses taken in the semester. The credit point for a course is computed by
multiplying the number of units for the course by the Grade Point Equivalent of the
mark scored in the course. Each course shall be graded out of a maximum of 100
marks and assigned appropriate Grade Point Equivalent as in the following table:

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)

credit units % scores letter Grade average (CGPA)
Grades Points (GPA)
(GP)

Vary according to 70 – 100 A 5 Derived by 4.50– 5.00

contact hours multiplying (i)
assigned to each and (iv) and
course per week per 50 – 69 B 4 dividing by 2.40-4.49
semester, and Total Credit
according to load below 50 F 0 Units below
carried by students 2.40

8.4 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS

Results from the Postgraduate School’s Board of Examiners shall be presented to
Senate for approval.

8.5 RELEASE OF RESULTS

Results shall be released/published not later than 2 weeks after approval by the
Senate

9.0 DEGREE CLASSIFICATION

The determination of the degree shall be based on the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme. The GPA is computed by
dividing the total number of credit points (TCP) by the total number of units (TNU) for
all the courses taken in the semester. The CGPA shall be used in the determination
of the class of degree according to the following breakdown:

CUMULATIVE GRADE CLASS OF DEGREE

POINT AVERAGE (CGPA)
4.50 - 5.00 Distinction
2.40 - 4.49 Pass
Below 2.40 - Fail

10.0 PROBATION/WAF
Postgraduate Committee will determine appropriate actions against students' unsatisfactory
progress in form of one-semester probation or similar penalty. The Committee may
recommend unserious M.Sc. degree student to the Rivers State University Science and
Technology Post Graduate School for withdrawal from the Programme.

99
ATTACHMENT 1

COURSE PROGRAMME
Courses designed for this programme are organized into 800 level courses. All 800 level
courses are compulsory because they constitute the CORE planning area. The 800 level
courses consist of both compulsory and elective courses. The following are the component
groups of the programmes.

1. Planning Theory and Philosophy

2. Planning Technique and Development of Quantitative Skills
3. Regional Development Planning
4. Planning Design and Development of Practical Skills
5. Planning Laws and Administration
6. Environmental, Rural and Resource Planning
7. Research Seminars

i. M.SC YEAR ONE COURSES

GROUPS
1. Planning Theory and Philosophy
URP 811.1: Advance Planning Theory
URP 813.1: Population and Urbanization
2. Planning Technique and Development of Quantitative Skills
URP 821.1: Project Planning, Evaluation and Implementation
URP 823.1: Quantitative Techniques and Analysis in Planning
URP 822.1: Computer Applications in Planning
3. Regional Development Planning
` URP 832.1: Urban and Regional Economics
4. Planning Design and Development of Practical Skills
URP 841.1: Urban Design and Site Planning Studio I
URP 843.1: Environmental Engineering and Public Utilities and
Services
URP 842.1: Urban Design and Site Planning Studio II
URP 845.1: Landscape Planning
5. Planning Laws and Administration
URP 852.1: Urban Sociology and Politics
URP 854.1: Planning Laws and Administration
6. Environmental, Rural and Resource Planning
URP 862.1: Rural Planning and Development Techniques
7. Research Seminars

ii M.SC YEAR TWO COURSES

GROUPS
1. Planning Theory and Philosophy
URP 810.2: Advance Housing Economics and Management
URP 812.2: History of Settlement Forms
URP 814.2: Social Amenities and Welfare Planning
URP 816.2: Sustainable Urban Development
URP 818.2: Housing Economics Management
2. Planning Technique and Development of Quantitative Skills
URP 821.2: Transportation Planning
URP 846.2: GIS for Environmental Planning
URP 822.2: Urban Design Principles and Techniques
3. Regional Development Planning
URP 831.2: Development Control
URP 832.2: Regional Development Planning

100
 URP 833.2: Industrial Location Planning
4. Planning Design and Development of Practical Skills
URP 841.2: Planning Internship
URP 842.2: Urban/ Regional/Village Structure Plan Studio III
URP 843.2: Advance Landscape Planning
5. Planning Laws and Administration
URP 852.2: Professional Practice and Ethics
6. Environmental, Rural and Resource Planning
URP 861.2: Disaster Risk Management and Planning
URP 862.2: Tourism and Recreation Planning
URP 863.2: Environment Impact Assessment
URP 864.2: Environmental Planning and Management System
URP 865.2: Coastal Zone Management
URP 866.2: Social Impact Assessment
7. Research Seminars
URP 871.2: Seminar/Workshop in Entrepreneurial
URP 872.2: Independent Research Methods Project

ELECTIVES
A choice of 3 Electives
III. AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
The following are the areas of specialization
1. Urban Design
2. Regional Development Planning
3. Housing
4. Transportation Planning
5. Environmental and Resources Planning
6. Rural and Community Development Planning
7. Leisure, Recreation and Tourism Planning

YEAR ONE SEMESTER ONE

S/NO COURSE NO COURSE TITLE L T P UNIT
1. URP 811.1 Advanced Planning Theory 2 - - 2
2. URP 821.1 Project Planning, Evaluation and 1 - 3 2
Implementation
3. URP 823.1 Quantitative Techniques and Analysis in 2 - 3 3
Planning
4. URP 841.1 Urban Design and Site Planning Studio I 1 - 9 4
Environmental Engineering and Public
5. URP 843.1 Utilities and Services 3 - - 3
Population and urbanization
6. URP 813.1 Landscaping Planning 2 - 3 3
7. URP 845.1 2 - - 2

TOTAL 13 - 18 19

101
YEAR ONE SEMESTER TWO
S/NO COURSE NO COURSE TITLE L T P UNIT
1. URP 862.1 Rural Planning and Development 1 2 3 3
Techniques
2. URP 832.1 Urban and Regional Economics 2 - 3 3
3. URP 822.1 Computer Applications in Planning 1 - 6 3
4. URP 842.1 Urban Design and Site Planning Studio II 1 - 9 4
Urban Sociology and Politics
5. URP 852.1 Planning Laws and Administration 3 - - 3
6. URP 854.1 2 - - 2

TOTAL 10 - 21 18

** Internship will be taken during the long vacation of the second semester of the first year
YEAR TWO SEMESTER ONE
S/NO COURSE NO COURSE TITLE L T P UNIT
1. URP 841.2 **Planning Internship (Two Months of - - 6 2
long vacation)
2. URP 861.2 Disaster Risk Management & Planning 2 - - 2
Transportation Planning
3. URP 821.2 Urban/Regional/ Village Structure Plan 3 - - 3
4. URP 841.2 Studio III 1 - 9 4
Planning Analysis
5. URP 823.2 Environmental Impact Assessment 2 - - 2
6. URP 863.2 Coastal Zone Management 2 - 3 3
7. URP 865.2 Seminar/Workshop in Entrepreneurial 2 - 6 2
8. URP 871.2 1 - 3 2

TOTAL 13 - 27 20

YEAR TWO SEMESTER TWO

S/NO COURSE NO COURSE TITLE L T P UNIT
1. URP 832.2 Regional Development Planning 2 - - 2
2. URP 872.2 Independent Research Project - - 18 6
(Masters Dissertation)
3. URP 852.2 3 - - 3
4. - Professional Practice and Ethics 2 - - 2
5. - Elective 1 2 - - 2
Elective 2

TOTAL 11 - 18 15

102
 RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
URP 812.2: History of Development Settlement
URP 832.2: Industrial Location Planning
URP 843.2: Advanced Landscape Planning
URP 862.2: Tourism and Recreational Planning
URP 814.2: Social Amenities and Welfare Planning
URP 816.2: Sustainable Urban Development
URP 864.2: Environmental Planning and Management System
URP 866.2: Social Impact Assessment
URP 818.2: Regional Systems Analysis
URP 822.2: Urban Design Principles and Techniques
URP 844.2: Community Master Plan-Data Analysis and Design
URP 824.2: Natural Resource Economics and Evaluation
URP 834.2: Environmental Economics
URP 846.2: GIS for Environmental Planning
URP 810.2: Advanced Housing Economics and Management

Areas of specialization and recommended electives

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES

A Urban Design URP 814.2, URP 822.2, URP 842.2, URP

846.2
B Regional Development Planning URP 812.2, URP 816.2, URP 832.2, URP
818.2
C Housing URP 812.2, URP 814.2, URP 816.2, URP
810.2
D Transportation URP 816.2, URP 822.2, URP 832.2

E Environmental and Resource Management URP 816.2, URP 864.2, URP 866.2, URP
824.2
F Rural and Community Development Planning URP 812.2, URP 814.2, URP 866.2, URP
846.2

G Tourism, Leisure, and Recreation Planning URP 814.2, URP 842.2, URP 862.2, URP
866.2
Note: Student are expected to register two courses out of the four recommended

COURSE DESCRIPTION
URP 811.1: ADVANCED PLANNING THEORY 2/-/-/ - 2 UNITS
The course reviews the history and evolution of urban and regional planning
thought in Europe, America, and Africa. It looks at physical planning as a
distinct activity; the influence of 19th and early 20th century concepts on
modern urban planning; the changing role of urban planning and case studies
of the planning process; spatial inequalities and the origins of regional
planning and national development planning; the nature of planning, and
theories of planning. The planning process, planning models and comparative
methods in both capitalist and socialist economies including public
participation will be discussed. Also, the contribution of social sciences to the
development of planning theory; plan generation; planning and the state;
planning and the economy; the politics of planning will be discussed.

103
URP 821.1: PROJECT PLANNING, EVALUATION AND IMPLEMENTATION 2/-/3 - 3
UNITS
A survey of issues commonly encountered in the transmission of research,
resources and policy into development programme; problems of investment
planning (consistency, optimization, investment decision rates, horizons etc.),
phasing of implementation; techniques for project evaluation. Topics to be
covered include: need analysis, organizational structure; staffing; budget
preparation, programme evaluation (project appraisal, financial returns, CBA).
Administration and change in the context of design and implementation;
methods of population projection.

URP 823.1: QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES AND ANALYSIS IN PLANNING 2/-/2 - 3

UNITS
The need for and purpose of research in planning; the scientific method;
induction and deduction; hypotheses, theory, law, paradigms; Basic
Presuppositions, problem formation; research design; data requirements and
sources; data collection, primary and secondary sources, sampling and
sampling methods; data analytic techniques, analysis of variance, regression,
correlation, testing research hypotheses, etc. reporting and documentation;
structural equation modeling (SEM). Student training in the use of computer
application (SPSS and spreadsheets) to quantitative analysis will be
emphasized

URP 841.1: URBAN DESIGN, STUDIO AND SITE PLANNING I 1/0/9 - 3 UNITS
Site selection: Factors in selecting a site to serve given objectives and
functional needs. Site investigation and analysis of site, its topography, soil
condition, ground table water, vegetation, microclimate and district features;
the site plan, its scale and contents. Circulation and utility networks. Site
engineering, building lines, setback lines, frontage plot coverage and design
standard. Site planning and design for neighbourhoods and districts;
agricultural, commercial and recreational land use (projects). Graphic and
model building and presentation techniques. The designer/client relationship
should be stressed.
URP 843.1: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND PUBLIC UTILITIES AND
SERVICES 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Networks and infrastructure in urban and regional planning, Water
distribution, sewage, gas, electrical power, public lighting. Evaluation of need
and development of demand. Data evaluation in relation to population
density. Social costs of network layout. Management of solid waste,
collection and disposal. Water: procurement, treatment, distribution.
Sewage: Waste water conveyance, treatment and disposal. Power stations,
electric networks and distribution substations. Public lighting and open
space illumination design. Road networks and infrastructural networks. Luck
network building techniques, integrated systems: Thresholds and the
definition of development, minimal units coverage indices. Public Health
Laws and management in environmental issues. Case Studies from Nigeria
and developed countries
URP 813.1: POPULATION AND URBANISATION STUDIES 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Characteristics and distribution of population; population projection and
demographic Analysis; population and migration accounts; population
dynamics, history of urbanization in Africa.

104
URP 845.1: LANDSCAPE PLANNING 2/0/0/ - 2 UNITS
Definition of Landscape planning and landscape design and their relationship
to town planning; a review of historical garden form and the historical
evolution of public parks and recreational areas. Materials and construction
techniques including grading, structural elements and plants. Existing site
inventory and analysis, landscape design programme, schematic landscape
design, illustrative detailed design and implementation of drawings and
documents. The use of landscape. Design analysis of completed projects.
The application of landscape planning and design solutions to a wide range of
town planning situations in order to secure a planned and attractive urban
environment.
URP 862.1: RURAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES 1/2/23/- 3 UNITS
Ecological concept and the conservation and management of natural
resources. The claim made on resources by competing and complementary
form of life, and the special role of man within the ecosystem. Physical factors
affecting land use pattern in rural areas. Valuation and appraisal of rural land
as an aid to planning and development decision. Theories relevant to rural
settlement planning and rural development. Planning and progressive rural
structures, rural population dynamics. Growth centres and spatial planning,
rural resources use and misuse. Livelihoods systems; conservation, the
changing rural landscape; problem rural areas, policies for planning rural
areas – Israel, China, Tanzania etc. integrated Rural development planning-
policy, strategy, programmes. The development plans, Land Use Decree,
reformed Local Government system and Town and Country Planning laws
and the Rural Areas in Nigeria. Techniques and programmes of villagisation,
model villages, village integration, disintegration and resettlement and
Reclamation.
URP 832.1: URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMICS 2/-/2 – 3 UNITS
Introduction to regional planning; broad coverage of the field of regional
planning, basic concepts, history, the influence of political, economic and
social environment, techniques of analysis, the tasks and problems in
preparing regional plans; regional spatial planning. Economic base theory for
cities and towns, industrial location and regional problems, measurement of
economic activity, income and employment, informal sector and its problems;
growth pole theory, Circular Cumulative Causation theory, Hypothesis on
Backwash effects, Determinates of Urban size and structure factors in urban
spacing and settlements, land use and land values; factors in the tertiarisation
of urban functions

URP 822.1: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN PLANNING 1/-/6/ - 3 UNITS

The primary objective of this course is to equip students with a selected set of
sophisticated and specialized tools for the practical use of geographic
information systems in a variety of application settings. Students will have the
opportunity to focus on particular topics in each of three major areas
including: data acquisition - e.g. remote sensing, global positioning systems,
mobile GIS, applied geo-coding, geo-databases, ArcGIS, and/or CAD
interaction; communication - e.g. web mapping, animation, and/or
professional cartographic techniques; problem solving - e.g. cartographic
pattern recognition, geospatial allocation, agent-based modeling,
Geostatistics, network analysis, and/or spatio-temporal simulation; and tool
building - e.g. Python scripting, GoogleMap Mashups, and/or open source
GIS. The course is conducted in a seminar format with weekly sessions
devoted to lectures, demonstrations, and discussions conducted by the
instructor and students.

105
UPR 842.1: URBAN DESIGNS AND SITE PLANNING STUDIO II 1/-/9/ - 4 UNITS
This course introduces students to the practice of urban form analysis and
design, new town design, urban redevelopment, preservation; urban facilities
analysis and design; and conservation; urban facilities analysis and design;
block planning and city imaging.
Site selection: Factors in selecting a site to serve given objectives and
functional needs. Site analysis investigation and analysis of a site, its
topography, soil condition, ground water table, vegetation, micro-climate and
district features: the site plan, its scale and contents. Circulation and utility
networks. Site engineering, building lines, setback lines, frontage plot
coverage, design standards.
The village as an organic entity. Rural –urban relationships, complementary
functions, the rural-urban continuum, physical, social and economic structures
of a village. Problems of immigration, loss of cultivable land, flooding and
water-logging, lack of utilities and services, poverty and distress. Need for
afforestation, soil conservation and wild-life preservation; transhumance,
accessibility of village, inter-village communication.

URP 852.1: URBAN SOCIOLOGY AND POLITICS 3/-/-/ - 3UNITS

A consideration of the political dimension of planning decisions. Emphasis will
be placed on the governmental structure, interest groups and power relations
as they relate to development decision-making processes. Analysis of
planning and political institutions at the national and sub-national levels in
policy areas such as environmental control, land use, industrial development,
transportation planning etc. Politics, design and implementation. Theories of
urbanism, and impact of city life on social relations and social institutions.
The problems of urbanization and the implications for public policy. A
treatment of the most important issues relating to the promotion of growth and
the conservation of natural resources and environment, and the need to
balance efficiency with justice in the allocation of resources in the public
sector. Topics to be covered include: representation, welfare, financial
allocation, transportation, housing, recreation, environmental quality etc.
URP 854.1: PLANNING LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Planning legislation in Nigeria; powers and functions of planning authorities
(Federal, State and Local government levels): land tenure systems in Nigeria
and implications for planning, Public health ordinances, building regulations,
highway code and implications for planning: The Land Use Act, and
implications for planning, laws on compensation and compulsory acquisition
in Nigeria, Development control and zoning; planning administration,
institutional structure, responsibilities, power, procedures; tribunals and
commissions of enquiry; voluntary organizations, self-help, and special
interest groups; urban and local government reforms in Nigeria and effects
on planning.
URP 841.2: PLANNING INTERNSHIP -/-/9 - 2 UNITS
Students intern in anyone of several planning agencies – Local, State and
Federal government, special agency or consultancies in the country during
the long vocation of first session of the programmme. Technical reporting
should be based on student planning internship experience at the beginning
of first semester, second year. At the beginning of the second year session,
students are required to submit a technical report of what experiences they
might have gained throughout the period. The Student’s performance will be
judged by the report.

106
URP 861.2: DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
The course seeks to provide students with opportunities for improving their
understanding of Vulnerability analysis and patterns; Conceptual approaches
to vulnerability across ecological and social dimensions/perspectives; Risk
assessment application; Risk reduction strategies and challenges for Nigeria.
Mainstreaming disaster risk reduction in development issues; hazard process
modeling; elements at risk mapping; risk reduction planning; disaster
preparedness; damage assessment and post-disaster rehabilitation are
typical themes in the natural hazards and disaster risk management.
URP 821.2: TRANSPORTATION PLANNING 3/0/0 - 3 UNITS
This is a graduate-level planning class exploring transportation planning
practice. The goals of this class are to develop, organize and understand
transit related planning issues, and conduct research. The class will
emphasize the technological and design aspects of urban transportation
systems and land use patterns. It covers topic in facilities operations,
congestion, methods of traffic forecasting: origin and destination surveys;
design of road alignments, speeds sight distance, lanes and carriage ways,
safety regulations and transportation network design standards;
environmental concerns and policy debates revolving around mobility issues
at the federal, state, and local levels.
URP 841.2: URBAN/REGIONAL/VILLAGESTRUCTURE PLANS STUDIO III 1/-/9 - 4
UNITS
This course introduces students to the practice of methods and techniques of
preparing regional and urban structure plans, design of new towns, capital
cities and local plan – master plans and structure plans. Factors to be
considered for selecting sites for specific functions and objectives; Site
analysis, topography, (Soils, Vegetation; terrain landscape etc). Data
collection and analysis for planning: Design consideration (circulation,
aesthetics, systems, functionality, efficiency, economy, social and economic
impacts). Design and Planning elements of urban and regional systems.
URP 823.2: PLANNING ANALYSIS 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Public policy and planning; policy choices, models of characters, simulation
models; decision theory and analysis; rational techniques for policy analysis:
cost-benefit analysis: Environmental impact Assessment PERT, Critical Path
Analysis, PPBS, forecasting, Social Indicators problem areas in policy
analysis: efficiency vs. effectiveness, equity vs. growth, quantitative social
change vs. qualitative change etc.
URP 861.2: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 2/0/3 - 3 UNITS
National legislation relating to environmental management. Description of
environmental settings in Nigeria. Prediction and assessment of impacts on
air quality, the water environment, the noise environment. Methods of impact
analysis. Practical considerations in writing impact statements (use of visual
display materials etc). Critique of examples of environmental impact
assessments of selected projects in Rivers State. Comparative studies of
impact of Nigeria and EU countries.
URP 865.2: COASTAL ZONE PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Coastal Zone Management objectives; coastal ecosystems as it relates to
coastal estuaries, coastal beaches and sand dunes etc.; problem associated
with land and water uses in the coastal zone area; Coastal zone planning and
management programme. The need for integrated coastal zone management
and planning, issues on boarder zone planning and management. Case
studies of coastal zone management and planning in selected developed and
developing countries

107
URP 871.2: SEMINAR/WORKSHOP ON ENTREPRENEURIAL 1/-/3 - 2 UNITS
Key focus of the seminar/workshop will be based on Entrepreneurship
definition; the characteristics of an entrepreneur; potential for Town Planner in
entrepreneurship; the Town Planner core competencies; SWOT analysis of
Planning Practice; managing Weakness/threats and sustaining
strength/opportunities; strategies for building an entrepreneur Town Planner.
Students are expected to present one seminar topic on any chosen area to
show ability and potential for entrepreneurship.
URP 832.2: REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING 3/0/0 - 3 UNITS
Case studies of Regional Planning practice in both developed and developing
countries. Socialist and capitalist approaches to Regional Planning. The
evolution of regional development strategies in developing and developed
countries of the world. Case studies and field work. Special problems of
regional planning in developing countries. Regional Planning experiences in
Nigeria.
URP 872.2: INDEPENDENT RESEARCH PROJECT 0/0/9 - 6 UNITS
An Independent Research Project that must make substantial contribution to
knowledge. The topic must be within the field and central core of planning
theory or practice, and must start in the first semester.
URP 852.2: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ETHICS 3/0/0 - 3 UNITS
Laws relating to plan preparation and implementation, Arbitration and other
legal provisions, preparation of planning briefs, tender documents, structure
of fees as prescribed by the TOPREC; Code of conduct as prescribed by the
TOPREC, NITP and professionalism in Nigeria. Initiation of a project,
preparation of preliminary outline, project team notifications for commencing
projects; approval; scrutiny of plans; financing of plan preparation, planning
office procedures, contact terms and conditions of agreement. Role of the
Town Planners Registration Council of Nigeria.
URP 812.2: HISTORY OF DEVELOPMENT OF SETTLEMENTS 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
The “a priori” situation of human settlements; similarities and differences. The
development of human settlements in Eastern and Western Europe. The
development of human settlements in the Third World. The development of
human settlements in Africa.
URP 832.2: INDUSTRIAL LOCATION PLANNING 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Industrial location theories and models; role of industrialization in
development. Typology of industrial estates; case studies of selected
industries and industrial regions.
URP 842.2: ADVANCED LANDSCAPE PLANNING 2/0/2 - 2 UNITS
Advanced instructions on landscape design and their relationship with Urban
and Regional Planning. Historical evolution of public parks and recreational
areas; Landscape materials and construction techniques – land grading,
plants, and structural elements; landscape design programme, schematic
landscape design, illustrative detailed design and implementation drawings;
Design analysis of completed project.
URP 862.2: TOURISM AND RECREATION RESOURCES PLANNING 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Design and location of public recreational facilities. Problems and issues in
utilizing and managing recreational resources in Nigeria Nature of Tourism
and development. Essentials of tourism planning. Tourism resources of
Nigeria. Consideration for design, construction and development of tourist
resorts. Tourism organization, travel agents and developers. Impacts of
Tourism. Principles of Tourism management.

108
URP 814.2: SOCIAL AMENITIES AND WELFARE PLANNING 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Quality of urban life. Social impact and behaviour analysis; assessing and
determining social impacts on communities, social indicators; policy and
methodology in community development. Advocacy planning organized
around a number of urban problems, ecology of disease, crime, delinquency,
planning the location of welfare, institutional, health, and social welfare
facilities in relation to demand. Morbidity, mortality and urban environment.
Social development policy and planning; planning and social change; social
groups in urban setting.
URP 816.2: SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Sustainability as a concept has been around for almost 3 decades, but only
recently has become a major factor in planning practice. This course will
explore the following sustainability topics and practices:

 Goals and organization of urban sustainability initiatives;

 Transportation, water and air quality, solid waste management;
 Climate change and energy efficiency initiatives; and
 Land-use, green cities policies and green building tools.

The course/class seminars will thoroughly examine case studies drawn from
sustainability planning initiatives from major local cities, with selected
international comparisons.
URP 864.2: ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 2/0/0 - 2
UNITS
Introduction to environmental management system review of laws; natural
environment, environmental policy, action plan, EMS audit, analytical tool for
cleaner environment-waste reduction audit environmental compliance audits,
product life cycle analyses and environmental impact analysis, economic
techniques for assessing cleaner production option. Financial analyses and
macro economic impact analysis.
URP 866.2: SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1/-/3 - 2 UNITS
Develop the skills to assess the social impact development. Identify and
appraise the different actors involved in shaping and implementing
development projects and programmes and how they interrelate (the state,
international development agencies, NGOs and CBOs. using practical
examples, from developed and developing countries, develop techniques to
monitor and evaluate impacts using interdisciplinary techniques to consider
the social and environmental contexts in which development is embedded
and the capacities of different actors and organizations to avert or mitigate the
negative impacts through learning, negotiation and citizen participation.

URP 822.2: URBAN DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS

Values, forces and institutions shaping urban form, concepts and approaches
to urban form and design; comprehending the built environment, architectural
and environmental programming, Pattern, language and urban form: macro
theories of design; space standards; ecological approaches to design,
resources, composition, space articulation and aesthetics, site planning and
design.

URP 818.2: REGIONAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS

The city as a system. Central Place Systems and Rank-size Relationship.
The Nature of cities and Regions; classical models, factorial ecology and
micro-economic explanations of urban and regional spatial structure.
Mathematical modeling of urban and regional systems.

109
URP 844.2: COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN – DATA ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 2/0/0 - 2
UNITS
The art and science of planning and designing the Master Plan for New
Towns, Capital Cities and incorporated areas. The studio consists of detailed
data analysis; policy advising and master plan preparation (land use map,
street map, map of public utilities, map of community facilities, and the
implementation plan) for a selected medium size urban community.

URP 824.2: NATURAL RESOURCES ECONOMICS AND EVALUATION 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS

Water resources inventory and development. Natural sources of water and
development. Water resources development agencies. Approaches and
design of water development scheme. The drainage basin in water resources
development. Natural Resources Economics, the natural resources inventory,
National resources and economic growth. The economics of natural
resources depletion and management. Land Resources Evaluation.
Economic analysis of existing natural resources complexes in different
regions, the classification of land types and assessment of their development
potentials; river basin planning; perception of the natural environment
URP 834.2: ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
Analysis of the social economic and legal environmental issues and
problems, the role of the public sector in solving environmental problems such
as pollution, preservation versus development, energy and water supply;
property rights, concepts of public good, social costs; cost/benefits analysis of
public projects, environmental impact assessment.
URP 825.2: GIS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 1/-/4 – 3 UNITS
This course offers a broad and practical introduction to the acquisition,
storage, retrieval, maintenance, use, and presentation of spatial data with
vector-oriented (i.e. drawing-based) geographic information systems (GIS) for
a variety of environmental science, planning, and management applications.
Some of the areas of application will include facilities placement, route
finding, pattern classification, catchments analyses, urban morphology and
landscape interpretation. Introductory practical exercise will help students
apply the GIS software package to study databases, geo-computation, spatial
algorithms, interpolation, data matching, scripting and planning support
systems. Tutorials will then amplify students’ appreciation of the strengths
and weaknesses of GIS for policy making, along with how its capabilities can
be extended to better understand and manage social and natural
environments. The use of different software applications including Geographic
Information Systems (ArcGIS) and Computer aided design (AutoCAD) and
Arch View will be emphasized.
URP 810.2: ADVANCED HOUSING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT 2/0/0 - 2 UNITS
The formulation of housing policies and programmes in various countries of
the world. The determinants of standards and criteria in the design of houses:
formulation of minimum desirable standards of space and environment in
building design. Ecological vs. economic perspectives on environmental
planning. Housing finance in the private and public sectors. Housing
management. Housing markets, housing forms, housing programme and
management techniques, sociocultural and technological parameter of
housing; case studies of housing programmes in Nigeria. The role of
government in housing. Rural housing and community development. Housing
needs/demand analysis.

110
Village communities in Nigeria, their types and structures. Rural planning in
relation to national and regional policies. Basic principles of community
development. Community development in relation to rural planning and
housing; self-help projects; role of voluntary organizations in community
development.

111
DEPARTMENT OF ESTATE MANAGEMENT

112
1.0 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ESTATE MANAGEMENT

1.1 OBJECTIVES

The course is designed to provide tuition in Land Management as practiced in

Nigeria. It prepares Estate Surveyors and Valuers for careers in Land Management
by expanding the students grasp of the profession. It encourages the student to
question techniques and undertake research to solve the problems militating against
good Land Management practices. It will provide manpower for educational and
research organisations. It is expected that it will also provide exemptions from the
Direct Final Examinations of the Nigerian Institution of Estate Surveyors and Valuers
(NIESV).

1.2 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

On graduating, the students will find jobs at higher management levels in
1) Public and Private Property Investment Companies
2) Banks and Financial Institutions
3) International Organisations dealing with land and property
4) Research/Academic Establishments
5) Professional Practice Firms of Estate Surveying and Valuations

1.3 PROGAMMES
The Department of Estate Management offers the following programmes:
1) Postgraduate Diploma (PGD)
S/NO. NAME OF QUALIFICATION(S) DESIGNATIO AREA OF
STAFF N SPECIALISATION
1 V. A. Akujuru B.Sc., M.Sc., Senior Property
ARICS, FNIVS Lecturer Management &
Development
2 I. I. Kakulu B.Tech.,M.Sc., P.hD. Lecturer I Building Maintenance
ANVS, F.ABENG. & Appraisals
3 Dr. V.C. Obinna B.Sc., M.A., P.hD. Lecturer I Planning Studies
4 N.S. Okogbule LL.B., LL.M. Lecturer I Property Law
5 Arc.K.S.A. Ebeku LL.B., LL.M. Senior Legal Studies
Lecturer
6 Dr. O. B. Owei B.Sc., M.Phill., P.hD. Senior Regional
Lecturer Development
Planning
7 Dr. C. A. Ajayi P.hD., ANIVS Adjunct Prof. Appraisal
8 Arc. N.O. Obuzor MAUD, B. Arch. Senior Building Studies
Lecturer
9 Land Use Studies

1.4 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

(i) Postgraduate Diploma
In addition to other University requirements, the candidate must possess a minimum
of either a Third Class degree or an HND in Estate Management with a Lower Credit
and a minimum of 3 years practical experience.

Matured candidates above the age of 35 year with Certificate in Estate Management
approved by the Professional Body (NIESV). Candidates with 5 years post certificate
experience in related disciplines as determined by the Department may be
considered for admission by the Department Postgraduate Committee.

113
1.5 DURATION OF PROGAMMES
(i) Postgraduate Diploma
The Postgraduate Diploma Programme will normally take a minimum of
Two (2) Semesters to complete prescribed Course Work and not exceeding 36 Credit
Units per Session.

1.6 COURSES FOR PGD IN ESTATE MANAGEMENT

SEMESTER I
COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT/TUT PRACTICAL(S) UNITS
CODES
EMS 631 Property Development 2 2 3
EMS 651 Legal Studies 2 - 2
EMS 633 Building Construction 2 2 3
EMS 621 Valuations 3 - 3
EMS 641 Applied Town Planning 2 1 2
EMS 611 Report Writing/Seminars 2 1 2
EMS 615 Introduction to Environmental Mgt. 2 - 2
17 8 20

SEMESTER II
COURSE COURSE TITLE LECT/TUT PRACTICAL(S) UNITS
CODES
EMS 632 Property Management 3 - 3
EMS 636 Project Management 2 1 2
EMS 652 Legal Studies 2 - 2
EMS 634 Building Construction 2 2 2
EMS 622 Rating & Taxation 2 1 3
EMS 624 Applied Valuations 3 - 2
EMS 682 Estate Project - - 3
EMS 691 Computer Appreciation 2 2 3
16 4 21

1.7 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

EMS 611 REPORT WRITING/SEMINARS

Basic elements of a good technical report. Styles and methods of technical report
writing. Preparation of expert Evidence and briefs for lawyers. Formats of Valuation
Reporting. Seminars on various topical issues affecting the Estate
Management profession.

EMS 621 VALUATIONS

Application of the principles and methods of valuation of various interests in landed
property. Allowance for future capital sums. Referencing, identification and
assembly of information required for a valuation. Valuation of properties for
Insurance, Mortgage, Probate etc. Surrender and renewal of lease, case studies on
valuation problems.

EMS 622 RATING & TAXATION

The Law and Practice of Rating. Valuation of different types of properties for rating
including residential, commercial and industrial properties etc. Rating of Plant and
Machinery. Comparative Rating between Nigeria and other countries. The principles

114
and canons of taxation. Principles of national finance. Central and Local
Government finance. Distinction between central government taxed and local levies.
Methods of taxing interests in land. Income tax, inheritance or capital transfer tax
and other charges on land.

EMS 624 APPLIED VALUATIONS

Valuation of Properties for compensation for different purposes including injurious
affection. Oil Spillage and Compulsory acquisitions etc. Effects of current legislation
ion Valuation Practice. Appraisal Methods, cash flow techniques, Developmental
appraisals and cost benefit analysis. Effect of rent control laws on property values
etc. Case Studies including visit to oil spill sites.

EMS 631 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT

The construction and building industry. Public and Private controls over
development, natural and financial constraints. The Property Development process.
The Development Team. Feasibility and Viability studies including Cost Benefit
Studies. Sources and Methods of Property Development Funding. Practical
problems involving the complete development of residential, commercial, industrial
and mixed developments spanning the entire development process will be
undertaken.

EMS 632 PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

Property Management functions, aims and policies. General principles and
objectives in managing rural, urban, public, private Estates, etc. The landlord and
Tenant relationship in Property Management. Building Maintenance laws and
operations. Repair and renewal cycles, statutory and environmental standards.
Quantitative techniques used in developing and managing properties: Critical path
Analysis and cost control and Programming, Estate records including financial
records and transactions. The balance-sheet as an aid in Property Management.
Specific problems relating to Residential, Commercial and Industrial properties.
Case studies involving field trips and written submission will be undertaken.

EMS 633 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION I

The construction of Domestic and Commercial Buildings from foundation to roofing.
A discussion of various types of foundation, floors and roofs. Different types of
walling materials and finishes.

EMS 634 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION II

Construction of commercial and industrial buildings including their maintenance
problems and solutions. Pricing and measurement of construction works including
the built-up of rates and the nature of operations costs and overheads.

EMS 636 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Property development as a project. Principles of project management, Techniques of
project management. Portfolio Management, Active Property Management including
refurbishment and redevelopment. Preparation and control of maintenance work.
Schedule of condition and dilapidations.

EMS 641 APPLIED TOWN PLANNING

Planning consideration in the development of Estate. Planning problems of large
metropolitan complexes, small and medium sized towns and villages, principles of
planning for their development and redevelopment. Discussions of the concept of
regions and their development. Design of layouts.

115
EMS 651 LEGAL STUDIES I
A review of the elements of the Law of Contract and Tort. A review of the Law of
Agency and Arbitration.

EMS 652 LEGAL STUDIES II

Review of the Law of Real Property with particular emphasis on current legislation.
Review of the Landlord and Tenant relationship. Discussion of the sale and
mortgages of land and statute law dealing with land e.g. Land Registration, Land
Acquisition and Administration.

EMS 682 ESTATE PROJECT

Students are to undertake a critical study of one aspect of Estate Management
Studies as a Project.

116
 POST GRADUATE
PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF
LAW

117
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN LAW
1. OBJECTIVES:
(1) The various programmes are aimed at preparing students for teaching,
research and the application of legal knowledge to practical National and
international problems and effectively deal with social and economic
challenges.

(2) The programmes would also seek to address the demands of the Nigeria Bar
Association for continuing legal education programmes in the Country.

(3) The programmes of the Faculty are run in two Departments with specific
academic and professional objectives, namely-

(a) Department of Private and Property Law with the Course Code “CPL”;
and
(b) Department of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law with the
Courses Code “JPL”.
(c) Department of Business Law with Course Code “BUL”
(d) Department of Public Law with the Courses “PUL”

(4) The Department of Private and Property Law aims at meeting the
responsibility to reach and research n the legal aspects of business, industry
and corporate affairs, the Law relating to Civil Liability; the Law of the Family
with particular reference to marriages and Family property; Personal and Real
property, including State Lands and their administration.

(5) The Department of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law aims at

meeting the responsibility to reach and conduct research into the scientific
examination of the nature and functions of law in society, the constitutional
and administrative framework of Government and its Institutions; the nature of
crime and its institutional treatment; the Law of Diplomacy and International
institutions, including the Laws Regulating.

2. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
Students who successfully graduate from the programmes may secure employment
in the following areas:
(a) The Various Law Faculties, both within Nigeria and abroad, as teachers;
(b) The Various Ministries of Justice and the Judiciary as State Counsel and
Administrative Officers;
(c) Legal Advisers to Governments, Corporate and Industrial Establishments, as
well as private persons;
(d) Research institutions, such as the Nigerian Institute of Advanced Legal Studies,
University of Lagos and the Nigerian Institute of International Affairs, Lagos.

3. PROGRAMMES:
The Faculty offers the following programmes on full-time and part-time basis:-
(1) Postgraduate Diplomas:-
(a) Department of Commercial, Private and Property Law:
(i) Diploma in Land Law and Land Administration.
(ii) Diploma in Insurance Law and Practice.
(iii) Diploma in Labour Law and Industrial Relations

(b) Department of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law

(i) Diploma in Local Government Law Practice.

118
 (ii) Diploma in International Law and Diplomacy.
(iii) Diploma in Petroleum and Environmental Law.
(iv) Diploma in the Law Relating to Journalism
(v) Diploma in Law of the Sea and Oceanography.

(2) Inter-Departmental Master of Laws (LL.M) Degree runs jointly by the four
Departments.

(3) Master of Arts in Law and Diplomacy (MALD) Degree run by the Department
of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law.

(4) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) runs by the four Departments as follows:-

(a) International Law and Human Rights
(b) Petroleum and Environmental Law
(c) Business and Industrial Law
(d) Constitutional Law and Jurisprudence

4. The Academic Staff of the four (4) Departments are as follows:

S/No Name of Staff Qualifications Rank Specialization

1. Prof. Nlerum S. LL.B ( Ife)B.L,LL.M International
Okogbule (Ife), Ph.D Professor/Dea Economic Law,
(Glasgow) n of Law Human Rights &
Legal Theory.
2. Prof. Uche Jack- LLb, B.L, LL.M, Professor Property Law,
Osimiri Ph.D (NUIG Economic Crime,
Ireland) Legal Education,
Taxation &
Commercial Law
3. Prof. O.V.C. LL.B(RSUST)B.L Reader / Ag. Labour Law and
Okene ,LL.M (Ife), Ph.D HOD, Private Company Law
(Essex) & Property
Law
4. Dr. O. W. Igwe NCE (Alvan Senior Human Rights Law,
Ikokwu) LL.B, B.L, Lecturer/ Ag. Criminal Law
LL.M, (Calabar) HOD, Humanitarian Law &
Ph.D (ABSU) Jurisprudence International Law
& International
Law
5. M.O. Izzi (Mrs) LL.B (Bensu),B.L, Senior Law of Torts,
LL.M (Bensu), Lecturer/ Ag. Maritime Law,
HOD, Public Human Rights
Law
6. Mr. E. I. Aman LL.B(RSUST),B.L,L Lecturer I /Ag. Commercial Law
L.M (Ife) HOD,
Business Law
7. Akpezi E. LL.B (Ife),B.L, LL.M Reader Environmental Law/
Ogbuigwe (Mrs) (Bristol) Gender Law
8. Prof. K.S.A. LL.B (RSUST),B.L, Adjunct Constitutional Law,
Ebeku LL.M (London), Professor Environmental Law
Ph.D Kent
9. Prof. N. J. LL.B (Lagos),B.L, Adjunct International
Udombana LL.M Professor Humanitarian Law,
(Lagos), LL.D Human Rights

119
 (Pretoria)

10. Prof. E. E. LL.B, B.L, LL.M, Adjunct Intellectual Property

Essien Ph.D (Birmingham) Professor Law, Company Law
11. F. O. Akaakar LL.B (ABU) B.L Senior Oil and Gas Law
(Mrs) LL.M (Lagos) Lecturer
12. Rtd. Justice E. LL.B (Nsukka) B.L, Senior Diplomatic &
O. Agbara LL.M (Brussels) Lecturer Consular Law,
International Law
13. Dr. Z. Adangor LL.B (RSUST),B.L, Senior Constitutional Law,
LL.M (Ife ), Ph.D Lecturer Environmental Law/
(Aberdeen) Oil & Gas
14. R. A. Wokocha LLB, BL, LLM (Ife) Senior Business/Commercia
Lecturer l Law
15. Dr. C. C. Wigwe LL.B (ABU), B.L, Senior Legal Theory/
LL.M (Middlesex), Lecturer International
Ph.D (Leeds), Economic Law
16. Mr. C. B.A; LL.B, B.L, Senior Criminal Law,
Nwanyanwu LL.M Lecturer Constitutional Law &
Administrative Law
17. Dr. C. T. LL.B ( Ife)B.L, Lecturer I Environmental Law,
Emejuru M.Phil (Ife) LL.M, Energy and Natural
Ph.D (Ife) Resources
18. Dr. S. C. Dike LL.B ( RSUST) B.L, Lecturer I Environmental Law,
LL.M (RSUST), Energy Law/ Oil &
Ph.D (Aberdeen) Gas
19. Mr. C. E. Haliday B.Sc (Uniben) Lecturer 1 Company Law
LL.B (Ibadan)
B.L, LL.M,
(London)
20. Mr. F. C. Ikeh LL.B ( Jos) B.L, Lecturer 1 Maritime Law
LL.M, (Nsukka)
21. Mr. C. Ihua- LL.B ( Ife)B.L, Lecturer 1 Nigerian Legal
Maduenyi LL.M, (Ife) System
22. Mr. Edwyn LL.B ( RSUST) B.L, Lecturer 1 Jurisprudence /
Jonathan LL.M, (RSUST) Business Law
23. Mr. F. C. Amadi LL.B ( Calabar) Lecturer 1 Conveyance and
B.L, LL.M, Legal Drafting
(RSUST)
24. S. George-Ibikiri LL.B ( RSUST) B.L, Lecturer 1 Law of Torts
(Mrs) LL.M, (RSUST)
25. G. O. Akolokwu B.A (Educ.) Lecturer 1 Equity and Trusts,
(Mrs) (Uniport) Customary Law,
LL.B ( RSUST) B.L, Property Law
LL.M, (RSUST)
26. Mr. E.J. Osimiri LL.B ( ABSU) B.L, Lecturer 1 Press Law, Property,
LL.M, (Newcastle) Business Law
Contract and
Environmental Law

120
5. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
(1) Candidates for the various Diploma programs are expected to have the
following minimum requirements:-
(a) A First Degree in Law with a minimum of 5 years post-graduation or post-
call working experience.
(b) Bachelor’s Degree in any relevant field.
(c) HND or an Associate Membership of a relevant discipline in the case of the
Diploma in Land Law and Land administration, with a minimum of 5 years
working experience.
(d) In exceptional cases a candidate without the relevant qualifications but who is
likely to benefit from the programmes may be admitted on the
recommendation of the appropriate departmental post-graduate committee.
(e) All candidates may be required to pass of selection test.
(2)Inter-Departmental Masters of Laws (Ll. M)
(a) Candidates seeking admission to the programme are expected to obtain a
minimum of Bachelor’s Degree with Second Class Honours (Lower Division) in
Law from this or any other recognized institutions.
(b) A Postgraduate Diploma in Law passed at credit level obtained from this or
any other recognized institutions.
(3)Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D)
(a) M. Phil in Law obtained from this or any other recognized Institutions;
(b) LL.M (or its equivalent) by course-work and dissertation obtained from this or
any other recognized Institutions together with a minimum of two articles
published in reputable Law Journals within the proposed field.
(c) LL.M (or its equivalent) obtained exclusively by research from any
recognized Institutions.

6. DURATION OF PROGRAMMES
(1) Postgraduate Diploma
The programmes shall normally last twelve calendar months (one year) for
full-time students which would involve two semesters of course-work and
three months of project. The part-time programmes shall normally last
twenty-four (24) months of course-work and six months of project spread over
the two sessions (two year)

(2) Inter-Departmental Master of Laws (LL.M)

The Programme shall normally last for one calendar year for full-time students
only ensuring long vacation. It consists of two semesters of course work and
a project.

(3) Master of Arts (Law and Diplomacy)

(a) Subject to the University Postgraduate Regulations the programme shall
normally last one calendar year for full-time candidates and two calendar
year for part-time candidates for holders of LL.B or B.Sc Degree.

(4) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D)

Subject to the University Postgraduate Regulations the programme will last for a
minimum of two calendar years for full-time candidates and four calendar years for
part-time candidates.

121
7. REQUIREMENTS FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA AND DEGREES:
(1) Postgraduate Diploma
(a) A candidate for the postgraduate diploma examinations is expected to pass a
minimum of 6 units and a maximum of 24 units per semester. For the
purpose of coursework examination, a candidate is expected to pass six
courses of 3 units each per semester, consisting of five compulsory course
and one elective.

(b) A candidate is expected to submit a supervised project embodying original

research not earlier than four weeks or later than two weeks to the end of the
programme. The project, which shall carry 6 units, shall not normally exceed
20,000 words in length to be typed on A/4 size paper. A successful defence
of the project is a condition for graduation.

(c) A Candidate shall not obtain a score of less than 50% in any course in order
to earn a pass; and a CGPA of not less than 3.00 under the 5-point system
for the award of the Diploma.

(d) A Candidate who is referred in not more than one course in each of the
semesters is eligible to present himself for a re-sit examination as well be
determined by the postgraduate school.
(2) Inter-Departmental Master of Laws (LL.M)
(a) A candidate for the LL.M examination is expected to pass four courses
of 3 units each with at least one course from each of the two
departments at the end of each semester.
(b) A candidate is expected to submit a supervised project embodying
original research not later than two weeks to the end of the
programme. The project shall not normally exceed 20,000 words in
length to be typed on A/4 size paper. The project shall carry 6 units
and is additional to the second semester courses.
© A candidate shall not obtain a score of less than 50% in any course in
order to earn a pass and a CGPA of not less than 3,00 under the 5-
point system for the award of the degree.
(d) A candidate who fails any subject is liable to repeat the whole
programme, subject to the University postgraduate regulations relating
to the duration of programmes.
(e) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, a candidate who fails only
the Dissertation may be allowed to submit himself for the examination
in the Dissertation alone in the next available examination for
purposes of graduation.

8. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES

(1) Diploma in Land Law and Administration:
(a) First Semester Compulsory Courses:
S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE NO. OF
CODE UNITS
1. CPL 501 Land Tenure Systems I 3
2. CPL 503 Law and Practice of Compulsory 3
Acquisition of Land and Compensation I
3. CPL 505 State Land Laws and Administration I 3
4. CPL 507 Land Registration and Land Registry 3
Practice I
5. CPL 509 Law of Landlord and Tenant I 3

122
 First Semester Electives:
1. CPL 511 Conveyancing Law and Practice I 3
2. CPL 513 Law of Mortgages I 3

(b) Second Semester Compulsory Courses

S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE NO. OF

CODE UNITS
1. CPL 502 Land Tenure Systems II 3
2. CPL 504 Law and Practice of Compulsory 3
Acquisition of Land and Compensation II
3. CPL 505 State Land Laws and Administration II 3
4. CPL 508 Land Registration and Land Registry 3
Practice II
5. CPL 510 Law of Landlord and Tenant II 3
6. CPL 520 Project 6

Second Semester Electives:

S/NO COURSE COURSE TITLE NO. OF
CODE UNITS
1. CPL 512 Conveyancing Law and Practice II 3
2. CPL 514 Law of Mortgages II 3

(2) Diploma in Insurance Law and Practice.

(3) Diploma in Labour Law and Industrial Relation
(4) Diploma in Local Government Law and Practice.
(5) Diploma in International Law and Diplomacy
(6) Diploma in Petroleum and Environmental Law
(7) Diploma in the Law Relating to Journalism
(8) Diploma in the Law of the Sea and Oceanography
Details of the Diploma courses in Regulation 9(2) and (3) above will be
supplied by the Department of Commercial, Private and Property Law in due
courses; while the details of the courses in Regulations 9(4) will be supplied by
the Department of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law.

9. POSTGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTION

(1) Postgraduate Diploma in Land Law and Land Administration Courses
Description:
CPL 501: Land Tenure Systems I:
Introduction- Nature and meaning of Land concepts of Ownership and possession;
Nature of Interest; Rights and Tiles to land; Units of Ownership-individual, Family,
Communal and Government; Alienation of Family and Communal Land; Management
and Administration of Family or Communal Land.

CPL 502: Land Tenure Systems II:

The nature of the received English Land Law; the Doctrines of Tenure and Estates-
Fee simple, fee tail, life Estate, Joint Tenancy; Tenancy in common; Easements and
Profit a Pender; Land use Act 1970 and its effects on the Land Tenure Systems.

CPL 503: Law and Practice of Compulsory acquisition of Land and

Compensation I:
Introduction- The nature and rationale for compulsory Acquisition of Land; General
authority for compulsory acquisition of land and compensation- a consideration of the
1963 and 1979 constitutions; consideration of power in other jurisdictions e.g. India,

123
Australia, England. Compulsory Acquisition procedure under the public Lands
Acquisition Laws; Planning Laws, State Land Laws, Land Tenure Law and the Land
Use Act, 1978. Acquisition of Land under the Petroleum and Mineral Legislation,
consequences of non-compliance with procedural requirements.

CPL 504: Law and Practice of Compulsory acquisition of Land and

Compensation II:
A detailed consideration of the nature and general principles of assessment of
compensation under the Public Lands Acquisition Laws, planning Laws, State Lands
Laws, Land Tenure Law and Land Use Act. Compensation for Petroleum operations,
including Oil Pollution compensation.

CPL 505: State Land Laws and Administration I:

Introduction: Nature of State Lands; types of state grants and licenses; types of
grants under the Land Tenure Law and Land Use Act; consideration of Rivers State
School-to- Land programme

CPL 506: State Land Laws and Administration II:

Control and Management of State Land- Alienation and consent; payment of
economic rent/ground rent; Settlement Schemes and administration; planning
schemes and planning control; Determination of State lease and licenses. Effect of
Land Use Act on State Land administration.

CPL 507: Land Registration and Land Registry Practice I

Introduction- The nature of Land Registration; Historical background to registration of
titles-and instruments. Registration of titles- A critical examination of the Registration
of Titles Act 1935 applicable to Lagos and its comparison with other systems, e.g.
England and Australia. The Registered Land La 1965 of Lagos State and its
comparison with the Kenyan Registered Land Act 1963. The problems and prospects
of registration titles with particular reference to group Lands.

CPL 508: Land Registration and Land Registry Practice II

Registration of Instruments under the Land Registration Law/ Land Instruments
Registration Laws of Southern Nigeria; Registrable Instruments; Procedure for land
Instruments Registration. Land Registry Practice (consideration of the Practice in few
States of the Federation); Land Instruments Registration Practice under the Land
Tenure Law and the Land Use Act. Survey Laws and Practice, including mining
surveys.

CPL 509: Law of Landlord and Tenant I

Introduction- The nature of Landlord and Tenant relationship- terminology, lease
and license. Types of Tenancies and agreement for a lease-the doctrine in Walsh v
Lonsdale; covenants in leases; Rights and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant.

CPL 510: Law of Landlord and Tenant II

Security of tenure; Rent control and recovery of promises legislation; Land Use Act
and Leasehold interests. Determination of Landlord/Tenant relationship, Remedies of
Landlord and Tenant.

CPL 511: Conveyancing Law and Practice I

Introduction- the parties to a conveyance; capacity of parties; the contract for the
transfer of legal estates or interests in Land-Lease, Mortgages, Assignments.
Registered and unregistered Land conveyancing. The land Use Act and its effect on
conveyancing.

124
 CPL 512: Conveyancing Law and Practice II
The contents of a conveyance. Conveyance of Settlements. Conveyance of Property
by will. The effect of the Land Use Act on the various aspects of conveyancing.

CPL 513: Law of Mortgages I

Introduction- Nature of Mortgages; Legal and Equitable Mortgages of land; costmary
Law Mortgages or pledges of Land.

CPL 513: Law of Mortgages II

Remedies of the Mortgagor and Mortgages; remedies of the pledge and pledges; the
effect of the Land Use Act on mortgage transactions.
(1) Diploma in Insurance Law and Practice
(2) Diploma in Labour Law and Industrial Relations.
(3) Diploma in Local Government Law and Practice
(4) Diploma in International Law and Diplomacy
(5) Diploma in the Law Relating to Journalism
(6) Diploma in Petroleum and Environmental Law.
(7) Diploma in the Law of the Sea and Oceanography.
The course description for all the Diploma course in Regulation 1c(2) and (3)
above will be supplied in due course by the Department of Commercial, private
and Property Law; while those in Regulations 10(4-(s) will be supplied by the
Department of Jurisprudence, Public and International Law.

10. MASTER OF LAWS (LL.M) COURSES:

(1) Department of Commercial, Private and Property Law:
First Semester Courses
S/No Course Course Title No. of Units
Code
1. CPL 601 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property I 3
2. CPL 603 Law of Commercial and Consumer 3
Transactions I
3. CPL 605 Comparative Company Law I 3
4. CPL 607 Law and Practice of Marine Insurance I 3
5. CPL 609 Law & Practice of Non-Marine Insurance I 3
6. CPL 611 Shipping Law I 3
7. CPL 613 Law of Labour Relations I 3
8. CPL 615 Comparative Family Law I 3
9. CPL 617 Law of Landlord and Tenant 1 3
10. CPL 619 Law of Mortgages and Charges I 3
11. CPL 621 Law of Compulsory Acquisition of Land and 3
Compensation (Including Petroleum
Operations) I
12. CPL 623 Land Law and Land Development I 3
13. CPL 625 Law of Taxation I

(2) Department of Jurisprudence, Public & International Law:

S/No Course Course Title No. of Units
Code
1. JPL 601 Advanced Jurisprudence I 3
2. JPL 603 Advanced Constitutional Law I 3
3. JPL 605 Comparative Administrative Law I 3
4. JPL 607 Comparative Criminal Law & Procedure I 3
5. JPL 609 Criminology and Penology I 3

125
 6. JPL 611 Women and the Law I 3
7. JPL 613 Dispute Settlement in the Oil Industry I 3
8. JPL 615 International Protection of Human Rights 3
9. JPL 617 International Economic Law I 3
10. JPL 619 Law of the Sea I 3
11. JPL 621 Diplomatic and Consular Law and Practice I 3
12. JPL 623 Seminar on International Organization for 3
Peace and Security I
13. JPL 625 Legal Regulation of International Coercion I 3
14. JPL 627 International Monetary Law I 3

(3) Department of Commercial, Private and Property Law:

Second Semester Courses:
S/No Course Course Title No. of Units
Code
1. CPL 602 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property II 3
2. CPL 604 Law of Commercial and Consumer 3
Transactions II
3. CPL 606 Comparative Company Law II 3
4. CPL 608 Law and Practice of Marine Insurance II 3
5. CPL 610 Law & Practice of Non-Marine Insurance II 3
6. CPL 612 Shipping Law II 3
7. CPL 614 Law of Labour Relations II 3
8. CPL 616 Comparative Family Law II 3
9. CPL 618 Law of Landlord and Tenant 1I 3
10. CPL 620 Law of Mortgages and Charges II 3
11. CPL 622 Law of Compulsory Acquisition of Land and 3
Compensation (Including Petroleum
Operations) II
12. CPL 624 Land Law and Land Development II 3
13. CPL 626 Law of Taxation II 3
14. CPL 640 Dissertation 6

(4) Department of Jurisprudence, Public & International Law:

S/No Course Course Title No. of Units
Code
1. JPL 602 Advanced Jurisprudence II 3
2. JPL 604 Advanced Constitutional Law II 3
3. JPL 606 Comparative Administrative Law Ii 3
4. JPL 608 Comparative Criminal Law & Procedure Ii 3
5. JPL 610 Criminology and Penology II 3
6. JPL 612 Women and the Law II 3
7. JPL 614 Dispute Settlement in the Oil Industry II 3
8. JPL 616 International Protection of Human Rights II 3
9. JPL 618 International Economic Law II 3
10. JPL 620 Law of the Sea II 3
11. JPL 622 Diplomatic and Consular Law and Practice II 3
12. JPL 624 Seminar on International Organization for 3
Peace and Security II
13. JPL 626 Legal Regulation of International Coercion II 3
14. JPL 628 International Monetary Law II 3
15. JPL 640 Dissertation 6

126
1. Master of LL.M Course Descriptions:

(1) Department of Commercial, Private and Property Law:

CPL 601: Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property I

Introduction- General Survey of forms of Industrial and Intellectual Property;
Need for Protection; Nature of Protection; Comparative advantages of each form
of Protection. Copyright- International conventions- Main works protected viz;
Unpublished works, literary works, dramatic and musical works, artistic works,
sound and TV Broadcasts.

CPL 602: Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property II

Ownership of copyrights, viz Authorship, Joint Authorship, Commissioned
works, Employer’s works, Assignment, Licences- Infringement of Copyright;
Remedies for Infringement; copyright and the Press; Trade Marks, Patents.

CPL 603: Law of Commercial and Consumer Transactions I

Sale transaction- Elements of Contract of Sale; Formation of the contract of
sale; the Seller’s obligations; the Buyer’s and remedies- right to reject the
goods; rights damages and specific performance; contractual limitation on the
seller’s obligations and the buyer’s remedies; the buyer’s obligations and the
Seller’s rights and remedies; passing of property in a Sale of goods.

CPL 604: Law of Commercial and Consumer Transactions II

Export sales: Ex-works or Ex-store contracts; F.O.B- Ex-ship contracts; Export
and Import Licences- Bankers Commercial Credit, Uniform Laws of
Internationals Sales; Hire-purchase and Credit Sale Transactions- Hire
purchase at common law and under statutes; ownership and passing of
property; Remedies of owner and hirer; Bills of sale; conditional and credit sale
agreement; consumer protection-obligations of manufacturers of goods and
suppliers to the buyer and ultimate consumer under tort and contract-
Negligence, Implied Warranties and Strict liabilities.

CPL 605: Comparative Company Law I

A Comparative Analysis of basic concepts of Company Law- Formation of
Companies; the consequences of incorporation; the ultra vires doctrine;
shareholders and Minority protection.

CPL 606: Comparative Company Law II

A comparative study of the company’s organs; the duties of director; and the
controlling majority; the powers of the general meeting; the concept of capital;
Company Securities; shares and debentures; Company’s meetings and
resolutions; take-over; Reconstitutions and Amalgamation; Government
participation and Foreign Companies.

CPL 607: Law and Practice of Marine Insurance I:

Introduction- Nature and Commercial background of Insurance; Historical
development of Marine Insurance; the contract of Marine Insurance; Forms,
content and construction of Marine Insurance; Insurance interest; parties to the
contract; indemnity; Abandonment and subrogation; Right; duties and liabilities
of agents and brokers in Marine Insurance; Floating policies; deviation and
change of voyage; Time Policies.

127
CPL 608: Law and Practice of Marine Insurance II:
Vitiating elements in Marine Insurance- Non-disclosures; Warranties liability of
under-writers, Loses by the perils insured against. Excepted risks and losses.
General and particular average, claims Total and constructive losses. Return of
premium. Marine sales re-insurance.

CPL 609: Law and Practice of Non-Marine Insurance I:

Introduction- Nature and Commercial background of Insurance. Particular types
of Insurance-fire, motor, life, burglary, Public Liability, Personal accident,
guarantee, fidelity, Employers’ liability. Insurance Institutions-Mutual Societies.
The policy classification of policies; form and content of policies; effect on other
documents; the premium; cancellation; alteration, rectification; renewal; lapse
and revival; perils; alteration of risk assignment; rules of construction.

CPL 610: Law and Practice of Non-Marine Insurance II:

The claim-time of loss; proximate cause; making and presentation of claims;
Burden of proof, Settlement of the claim-payment of loss; Application of
proceeds of policy; contribution; Agency in Insurance transaction- Relation
between principal and third parties. Consequential loss insurances.

CPL 611: Shipping Law I:

Introduction- Origins of Maritime Law; Admiralty Jurisdiction; other special
jurisdictions. The Public control of shipping and navigation- registration and
safety of ships; dealings in ships; such as sales; Mortgage lien; the master and
crew; carriage of goods by sea.

CPL 612: Shipping Law II:

Navigation of ships and safety at Sea- Collision regulations; collisions and
liability for damages and economic loss; salvage towage and wreck; Marine
Pollution and Pollution control- Oil in Navigable waters Act 1968; Martine
Insurance Indemnity and Insurable interests; mutual insurance,

CPL 613: Law of Labour relations I:

Sources and institutions; Trade Unions and their members; collective
bargaining.

CPL 614: Law of Labour relations II:

Law of Industrial conflict; Settlement of trade disputes; industrial democracy

CPL 615: Comparative Family Law I:

A Comparative Analysis of Family - African Customary Laws of Marriage,
Divorce, parents and child; succession to property.

CPL 616: Comparative Family Law II:

Non-Customary aspects of family Law in Africa and other Counties within the
commonwealth- Marriage under the Marriage Act/ordinance; consequences of
marriage under the Act; Legitimacy; illegitimacy and Legitimation adoption,
fostering, guardianship and divorce; maintenance and custody of children.

CPL 617: Law of Landlord and Tenant I:

Introduction- the nature of the Landlord and Tenant relationship, Terminology;
lease and license. Types of tenancies and agreement for a lease; the doctrine
in Walsh v, Longsdale; covenants in lease; Rights and Liabilities of Landlord
and Tenant.

128
CPL 618: Law of Landlord and Tenant II:
Society of tenure- Rent-control and Recovery of Premises legislation; Land Use
Act and leasehold interests; Determination of Landlord and tenant relationship;
remedies of Landlord and Tenant.

CPL 619: Law of Mortgages and Charges I:

Nature of Mortgages and Charges; Legal and Equitable Mortgages; Customary
Law Mortgages or pledges of the Land. Remedies of Mortgagor/Mortgages and
pledgor/pledges.

CPL 620: Law of Mortgages and Charges II:

Mortgage of a ship; Bills of sales; Legal and Equitable charges; Floating
charges in a Company

CPL 621: Law of Compulsory Acquisition of Land and Compensation (including

Petroleum Operations) I:
Introduction- The Nature and rationale for Compulsory acquisition of Land;
general authority for compulsory acquisition of Land and Compulsory- a
consideration of the 1963 and 1979 considerations; consideration of Power in
other Jurisdictions, e.g. India, Australia, England. Compulsory Acquisition
Procedure under the Public Lands Acquisition Laws; planning Laws; State
Lands Laws; Land Tenure Law and the legislation; Consequences of non-
compliance with procedural requirements.

CPL 622: Law of Compulsory Acquisition of Land and Compensation (including

Petroleum Operations) II:
A detailed Consideration of the nature and general principles of assessment of
compensation under the Public Lands Acquisition Laws; Planning Laws; State
Lands Laws Land tenure Law and Land Use Act. Compensation for Petroleum
Operations, including Oil and Pollution compensation.

CPL 623: Land Law and Land Development I:

Introduction- Concept of Land in African Traditional Society in comparison with
the Common Law concept of Land; the role of Land Law in Land Development;
Coal of African Land Policy. Methodology of Land Reform (i.e individual as
compared with Communal or collective tenure; freehold as opposed to
leasehold interests) in its relation to economic and Social Developments; Land
Use and Land Control- Kenya and Tanzania.

CPL 624: Land Law and Land Development II:

Credit aspects of Land Reform- Agricultural credit schemes and Land
Settlement Schemes; Public acquisition of Land and Land redistribution; Land
Taxation; Inheritance reforms as aspect of Land Reform.

CPL625 – Law of Taxation I (Personal):

The nature, meaning and various forms of taxation; general principles and
administration of tax and rules governing residence and ordinary residence of
tax payers; incomes of individuals, employment, trustees, settlement,
annuities, interests and annual payments; deduction of income tax,
assessment; allowable incomes and tax liability; capital gain tax, capital
transfer tax, etc.

129
CPL626 – Law of Taxation I (Business):
Ascertainment and Taxation of business income from Trades, Vocations,
Professions, Companies/business Organizations, Shares and Securities,
Corporations, partnership and value added tax: duties imposed on the
Government, etc.

CPL 640 – DISSERTATION

This is a supervised dissertation embodying original research in a chosen field of law.
The project shall not normally exceed 20,000 words in length to be typed on A4 size
paper. It must be submitted not later than two (2) weeks to the end of the programme.

130
 POST GRADUATE
PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY OF
MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

131
 DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY
`

POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA (PGD) IN ACCOUNTANCY

MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.)

WITH OPTIONS IN ACCOUNTANCY, TAXATION AND PUBLIC
SECTOR ACCOUNTING

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph. D.)

IN ACCOUNTANCY

132
1.0 SCOPE OF THE PROGRAMME
The Postgraduate Programmes in Accountancy include the following:
1. Postgraduate Diploma (in Accountancy)
2. Master of Science Accountancy with options in accountancy, taxation and public
sector accounting
3. Doctor of Philosophy (Accountancy)

2.0 DEGREES TO BE AWARDED

The following degree shall be awarded upon completion:
1. PGD (in Accountancy)
2. MSC with options in Accounting, taxation and public sector accounting
3. PhD (in Accountancy)

3.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

1. Postgraduate Diploma Programme in Accountancy.
Provided the University matriculation requirements are satisfied a candidate will be
admitted into this programme if he/she possesses the following:
i. 5 credit passes including English Language, Mathematics and Economics at
the ‘O’ level.
ii. Bachelor’s Degrees not lower than third class Division in Accountancy from
recognized universities;
iii. Bachelor’s Degrees with at least second class lower Division in areas not
related to administration.
iv. Higher National Diploma (HND) at lower credit level in Accountancy or any
other related discipline in Management Sciences/Business Administration from
recognized Polytechnics or Universities approved by the senate of RSUST.
v. Relevant professional qualification like ACA, ACCA, CNA, ACIB, ACIS

2. M.Sc in Accountancy with options in accounting, taxation and public

sector accounting
Provided the University matriculation requirements are satisfied a candidate may be
admitted into this programme if he/she possesses:
i. Bachelor’s Degrees of not lower than second class division in Accountancy
from recognized institution approved by the senate of RSUST.
ii. A Higher National Diploma (HND) in lower credit division and above who
have successfully completed a PGD Programme in Accountancy or MBA
degree in Accountancy (from a recognized university) with a CGPA of not less
than 3.50 on a 5-point scale or 3.00 on a 4-point scale.

iii. Candidates admitted into the M.Sc programme in Taxation shall possess a
minimum of Second Class Lower Division in Accounting, Economics, or any
other relevant course from Rivers State University of Science and Technology
or any other recognized University.

iv. Holders of professional qualifications in Accounting will also be considered for

admission, provided the candidates possess additional qualifications such as
PG Diploma in Accounting, PG Diploma in Taxation, MBA, MBF or Master in
related discipline. A professional qualification in Accounting will be taken to
mean an Associate member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
Nigeria (ICAN), CITN, ANAN, ACCA, ICPAN, ICMA or any other equivalent
body.
v. Candidates may be required to satisfy the Department in an oral interview or
written examination or both prior to admission.

133
 3. Ph.D. in Accountancy
i. Holders of M.Sc. degree in Accountancy with at least an average of B.
grade (60%) (CGPA of 3.5) (Which must include course work and research
thesis) from a recognized University approved by the senate of RSUST.

4.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMMES

1. PGD in Accountancy
The duration of this programme (PGD in Accountancy) shall be two (2)
semesters and a maximum of four (4) semesters for full-time students.

2. M.Sc. with options in Accountancy, Taxation and Public Sector

Accounting
The duration of the M.Sc. programme shall be a minimum of four (4) semesters
and a maximum of six (6) semesters for full-time students and minimum of (6)
semesters and maximum of eight (8) semesters for part-time students

3. Ph.D. in Accountancy
The duration of Ph.D. Accountancy Programmes shall be a minimum of 6
semesters and a maximum of 10 semesters for full-time students and minimum
of 10 semesters and maximum of 12 semesters for Part-time students.

5.0 WORK LOAD

1. PGD in Accountancy
The minimum number of courses for graduation and award of PGD in
Accountancy are spread into two semesters: 7 for the first semester and 6 with
Research Project for the second semester. Each course has two credit units
making a total of 30 credit units’ course work and 4 credit units for Research
project.

2. M.Sc. Accountancy Option

The minimum number of courses for graduation and award of M.Sc. in
Accountancy is divided into 6 first semester courses, 5 second semester courses,
4 third semester courses plus a total of 30 credit units’ course work and 6 credit
units for Dissertation.

3. M.Sc. Taxation Option

The minimum number of courses for graduation and award of M.Sc. in Taxation
is divided into 6 first semester courses, 5 second semester courses and 4 third
semester courses plus a total of 30 credit units’ course work and 6 credit units for
Dissertation.

4. M. SC Public Sector Accounting Option

The minimum number of courses for graduation and award of M.Sc. in Public
Sector Accounting is divided into 6 first semester courses, 5 second semester
courses, 6 third semester courses plus a total of 48 credit units’ course work and
6 credit units for Dissertation.

5. Ph.D Accountancy
The minimum number of courses for graduation and award of Ph.D. in
Accountancy is 12 and a dissertation. The 1st, 2nd and 3rd semesters have 4, 4
and 4 courses of 3 credit units respectively while the dissertation which carries 12
credits units is for the 4th, 5th and 6th semesters.

134
 The minimum Pass shall be a “B” in each course. A candidate can repeat if
he/she did not fail more than 1/2 of the number of courses in a semester in order
to advance to the next semester. A candidate shall be on WAF if at the end of a
semester the CGPA is less than 3.50 in a 5-point grading system.

6.0 EXAMINATION
1. Course Work
a) For all Postgraduate courses, the normal 5-point scale shall be adopted. The
5-point scale is as follows:
Marks Letter grades Grade Points
70% and above A 6
60 – 69% B 4
50 – 59% C 3
45 – 49% D 2
40 – 44% E 1
0 – 39% F 0

b) A complete score or more in any course shall be made up of 30% continuous

assessment and 70% written examination.

c) A student is deemed to have passed a course if the student scored a

minimum of 50% or “C”grade in the case of M.Sc. In the case of Ph.D
programme, a 60% or “B” minimum is required.

d) A student whose CGPA is less than 2.50, 3.00 or 3.50 in any semester for
PGD, M.Sc. or Ph.D respectively shall withdraw from the programme.

e) Any student who fails in any course shall carry over such course only if the
CGPA is higher than the minimum specified in (d) above.

f) All course schemes and answer booklets shall be externally moderated.

2. Thesis Supervision
The supervision of postgraduate research work (Thesis) shall be as follows:
a) There shall be a supervisory team made up of at least 3 supervisors for Ph.D.
2 for M.Sc. and 1 for PGD in Accountancy.

b) One of the supervisors in the case of M.Sc. and Ph.D. shall be designated the
MAIN SUPERVISOR AND CHAIRMAN, Supervisory Committee and others,
CO-SUPERVISORS.

c) All Professors and Readers in the university shall normally be deemed eligible
to supervise Postgraduate Diplomas, Masters and Ph.D. degrees. For
lecturers and Senior lecturers to be appointed to supervise the master’s and
Ph.D. programmes, they must be in possession of a Ph.D. and relevant
published papers, one of which must have been published within the last five
years.

d) Supervisors are to guide the students in the latter’s research study and keep
record of the student’s progress and submit report(s) to the PG Board of the
University through established channels. A supervisor may be changed where
and when necessary subject to the approval of the Postgraduate School’s
Board.

135
7.0 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
i. An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally
comprises 15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations.

ii. All Postgraduate Programmes shall be run on a course unit system whereby
credit weights are attached to each course. One credit is equivalent to one hour
per week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures.

iii. To be eligible for examination in a particular taught course, a student shall have
attended a minimum of 75% of the total period of formal instructions delivered
for the course.

8.0 DOMAIN OF PROGRAMME

All Postgraduate programmes identified in section A shall be domiciled in the
Department of Accountancy, Faculty of Management Science.

I. PROGRAMMES’ PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVES AND STRUCTURE

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA (PGD) IN ACCOUNTANCY

1. PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
To strengthen the intellectual capacity of students in the accounting discipline so
as to equip them adequate knowledge needed for an understanding and analysis
of the basic issues in the private and public sectors of the Nigeria economy.

2. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME

a) To develop the competence of students in the basic accounting concepts and
conventions.

b) To equip students with the theoretical and conceptual tools for problems
solving in the administration of industrial, commercial, public and other
human organizations.

3. COURSE STRUCTURE
FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS

ACC 711 Principles of Accounting 2
BAF 711 Principles of Micro Economics 2
ACC 761 Quantitative Techniques 2
ACC 781 Research Methodology 2
MGT 711 Principles of Management 2
BAF 731 Principles of Finance 2
BAF 772 Public Finance 2
Total Units 14

136
 SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE UNITS
NO.
ACC 742 Principles of Taxation 2
BAF 712 Macro Economics Principles 2
ACC 722 Introduction to Cost and Management 2
Accounting
ACC 732 Auditing Principles and Practice 2
ACC 752 Public Sector Accounting 2
ACC 772 Computer Applications in Business 2
ACC 762 Research Project 4
Total Units 16

9.0 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ACC 711 – Principles of Accounting
The Nature and Scope of Accounting: Definition of Accounting; Accounting
differentiated from book-keeping; Need for accounting; The accountant’s role in
organization; Specialised accounting fields; Characteristics of useful accounting
information; Users of financial information; History, principles & Conventions of
accounting. Accounting Procedures and Systems: Nature of an account; Double Entry
book-keeping; source documents and books of original entry; the ledger; the trial
balance. Errors: Errors not affecting trial balance agreement; Errors revealed by the
trial balance; correction of errors. Classification of capital and revenue items:
Adjustments for final account; Accruals and prepayments; bad and doubtful debts;
treatment of stocks; drawings etc. Final accounts of Sole Trader; Manufacturing
account; Control accounts; Single Entry/Incomplete Record; Bank Reconciliation
Statements; Depreciation; Accounts of non-profit making organizations.
BAF 711- Principles of Micro Economics
Economics system and organization, demand and supply, individual consumer
behaviour, the utility and indifference curve approaches. Market classifications, the
principles of production, the firm and perfect competition, pure monopoly, monopolistic
and oligopolistic competitions, pricing and employment of resources.
ACC 761 - Research Methodology
The course is designed to improve the ability of students to carry out empirical
research and to evaluate published research. Topics covered include the nature of
scientific research, theory building, and concept definition, formulating hypothesis,
validity and reliability, measurement and scaling methods, concepts, and problems in
data collection and sampling, criteria for causal inferences, studies and control groups,
considerable time will be devoted to report writing including editing, foot noting, etc.
ACC 781- Quantitative Techniques
The nature and objectives of statistics, frequency distributions, measures dispersion,
essentials of probability, statistical distribution. Basic sampling techniques, decision
theory, index numbers, time series, correlation and regression analysis. Introduction to
Linear Programming. Practice in the use of Computer in problem solutions.
MGT 711 - Principles of Management
Principles of organization; classical organization theory human relations school,
informal organization; bureaucracy, politics and administration relations; personnel
administration, administrative decision-making, control and accountability; organization
of job design analysis and staffing.
BAF 731- Principles of Finance
An introduction of flow of funds analysis and the concept of cash flow as applied to the
firm.

137
BAF 772- Public Finance
Federalism and public finance, direct and indirect taxation in Nigeria, operation of
federal and state finance fiscal system, public debt policy, role of public corporations
and marketing boards, role of central bank, commercial and development banks; The
budgeting cycle and public expenditure control, budgeting process.

ACC 742 - Principles of Taxation

General Principles of Taxation: The Nature of a tax/taxation; taxes differentiated
from other components of government revenue; tax law; tax administration and tax
policy; objectives of modern taxation; objectives of the Nigerian tax system; Essentials
of a good tax system; Classification of taxes; Structure of the Nigerian tax System;
Effects of taxation; Basis concepts in Taxation: tax incidence; impact and effects; tax
shifting; tax year; tax rate; tax base; tax avoidance; tax evasion; artificial transactions
etc. Tax administration in Nigeria: Organs of tax administration; tax consultancy; tax
returns; assessments and collection; objections; appeals; Tax clearance certificates.
Imposition of tax and Income chargeable; Residence; Basis of assessment; Capital
allowances; Statutory Reliefs and allowances. Computation of Income tax for
employees and Self employed persons. Loss Relief and Partnership assessment.

BAF 712- Macro Economics Principles

The emphasis in this course is on the macro or aggregative aspect of the economy.
Topics include National Income Account; the Determination of the Level of Aggregate
Output, Employment and Prices; the Monetary System: Monetary and Fiscal Policies;
Economic Growth; and International Monetary Economics.

ACC 722 - Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting

Nature, scope and functions of cost and management accounting. The principle
underlying the preparation and presentation of cost accounts for various types of
businesses. The elements of costs. Cost accounting for materials, labour, overheads
and equipment. The different meanings of costs, viz: historical, marginal, average, etc.
Costing methods: job and process cost accounting, elements of marginal costing and
budgetary control, double entry accounts for cost control. Nature and use of
accounting ratios; some current problems and issues.

ACC 732 - Auditing Principles and Practice

The nature and purpose of an Audit. The role of internal and external audits, reporting
responsibilities, appointment dismissal and resignation of auditors. The concepts of
“true and fair view, independence of auditors”. Relationship of auditors to directors,
shareholders and other financial statements users.
Auditing planning initial review of accounting system, evaluation of internal control
systems and procedures,- couching of accounts, verification of assets, sampling
technique, flow charting, stock taking procedures, letter of representation. The audit
report statutory requirements for audit report (Companies Act, 1990). Types of audit
reports. Professional requirements, duties and power under statute and case law
independence and ethical consideration.

ACC 752 - Public Sector Accounting

Introduction to public sector accounting distinction between public and private sectors,
basic accounting for not-for-profit (NFT), classification of NFP, basic characteristics of
governmental accounting. Structures of governmental accounting in Nigeria. The
treasury audit department, consolidated revenue fund, capital and development fund,
fund accounting system and standardized uniforms for transactions.

138
 Decision making and planning and control of public fund application of costing
methods, budgeting procedures, the use of audit department accounting for local
government, educational and health institutions.
Planning, Programming and Budgeting System (PPBS). Recent developments and
issues, the public sector implication of Nigeria’s membership in ECOWAS, effect of
restructuring public sector etc.

ACC 772 - Computer Applications in Business

Introduction to basic programming, Data types, Constant and Variables, Statement
types, Assignment statements, Input Output statements, Control statements.

M.SC ACCOUNTANCY OPTION

1. PROGRAMMEE PHILOSOPHY
The M.Sc. programme in Accountancy is designed to provide a specialized Masters
Degree level course in the area of accountancy. Unlike the MBA programme which is
broad-based and interdisciplinary, the M.Sc. is a functionally concentrated and
research intensive programme designed for candidates with career interests in
academic research and training. It provides career opportunities in research
institutes, teaching in the universities and other higher educational institutions, public
and private sectors, financial consultancy and provides avenue for self-employment
as accountants. The programme is structured to provide on in-depth exposure to the
literary foundation and current developments in Accounting.

It develops research capability of students in the discipline and thereby prepares

them for higher degree pursuits.

The M.Sc. programme consists of course work and research to be embodied in an

orally defended dissertation. Candidates specialize by selecting their dissertation
topics from any of the following stress areas in the Department: Financial Accounting,
Management Accounting, Auditing and Investigation, Taxation Laws and Accounts;
Public Sector Accounting and Management Information System.

2. OBJECTIVES
The M.Sc. programme is designed to:
a) Inculcate the requisite intellectual/conceptual foundations that will permit a
meaningful participation in the discussion or resolution of the problems which
confront the accounting discipline in contemporary world;
b) Encourage research into problems which impede the minimum contribution of
accounting to national development and well-being of the people;
c) Develop skill in logical reasoning and critical analysis and improve the capacity of
students in formulating sound accounting policies and strategies.

139
3. COURSE STRUCTURE
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACC 811 Financial Accounting Theory 2
ACC 861 Research Methodology 2
BAF 831 Corporate Finance 2
MGT 851 Management Information System 2
ACC 831 Auditing Theory 2
ACC 841 Taxation Theory and Practice 2
Total Units 12
SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE UNITS
NO.
ACC 822 Management Accounting Theory 2
ACC 882 International Accounting 2

BAF 812 Economic Theory 2

ACC 852 Public Sector Accounting 2

ACC832 Forensic Accounting 2

Total Units 12
THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACC 892 Oil and Gas Accounting 2
ACC 813 Accounting Standards 2
ACC 863 Seminar in Accounting 2
Total Units 6

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACC 864 Dissertation 6
Total Units 6
4. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACC 811 - Financial Accounting Theory
A review of basic accounting procedures, including the rationale of financial
accounting and the economic foundations of accounting generally. Elements of the
history of accounting. Working papers and the interpretations of financial statements,
including the analysis of working capital and statements of the sources and
application of funds and cash flows. Generally accepted accounting principles and
net income concepts, including the valuation of stock and work-in-progress. The
theory and techniques relating to balance sheet categories including cash, debtors,
stock, investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves,
elements of the impact of price-level changes on financial statements.

ACC 861 - Research Methodology

Introduction – The domain of scientific research. Research design and strategy
sampling Activities of research department model construction. Data-collecting
strategies.
The questionnaire. The interview motivation research. Measurement and analysis of
data. Report writing. Research in Nigeria. Ethics in management. Business and
social responsibility Research presentation. Guest lectures.

140
BAF 831- Corporate Finance
Theory and measurement of business income; finance and growth-investment
selection business valuation; financial planning and budgeting capital structure-
sources, gearing, cost financial criteria; new issue market and role of institutions;
principles and law; international comparisons.

MGT 851- Management Information System

This course is designed to expose students to the practical application of computers
to management information processing. The course provides the steps followed in
the utilization of electronic data processing (EDP) system in producing financial and
management information, in feasibility studies, system analysis, system design and
system implementation for computerized accounting system. Among other things, the
course will examine the following issues: Elements of computing mechanical and
electronic, types of computers and their applications, computer programming using
either COBOL or FORTRAN, data processing manual and mechanized systems,
system analysis and design, evaluation and administration of MIS with emphases on
computer based systems, meaning of information technology and its application in
business finance and management.

ACC 831 - Auditing Theory

Advanced principles in external and internal auditing, practices and techniques;
principles and practices of internal control: the auditor’s report audit programme,
auditing standards professional ethics.

ACC 841 - Taxation Theory and Practice

Overview of the Tax Environment: Definition, nature and objectives of modern
taxation; taxes differentiated from other components of government revenue; tax law;
tax administration and tax policy; features of a good tax system; classification of
taxes; structure of the Nigerian tax system; some theoretical concepts; theories of
taxation. The Law and Practice of the Nigerian System of Income Tax: Personal
Income Taxation; Administration of the tax; persons chargeable, returns;
assessments, collection, recovery and repayment, objections and appeals, tax
clearance certificate; liability to the tax; Determination of residence; basis of
assessment; capital allowance; taxation of employment income; taxation of self
employed persons; loss relief; partnership assessment. Taxation of Companies:
General features of company income tax in Nigeria; profits chargeable; returns;
assessment and payment of taxes; basis of assessment; ascertainment of profits.
Computation of tax liability normal basis; minimum tax basis; turnover basis; dividend
basis; preparation levy. Small business rate: taxation of specialized businesses;
taxation of pioneer companies; Tertiary Education tax and information technology
development levy. Capital Gains Taxation: Administration; rates and assessments;
chargeable assets; part disposal of assets; consideration payable by installments;
exemptions from tax; reliefs; Petroleum Profit Tax; Nigerian Taxation in Relation to
Foreign Taxation.

ACC 822 - Management Accounting Theory

Introductory matrix Algeria, linear programming and quadratic programming. Cost
system, standards and control; input-output analysis, mathematical analysis of
variances. Break-even analysis; cost-voluming-profit analysis, sensitivity analysis,
Algol programming. Planning and budgeting; integrated forecasting and operating
systems, planning and control of large-scale projects. Employee motivation and
accounting. Divisional performance and transfer pricing.

141
ACC 882 - International Accounting
The course is designed for students interested in accounting and financial control of
international operations. It involves preparation, transition and analysis of financial
statements for companies that have branches of foreign multinational companies.

ACC 852 - Public Sector Accounting

Basic accounting for non-profit organization; basic characteristics of government
accounting; structure of governmental accounting in Nigeria; the treasury; audit
department; consolidated revenue fund, capital and development fund; planning,
programming and budgeting system (PPBS)

ACC832 - Forensic Accounting

This course introduces the students to the investigative aspects of accounting.

ACC 892 – Oil and Gas Accounting

This course aim at introducing the students to the up and down streams of oil
activities in Nigeria. Royalties, petroleum task and financial control activities in the oil
and gas industry.

ACC 813 - Accounting Standards

The aim of this course is to inculcate in the students the understanding the major
accounting standards bodies of the world including their history, methods and the
standards they sets. The Nigerian Accounting Standards Board (NASB) and the
Statements of Accounting Standards (SASs); the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB-USA) and the financial Accounting Standards (FASs), the Accounting
Standard Board (ASB-UK) and the Statements of Standard Accounting Practice
(SSAPs); and the International Accounting Standards Board (ISAB) and International
Financial Reporting Standards.

ACC 863 - Seminar in Accounting

M.Sc. TAXATION OPTION

1. PROGRAMMEE PHILOSOPHY
The postgraduate programme in taxation seeks to expand the candidates
understanding of taxation, empirical researches and consulting, and to blend the
requirements for intellectual growth with the need for practical and professional
competence in resolving taxation issues and problems.
The general philosophy of the M.Sc. in Taxation is therefore to design a study
which will equip postgraduate students of taxation with the knowledge of tax laws,
principles and practice of tax system that will lead to composite tax awareness
throughout Nigeria. Through this means, the people will be aware of the civic
responsibility attached to the tax payments as at when due. The programme is
designed to provide adequate knowledge of the operations in the various sectors
of the economy.

2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
The M.Sc. (Taxation) programme is designed to provide individuals with the
conceptual understanding and sound technical knowledge to compete
successfully in the ever changing tax world. It is appropriate for individuals
already working in public accounting, public tax department, and low practice or
government service.

142
 The university’s postgraduate programme in Taxation seeks to:
a) Inculcate in the students the requisite intellectual and theoretical foundations
that would permit a meaningful participation in the discussion and resolution
of the problems which confront the taxation in the contemporary world;
b) Encourage research into problems which impede the minimum contribution
of
taxation to national and international development.
c) To provide the students with a comprehensive knowledge of taxation with
particular references to the laws, administration, accounting, computation and
auditing/investigation.
d) To prepare students for various opportunities and responsibilities in taxation
as a laudable career in this era of high information technology and
computerization of transactions.
e) The programme is to breed a crop of Nigerians that will inculcate the basic tax
ethics into the people by way of taking career in the teaching of taxation and
practicing good tax habits everywhere.

3. COURSE STRUCTURE
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACC 811 Financial Accounting Theory 2
ACC 861 Research Methodology 2
ACC 851 Public Sector Accounting 1 2
BAF 872 Public Finance 2
ACC 881 Advanced Statistics 2
ACC 841 Taxation Theory and Practice 2
Total Units 12

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
ACC 852 Public Sector Accounting 2 0 0 2
ACT 844 Tax Audit and Investigation 2 1 3
ACT 845 International Comparative Studies of 2 1 3
Taxation
ACC 832 Forensic Accounting 0 0 2
ACT 843 Tax Planning, Practice and 0 0 2
Administration
Total Units 4 2 12

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACT 846 Tax Laws and Cases 2
ACT 864 Seminar in Taxation/Accounting 2
ACT 865 Fraud Investigation: Issues, Processes and 2
Procedures
Total Units 12

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACT 865 Dissertation 6
Total Unit 6

143
4. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACC 811 - Financial Accounting Theory
A critical study of the general body of concepts and theory which underlies the
measurements, preparation, presentation and interpretation of financial accounting
statements with particular emphasis on their (structural) coherence, their
interpretational (semantics) validity and their behavioural implications. Topics include
approaches to the formulation of theory in accounting, nature of objectives in
financial accounting, history and development of accounting, some problems in the
measurement of business income, value and capital, the need for accounting
standards and so on. Contemporary proposals for expanding the scope of corporate
reports (e.g. human resource accounting, accounting for cost of capital, cash flow
accounting, segmental reporting, publication of forecasts, corporation social
accounting, environmental accounting and on) will also be discussed.

ACC 861- Research Methodology

Designed to equip students with the techniques for identifying research problems,
planning, executing and evaluating research problems. Topics covered include the
nature of scientific research, a review of research process, theory building, advanced
study of experimental designs, and analysis; concept of definition, formulating
hypothesis, validity and reliability; measurement and scaling methods; concepts and
problems in data collection and sampling, criteria for causal inference, studies and
control groups, report writing including editing, footnoting etc; statistical inference and
regression analysis; analysis of variance, non-parametric techniques.

ACC 851 - Public Sector Accounting 1

This course covers topics such as: above and below the line items, financial
transactions recording in public sector, public accountability and preparation of
financial statements, roles of Accountant General, Auditor-General and Public
Accounts Committee/National Assembly in the process of public accountability and
roles of IPSAC and INTOLSAI.

BAF 872- Public Finance

This course will cover topics such as: overview of welfare economics; market failure
and the rationale for government intervention; public expenditure theory (resource
allocation mechanism, public choice theory, theories of public expenditure growth,
public expenditure policy in Africa, public enterprise pricing); cost benefit analysis;
investment rules and government failures; theory of taxation (overview of a good tax
system, the incentive effects of taxation, theory of optimal taxation); tax policy (tax
design and structure, tax administration, tax reforms); inter-governmental fiscal
relations (principles of inter-governmental relations. Assignment of functions:
Expenditure and tax assignments. Revenue sharing mechanisms/inter-governmental
grants and transfers: The African experience), public debt (Domestic and external
debt: causes, management and financing. Overview of external debt in Africa and
HIPC initiatives)

ACC 881- Advanced Statistics

The objective is to provide the students with econometric tools that will be useful in
their research efforts. The course begins with the basic probability theory, descriptive
data analysis; statistical inference and simple regression analysis and so on. It then
moves to econometrics proper including properties of estimator, test of significance
test, simultaneous equations, heteroelasticity, auto-correlation, multicolinearity,
identification and specification problem, distributed lag models and the use of dummy
variables and time.

144
ACC 852 - Public Sector Accounting 2
A study of the special problems which arise in the planning and control of financial
resources in public sector organizations, government companies, boards and
corporations (utilities). Issues examined include, the role of public enterprise
procedures for making investments and pricing decisions, and the constraints of
these decisions; government budgeting and accounting systems; relationship
between public enterprise and government, and the factors which tend to impede
performance in this sector. The rationale, problems and prospects of privatization
and commercialization of government business will also be considered. International
comparisons will be drawn where relevant.

ACT 844 - Tax Audit and Investigation

This course seeks to deepen students understanding of the more complex problems
of tax audit and investigation. Topics should include: tax auditing principles; planning
tax audit and investigation; controlling and recording an audit, interview techniques;
audit evidence techniques and procedures; statutory powers of the tax auditors; and
tax audit report writing.

ACT 845 - International Comparative Studies of Taxation

This course seeks to deepen students understanding of the more complex problems
in international comparative studies of taxation. Topic include: comparison of tax laws
of difference economies; double taxation agreement (DTA); taxing rights under DTA;
OCED model tax convention; UN model tax convention; International traffic, taxation
of e-commerce; tax haven; regional cooperation in tax matters; and mutual
assistance in collection of tax.

ACC 832 - Forensic Accounting

This course introduces the students to the investigative aspects of accounting.

ACT 843 - Tax Planning, Practice and Administration

This course seeks to deepen students understanding of the more complex problems
of tax practices and administration. Topics should include: Tax planning, problems of
enforcement of tax laws and remedies, tax payers census and ascertainment of tax
bases. Appeal procedures in details, assessment, collection and recovery
procedures. Various tax theories should be covered. Professional ethics and
managing a tax practice.

ACT 846 - Tax Laws and Cases

This course seeks to deepen students understanding of the more complex problems
of tax law and cases. Topics should include: national, state and local government
laws such PITA, CITA, PPTA, CGT, VAT, Educational Tax and so on. Decided cases
should be examined by the students

ACT 864 - Seminar in Taxation/Accounting

The candidates are expected to produces three seminar papers in taxation.

ACT 833 - Fraud Investigation: Issues, Processes and Procedures

The objectives of this course is an emphasis on the conduct of fraud examinations,
including a discussion of specific procedures used in forensic accounting
examinations and the reasoning behind the use of these procedures. Coverage
extends to detection, investigation, and prevention of specific types of fraud
committed against organizations and individuals.

145
M.SC PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNTING OPTION

1. PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
The M.Sc. programme in Public Sector Accounting is designed to provide a
specialized Master Degree level course, in Public Sector Accounting. The course is
designed to fit into the core mission of IPASAS and to serve the public interest by
contributing to the development, adoption and implementation of high-quality
international standards and guidance; contributing to the development of strong
professional accountancy organizations and accountancy firms, and to high-quality
practices by professional accountants; promoting the value of professional
accountants worldwide; and speaking out on public interest issues where the
accountancy profession’s enterprise is most relevant.

The M.Sc. programme in public sector accounting has four concentrations

1. Public financial management specialization
2. Treasury Management Specialization
3. Public Audit Management Specialization
4. Tax Management Specialization.

2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE
The core objective of this programme is to provide Accountant and others performing
adjacent accounting/finance functions in the public sector with advanced skills to
enhance their performance and value creation. This is very important particularly with
the introduction of IPSAS and full accrual accounting methodology in the public
sector.

3. COURSE STRUCTURE
FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE

STATUS
PSA 811 Advance Public Sector Accounting 3 Core
PSA 812 Public Sector Auditing 3 Core
PSA 813 Public Sector Economics 3 Core
PSA 814 Public Financial Authorities 3 Core
PSA 815 Environmental Accounting 3 Elective
PSA 816 Public Enterprise Management 3 Elective
Total (with one Elective) 15

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
NO STATUS

PSA 821 Advanced Public Finance 3 Core

PSA 823 Tax Management 3 Core
PSA 823 Auditing Management 3 Core
PSA 824 Management Information System 3 Core
PSA 825 Pension Accounting and Pension 3 Elective
Accounting and
PSA 826 Debt Management and Accounting 3 Elective
Total (with one Elective) 15

146
THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
STATUS
PSA 831 Public Policy Analysis 3 Core
PSA 832 Public Sector Financial Reporting 3 Core
Standards
ACC 861 Research Methodology 3 Core
Electives Three (3) Courses 9 Core
(Specializations):
Total (with three Electives) 18 Core

Public Financial Management Specialization

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
STATUS
PSA 841 Public Expenditure Management 3 Core
PSA 842 Budgeting and Budget 3 Core
Management
PSA 843 Fiscal Transparency and 3 Core
Accountability
Total Units 9

Treasury Management Specialization

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE

STATUS
PSA 844 Fund Accounting and 3 Core
Management
PSA 845 Store Accounting and 3 Core
Management
PSA 846 Public Cash Management 3 Core
Total Units 9

Public Audit Management Specialization

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
STATUS
PSA 847 Nigerian Audit Authorities 3 Core
PSA 848 Public Audit Practice 3 Core
PSA 849 Internal Audit and Control 3 Core
Total Units 9

Tax Management Specialization Total Units

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
STATUS
PSA 851 Tax Audit and Investigation 3 Core
PSA 852 Tax Audit and Investigation 3 Core
PSA 853 International Taxation 3 Core
Total Units 9

147
FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS COURSE
STATUS
PSA 860 Research Project 6 Core
Total Units 6

4. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSA 811 Advanced Public Sector Accounting

The course is designed to acquaint students with the essentials of Objectives and
problems of public sector accounting, Bases of government accounting, Structure of
government accounting: Treasury Department, Financial authorization and Warranty
system, Budgeting system, etc, Procedures, Preparation of Government published
accounts and financial statements and Public sector accountability.

PSA 812 Public Sector Auditing

The course is designed to acquaint students with the nature of public sector auditing,
Regulatory framework for auditing and auditing standards. Powers and Duties of
Auditor-General of the Federation, Government Financial Control Structure, Value for
money audit, audit procedures in the public sector.

PSA 813 Public Sector Economics

Public sector in circular flows: Income and expenditure flows; factor and product
flows, Public sector in the National income accounts: public sector in GNP, public
sector in national income, public sector in disposable income.

PSA 814 Public Financial Authorities

Legal framework of Government Accounting in Nigeria: Constitution of the Federal
Republic of Nigeria, Finance (Control and Management) Act, Audit Act, Financial
Regulations, Financial Instructions, Financial Memoranda, Treasury circulars,
Revenue Allocation Laws etc., Public Financial Management Institutions,
Commissions, etc.

PSA 815 Environmental Accounting

Concept of Environmental Accounting, Key Terms and Underlying Concepts,
Introduction to Environmental Accounting As A Business Management Tool, Costs
and Environmental Effects of Environmental Conservation, Management Based on
Environmental Impact Point (EIP), Applying Environmental Accounting to Cost
Allocation, Applying Environmental Accounting to Capital Budgeting, Applying
Environmental Accounting to Process/Product Design.

PSA 816 Public Enterprise Management

The course is designed to acquaint students with the funding structure of public
enterprises, cost benefit analysis of public enterprises, liberalisation and privatization
of public enterprises, corporate governance.

PSA 821 Advanced Public Finance

The course is designed to acquaint students with the government revenue sources,
fiscal policy and tax administration, project appraisal in public sector, objectives and
rationale of government activity in the market system, efficiency criteria in
government decision making, and fiscal jurisdictions and fiscal federalism.

148
PSA 822 Tax Management
The course is designed to acquaint students with the evolution of Tax system in
Nigeria, general system of tax administration, problems and prospects, tax laws,
administration of income tax, value added tax, capital gains tax, petroleum profit tax,
the structure and functions of tax authorities at federal and state levels, joint tax
board, the theory of economic stabilization and impact of fiscal policy.
PSA 823 Auditing Management
The course is designed to acquaint students with the essentials of public sector
auditing environment, audit planning, audit responsibilities and evidence, audit
control risks and designing test of controls, audit sampling in public sector, internal
and operational governmental auditing, effects of preliminary audit strategies,
developing audit programmes and documenting evidence.
PSA 824 Management Information System
The course is designed to acquaint students with the types of information systems,
information system infrastructure, benefits of management information systems,
management levels and information system requirements, system development
process, alternatives to system development, computer fraud and security, advances
in information technology applications
PSA 825 Pension Accounting and Administration
The course is designed to acquaint students with the pension reforms in Nigeria,
types of pension administration, stakeholders in pension administration and their
roles, pension accounting, pension asset investments and derivatives, the challenges
of new pension act.
PSA 826 Debt Management and Accounting
The course is designed to acquaint students with the definition of debt management,
public debt, types and classification of debt, growth of public debt, essentials of debt
management strategies, effect of bad debt management, measures of reducing
national debt, national debt management policy, sources of national debt, debt
conversion programme, debt rescheduling and effect on national economy, debt buy-
back.
PSA 831 Public Policy Analysis
Concepts and Definition of Policy; public policy making, public policy analysis,
sources of policy, characteristics of public policy; rationale for the study of public
policy, types of public policy making process, theories and methodology of public
policy analysis, agenda setting and importance of public policy in nation building.

PSA 832 Public Sector Financial Reporting Standards

Conceptual Framework for Accounting and Financial reporting, Standards Setting
procedures, International Accounting Standardization: Theoretical Issues and
Debates, Nigerian Accounting Standards Board/Statement of Accounting Standards,
the Financial Reporting council, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),
Public Sector Financial Reporting Standards, Benefits and Challenges of IFRS to
stakeholders: Regulatory Authorities and Users.

ACC 861 Research Methodology

The course is designed to acquaint students with the methods of acquiring
knowledge, Methods of research, types of research, the Research problem and
Choice of research topics, problems militating research in Nigeria, the research
process, research proposal, literature review techniques and citations, sources and
methods of data collection, forms of analysis and data analysis techniques, the
Research Report format of the Department of Accounting, and bibliographical styles:
Harvard, APA, etc.

149
ELECTIVES: SPECIALISATIONS
Public Sector Financial Management Specialization

PSA 841 Public Expenditure Management

Nature and kinds of Public Expenditure, Comparison between Public and Private
Expenditure, Canons of Public Expenditure, Causes of Growth in Public Expenditure,
Economic Effects of Public Expenditure, Public Expenditure, Economic Theories,
Growth Patterns of Public Expenditure in Nigeria| Nigerian Public Expenditure
Compositions and Economic Growth, Elements, Targets and Specific Methods for
Public Expenditure Management, Public Expenditure Management and the
Implementation of Projects, Public expenditure framework, New Methods of Public
Expenditure Controls, Public expenditure analysis, etc.

PSA 842 Budgeting and Budget Management

Budgeting Principles, the Basis of resource Allocation, models of Public Budgeting
and Expenditures, the Process of Resource Allocation, weaknesses in resource
Allocation and Use, historical Perspective on Budget Reforms, budget Reforms, the
essentials of government financial management cycle, government investment
management and valuation, revenue and expenditure management, budget
execution, monitoring and evaluation, etc.

PSA 843 Fiscal Transparency and Accountability

Concept of fiscal transparency and Accountability, Accountability criteria, main
Principles of the Fiscal Transparency Code, Procurement Act, Fiscal Responsibility
Act, Fiscal transparency and Accountability institutions, the nature of crimes, the
content and provisions of Economic and Financial Crimes Commission (EFFC) Act,
the Independent Corrupt Practices and other related matters (ICPC) Act, the
challenge of Combating corruption in Nigeria.

Treasury Management Specialisation

PSA 844 Fund Accounting and Management

The course is designed to acquaint students with Public Accounting System, the
types and classifications of funds, sources and uses of funds, fund accounting
system, preparation of government fund statements, legal prescriptions for operating
consolidated revenue fund: inflows and charges, development fund, contingencies
fund, the structure and duties of the office of the Accountant-General, Financial
warranty and Authorization system, Revenue generation strategies and
Management, Ethical Issues in Treasury Management.

PSA 845 Store Accounting and Management

The course is designed to acquaint students with the essentials of procurement
system, stores and store keeping, inventory control models, store documentation,
stock taking, store internal controls.

PSA 846 Public Cash Management

Objectives of Public Sector Cash Management, Public Sector Cash Projection under
Uncertain Conditions, Efficient Cash Management Principles, Cash Projection and
Monitoring, Cash Projection Procedure.

150
Public Audit Management Specialisation

PSA 847 Nigerian Audit Authorities

The course is designed to acquaint students with the statutory and legal framework
of Nigeria Audit in the Public Sector, the Audit Act, Constitution of the Federal
Republic of Nigeria, Financial Regulations, Regional Audit Laws, etc.

PSA 848 Public Audit Practice

The course is designed to acquaint students with the Public Audit Practices, Conduct
of Audit, Nature of Audit, Statutory and Legal.

PSA 849 Internal Audit and Control

The course is designed to acquaint students with the Public Sector Internal Control
System, Internal Control Manual, Quality Audit Management Process, Internal
Control Evaluation, etc.

Tax Management Specialization

PSA 851 Tax Management and Practice

The concept of Tax Planning and Control, Tax Planning and Management Strategies,
System Tax Administration in Nigeria, Problems of Enforcement of Tax Laws and
Remedies, Comparative Taxation, to include movement from a sole trader to Limited
Liability Company and Public Company, Tax Collection, Remittance and Utilization;
managing a tax practice, Appeal Procedures in details, recovering procedures,
repayment of tax, collection procedures, assessment procedures, examination of
accounts and returns; Professional Ethics of tax practitioners and administrators;
principles of business management to be reviewed in tax practice; tax practitioners
and the tax laws.

PSA 852 Tax Audit and Investigation

Tax Auditing Principles: Definition and Nature of Tax Audit, Objectives of tax audit,
rules differences between an audit and an investigation, reasons for tax audit and tax
investigation, appointment of tax auditors, duties, rights and obligations of tax
auditors, professional responsibilities, planning tax audit and investigation: sources of
tax payer’s financial and business information, general considerations, nature of
business, industry, business cycles, tax compliance history; audit staffing and
logistics, preparation of work programmes; controlling and recording an audit: Review
of Accounting system. Allocation and supervision of work. Management of working
papers. Documentation of work done. Evidence of proper review, conclusions, action
steps. Management of close-out meeting. Preparation of audit reports and
investigation reports. Decision making after tax audits. Conflict resolution and
settlement of tax controversies; interview techniques: Preparation for interviews,
managing the interview process. Documentation of minutes. Human relations aspect
of field interview; tax audit evidence, techniques and procedure: Nature of tax audit
evidence. Relevance and reliability of tax audit evidence. Tax audit techniques,
inspections, observation, enquiry. Independent confirmation. Computation and
checks sampling techniques, reliance on the work of other auditor, including statutory
auditors; Statutory Powers of the tax auditors, Powers to obtain information. Power to
enter premises. Power to obtain third party confirmation from bank, etc, Tax auditors
and the Relevant Tax Auditors: Tax auditor and FIRS. Tax auditor and SBIR. Tax
auditor and Local Government Revenue committee.

PSA 853 International Taxation

Residence: Individual residence, Ordinary residence, Domicile, Residence of
Corporation, Tax Havens; Enforcement of Foreign Residence Law: National

151
Jurisdiction of Courts; Effect of Offshore Judicial Decisions: International Judicial
Decision; Foreign Income and Capital of Residents: the Remittance basis. Relief for
unremittable foreign income. Transfer of assets abroad- attribution income, offshore
income gains, capital gains tax; Foreign tax payers and the Nigeria tax system:
Place of business, Transfer Pricing, Allocation of expenses, Capitalization, debt
conversion; Double taxation: Nigeria Tax Treaties and Relief’s. Typical clauses.
Treaty Relief by credit. Unilateral tax credit. Reforms and Planning, International
Comparison, Nigeria Tax System compared with the tax systems of developed and
developing economics.

Fourth Semester

PSA 860 - Dissertation

The students are required to submit a research project of about ten thousand
(10,000) words in the field of public sector accounting, finance and auditing. The
project shall be moderated by an external examiner but shall not be subjected to oral
defence.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.) IN ACCOUNTANCY

1. PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
The Ph.D. programme in Accountancy emphasized the development of
scholarly competence rather than accumulation of course credits. Therefore,
the limited coursework involved is designed to deepen the theoretical
knowledge base of the candidates in their areas of specialization so as to
enrich research effort in the selected field. The department must be satisfied
that candidates have sound theoretical exposure and competence in the
application of quantitative and qualitative research tools before they can gain a
firm registration for the Ph.D thesis.

The programme is to expose the student to literary foundations and current

developments in the discipline. It also develops research capabilities in
students in their chosen areas and provides strong foundation for careers in
academic, accounting consultancy and training, research and development
units of organizations. The Ph.D. Programme is to be prosecuted by
comprehensive research to be embodied in a thesis.

2. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME

The doctoral programmes in Accounting are designed to provide specialist
education and training for researchers, teachers and high level business
managers. It requires general familiarity with and certainly critical knowledge of
the various segments in the accounting discipline. A successful completion of
the doctoral programme requires an ability to make full and intensive use of
relevant concepts, tools, modern accounting techniques and an ability to
communicate these to other people. In other words, the doctoral graduate
should be able to impart his or her knowledge to others as colleagues,
subordinates’ or students.

152
3. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE L T UNITS

ACC 911 History of Accounting 2 1 3
Thought
ACC 914 Advanced Financial 2 1 3
Accounting Theory
ACC 961 Advanced Research 2 1 3
Methodology
MGT 911 Management Thought and 2 1 3
Philosophy
Total 8 4 12

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
ACC 932 Advanced Auditing Theory 2 1 3
ACC 952 Public Sector Accounting 2 1 3
BAF 972 Business Finance Theory 2 1 3
ACC 972 Advanced IT Applications 2 1 3

Total 8 4 12

Seminar in Strategic Management and Entrepreneurship

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE NO COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
ACC 913 Contemporary Issues in 2 1 3
Accounting/Finance
ACC 983 Contemporary Issues in Int’l 2 1 3
Accounting
MGT 982 Seminar in Strategic 2 1 3
Management and
Entrepreneurship
ACC 963 Seminar in Accounting 2 1 3
Total 8 4 12

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE NO. COURSE TITLE UNITS
ACC 964 Thesis-Proposal 12
Development/Presentation

FIFTH SEMESTER - Field Work

SIXTH SEMESTER - Seminar on Completed Thesis Viva Voce

4. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACC 911 - History of Accounting Thought

The nature and scope of accounting and its evolution; The accounting function
and its relationship with the information systems of organization; Introduction –
what is history? Conceptions of accounting history; Early development of
accounting; Accounting history research; research types; Historical Research;
Public Sector accounting history; The Development of Management accounting;

153
The Emergence of Double Entry Book-keeping; History of the Accounting
Profession; Gender and accounting in historical perspective.

ACC 914 - Advanced Financial Accounting Theory

Further work on advanced company accounts including the accounts of banks
and insurance companies, and the Nigerian Insurance Acts. Valuation of
goodwill and company shares. Divisible profits and company dividends. Royalty
and hire-purchase accounts. Consolidated and other group accounts.
Elements of mechanized accounting, including the application of computers and
related systems to business accounts. Governmental, municipal and public
utility accounting, with special reference to Nigerian Organizations. Seminars
on accounting systems, including business, governmental municipal and public
utility accounting systems.

ACC 961 - Advanced Research Methodology

Introduction to Research methodology, Research in Social Sciences, Research
in Physical and Natural Sciences, Problems of Research in Developing
countries and Common errors in research.
Research in Practice:
a. Problem identification
b. Literature review
c. Materials and Methods (Methodology)
d. Results (Data Analysis)
e. Discussions
f. Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations.
g. Report writing.

MGT 911 – Management Thought and Philosophy

This course aims at introducing students to the advanced theories and practice
of management accounting in the decision making process.

ACC 932 - Advanced Auditing Theory

Evolution of auditing, procedures with particular reference to internal control
systems, internal audit functions; sampling and statistical techniques; auditing
standards and guidelines including exposure drafts; post audit review; audit of
accounts of solicitors, charitable and other non-trading organizations.

ACC 952 - Public Sector Accounting

Basic accounting for non-profit organization; basic characteristics of
government accounting; structure of governmental accounting in Nigeria; the
treasury; audit department; consolidated revenue fund, capital and
development fund; planning, programming and budgeting system (PPBS).

BAF 972– Business Finance Theory

The principles and procedures underlying financial statements; financial
transactions, alternative accounting statements; tools of analysis of ratios and
other quantitative measures; accounting information useful for managerial
action; application of information in decision situations. Project appraisal
analysis of investment projects, the impact of risk, tax and inflation, the term
structure of interest rates, the cost of capital and target rates of return; capital
markets its efficiency, the role of intermediaries, sources of finance, the
borrowing decision and company valuation and optimal portfolio allocation:
capital structure optimal capital structure of firms, mergers and acquisitions and
the market for corporate control, market efficiency, the principle of capital
structure, gearing and the basis of hedging and international finance.

154
 ACC 972 - Advanced IT Applications
Emphasis on this course will be computer simulation which is a tool in the study
of a variety of complex business and social systems. Topics include modeling,
and management information systems. Other areas covered include job shop
scheduling; inventory and queuing systems and management games.
Examples will be drawn from business, health, public and education
administration.

ACC 913 - Contemporary Issues in Accounting/Finance

Discussion and articulation of recent developments in the accounting literature.

ACC 983 - Contemporary Issues in Int’l Accounting

This course is designed for students interested in accounting and financial
control of international operations. It involves preparation, translation and
analysis of financial statements for companies that have branches of foreign
multinational companies

MGT 982 – Seminar in Strategic Management and Entrepreneurship

The course deals with the corporate Management of the business enterprise.
The first part of the course focuses on the nature and dynamics of business
policy, the strategy concept, missions and objectives. The rest of the course will
cover the strategic planning process, stakeholder or management, techniques
for strategic appraisal, SWOT, industry and competitive analysis, portfolio
analysis, development of strategic options, turn over and recovery strategies,
mergers, acquisitions and divestment.

ACC 963 - Seminar in Accounting

Each seminar relates to an examination of current issues in the area of
specialization in consultation with supervisor. Results of such examinations
shall be presented at departmental or faculty seminars. Requirement of the
doctoral seminar shall be at the recommendation of the supervisor and the
approval of the departmental post graduate sub-committee.

10.0 LIST OF STAFF THAT WILL BE INVOLVED IN TEACHING ON THE PROGRAMME

S/N NAME STATUS ACADEMIC RANK SPECIFICATION
QUALIFICATION
1. Dr. L. A. Full Time B.Sc.; MBA, Senior Auditing, Financial
Nwanyanwu Ph.D., ACA, FCA, Lecturer Accounting/Financial
ACTI, FCTI, Management
AMNIM
2. Professor Contract B.Sc. MPA, Ph.D. Professor International
ThankGod Imo Accounting, Cost &
Management
Accounting
3. Prof. B. D. Kiabel Full Time B.Sc., MBA, Professor Taxation and
Ph.D. CPA, Auditing
MNIM, CAN
4. Dr. J.J. M. Braide Contract B.Sc., M.Sc. Senior Cost & Management
Ph.D. Lecturer Accounting
5. Dr. L. C. Obara Full Time B.Sc., MBA, Senior Public Sector
Ph.D., CAN; Lecturer Accounting/Cost &
FCPA, MNIM, Management

155
 S/N NAME STATUS ACADEMIC RANK SPECIFICATION
QUALIFICATION
MTFA Accounting
6. Dr. C. O. Maxwell Contract B.Sc., M.Sc., Senior Auditing &
Ph.D. FCCA, Lecturer Accounting Theory
FCTI
7. Dr. T. C. Agwor Full Time HND; PGD; MBA; Lecturer 1 Auditing & Financial
Ph.D. FCNA; Accounting,
MNIM; CPA Accounting Theory
8. Dr. John Ohaka Full Time B.Sc.; MBA; Lecturer 1 Taxation and
Ph.D. LLB; BL; Auditing
LLM
9. Prof. A. J. Toby Full Time B.Sc., MBA, Professor Corporate Finance &
Ph.D. Banking
10. Prof. D. I. Full Time B.Sc., MBA, Ph.D Reader Business Policy
Hamilton
11. Professor S. A. Full Time B.Sc.; MBA, Professor Organizational
Jaja Ph.D, Behaviour

11.0 LIST OF NON ACADEMIC STAFF

S/NO. NAME RANK
1. Mrs. Theresa I. D. Minainyo Principal Confidential Secretary I
(MBA, RSUST, B.Sc., Sec. Admin, RSUST)
2. Mr. Barile, Bakordowo Chief Secretarial Assistant
O’Level, RSA (Advanced)
3. Mr. Rising E. Orlu Higher Executive Officer (Admin)
M.Sc., B.Sc.

156
DEPARTMENT OF BANKING AND FINANCE

157
POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMMES

1.0 CONSTITUENTS/SCOPE
The Post-graduate programmes of the Department of Banking and Finance, Faculty
of Management Sciences, Rivers State University of Science and Technology, Port
Harcourt shall include the following:
(i) Post-graduate Diploma (PGD) Banking and Finance
(ii) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Banking and Finance; Quantitative Finance,
Corporate Finance and Financial Markets
(iii) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Banking and Finance with options in Banking,
Quantitative Finance, Corporate Finance and Financial Markets.

2.0 PGD BANKING AND FINANCE PROGRAMME

2.1 Introduction
The PGD Banking and Finance programme is designed to meet and possibly
surpass the Minimum Bench-Mark Academic Standard (BMAS) released to all
universities by the National Universities Commission (NUC). It equally represents an
innovative departure from the erstwhile non-specialized (general) Business Studies
programme.

2.2 Programme Philosophy

The main philosophy of the PGD Banking and Finance Programme is equipping
students with the relevant knowledge for basic understanding and analysis of
banking and finance issues in an emerging and competitive economy.

2.3 Programme Objectives

The main objectives of the PGD Banking and finance programme include:

i) To serve as a remedial academic programme that will qualify candidates for

higher degrees in Banking and Finance, and allied programmes; particularly for
those with third class Bachelors degree or Higher National Diploma in Banking
and Finance, and related disciplines;

ii) To avail students with degrees from disciplines outside Banking and Finance, the
opportunity for study and take up careers in Banking and Finance; and

iii) To equip students with the relevant academic and professional tools for solving
problems in financial markets and institutions.

2.4 Employment Opportunity

Graduates with PGD in Banking and Finance will be capable of applying basic
Finance and Banking theories and concepts in the management of public and private
sector organizations. The graduates, therefore be employable in middle-level
positions in the banking and finance industry.

2.5 Admission Requirements

In specific terms and in addition to the matriculation requirements of the Faculty of
Management Sciences of this University, a candidate will be eligible for admission
upon the possession of:
i) 5 credits including English Language, Mathematics and Economics at
O’Level;
ii) Higher National Diploma (Lower Credit level) in Banking and Finance,
Accounting, Insurance, or related Management Sciences disciplines from a
recognized Polytechnic;

158
 iii) Third Class Bachelor’s degree in Banking and Finance from a recognized
University
iv) Bachelors degree with at least Second Class Lower Division in all other areas
v) Relevant professional qualifications such as ACIB, ACA, ACCA and CNA.

2.6 Title of Degree

On completion of all academic requirements for graduation, successful students shall
be awarded Post-Graduate Diploma (PGD) Banking and Finance.

2.7 Duration of Programme

The duration of the Full-time PGD programme shall by a minimum of 2 semesters
and a maximum of 4 semesters. Part-time in PGD programme shall be a minimum of
4 semesters and a maximum of 8 semesters.

2.8 Course Structure

The minimum number of courses that must be passed for the award of PGD Banking
and Finance will be courses of 34 units.

2.9 Course Titles & Codes (PGD Banking and Finance)

FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 711 Principles of Microeconomics 2 0 2

BAF 731 Principles of Finance 2 0 2

ACC 711 Principles of Accounting 2 0 2

MGT 711 Principles of Management 2 0 2

MKG 711 Fundamentals of Marketing 2 0 2

BAF 721 Quantitative Techniques for Financial

Decisions 2 0 2

BAF 751 IT Applications in Banking Operations 2 0 2

BAF 781 Research Methodology 2 0 2

TOTAL UNITS 16 0 16 Units

159
SECOND SEMESTER

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 712 Principles of Macroeconomics 2 0 2

BAF 732 Financial Management 2 0 2

BAF 742 Financial Institutions and Markets 2 0 2

BAF 772 Regulation of Financial Institutions 2 0 2

BAF 722 Bank Management Principles 2 0 2

BAF 752 Micro and Small Business Finance 2 0 2

BAF 762 Investment Analysis and Portfolio

Management 2 0 2

BAF 782 Research Project 4 0 4

TOTAL UNITS 18 0 18 Units

2.10 Grading System and Examination

(a) The normal 5-point scale shall be adopted. The 5-point scale is as follows:

Score Grade Grade Points

70% and above A 5

60-69% B 4
50-59% C 3
45-49% D 2
40-44% E 1
0-39% F 0

(b) A complete mark or score in any course shall be made up of 30% continuous
assessment and 70% of written examination.

(c) To be in a good standing a student must in each semester have a CGPA of not less
than 3.00 on a five-point scale

(d) A student whose CGPA is less than 3.00 or who failed more than 50% of the courses
in a session shall withdraw for academic failure (WAF).

(e) Each student will be expected to present a research project at the end of the
programme.

160
2.11 COURSE DESCRIPTION
PGD Banking and Finance

BAF 712 Principles of Macroeconomics

This course covers simple models of macroeconomic equilibrium; national income
determination and good market equilibrium; national income determination and
money market equilibrium; labour market equilibrium; monetary and fiscal policies.

BAF 732 Corporate Financial Management

This course covers history and philosophy of financial thought; goal and objectives of
the firm; financial planning; capital budgeting under risk and uncertainty,
financial/investment analysis; capital structure and cost of capital; dividend policy;
security valuation; business combinations; capital reorganization.

BAF 742 Financial Institutions and Markets

This course covers overview of the financial system, embracing banks, nonbank
institutions, money and capital markets and the regulatory authorities – the Central
Bank, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Stock Exchange, Survey of the
structure and Operation of the market for short, medium, and long-term securities.
Other topics include overview of the nature, types, sources and uses of term
securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions, and practices of
institutions, such as the stock exchange, investment banking, insurance and pension
institutions as well as international finance institutions. The other aspects include
economic and legal aspects of the capital market, analysis of interest rates, cost of
capital, prices of securities, risk in securities operations and their implications for
investment and performance of the finance operators.

MGT 711 Principles of Management

Principles of organization, classical organization theory, human relations school,
informal organization, bureaucracy, politics and administration relations, human
resources management, administrative decision-making, control and accountability,
organization of the job and staffing.

BAF 752 Micro and Small Business Finance

This course coves the nature of operational character of the small business in Nigeria
in terms of socio-economic significance, operational procedures and problems,
incorporating and starting small business in Nigeria, idea generation for small
business, raising small business finance, the small scale industries credit scheme,
and investment strategies.

ACC 711 Principles of Accounting

This course covers the underlying theory of double-entry book-keeping, the nature,
scope and purpose of accounting, theories and mechanics of double entry, book-
keeping statements, fixed accounts, funds flow statements, accounts of not-for-profit
organizations, incomplete records, control accounts, manufacturing accounts; bank
reconciliation statements.

BAF 711 Principles of Microeconomics

This course covers Introductory aspects of micro and macro-economics; economic
systems and organizations; demand and supply; individual consumer behaviour, the
utility and indifference curve approaches; market classifications; the principles of
production; the firm and perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic and oligopolistic
competitions; pricing and employment of resources.

161
MKG 711 Fundamentals of Marketing
This course covers functions and channels of marketing and its role in the corporate
environment, major elements of marketing strategy in relation to product
development, distribution channels, advertising, sales promotion and pricing are
examined in detail. Other topics include overview of the nature, types, sources and
uses of term securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions, and
practices of institutions, such as the stock exchange, investment banking, insurance
and pension institutions as well as international finance institutions. The other
aspects include economic and legal aspects of the capital market, analysis of interest
rates, cost of capital, prices of securities, risk in securities operations and their
implications for investment and performance of the finance operators.

BAF 722 Bank Management Principles

This covers the relevance and specialness of banks; bank financial analysis; the
banking dilemma between profitability and safety; traditional banking theories
(commercial loan theory, shiftability theory and anticipated income theory);
contemporary bank management theories (asset management, liability management
and balance sheet management); capital adequacy regulation under Basel I, II & III
relevant bank management statistics from CBN.

BAF 762 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management

Analysis of capital budgeting under certainty and uncertainty conditions; capital
rationing; incorporating taxation and inflation; project management principles and
analysis.

BAF 781 Research Methodology

The course is designed to improve the ability of students to carry out empirical
research and to critique published works. It covers scientific research, theory
building and concept definition, formulating hypotheses, validity and reliability,
measurement and scaling methods, concepts, and problems in data collection and
sampling criteria for causal inferences, studies and control groups, considerable time
will be devoted to report writing including editing, foot noting etc.

BAF 782 Research Project

Each student will be expected to choose any approved area in Banking and Finance
from any of the core finance courses taken.

BAF 731 Principles of Finance

This is an introductory course to make students understand some basic concepts in
finance. Topics covered include: money creation, credit operations and monetary
control, savings mobilization, interest rates and lending process, money and capital
markets, the foreign exchange market and financial intermediation processes,
sources of capital, short and long term capital, internal and external finance,
corporate securities, debt and equity finance, the Nigerian banking system and the
Central Bank of Nigeria traditional and development roles, bank capitalization and
recent developments in the Nigerian and global financial systems.

BAF 781 Research Methodology

The course is designed to train students in the sill of scientific information gathering,
analysis and interpretation in dealing with problems in finance and related topics.
Through reading, assignments and direct experience students are exposed to the art
of problem identification and analysis, data gathering, analysis and report writing.
Emphasis will be placed on the approach at every stage.

162
 BAF 721 Quantitative Techniques for Financial Decisions
This course aims at giving the students quantitative skills necessary for banking and
financial decision making. The focus of the course will be more of application rather
than of the theory per se. It covers descriptive statistics, probability and
expectations, discrete and continuous distributions, and statistical decision theory,
study of estimation, tests of hypotheses and confidence intervals. Time series
Analysis, Index Number with applications in finance, multiple regression, including
correlation analysis. Also it includes inventory, forecasting, queuing models, analysis
of variance, use of computer as a tool, emphasized with application to finance.

3. MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.) BANKING AND FINANCE

3.1 Introduction
The Master of Science (M.Sc.) Banking and Finance is offered with options in
Quantitative Finance, Corporate Finance and Financial Markets. The programmes
are designed to meet the challenges of a dynamic economy with interconnections
and possible contagion effects.

3.2 Philosophy
The M.Sc. programme is more functionally concentrated and research intensive to
develop well-grounded post-graduate students who would eventually advance to
higher studies in their chosen areas of specialization.

3.3 Objectives
(a) Providing requisite training through lectures, seminars, excursions and
researches for potential trainers and developers of manpower in teaching and
research.

(b) Providing the avenue for originating relevant theories, concepts and strategies
needed in resolving the problems in Banking and Finance.

(c) Providing avenue for the upgrading of existing and potential manpower needed
for national development;

(d) Developing logical reasoning and critical analytical skills through improved
academic and practical capacity building.

3.4 Employment Opportunities

Graduates of the M.Sc. programme, would be gainfully employed in middle level

teaching, research and community service, particularly in tertiary educational
institutions. They would also be highly employable in supervisory/managerial
positions in public and private sector organizations/institutions, including Banks,
Capital market, Insurance companies, Oil/Gas firms, and NGOs. Graduates can be
self-employed as financial/investment analysts.

3.5 Admission Requirements

In addition to the entry/matriculation requirements of the University, a candidate will
be admitted upon the possession of:
(a) Bachelors Degree in Banking and Finance at not lower than second class
from RSUST or any recognized institution approved by the Senate of RSUST.
(b) Post-graduate diploma in Banking and Finance with CGPA not less than 3.50,
or MBA in relevant area with CGPA of not less than 3.00, on a 5-points
grading system.

163
 (c) Holders of Msc degree in Marketing or financial economics may also be
considered for admission to the Msc programme.

A candidate will only be considered for admission if he proposes an acceptable

research topic and the appropriate supervisor(s) are available and assigned.

3.6 Title of Degree

Upon completion of all academic requirements for graduation, a successful student in
this programme shall be awarded the Master of Science (Msc) Banking and
Finance, with options in Quantitative Finance, Corporate Finance and Financial
Markets.

3.7 Duration of Programme

The Msc programmes shall be for a minimum of four (4) semesters and maximum of
six (6) semesters.

3.7.1 Course Structure

There shall be at least four (4) semesters of course work and research.
Course Codes, Titles and Units (Msc Banking and Finance)

FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 801 Corporate Finance 2 1 3

BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory 2 0 2

BAF 831 Financial Markets and Institutions 2 0 2

BAF 841 Theory of Financial intermediation 2 0 2

BAF 851 Basic Econometrics 2 0 2

BAF 891 Research Methodology 2 0 2

BAF 861 Quantitative Techniques for Financial 2 0 2

Decisions

TOTAL UNITS 14 1 15

164
SECOND SEMESER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 872 Regulation of Financial Institutions 2 0 2

BAF 842 Management of Financial Institutions 2 0 2

BAF 852 Investment Analysis and Portfolio 2 0 2

Management

BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory 2 0 2

BAF 862 Money and Banking 2 0 2

BAF 882 International Business Finance 2 0 2

BAF 832 Derivative Securities and Markets 2 0 2

TOTAL UNITS 14 0 14

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 843 Marketing of Financial Services 2 0 2

BAF 833 Seminar in Banking and Finance 2 1 3

BAF 823 Bank Lending and Credit 2 0 2

Administration

BAF 803 International Banking and Finance 2 0 2

TOTAL UNITS 8 1 9

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS

BAF 883 Dissertation 6 0 6

TOTAL UNITS 6 0 6

165
COURSE DESCRIPTION

Msc Banking and Finance

BAF 801 Corporate Finance
The nature of the firm and corporate objectives. Implementation of the firms’ goals
for choice among alternative investment projects (the capital budgeting problems),
market evaluation of non assets under uncertainty and implication for capital
budgeting, analysis and illustration with problems of alternative investment criteria,
alternative approaches to value of the firm and the cost of capital; discussion of
corporate financial problems; e.g. leasing, mergers and acquisitions, and issuance of
new securities.

BAF 841 Theory of Financial Intermediation

The course analysis financial markets conceptually and theoretically, emphasizing
the role, structure and activities of financial intermediaries. The dynamic pattern of
financial flows is analyzed by flour or funds, and uses/sources of funds, models of the
process of financial intermediation and the theory of the banking firm. The crucial
role of interest rate and structure of interest rates are analyzed. Also analyzed are
the regulatory framework and its impact on banking operations, market structure and
performance of the financial intermediation functions of the institutions.

BAF 843 Marketing of Financial Services

The course covers the nature, characteristics and consequences of financial
services, and consequently, the need for products to be marketed in a special way. It
is to enable students to skillfully apply marketing concepts, functions, strategies and
techniques, for efficient provision of banking financial services. It also requires
background knowledge of banking theory and practice for effective application of
marketing principles to enhance financial services delivery at profit.

BAF 803 International Banking and Finance

Topics covered include; overview of the global financial system, foreign, foreign
exchange markets, national banking and financial markets, Euro-banks and euro
financing, international trade financing; international financial institutions and financial
integration in ECOWAS and Africa; problems of developing countries in the
international financial system; external borrowing, debt and debth servicing
problems; foreign aid and foreign direct investment; Nigeria and international trading,
payments and financial issues in the context of the changing global financial
developments.

BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory

Consumer behaviour, production; firm behaviour; perfectly competitive and
imperfectly competitive markets; general equilibrium and welfare theorem; market
failure; elementary applications of game theory; economics of uncertainty and
imperfect information.

BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory

This course is simply an introduction to Keynesian-Neoclassical Controversies.
Topics covered include comparative statics in the closed economy; traditional
dynamics of the real sector; money and the open economy; current controversies in
macroeconomics; economic policy issues.

BAF 862 Money and Banking

The commercial banking industry; Non-bank financial intermediaries; financial
markets; bank management; the supply of money; central banking; monetary theory;
international monetary relations; issues in monetary policy; the lessons of history.

166
BAF 852 Investment Analyses and Portfolio Management
The study covers portfolio selection as a problem of constrained utility maximization
under conditions of uncertainty; discussion of the different markets, along empirical
evidence for validity of the theory; activities involved in making selection among
alternative financial assets from the viewpoints of individuals and institutional
investors; implications of the efficient market theory for the profitability of alternative
investment; valuation of financial statements and analysis. The empirical evidence
for various mean variance models of assets for evaluating portfolio performance are
emphasized.
BAF 851 Basic Econometrics
In econometrics, topics to be covered include the study of the specification of
econometric models in economics and finance theory, stochastic disturbances, and
the link between conceptual variables and observable economic data are combined.
Other topics include estimation of single equation linear; non-linear models by least
squares (OLS) and other methods and estimation of time-series models and
simultaneous equation models. Particular attention is given to specifications of
problems and errors, and the application of the various tools to aid analysis in
finance.
BAF 842 Management of Financial Institutions
The course is concerned with financial management of banks and other financial
institutions. The management decision making problems in the course view, the
financial firm as having goals of maximizing returns on assets subject to the
constraints of the funds model, the maintenance of solvency; the capital adequacy
problem and demands of the regulatory authorities. Also covered are the analysis of
various issues and problems common to many financial intermediaries, such as
corporate planning and control in financial institutions; competition for funds, assets
and liability management, marketing of financial services, the measurement of
performance, and the reconciliation of profit objectives with public relations and social
obligations. Case studies are expected to be employed in illustrating typical real
issues.
BAF 882 International Business Finance
It covers overview of the international financial system; international banking and
financial market, including the foreign exchange risks and management practices by
international businesses; Euro-banks and Euro-financing; financing methods in
international trade; international financial management, capital budgeting, project
finance, and transfer pricing by multinational corporations, foreign direct investment,
multilateral investment guarantee and investment codes; international business
operations in the context of changing global financial developments.
BAF 832 Derivative Securities and Markets
The rapid and extreme development in financial services industry demand that
graduates in finance be exposed to financial innovations in recent years. The course
in derivatives and markets fulfills these requirements. The course introduces the
students to the concepts, types, operations and regulatory framework of financial
derivatives markets. It covers traded options, futures/future contracts, forwards,
swaps, derivatives exchanges and traded systems.

BAF 972 Regulations of Financial Institutions

An advanced treatment of fiscal and monetary policy issues; in respect of economic
stabilization measures. The instruments and targets of fiscal and monetary policies
and theory impacts on macroeconomic aggregates including unemployment, income
levels, inflation etc. regulatory institutions in domestic and international economic
environment such as the CBN, NDIC/FDIC, IMF etc, as they affect national and
international economic development.

167
BAF 823 Bank Lending and Loan Administration
The course is designed to expose students to the basic principles of lending and
credit administration. It covers topics in bank credit organizations, the lending
environment and financial statements analysis. Others are sectorial forms of lending
such as commercial lending, consumer lending and credit administration. The
course involves course work and case studies.

M.Sc. Seminar in Banking and Finance

This seminar introduces students to the most recent research in the areas of
Banking, Finance and Investment, examining current issues and trends. Students
have an opportunity to present and discuss their own research and actively engage
in the analysis and discussion of the work of others. Each student is expected to
make at least one presentation during the course, focusing on the formulation,
design, execution and results of his/her research. Particular emphasis will be placed
on Basel Assets and Principles, Global Financial Crises and Financial Stability
Models.

BAF 833 Public Sector Financial Management

This covers the procedure for estimation and control of government expenditure and
the raising of revenue; estimation of expenditure, authorization of expenditure and
accounting processes for planning public expenditure; efficiency of government
expenditure; measurement of ‘efficiency’ of government expenditure; objective
functions of government exposure; the panning programming, budgeting system and
other budgeting systems as an approach to cost effectiveness appraisal of
government expenditure. Also included are: the multi-nature of public sector-federal
state and local authorities and the financial relationship between government units;
fiscal federalism, local government finance; rates, borrowing, federal/state grants,
commercial activities; the systems of federal/state grants and changes overtime; the
central of local authority expenditure current and capital, its planning and control;
pricing and investment problems, accosting and financial control in public owned
enterprises.

BAF 831 Financial Markets, Institutions and Instruments

The course covers: overview of the financial system, embracing banks, non-bank
financial institutions, money and capital markets and the regulatory authorities – the
Central Bank, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Stock Exchange,
survey of the structure and operation of the market for short, medium, and long term
securities. Other topics include overview of the nature, types, sources and uses of
term securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions, and practices of
institutions, such as the stock exchange, investment banking, insurance and pension
institutions as well as international finance instructions. The other aspects include:
economics and legal aspects of the capital market, analysis of interest rates, cost of
capital, prices of securities, risk in securities operations and their implications for
investment and performance of the financial operators.

168
M.Sc. Quantitative Finance Option
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL
UNITS
BAF 801 Corporate Finance 2 1 3 units
BAF 851 Basic Econometrics 2 0 2 units
QAT 811 Mathematics for Finance 2 1 3 units
QAT 871 Optimization Techniques in 2 1 3 units
Finance
QAT 861 Differential Equations and 2 1 3 units
Numerical Methods in Finance
QAT 821 Microeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
QAT 891 Research Methodology 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 14 4 18 Units

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
QAT 812 Stochastic Processes in Finance 2 1 3 units
QAT 822 Advanced Derivatives and Risk 2 1 3 units
Management
QAT 832 Financial Assets Modeling 2 1 3 units
QAT 842 Empirical Research in Corporate 2 0 2 units
Finance
QAT 852 Empirical Research in 2 0 2 units
Quantitative Finance
BAF 852 Investment Analysis and 2 0 2 units
Portfolio Management
BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 14 4 17 units

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
QAT 813 Seminars in Quantitative 2 1 3 units
Finance
QAT 883 Proposal and Dissertation 6 0 6 units
QAT 833 Advanced Financial Theories 2 0 2 units
QAT 853 Mathematical Economics of 2 0 2 units
Financial Markets
QAT 863 Selected Topics in Financial 2 0 2 units
Risk Management
TOTAL UNITS 14 1 15 units

COURSE DESCRIPTION
M.Sc. Quantitative Finance

BAF 801 Corporate Finance

The nature of the firm and corporate objectives. Implementation of the firms’ goals
for choice among alternative investment projects (the capital budgeting problems),
market evaluation of non assets under uncertainty and implication for capital
budgeting, analysis and illustration with problems of alternative investment criteria,
alternative approaches to value of the firm and the cost of capital; discussion of
corporate financial problems; e.g. leasing, mergers and acquisitions, and issuance of
new securities.

169
BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory
Consumer behaviour, production; firm behaviour; perfectly competitive and
imperfectly competitive markets; general equilibrium and welfare theorem; market
failure; elementary applications of game theory; economics of uncertainty and
imperfect information.

BAF 851 Basic Econometrics

In econometrics, topics to be covered include the study of the specification of
econometric models in economics and finance theory, stochastic disturbances, and
the link between conceptual variables and observable economic data are combined.
Other topics include estimation of single equation linear; non-linear models by least
squares (OLS) and other methods and estimation of time-series models and
simultaneous equation models. Particular attention is given to specifications of
problems and errors, and the application of the various tools to aid analysis in
finance.

BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory

This course is simply an introduction to Keynesian-Neoclassical Controversies.
Topics covered include comparative statics in the closed economy; traditional
dynamics of the real sector; money and the open economy; current controversies in
macroeconomics; economic policy issues.
BAF 852 Investment Analyses and Portfolio Management
The study covers portfolio selection as a problem of constrained utility maximization
under conditions of uncertainty; discussion of the different markets, along empirical
evidence for validity of the theory; activities involved in making selection among
alternative financial assets from the viewpoints of individuals and institutional
investors; implications of the efficient market theory for the profitability of alternative
investment; valuation of financial statements and analysis. The empirical evidence
for various mean variance models of assets for evaluating portfolio performance are
emphasized.
QAT 811 Mathematics for Finance
Probability spaces; random variables; distribution functions; moment generating
function; linear spaces; interdependence and dependence of rectors; dinersion; linear
transformations; solving linear equations by LU decomposition; eigenvalues;
eigenvectors and spectral theory; Jordan canonical form; Schur form; special classes
of matrices and their properties; normal, symmetric, and Hermitian.

QAT 871 Optimization Techniques in Finance

Linear programming: convex sets, simplex method, duality, and sensitivity analysis;
Non-linear programming: Kuhn-Tucker, Lagrangian duality and saddle point
conditions; algorithms and convergence; applications of optimization.

QAT 861 Differential Equations and Numerical Methods in Finance

First-order and second-order equations; diffusion equation; Laplace’s equation;
boundary value problems; numerical solution of partial differential equations; Monte
carto simulation; lattice methodology.

QAT 812 Stochastic Processes in Finance

Stochastic process theory: discrete-time Markov chains, random walks, martingales,
continuous-time Markov chains, Poisson processes, and Brosnian motion; applied
stochastic processes in financial engineering: gambler’s ruin problem, and Markov
sequential decision processes; introduction to stochastic calculus; stochastic integral,
Ito’s lemma.

170
QAT 833 Advanced Financial Theories
Models of choice under uncertainty; risk aversion; stochastic dominance; single-
period portfolio optimization problems; equilibrium models of asset markets: Arrow-
Debreu model of complete markets, capital asset pricing model (CAPM), and
arbitrage pricing theory model (APT); mutual fund separation theorems; multi-period
asset markets; portfolio choice in a multi-period context; financial decision of firms;
Modigliani-Miller theorems (M&M).

QAT 822 Advanced Derivatives and Risk Management

Uses and features of derivatives; futures, options, and swap; concept of arbitrage-
free pricing and hedging; binomial option pricing model; Black-Scholes model;
volatility measurement; pricing of nonstandard options; concept of financial risk
management; market and credit risk measurements; modeling and analysis of
derivatives.

QAT 832 Financial Assets Modelling

Interest rates; classical interest rate models: Vasicek model, and Cox-Ingersoil-Ross
model; arbitrage free interest-rates models: Ho-Lee model, Black-Derman-Toy
model, and Heath-Jarrow-Morton model; uses and pricing of fixed-income
derivatives; portfolio theories; dynamic asset allocation; investment strategies,
portfolio performance evaluation.

QAT 842 Empirical Research in Corporate Finance

Advanced theories and empirical investigations: financial decisions of the firm,
agency problems, corporate governance, dividend policy, capital structure, and
mergers and acquisitions.

QAT 852 Empirical Research in Quantitative Finance

Time series analysis; ARIMA processes for univariate and multivariate; unit roots and
cointegration; ARCH and GARCH models; multifunction models; vector
autoregression (VAR); asset risk-return prediction; non-parametric estimation
bootstrap techniques.

QAT 863 Selected Topics in Financial Risk Management

Concept and traditional measurements of market risk; value at risk (VaR)
approaches; advanced topics on VaR; extreme value theorem; cocept of credit risk
modeling; structural form models; Merton model, and Longstaff-Schartz model;
reduced form model; Duffic-Singleton model, and Hull-White and uses of credit
derivatives; liquidity risk model; optimal risk model.

QAT 813 Seminars in Quantitative Finance

Students will be expected to present at least two papers on the following topics:
econometrics of financial markets, asset pricing and quantitative risk management.
In all, students must build and demonstrate skills with solution methods and
computer software techniques.

171
M.Sc. CORPORATE FINANCE OPTION
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
BAF 801 Corporate Finance 2 1 3 units
BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
BAF 851 Basic Econometrics 2 0 2 units
BAF 831 Financial Markets and Institutions 2 0 2 units
CFN 871 Financial Analysis and Valuation 2 1 3 units
CFN 891 Financial Markets and Corporate 2 1 3 units
Strategy
BAF 891 Research Methodology 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 14 3 17 units
SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
CFN 812 Advanced topics in Corporate 2 1 3 units
Finance
CFN 822 International Financial Reporting 2 1 3 units
and Analysis
CFN 832 International Corporate Finance 2 1 3 units
BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
BAF 852 Investment Analysis and Portfolio 2 0 2 units
Management
BAF 862 Money and Banking 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 12 3 15 units
THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
CFN 843 Entrepreneurial Finance 2 0 2 units
CFN 853 Risk Management and Ethics 2 0 2 units
CFN 813 Seminars in Corporate Finance 2 1 3 units
CFN 883 Dissertation 6 0 6 units
CFN 833 Financial Theory and Corporate 2 0 2 units
Policy
TOTAL UNITS 14 1 15 units
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Msc Corporate Finance

BAF 801 Corporate Finance

The nature of the firm and corporate objectives. Implementation of the firms’ goals
for choice among alternative investment projects (the capital budgeting problems),
market evaluation of non assets under uncertainty and implication for capital
budgeting, analysis and illustration with problems of alternative investment criteria,
alternative approaches to value of the firm and the cost of capital; discussion of
corporate financial problems; e.g. leasing, mergers and acquisitions, and issuance of
new securities.

BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory

Consumer behaviour, production; firm behaviour; perfectly competitive and
imperfectly competitive markets; general equilibrium and welfare theorem; market
failure; elementary applications of game theory; economics of uncertainty and
imperfect information.

172
BAF 851 Basic Econometrics
In econometrics, topics to be covered include the study of the specification of
econometric models in economics and finance theory, stochastic disturbances, and
the link between conceptual variables and observable economic data are combined.
Other topics include estimation of single equation linear; non-linear models by least
squares (OLS) and other methods and estimation of time-series models and
simultaneous equation models. Particular attention is given to specifications of
problems and errors, and the application of the various tools to aid analysis in
finance.

BAF 831 Financial Markets, Institutions and Instruments

The course covers: overview of the financial system, embracing banks, non-bank
financial institutions, money and capital markets and the regulatory authorities – the
Central Bank, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Stock Exchange,
survey of the structure and operation of the market for short, medium, and long term
securities. Other topics include overview of the nature, types, sources and uses of
term securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions, and practices of
institutions, such as the stock exchange, investment banking, insurance and pension
institutions as well as international finance instructions. The other aspects include:
economics and legal aspects of the capital market, analysis of interest rates, cost of
capital, prices of securities, risk in securities operations and their implications for
investment and performance of the financial operators.

BAF 891 Research Methodology

The course is designed to train students in the sill of scientific information gathering,
analysis and interpretation in dealing with problems in finance and related topics.
Through reading, assignments and direct experience students are exposed to the art
of problem identification and analysis, data gathering, analysis and report writing.
Emphasis will be placed on the approach at every stage.

CFN 871 Financial Analysis and Valuation

The aim of this course is to deliver an advanced overview of the concepts, theories
and practices of business valuation. Students will be exposed to various valuation
approaches: company information gathering methods; economic and industry
analysis; and financial statement analysis. Other topics inc include determination of
credit worthiness, prediction of financial distress, and integration of value, strategy
and economic climate to determine the appropriateness of merger and acquisition
strategies.

CFN 891 Financial Markets and Corporate Strategy

Topics covered in this course include financial markets and financial instruments;
valuing financial assets; valuing real assets; capital financial structure; incentives,
information, and corporate control; risk management.

CFN 812 Advanced Topics in Corporate Finance

This course expands the knowledge and expertise demanded of corporate finance
professionals. Subjects covered include; establishing a risk-return adjusted balance
sheet through capital structure management; issuing securities such as equity and
debt instruments to finance strategies; use of advanced risk mitigation strategies;
planning and executing merger and acquisition strategies.

CFN 822 International Financial Reporting and Analysis

The aim of this course is to introduce the framework, concepts and practices
associated with international financial reporting. Particular attention will be paid to

173
IFRS reporting standards and analysis. Other topics include foreign exchange, cash
accounting, ratio analysis and trend analysis.

CFN 832 International Corporate Finance

The aim of this course is to deliver an understanding of the organizational structure of
international finance from a corporate perspective. The topics include international
trade policy; payment methods; how foreign exchange impacts on an organization;
transfer pricing; sources and uses of global funds; trends in the balance of trade and
balance of payments, and the global demand for commodities.

CFN 833 Financial Theory and Corporate Policy

This course is comprised of two segments: the theory of finance and corporate
policy. The theory of finance covers capital markets, consumption and investment;
investment decisions under certainty and uncertainty assumptions; the theory of
choice; state preference theory; mean-variance uncertainty; market equilibrium;
corporate policy; presents empirical evidence on efficient capital market; capital
structure; dividend policy; option pricing; mergers and acquisitions and international
finance applications.

CFN 843 Entrepreneurial Finance

The aim of this course is to introduce the global process of entrepreneurship, and
determine how to identify and source entrepreneurial financing and funding. Through
this case-based course, the student will discover how financial tools and techniques
are extended to match the risk, innovation, and change-rich environment of the
entrepreneur. The student will also expand his finance management repertoire to
include an understanding of how non-traditional sources of financing can be raised
and directed to meet an entrepreneurial firm’s growth and operational needs. The
context is both domestic and global and cases show how to assess which markets
represent the best places to start a business, how to adapt locally, and how to
execute for success.

CFN 853 Risk Management and Ethics

The aim of this course is to explore, from a practical perspective, the tools used in
managing the treasury function of an organization. This course studies the
instruments necessary to finance an organization, including banks as well as the
money and capital markets. This will involve topics such as risk mitigation
techniques, payment methods, data transfer, and working capital management
methods. You will learn how to determine a proper capital structure, manage the
costs of long-term capital, and quantitatively evaluate capital resource investments.

CFN 813 Seminars in Corporate Finance

The seminars in Corporate Finance cover a wide variety of topics including small
business finance and policy, investment banking, corporate governance, capital re-
organization. Each student is expected to present at least two papers in his area of
research.

174
Msc FINANCIAL MARKETS OPTION
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
BAF 801 Corporate Finance 2 1 3 units
BAF 851 Basic Econometrics 2 0 2 units
FMK 861 Management of Financial 3 0 3 units
Instruments
FMK 871 Behavioural Finance 2 1 3 units
BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
BAF 831 Financial Markets and 2 0 2 units
Institutions
BAF 891 Research Methodology 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 15 2 17 units

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
FMK 812 Empirical Methods in Finance 2 1 3 units
FMK 822 Regulation and Risk 2 0 2 units
Management

FMK 832 Treasury Risk Management 2 0 2 units

FMK 842 Emerging Markets and 2 0 2 units
Country Risk Analysis

FMK 852 Commodities 2 0 2 units

BAF 852 Investment Analysis and 2 0 2 units
Portfolio Management
BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory 2 0 2 units
TOTAL UNITS 14 1 15units

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL
FMK 823 Asset Management 2 0 2 units
FMK 873 Fundamentals of Trading 2 0 2 units
FMK 843 Seminars in Financial Markets 2 0 2 units
FMK 833 Advanced Derivatives 2 0 2 units
FMK 853 Internship Report 2 0 2 units
FMK 883 Advanced Fixed-Income 2 0 2 units
Securities

TOTAL UNITS 12 0 12 units

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T TOTAL UNITS
FMK 883 Proposal/Dissertation 6 0 6 units
Total Unit 6 0 6 units

175
COURSE DESCRIPTION
M.Sc. Financial Markets

BAF 852 Investment Analyses and Portfolio Management

The study covers portfolio selection as a problem of constrained utility maximization
under conditions of uncertainty; discussion of the different markets, along empirical
evidence for validity of the theory; activities involved in making selection among
alternative financial assets from the viewpoints of individuals and institutional
investors; implications of the efficient market theory for the profitability of alternative
investment; valuation of financial statements and analysis. The empirical evidence
for various mean variance models of assets for evaluating portfolio performance are
emphasized.

BAF 801 Corporate Finance

The nature of the firm and corporate objectives. Implementation of the firms’ goals
for choice among alternative investment projects (the capital budgeting problems),
market evaluation of non assets under uncertainty and implication for capital
budgeting, analysis and illustration with problems of alternative investment criteria,
alternative approaches to value of the firm and the cost of capital; discussion of
corporate financial problems; e.g. leasing, mergers and acquisitions, and issuance of
new securities.

BAF 851 Basic Econometrics

In econometrics, topics to be covered include the study of the specification of
econometric models in economics and finance theory, stochastic disturbances, and
the link between conceptual variables and observable economic data are combined.
Other topics include estimation of single equation linear; non-linear models by least
squares (OLS) and other methods and estimation of time-series models and
simultaneous equation models. Particular attention is given to specifications of
problems and errors, and the application of the various tools to aid analysis in
finance.
BAF 821 Microeconomic Theory
Consumer behaviour, production; firm behaviour; perfectly competitive and
imperfectly competitive markets; general equilibrium and welfare theorem; market
failure; elementary applications of game theory; economics of uncertainty and
imperfect information.
BAF 891 Research Methodology
The course is designed to train students in the sill of scientific information gathering,
analysis and interpretation in dealing with problems in finance and related topics.
Through reading, assignments and direct experience students are exposed to the art
of problem identification and analysis, data gathering, analysis and report writing.
Emphasis will be placed on the approach at every stage.
BAF 831 Financial Markets, Institutions and Instruments
The course covers: overview of the financial system, embracing banks, non-bank
financial institutions, money and capital markets and the regulatory authorities – the
Central Bank, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Stock Exchange,
survey of the structure and operation of the market for short, medium, and long term
securities. Other topics include overview of the nature, types, sources and uses of
term securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions, and practices of
institutions, such as the stock exchange, investment banking, insurance and pension
institutions as well as international finance instructions. The other aspects include:
economics and legal aspects of the capital market, analysis of interest rates, cost of
capital, prices of securities, risk in securities operations and their implications for
investment and performance of the financial operators.

176
BAF 822 Macroeconomic Theory
This course is simply an introduction to Keynesian-Neoclassical Controversies.
Topics covered include comparative statics in the closed economy; traditional
dynamics of the real sector; money and the open economy; current controversies in
macroeconomics; economic policy issues.

FMK 861 Management of Financial Instruments

Overview of financial instruments: key features, mechanics; management of
derivatives; market infrastructure; and applicable regulatory and tax frameworks.

FMK 871 Behavioural Finance

This course will combine an overview of the literature with group experiments to
outline the differences between financial theory and behaviouristic paradigms. The
course aims to provide a critical examination of theoretical results and empirical
findings regarding international financial markets. Explanatory approaches for actors’
suboptimal behaviour in financial markets will be examined.

FMK 812 Empirical Methods in Finance

This course offers an overview of the most widely used econometric tools and the
way these methodologies can be used in empirical finance, in both investment
banking and asset management. There is a strong emphasis on practical
applications with close links to the topics covered in MATLAB class.
FMK 822 Regulation and Risk Management
Banking and insurance regulatory frameworks (focus on credit and market risks);
regulation in the funds industry; operational, liquidity and counterparty risks in the
funds industry; operational, liquidity and counterparty risks in hedge funds; Basel III,
Dodd-Frank Act, Basel Principles; Securities market regulation.

FMK 832 Treasury Risk Management

Corporate treasury risk management, managing funding transactions and economic
exposure, measuring and managing currency and interest rate risks; estimating cost
of capital for foreign investment.

FMK 852 Commodities

Etymology; global commodities trading company; commodity trade; inventory data;
commodificatiion of labour; commodity markets; commodity currency.

FMK 833 Advanced Derivatives

Pricing and hedging, including models to value and hedge derivatives on equity,
bonds; modeling for pricing and hedging structured products across equity, fixed
income, currency and credit markets.

FMK 883 Advanced Fixed-Income Securities

Pricing and management; interest rates and risk management in bond markets; band
portfolio strategies; modeling for pricing and risk management of credit-linked
products, modeling approaches to quantifying credit risk.

FMK 823 Asset Management

This is a 4-part course including asset management, new frontiers in risk and asset-
liability management, alternative investments, and tactical asset allocation. Asset
management focuses on modern portfolio management; optimal asset allocation;
portfolio construction; technical challenges; estimates of risk and expected returns;
inclusion of alternative asset classes and investment styles; statistical benchmarks.
The second part of the course focuses on asset-liability management (ALM); liability-

177
driven investment (LDI) for institutional money management and life-cycle investment
(LCI) for private wealth management/retail investment, using risk insurance for
regulatory, accounting and other short-term constraints. The third part of the course
emphasizes characteristics of alternative investments from an asset allocation
perspective (focus on hedge funds and commodity trading advisers); long/short
equity strategies and other strategies; trades, main risks and quantitative tools for
alternative investment analysis. The fourth and final part of the course addresses
methodological foundations and tactical asset allocation strategies.

FMK 832 Emerging Markets and Country Risk Analysis

Recently, private equity investments in emerging financial markets have become a
very significant but volatile component of the capital flows into the developing world.
Emerging fund managers must not only know the standard tools of financial analysis,
but they must be able to integrate these skills into a fairly sophisticated political and
economic framework in order to minimise the difficult risks they face in investing in
Asian, African, Latin American and Eastern European markets. This curriculum is
designed to provide present and future fund managers with such an integrated
approach, combining financial, political and economic analysis in order to better
assess the financial opportunities in those markets.

FMK 873 Fundamentals of Trading

Market microstructure; workings of securities trading; impact of market structures on
trading strategies; management of trading costs; real trading situations in
commodities, derivatives or other financial securities; sessions are conducted by
professional traders in our trading room.

FMK 843 Seminars in Financial Markets

(1) Advanced Excel and VBA: Modelling in MS Excel: accessing mathematical

statistical, look up and other functions. Building user-defined functions,
process automation with VBA for applications to financial modeling.

(2) Ethics and Corporate Governance: This seminar provides a basic insight
into the meaning and importance of values and norms in the functioning of
financial markets. Capability to analyse cases in financial ethics in an
autonomous manner. Developing the attitude of a responsible actor in
financial markets.

(3) MATLAB: Working environment; basic elements of syntax; importing and

analyzing data using pre-programmed MATLAB functions; exporting results;
financial, statistical and econometric toolboxes.

FMK 853 Internship Report

In Nigeria or abroad, the internship of 3-6 months is required to offer students the
opportunity to apply the theory gained in the programme and to carry out a
professional project in their chosen field of specialization in order to further develop
their acquired management skills.

2.11 Examination
The Msc Banking and Finance examination regulations are the same as those of the
PGD Banking and Finance programme.

178
2.12 Master’s Dissertation
(a) Research project shall be undertaken in the 3rd semester of the programme
(b) Research topics will be approved by the Department and Supervisors
assigned at the time of admission.
(c) No student shall be allowed to defend the final dissertation except on CLEAR
STANDING in the course work, and in fees.
(d) Each Msc research work shall be supervised by at least 2 Supervisors, one of
which shall be the MAIN Supervisor.
(e) A supervisor may be changed where and when necessary subject to the
approval of the Departmental Post Graduate Committee.

4.0 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.) BANKING AND FINANCE

4.1 Introduction
The Ph.D Banking and Finance programme is intended to train and direct teaching
and research at an advanced level in the field of Banking and Finance, quantitative
finance, corporate finance and financial markets.

4.2 Philosophy
To broaden and deepen the intellectual capacity of students and strengthen their
research capability to prepare them for academic positions in universities and other
tertiary institutions as well as management positions in both public and private
sectors.

4.3 Objectives
The Ph.D. Banking and Finance programme is aimed at:

(a) Providing specialist education and training with emphasis on banking and
finance research
(b) Producing specialists as researchers, consultants, teachers and top
managers, capable of addressing the conflict and numerous problems
confronting banking, finance, money, investment and financial markets,
locally, nationally and globally.

4.4 Employment Opportunities

(a) Graduates will be employed particularly in tertiary educational institutions,
research institutes, and top training, research and development positions in
public and private sector establishments, and NGOs.
(b) Graduates will also fill the knowledge gap in the banking and finance industry.

4.5 Admission Requirements

(a) Holders of Msc Banking and Finance or its related areas with CGPA not less
than 3.50 on a 5 – point scale 3.00 on a 4 – point scale from RSUST or any
University approved by the Senate of RSUST.
(b) Presentation of acceptable proposed Research Topic of which appropriate
supervisors are available.

4.6 Title of Degree

Upon completion of the requirements for graduation, successful students shall be
awarded Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Banking and Finance degree with options
in Corporate Finance, Quantitative Finance or Financial Markets.

179
4.7 Duration of Programme
The minimum duration in the Ph.D Banking and Finance programme shall be 6
semesters spread into 4 semesters of course work and research proposal, and 2
semesters of research. The maximum duration will be 10 semesters.

4.8 Scope and Units of Courses

Minimum number of courses and credit units will be as follows:

Semester No. of Courses Credit Units

1st 4 12
2nd 4 12
3rd 3 9
4th 3 9
5th – 6th Research 12

TOTAL UNITS 54

4.9. Course Codes and Titles (Ph.D. Banking and Finance with options in
Quantitative
Finance, Corporate Finance and Financial Market)
FIRST SEMESTER

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

BAF 901 Advanced Theory of Corporate Finance 3

BAF 911 Advanced Portfolio Theory and Management 3

BAF 951 Advanced Research Methodology 3

BAF 921 Multivariate Data Analysis 3

TOTAL UNITS 12 units

SECOND SEMESTER

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

BAF 932 Advanced Theory of Financial Intermediation 3

BAF 982 Advanced Quantitative Decision Techniques 3

BAF 912 Advanced Econometrics 3

BAF 952 Mathematics and Economics of Financial Markets 3

TOTAL UNITS 12 units

* All students, irrespective of their options must take all courses in the first
and second semesters of the Ph.D. programmes.

180
THIRD SEMESTER (BANKING AND FINANCE OPTION)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

BAF 913 Empirical Investigations in Banking 3

BAF 963 Ph.D. Seminar in Banking and Finance I 3
BAF 923 Bank Credit Analysis 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

FOURTH SEMESTER (BANKING AND FINANCE OPTION)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

BAF 914 Empirical Investigations in Finance 3

BAF 924 Ph.D. Seminar in Banking and Finance II 3

BAF 994 Research Proposal 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

* At the end of the fourth semester, students will be expected to present their
thesis proposals.

THIRD SEMESTER (QUANTITATIVE FINANCE OPTION)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

QAT 913 Advanced Topics in Derivatives and Fixed-Income 3

QAT 963 Empirical Investigations in Quantitative Finance 3
QAT 923 Ph.D. Seminar in Quantitative Finance I 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

FOURTH SEMESTER (QUANTITATIVE FINANCE OPTION)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

QAT 916 Research Proposal 3

QAT 914 Advanced Financial Econometrics 3
QAT 944 Ph.D Seminar in Quantitative Finance II 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

181
THIRD SEMESTER (Ph.D. CORPORATE FINANCE)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

CFN 911 Empirical Investigations in Corporate Finance 3

BAF 993 Options, Futures and other Derivatives 3
CFN 931 Corporate Finance Seminar I 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

FOURTH SEMESTER (Ph.D. CORPORATE FINANCE)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

CFN 932 Corporate Finance Seminar II 3

CFN 942 Enterprise Risk Management 3
CFN 952 Advanced topics in IFRS and Basel III 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

THIRD SEMESTER (Ph.D. FINANCIAL MARKETS)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

FMK 931 Empirical Investigations in Financial Markets

and Instruments 3
FMK 941 Seminar in Financial Markets I 3
BAF 993 Options, Futures and Other Derivatives 3

TOTAL UNITS 9

FOURTH SEMESTER (Ph.D. FINANCIAL MARKETS)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS

FMK 942 International Financial Markets 3

FMK 952 Seminar in Financial Markets II 3

FMK 962 Advanced topics in Market Risk Analysis 3

TOTAL UNITS 9 units

182
 FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER (FOR ALL OPTIONS)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT

UNITS

Ph.D Banking and Finance Thesis 12

BAF 967

Ph.D Quantitative Finance

OAT 976 Thesis 12

Ph.D Corporate Finance

CFN 986 Thesis 12

Ph.D Banking and Finance

FMK 996 Thesis 12

* All Students are expected to defend their thesis at the end of the 6th semester

4.11 Examination

(a) A “C” grade is the minimum pass score in all courses, however only those with a
CGPA of 3.50 and above on a 5 – grade scale, shall be clear standing.
(b) A student whose CGPA is less than 3.50 on a 5-point scale at the end of a
session shall withdraw for academic failure (WAF)
(c) A student who fails more than 50% of the courses registered in a session shall
also withdraw for academic failure (WAF)
(d) Those who meet the minimum 3.50 CGPA, but failed in not more than 50% of the
courses registered shall repeat the failed courses.
(e) A student shall only proceed to final research, only on meeting condition (a)
above
(f) Doctoral research thesis will be conducted in 2 semesters from the end of course
work
(g) Each Doctoral research candidate shall be supervised by at least 3 Supervisors
(one of which will be the Lead Supervisor), as approved by the Department on
admission
(h) Supervisor(s) may be changed where and when necessary subject to the
approval by the Faculty PG Committee.

4.12 Course Contents

QAT 913 Mathematical Economics and Finance
This is a two part course covering intermediate and advanced topics in mathematical
economics and mathematical finance. The first part (Mathematical Economics)
coves static (or equilibrium) analysis; comparative-static analysis; optimization
problems; dynamic analysis. The second part (Mathematical Finance) covers the
field of applied mathematics, concerned with financial markets. This section covers
stochastic calculus, financial modeling and arbitrage theorem.

BAF 993 Options, Futures and Other Derivatives

This course covers mechanics of futures markets; hedging strategies using futures;
interest rates; determination of forward and futures prices; interest rate futures;
swaps; mechanics of options markets; properties of stock options; trading strategies
involving options; binomial trees; Wiener processes and Ito’s lemma; The Black-
Scholes-Merton model; Options on stock prices, currencies and futures; The Creek

183
letters; volatility smiles; Basic numerical procedures; Value at risk; Estimating
volatilities and Correlations; Credit risk; Credit derivatives; exotic options; weaker,
energy, and insurance derivatives; more on models and numerical procedures;
Martingales and measures; Interest rate derivatives; the stockland market models;
converting timing, and quanto adjustment; interest-rate derivatives; swaps revised
real options.

BAF 982 Advanced Quantitative Decision Techniques

It is designed to provide students the opportunity to explore more advanced
quantitative techniques for decision-making in general and research in particular.
Emphasis will be on: quantitative methodologies in business, export, commerce and
international business, multivariate statistical methods, advance topics in optimizing
techniques and stochastic models; application of time series, Index Numbers, other
vital statistics to issues in business studies. In addition, it covers techniques of
mathematical programming as applied in finance – the development of an intuitive
appreciation of the techniques as opposed to rigorous mathematical derivation,
illustration of the application in financial analysis –to be accomplished via a
computer-assessed case, analysis and/or journal articles.

BAF 901 Advanced Theory of Corporate Finance

The course treats at the theoretical level the conceptual foundations of funds
allocation among assets and assets classes, and analyses the effects of various
corporate financial policy decisions (e.g. capital structure and dividends policies) on
the value of the firm. It also includes analysis of the effects of taxes bankrupting
costs, and agency costs on these decisions. The analysis is conducted successively
under the assumptions of perfect and imperfect markets, and certainty and
uncertainty conditions. In addition it covers recent literature with emphasis on
mathematical techniques which have been used to solve problems in portfolio theory,
multi period assert pricing models and option pricing models. Financial leverage,
market efficiency and information economics, term structure models, capital market
equilibrium models, corporate finance issues. Reading are drawn almost exclusively
from the theoretical literature of corporate finance.

BAF 911 Advanced Portfolio Theory and Management

This course provides an advanced treatment of investment portfolio theories;
computer enhanced models used to provide instruction in capital asset portfolio
management and technique. Advanced treatment of diversification theories and
applications in asset selection, analysis, and management and risk management are
extensively discussed.

BAF 932 Advanced Theory of Financial Intermediation

This is a more advanced and theoretical treatment of selected topics covered at the
masters degree levels. Issues are dealt with in more details, bringing in relevant
empirical analysis and proffering future directions of research with seminar papers
prepared and presented on specify topics.

BAF 914 Empirical Investigations in Finance

Market efficiency tests, term structure theory test, test of asset pricing models, test of
dividend policy and financial structure issues. Topics focus on statistical and
methodological problems encountered in empirical research in related areas of
economics and accounting.

BAF 951 Advanced Research Methodology

The course utilizes advanced research techniques to explore problems in Banking
and Finance. In addition, the course teaches students the use of advanced research

184
techniques to investigate empirical issues in Banking and Finance. Some of the
topics to be covered, among others include advanced research designs, qualitative
and quantitative methods of research, advance measurement scale,
multidimensional scaling, complex sampling approaches, meta analysis, structural
equation modeling in Banking and Finance, conjoint analysis. Specifically, the course
aims to expose students to contemporary, but not common, research methods that
are relevant for understanding and solving general business management problems.
Students are to be exposed to scholarly works in journals and textbooks utilizing
relevant advanced research techniques.
BAF 963 PhD Seminar in Banking and Finance I
Candidates will be required to make a seminar presentation. Each student will be
required to produce a manuscript in the usual journal format on the topic under
investigation. For these candidates, a sound literature review and development of
relevant mathematical models or techniques of analysis related to their research
topics will be acceptable.
BAF 924 Ph.D Seminar in Banking and Finance II
Candidates will be required to make at least two seminar presentations. The first
seminar presentation is the thesis proposal if the approved proposal is completed.
The second seminar presentation will emphasize the actual results of the students
research work.
BAF 913 Empirical Investigations in Banking
Banking regulation and compliance issues under Basel II & III, Dodd-Frank Act,
emerging business models in Banking Automation, Bank Structure and Competition.
Doctoral Thesis
The topic for the doctoral research is expected to evolve from the candidate’s
seminar presentations. It is expected to be original, innovative, and in-depth
meaningfully addressing finance theoretical and policy-oriented issues in banking
and finance, quantitative finance, corporate finance and financial markets research.

5.0 LIST OF STAFF AND RANK

S/No Name Status Higher Rank Specialization
Qualification
1 Prof. A.J. Toby Full-Time PhD (RSUST) Professor Corporate
Finance/Financial
Management
2 Prof. C. Ezirim Adjunct PhD (Uniport) Professor International
finance
3 Prof. A.N. Gbosi Adjunct PhD (North Professor Economic
Western ) Theory/Public
Finance
4 Prof. A.O. Adjunct PhD (Toronto) Professor International
Ekechi Finance/Risk
Management
5 Dr. S.N. Amadi Full-Time PhD (Kiev) Reader Economic
Theory/Int’l Econs
6 Dr. P.U.C. Full-Time PhD (RSUST) Reader Microfinance
Agundu Banking
7 Dr. J.C. Imegi Full-Time PhD (RSUST) Senior Public Finance
Lecturer
8 Dr. A. A. Full-Time PhD (Delhi) Senior Economic Theory
Momodu Lecturer
9 Dr. D.W. Full-Time PhD (RSUST) Lecturer I Entrepreneurial
Dagogo Finance

185
It is note-worthy that qualified Lecturers will be drawn from other Departments to
service the courses related to their disciplines.

5.1 LIST OF NON ACADEMIC STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

S/NO. NAME RANK

1. Moro, A. V. I. (Mrs.) Confidential Secretary I

(B.Sc. RSUST)

2. Mr. Ikpa, G. S. Secretarial Assistant

(Pitman’s Adv., 50wpm, WASSC)
3. Mr. Samuel-Dabiri Nimitei Computer Operator

186
 DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT

POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA (PGD)

MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.)

IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, BUSINESS
POLICY, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.) IN MANAGEMENT

(ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR TRACK, BUSINESS
POLICY TRACK AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TRACK)

187
1.0 Introduction
The Department of Management offers postgraduate programmes in Postgraduate
Diploma in Management (PGDM), Master of Science (M.Sc.), and Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D.).
The general philosophy programmes in Management is to provide graduate
education and training in the various areas of Management, which develops and
deepens the spirit of enquiry and responsibility in the graduate students, to take on
research, teaching and administrative responsibilities in the public and private
sectors of the global economy. It emphasizes the development of scholarly
competence rather accumulation of course credits.
1.1 Objectives:
The main objective of the Postgraduate Management Programmes is to educate and
train men and women who will serve the management development needs of Nigeria
in both public and private sectors of the economy. This is because, the purpose of
different enterprises may vary, but all that are organised do rely on effective group
operation for efficient attainment of whatever goals they may have. In this direction,
the programme is geared towards giving scholars broad based education in their
areas of specialization. The programme is also designed to deliver to scholars a
good understanding of the philosophy of formal organizational developmental
strategies and how they are managed. The programme’s specific objectives therefore
are as follows:
1. To produce scholars whose future careers will lie in teaching and research at the
university and other institutions for those who may have to operate in research
and development environments in the public and private sectors of the global
economy.

2. To develop human capital potentials in scholars for the purpose of improving and
upgrading the existing manpower needed for national development.

3. To expose scholars to literary foundations and current development in the

discipline through research and thereby provide the management competence
necessary for organisational and management development
1.2 Admission Requirements
i) Postgraduate Diploma Programmes
a) Five credit passes including English Language, Mathematics and
Economics at the O’ level.
b) Relevant Bachelors Degrees not lower than Third Class Division from
recognized University.
c) Bachelors Degrees with at least second Class Lower Division in areas not
related to Management may be considered
d) Higher National Diploma at Lower credit level,
e) Relevant Professional qualifications
ii) Master Degree
a) Bachelors Degree in relevant area from a recognized University with
minimum of Second Class Lower Division may be admitted provided the
university matriculation requirements are satisfied
b) A postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration of Management from a
recognized university with a minimum CGPA of 3.50 etc MBA in relevant
areas with minimum CCPA of not less than 300, on a 5-points grading
system.

188
 ii) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Degree
Relevant Masters Degree with a minimum CGPA of 3.50 inclusive of
coursework and research thesis from a recognized university.

1.3 Duration
i) Postgraduate Diploma Programmes (PGD)
a) Full-time Diploma: Minimum of two (2)semesters and maximum of four (4)
semesters
b) Part-time Diploma: Minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of six
(6) semesters.

ii) Master Degree Programmes

a) Full-time: A Minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of six (6)
semesters
b) Part-time: A minimum of six (6) semesters and a maximum of eight (8)
semesters.

iii) Ph.D. Programme

a) Full-time: A minimum of six (6) semester and a maximum of Ten (10)
semesters
b) Part-time: A minimum of Ten (10) Semesters and a maximum of Sixteen
(16) semesters.

1.4 Staffing Requirements

Teachers of postgraduate courses should be holders of Ph.D Degrees with at least
one year post-doctoral experience in a University or Research Institute. In special
circumstances, other categories of teachers may be approved by the Postgraduate
School Board on the recommendations of the Department Postgraduate Committee
through the Faculty Postgraduate Committee. All such lecturers must not be
registered postgraduate students.

1.5 Requirements for Students Supervision

The requirement for supervision of postgraduate student shall be as follows:
i) A Supervisory Committee shall consist of 2 and 3 supervisors for each
postgraduate student on the Masters and Doctoral Degree programmes
respectively. One of the supervisors shall be designated the main supervisors
and Chairman supervisory committee: and others co- supervisors

ii) All lecturers qualified to teach postgraduate courses and who are not
registered postgraduate students shall be eligible to supervise Masters
degree candidates. For the Ph.D. supervisors must be of a rank not lower
than Senior Lecturer and must not be a registered postgraduate students.

iii) A supervisor shall guide a student in his studies and keep a record of the
candidate’s progress and submit a regular progress report through the
Departmental Postgraduate Committee to the Postgraduate School Board.

iv) A supervisor may be changed where and when necessary subject to the
approval of the Departmental Postgraduate Committee acting in behalf of the
Postgraduate School Board.

189
1.6 Workload for Postgraduate Programmes
Definition: A Unit of work load consists of one hour lecture per week for 15 weeks
(one semester) or a 1 hour laboratory/ practical lass per week for 15 weeks (one
semester)

a) No course shall carry less than 3 credit units

b) A Postgraduate Diploma shall have a minimum of 39 units of work load broken
into 33 credit units of course work and 6 credit units of project report.

c) A Masters Degree Programme shall have a minimum of 51 credit units of work

load broken into 45 credit units of course work and 6 credit unit of thesis.

d) (i) A Ph.D Degree Programme shall have minimum workload of 54 credit units
broken
into 42 credit of course work and 12 credit unit of dissertation.

(ii) A Ph.D Student other recognized university shall be allowed a credit transfer
on not more than 18 credit units passed with a minimum of B grade at the
Masters Degree level.

Examinations:
1.7 Course work
a) For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50% for
master and 60% for Doctoral students: Continuous Assessment shall constitute
30% of the examination for each course.

b) Any student who fails any course shall carry over such course provided such a
student has obtained a CGPA of 3.5 – point scale.

c) Any student whose CGPA fails below 3.5 – point scale or fails more than 2
course in any session for the PGDM and M.Sc programmes and a CGPA of 4.5 –
point scale per semester for the Ph.D programme shall withdraw from the
enrolled programme for Academic Failure

Note: Scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Mark Letter Grades Grade Points

70 and above A 5

60 - 69 B 4

50 - 59 C 3

00 - 39 F 0

1.8 Thesis/Dissertation
A panel of examiners shall be constituted to asses a thesis or dissertation according
to characteristics by Postgraduate School Board of the RSUST, Port Harcourt.
However, the examination shall be as follows;
i) Postgraduate Diploma Project Report should be subject to moderation by
external examiners.
ii) Master Thesis/Dissertation
Panel of examiners shall consist of:

190
 a) Head of Department (Chief Examiner)
b) External Examiner (Chairman, Panel of Examiners)
c) Supervisors
d) Representative of Postgraduate School

iii) Ph.D. Dissertation

Panel of Examiners shall consist of:
a) Head of Department (Chief Examiner)
b) External Examiner (Chairman Examiners)
c) Supervisors
d) One other member who is not below the rank of a Senior Lecturer with
Ph.D from a related Department within the University to be appointed by
the Department subject to the approval of Postgraduate School.
e) A Representative of the Postgraduate School Board.

1.9 Domain of Programmes

All postgraduate programmes identified in section 1.3 of this document shall be
domiciled in the relevant Departments of the Faculty of Management Sciences.

1.10 Academic Regulations

i) Academic Session
An academic session consists of two semesters. Each semester normally
comprises 15 weeks of teaching and two weeks of examinations

ii) Course Units System

All postgraduate programmes shall be run on a Course Units System. Credit
weights should be attached to each course.

iii) Definition of credit or Units

Credits are weights attached to a course. One credit is equivalent to one hour
per week per semester of 15 weeks of lecture or tutorial or three hour per
week of terms paper work per semester of 15 weeks.

iv) Registration procedure

Students shall normally compete registration for courses of the programme
not later than two weeks after the start of the semester. A student cannot
withdraw from a taught course after a third of it has been given without
permission from the Departmental Postgraduate Committee. A student who
withdraws after this time or who fails to sit for the final examination without
reasons acceptable to the Senate shall be deemed to have failed that course.

v) In order to be eligible for examination in a particular taught course a student

shall have attended a minimum of 70% of the total period of formal instruction
delivered for the course.

191
2.0 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (PGDM)

2.1 Course Codes and Titles

Year 1.
First Semester
COURSE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
CODE
BAF 711 Principles of Economics 2 1 3
MGT 721 Business Mathematics and Statistics 2 1 3
ACC 711 Principles of Accounting 2 1 3
BAF 731 Principles of Finance 2 1 3
MKG 711 Fundamentals of Marketing 2 1 3
MGT 711 Principles of Management 2 1 3
Total 12 6 18

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT 762 Human Resource Management 2 1 3
MGT 732 Introduction to Public and 2 1 3
Business Administration
MGT 742 Global Economic Environment 2 1 3
MGT 752 Computer in Organizations 2 1 3
MGT782 Research Methodology 2 1 3
MGT 792 Project Report 6
Total 10 5 21

2.2 COURSE DESCRIPTION

1. MGT 721: Business Mathematics/Statistics (3 Units)

Topics in this include: revision of basic algebra; set theory, permutations and
contributions; annuity, cash flow, functions and functional relationship;
analysis of marginal utility and integral calculus: partial and total derivatives.
In discussing these topics, emphasis will be their specific relevance to
business/management contents. This covers basic concepts in descriptive
and inferential statistics and their use in empirical research
2. BUS 721: Computer Applications in Business Organization ( Units)
This course explains the why and how of computers, the use of computers in
business and other organizations; Data transmission, nature, speed and error
detection. It also examines systems analysis and design, the programming
process; problem definition, flow charting and decision table.
4. MGT762: Human Resource Management (3 Units)
Topics to be addressed in this course include Nature and scope of HRM;
strategies and management practices in manpower planning, staffing; human
resource planning; human resource training and development; performance
measurement and management, career planning and employee welfare;
compensation designs and reward management.
5. BAF 731: Principles of Finance (3Units)
This provides a systematic and vigorous examination of the theoretical
framework of financial/investment management analysis. Main topics include:
The economic theory of choice: investment decision and appraisal
techniques, financial requirements planning, working capital management,
financial ratio, dividend decision, cash budgeting, fixed assets and equity
management funds flow statement, and emphasis on financial markets.

192
6. ACC 711: Principles of Accounting (3Units)
This course deals with the underlying theory of double entry book keeping.
Topics include: the nature, scope and purpose of accounting, theories and
mechanics of double entry, book –keeping statements, fixed accounts, funds
flow statements, account of not-for-profit organizations, incomplete records.

7. BAF 711: Principles of Economics (3Units)

The basic problems of scarcity and choice, the methodology of Economics
Science, the general problems of resource allocation, the concept of
optimality and equity: equilibrium and
Disequilibrium, Macro economics versus macro economics; demand, supply
and price. Types of resource allocation decision methods of resource
allocation in an economy; theory of the firm; introduction to welfare economy.

8. MKG 711: Fundamentals of Marketing (3Units)

This course focuses on the appreciation of functions and channels of
marketing and its role in the corporate environment. Major elements of
marketing strategy in relation to product development; distribution channels;
advertising, sales promotion and pricing are examined in detail.

9. MGT 711: Principles of Management (3 Units)

The development of Management thought; theories and models of
management; the manager and his environment; organization structure and
relationship; leadership and motivation; organizational development, the
management functions and procedures; planning; organizing; directing; and
controlling.

10. MGT 732: Basic Public Administration (3 Units)

This course focused on the emergence of public administration; problems or
organisation, the bureaucratic phenomenon and social change. The basic of
policy formulation process by bureaucracies, accountability and efficiency in
public administration.

11. MGT 742: Global Economic Environment (3 Units)

Topics to be treated include Nigeria and the global economy, the im-
0plications of the free market economy on business; governments,
consumers, and labour strategic aspects of international trade, globalization
and international institutions; multilateral; negotiations; lessons from the Asian
tigers.

12. MGT 752: Computer in Organizations (3 Units)

This course explains the why and how of computers, the use of computers in
business and other organizations; Data transmission, nature, speed and error
detection. It also examines systems analysis and design, the programming
process; problem definition, flow charting and decision table.

13. MGT 782: Research Project (3Units)

A research based study and report on an acceptable economic / management
problem area approved by the supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate
Committee

193
3.0 MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.) MANAGEMENT

3.1 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT TRACK

3.1.1 COURSE CODES AND TITLE

FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT821 Global Economic Environment 2 1 3
MGT 851 Management Information System 2 1 3
MGT 831 Quantitative Analyses 2 1 3
BAF 811 Economic Theory 2 1 3
MGT 841 Comparative Management 2 1 3
MGT 811 Management Theory 2 1 3
MGT 861 Strategic Management and Policy 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT 812 Organizational Behaviour 2 1 3
MGT 852 Strategy and Structure 2 1 3
MGT 822 Diversity and Conflict Management 2 1 3
MGT 832 Rewards and Compensation 2 1 3
MGT 872 Human Resource Management 2 1 3
MGT 842 International Business 2 1 3
Management
MGT 882 Research Methodology 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 881 M.Sc. Seminar 3
Total 3

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 892 Thesis 6
Total units 6

3.2 BUSINESS POLICY TRACK

FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT 821 Global Economic Environment 2 1 3
MGT 851 Management Information System 2 1 3
MGT 831 Quantitative Analyses 2 1 3
BAF 811 Economic Theory 2 1 3
MGT 841 Comparative Management 2 1 3
MGT 811 Management Theory 2 1 3
MGT 861 Business Policy and Strategy 2 1 3
Management
Total 14 7 21

194
SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
CODE
MGT 812 Organizational Behaviour 2 1 3
MGT 852 Strategy and Structure 2 1 3
MGT 822 Diversity and Conflict Management 2 1 3
MGT 832 Rewards and Compensation 2 1 3
MGT 862 Competitive Strategy 2 1 3
MGT 842 International Business Management 2 1 3
MGT 882 Research Methods 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 881 M.Sc. Seminar 3
Total 3

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 891 Thesis 6
Total 6

3.3 ORGANNIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR TRACK

FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT 821 Global Economic Environment 2 1 3
MGT 851 Management Information System 2 1 3
MGT 831 Quantitative Analysis 2 1 3
BAF 811 Economic Theory 2 1 3
MGT 841 Comparative Management 2 1 3
MGT 811 Management Theory 2 1 3
MGT 861 Strategic Management and Policy 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
MGT 812 Organizational Behaviour 2 1 3
MGT 852 Strategy and Structure 2 1 3
MGT 822 Diversity and conflict Management 2 1 3
MGT 832 Rewards and Compensation 2 1 3
MGT 814 Industrial Psychology 2 1 3
MGT 842 International Business Management 2 1 3
MGT 882 Research Methodology 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 881 M.Sc. Seminar 3
Total 3

195
 FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 891 Thesis 6
Total 6

3.4 INDUSTRIAL RELATION TRACK

FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
CODE
MGT 821 Global Economic Environment 2 1 3
MGT 851 Management Information System 2 1 3
MGT 831 Quantitative Analysis 2 1 3
BAF 811 Economic Theory 2 1 3
MGT 841 Comparative Management 2 1 3
MGT 811 Management Theory 2 1 3
MGT 861 Strategic Management and 2 1 3
Business Policy
Total 14 7 21

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE COURSE TITLE L T UNITS
CODE
MGT 812 Organizational Behaviour 2 1 3
MGT 852 Strategy and structure 2 1 3
MGT 822 Diversity and conflict Management 2 1 3
MGT 832 Rewards and compensation 2 1 3
MGT 814 Industrial Psychology 2 1 3
MGT 842 International Business 2 1 3
Management
MGT 882 Research Methodology 2 1 3
Total 14 7 21

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 881 M.Sc. Seminar 3
Total 3

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 891 Thesis 6
Total 6

3.2 COURSE DESCRIPTION

1. BAF 811: Economic Theory (3 Units)

The intent of this course is to expose the students to basic issues and theories with
regards to the practice of management in contemporary organizations. It examines
the introduction and integration of the evolution and the development of theories and
concepts, and their application in the field of management. Students are exposed to
critically analyze the different perspectives within the field of management.
Development of management models (RATIONAL GOALS internal process, human

196
 relations and open systems models): organizational effectiveness, environments,
technology design and performance; images of institutional theories, organizational
culture and climate; organizational learning foundation for the understanding of
management issues, and provide guidance for research activities in the programme.

2. MGT 811: Management Theory (3 Units)

This course is designed to aid students in understanding organizations both at the
Micro and Macro levels. Specifically, this course examines rigorously, the structure,
function, and people in organizations and society. Topics include systems concept;
organizational entry, motivation and job satisfaction, based of individual attitudes and
behaviours in organizational settings, individual and their organizational structures;
Typology / Taxonomy of organizations; organizational efficiency and effectiveness;
organizational politics; organizational change and development; technology and
organizational structure: organizations and environmental design.

3. MGT 812: Organizational Behaviour (3 Units)

The course is designed to expose students to different behavioural models. In this
context, topics to be handled include concepts of behaviour and boundary spanning;
roles of professionals in organization, the open social system model of organization,
structure, behaviour technology and performance interface, socio-cultural factors
affecting role behaviour in Nigerian organizations, stages in developing behavioural
models; simple causal models, complex casual models, creative model building in
the functional areas of business.

4. MGT 814: Industrial Psychology (3 Units)

The course will introduce the students to the nature and science of industrial
psychology, its root and value to employees in organizations. Some behavioural
theories and concepts, which are useful in the understanding of organizational
processes, will be explored. The topics to be covered will include social and
personality development, attitude formation, perception and impression
management, role theory and stress, communication, motivation and emotions in
workers, leadership, learning theories, human capital intelligence development and
time management.

5. MGT 821: Global Economic Environment (3 Units)

This course is designed to sharpen the students’ skills and appreciation of organized
enquiry. Topics to be covered include the following: Meaning and nature of research;
comparison between research, common sense and science. Types of research; the
research cycle; selecting research topics; problem and hypotheses formulation.
Research design; research instruments and Data collection, Data Analysis and
interpretation; research report, Research and the issue of relevance ethical issues in
research.

6. MGT 822: Diversity and Conflict Management: (3Units)

This course deals with managing and resolving workplace conflicts and examines
dispute resolution and conflict management in both various and non-various settings.
The course covers two related topics: (1) third-party dispute resolution, including
alternative dispute resolution (ADR). It focuses primarily on the use of mediation and
arbitration but also deals with other dispute resolution techniques, such as fact
findings, facilitation, mini-trials, early7 neutral evaluation peer review, and the
ombuds function; (2) conflict management in organizations, including the recent
development of conflict management systems. The course reviews the factors that
have caused the growth reviews the factors that have caused the growth of ADR and
conflict management systems, and it provides instruction on the design,
implementation and evaluation of such systems.

197
7. MGT 824: Organization Theory and Design (3 Units)
This course is an introduction to the major theoretical approaches and debates in
organizational theory, which draws primarily on sociology and secondarily on
economics, psychology, and political science to explain the basic building blocks of
modern society. The purpose of this course is to provide you a roadmap for you to
roam the terrain of organizational theory. Accordingly, we will start with the classics
and then trace the history of ideas as the field has evolved to the present.

8. MGT 825: Management Cases (3 Units)

This is a basic capstone course for the programme. Its main objective is to integrate
some of the basic principles in the major areas business management to ensure that
there exists some form of analytical and functional unity. The course will employ
management cases and games to animate management decision in the business
sector and showing interrelationships among basic principles in finance, Marketing,
Accounting, Management, Industrial Psychology and others.

9. MGT 827: Comparative Policy Analysis (3 Units)

Comparative business policy analysis – Theories and debates: the policy school of
Thought he Strategy School of thought. Revolving the definitional dilemmas in policy
and strategy; Taxonomic approach to studying strategy: Strategic content (product
innovation), Strategic process (centralization), Environment (dynamism), Profit
Impact Analysis. Policy formulation and its politics: Internal and external; fiduciary,
Strategic, leadership and structure; theories of corporate collapse, theories of
strategic turnaround.

10. MGT 831: Quantitative Analyses (3 Units)

This course deals with theoretical and practical aspects of strategy formulation and
implementation. Attention is placed on the art of strategic thinking leading to creativity
and innovation as well as the rational strategic planning process. Among the topics
covered are the following: Analysing industry structures and dynamics; assessing
positions, actions and reactions of competitors, processes of strategic planning,
technology strategy and e-business, process re-engineering and corporate
turnaround. Case writing and analysis are fundamental to this course.

11. MGT 831: Theory of Business Policy: (3 Units)

The course provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the theory and
practice of strategic management. Developing corporate strategy business objectives
and policies and presenting structures that are capable of being used in
implementing chosen strategies. Developing decision making skills, analyzing firms
opportunities and threats, strengths and weaknesses, case study analysis,
simulation, sensitivity training and structured insight. Theoretical and practical
aspects of strategy formulation and implementation, including strategic thinking
leading to creativity and innovation. Rational strategies planning process, corporate
and growth strategic innovation strategies and organization change processes. The
topics covered will also include functions and responsibilities of general management
and the problems which affects the character and success of the enterprise, the
design and implementation of business policy, the role of structure in policy
implementation.

198
12. MGT 832: Rewards and compensation (3Units)
Emphasis of the course is on the determination of wage levels, wage structures and
individual wages; analysis of the impact of wages on individual attitudes and how
organisations adjust these to meet with environmental and strategic requirement.
13. MGT 835: Industrial Relations (3 Units)
This course discusses the determination, acquisition, development, utilization and
maintenance of human resources by employment organizations. Covers employment
planning, development, recruitment and selection, training and development,
performance evaluation, and compensation administration, while giving special
emphasis to labour-management relations considers whether recent developments
such as collection bargaining, worker participation programme and growth of non-
union firms represent a fundamental transformation in industrial relations practice,
review recent research and new theories arguing that such a forth by those who
believe no such transformation is under way.
14. MGT 841: Comparative Management (3 Units)
This course is designed to expose students to the practical application of computers
to management information processing. The course provides the steps followed in
the utilization of electronic data processing (EDP) system in producing financial and
management information, in feasibility studies, system analysis, designs and system
implementation for computerized accounting system. Among other things, the course
will examine the following issues: Elements of computer mechanical and electronic,
types of computers and their applications, computer programming using either
COBOL or FORTRAN, data processing manual and mechanized systems, system
analysis and design, meaning of information technology and its application in
business finance and management

15. MGT 842: International Business Management (3Units)

The course focuses on the international dimension of business, including trade,
financial and foreign investment patterns, and problems and policies at the corporate
and national levels. I covers theoretical, institutional and case analyses of major
issues, including the impact of international codes and organizations on corporate
policies in home and host countries, the effect of changing governmental policies don
strategies for managing international operations. Using a wide range of data
sources, cases, and other empirical studies, each student will prepare an individual
study of a specific company and country.

16. MGT 843: Contemporary Issues in human Resource Management (3 Units)

The focus is on affective personal practice Vi-a-vis other resource, the history of
industrial development around the world and some different ways of involving people
in organizational life (e.g. as in Japan, USA, UK and Nigeria) how different groups of
shareholders within the organization pose somewhat different challenges to HRM
policies; and how an HRM strategy must take into account the changing expectations
of employees, unions polices and government regulations.

17. MGT 845: Conflict Management (3 Units)

This course deals with meaning and resolving workplace conflicts and examines
dispute resolution and conflict management system. The course covers two related
topics: topics: (1) third-party dispute resolution including alternative dispute
resolution (ADR). It focuses primarily on the use of mediation and arbitration but and
also deals with other dispute resolution techniques, such as fast – finding, facilitation,
mini-trials, early neutral evaluation and peer review, (2) conflict management in
organizations, including the recent development of ADR conflict management
systems, and it provides instruction on the design implementation and evaluation of
such systems.

199
18. MGT 849: Personnel Performance and Productivity (3 Units)
The focus of this course is on the use and application of psychology to industrial
organization in order to improve productivity. Areas of particular interest include
attitudes, motivation, moral, job satisfaction, incentives, and group progress;
managerial psychology, leadership and supervision in organizations; working
condition in organizations; engineering psychology; human errors; fatigue, accidents
and safety; consumer psychology; organizational effectiveness and psychological
explanation of industrial behaviour such as labour-turnover, absenteeism and
productivity.

19. MGT 851: Management Information System (3 Units)

This course is designed to expose students to the practical application of computers
to management information processing. The course provides the steps followed in
the utilization of electronic data processing (EDP) system in producing financial and
management information, in feasibility studies, system analysis, system design and
system implementation for computerized accounting system. Among other things, the
course will examine the following issues: Elements of computing mechanical and
electronic, types of computers and their applications, computer programming using
either COBOL or FORTRAN, data processing manual and mechanized systems,
system analysis and design, evaluation and administration of MIS with emphases on
computer based systems, meaning of information technology and its application in
business finance and management.

20. MGT 852: Strategy and Structure (3 Units)

The course will build on a base of the study of organizations and focus on the ways
organizations are structured to suit the evolving strategies and the mutual impact of
strategy and structure.

21. MGT 861: Strategic Management and Business Policy (3 Units)

This course will emphasize decision-making processes in the development and
maintenance of various programme elements in human resource management.
Decision analysis will also be considered. Traditional and current issues – oriented
programming will be addressed. Programme elements that may be included are
nature of human resource management

22. MGT 872: Human Resource Management (3 Units)

This course will familiarize students with the basic responsibilities of the human
resources function in organizations. The course covers topics such as strategic
planning, job analysis, recruitment, selection, training and development, career
planning, performance appraisal, compensation and international HRM. Students will
learn about the various tools and techniques available to human resources
professionals (such as environmental scanning, Delphi methods and transition
probability matrices, performance appraisal instruments, selection techniques, job
evaluation methods, and some of the various applications of needs analysis) through
the use of lectures, case analyses, student presentations and the text book with
supplemental readings.

23. MGT 881: MSc Seminar (3Units)

The seminar introduces students to the most recent research in the area of
Management and organisational analysis, examining current issues and trends.
Students have an opportunity to present and discuss their own research and actively
engage in the analysis and discussion of the work of others. Each student is
expected to make at least one presentation during the course, focusing on the
formulation, design, execution, and results of his or her research.

200
24. MGT 882: Research Methodology (3 Units)
The course allows students to develop the skills to critically evaluate a wide variety of
research relating to unions and the work place. It exposes students to the
quantitative and qualitative research techniques used by trade unions and in the field
of industrial relations. Topics includes: research design, methods techniques, and
procedures applicable to research problems in labour studies.

25. MGT 883: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Behaviour

The course seeks to expose students to current issues that dominate current
organizational behavior discuss implications of technology on media, the role of OB
in the light of rapid technological developments. Issues to be discussed include
Communicating and managing behavior, social and ethical environmental
issues.

4.0 SPECIAL TRACKS

(a) Business policy
(b) Organizational Behaviour
(c) Human Resource Management
(d) Industrial Relations

Ph.D. MANAGEMENT COURSES

4.1.1 COURSE CONTENT

Ph.D. MANAGEMENT
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TRACK
Year 1

FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 911 Management Thought and Philosophy 3
MGT 931 Imperatives of Globalisation 3
MGT 921 Advanced Quantitative Methods and 3
Statistics
Total 9

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 972 Advanced Research Methods 3
MGT 982 Seminar in Strategic Management and 3
Entrepreneurship
MGT 912 Advanced Organizational Behaviour and 3
Applications
Total 9

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 941 Advanced Organizational Theory and design 3
MGT 971 Multinational Entrepreneurship 3
MGT 943 Advanced Conflict and Crisis Management 3
Total 9

201
FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 988 Seminar in Human Resource Management 3
MGT 952 Advanced Organizational Development 3
MGT 964 Advanced Industrial Relations 3
Total 9

FIFTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 991 Proposal 3
MGT 981 PhD Seminar 3
Total 6

SIXTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 992 PhD Thesis 12
Total 12
PhD MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS POLICY TRACK
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 911 Management Thought and Philosophy 3
MGT 931 Imperatives of Globalisation 3
MGT 921 Advanced Quantitative Methods and 3
Statistics
Total 9

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 972 Advanced Research Methods 3
MGT 982 Seminar in Strategic Management and 3
Entrepreneurship
MGT 912 Advanced Organizational Behaviour and 3
Applications
Total 9

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 941 Advanced Organizational Theory and 3
Design
MGT 961 Models of Policy and Strategy 3
MGT 951 Advanced Marketing Strategy 3
Total 9

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 988 Seminar in Public Enterprises 3
Management
MGT 963 Comparative Policy Analyses 3
MGT 932 Advanced Financial Policy and 3

202
 Strategy
Total 9

FIFTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 991 Research Proposal 3
MGT 981 PhD Seminar 3
Total 6

SIXTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 992 PhD Thesis 12
Total 12

PhD MANAGEMENT
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR TRACK
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 911 Management Thought and Philosophy 3
MGT 931 Imperatives of Globalisation 3
MGT 921 Advanced Quantitative Methods and 3
Statistics
Total 9

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 972 Advanced Research Methods 3
MGT 982 Seminar in Strategic Management and 3
Entrepreneurship
MGT 912 Advanced Organizational Behaviour and 3
Applications
Total 9

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 941 Advanced Organizational Theory and 3
Design
MGT 943 Advanced Conflict and Crisis 3
Management
MGT 953 Management of Change 3
Total 9
FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 986 Seminar in Organisational Behaviour 3
MGT 962 Advanced Theories of Work Behaviour 3
MGT 952 Advanced Organisation Development 3
Total 9

203
FIFTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 991 Research Proposal 3
MGT 981 PhD Seminar 6
Total 9

SIXTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 992 PhD Thesis 12
Total 12

PhD MANAGEMENT
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TRACK
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 911 Management Thought and Philosophy 3
MGT 931 Imperatives of Globalisation 3
MGT 921 Advanced Quantitative Methods and 3
Statistics
Total 9

SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 972 Advanced Research Methods 3
MGT 982 Seminar in Strategic Management and 3
Entrepreneurship
MGT 912 Advanced Organizational Behaviour and 3
Applications
Total 9

THIRD SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 941 Advanced Organizational Theory and 3
Design
MGT 971 Multinational Enterprise 3
MGT 943 Advanced Conflict and Crisis 3
Management
Total 9

FOURTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 964 Advanced Industrial Relation 3
MGT 932 Comparative Industrial Relation 3
MGT 922 Industrial Relation Theories 3
Total 9

FIFTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 991 Research Proposal 3
MGT 981 PhD Seminar 3
Total 6

204
 SIXTH SEMESTER
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MGT 992 PhD Thesis 12
Total 12

4.2 Ph.D. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

1. MGT 911: Management Thought and Philosophy: (3 Units)

This course examines the ideas and evolution of management as a field of
endeavour.

2. MGT 912: Organizational Behaviour Applications (3 Units)

This course explores current practical applications of OB theory in
organizations. Using a range of contemporary resources, students shall be
made to discourse with managers, consultants, and employees; and explore
organizational issue and problems from micro and macro perspectives.
Students shall also develop a toolbox of knowledge and skills to effectively
carry out several organizational interventions or development initiatives.
Choice of topics may differ to focus on contemporary issues such as
emotional intelligence, influencing organizational climate and morale,
engaging strategic planning, processes, using job or workplace design
concepts, applying SWOT analysis, developing, effective teamwork,
managing diversity, and applying quality management tools.

3. MGT 921: Advanced Quantitative Methods (3 Units)

This course will focus on the styles of research, analysis, and epistemologies
associated with qualitative research in the social and policy sciences. The
objective is for students to gain confidence in the applicability and relevance
of no-quantitative methods in our research environment, where the tradition of
believing in “objective measurement” is strong. Qualitative research methods
open up for us a class of research questions that is not accessible within the
“normal” scientific methods.. That is, as researchers, we can ask new
questions if we have a richer repertoire of tools, both the qualitative and the
quantitative from which to choose. Topics to be discussed include the basics
of qualitative research methods and research approaches. Some qualitative
research approaches, such as phenomenography, activity theory and
ethnography, data collection methods such as interviews, filed studies and
rapid rural appraisal, and observations; and evaluating collected data.

4. MGT 922: Advanced Industrial Relations (3 Units)

Nature of the Industrial Society: Industrialization and modernization,
Industrialism and the mobilization of resource, occupations and industrial
structures, system theory and managers. Conceptual approaches in the
Marxian approach, unitary and pluralistic ideologies, industrial government
approach. Theories of trade unions, state agencies and employer’s
organizations: origins, structure and general behaviour dynamics. The
process of industrial jurisprudence: theories of industrial conflict, worker
participation.

205
5. MGT 931: Imperatives of Globalization (3 Units)
Globalization overview: why has the global economy grown so rapidly? How
is it affecting the environment, local economies and social and natural custom
throughout the world? Questioning free trade: what are the positive and
negative of free trade? Economics globalization and technical changes: these
processes are examined in relation to the national development, or under-
development. It also examines multinational companies, their histories, the
reasons for these companies special mobility and the impact on developing
the world. Globalization and the environment social equity: Social equity
relevant to trade issues? What is gained and last through the gradual
homogenization and distortion of cultures as a result of globalization?

6. MGT 932: Comparative Industrial Relations (3 Units)

Conceptual approaches in Comparative Industrial Relations; the convergence
thesis; Industrial Relations practices of multinational enterprises; the
imperatives in cross-national industrial relations. An analysis of the industrial
relation system of Nigeria and other major African countries: Britain, USA and
Japan. Comparative system of practice of worker participation in East Africa,
West Germany, Yugoslavia and Israel.

7. MGT 941: Advance Organizational Theory and Design (3 Units)

This course is an in-depth study of the major theoretical approaches and
debates in organizational theory, which draw from sociology and economies,
psychology, and political science to explain the basic building blocks of
modern society. The purpose of this course is to provide roadmap for the
students to roam the terrain of organizational theory. Accordingly, the course
begins with the classics and then trace the history of ideas as the field has
evolved to the present. Topics to be covered include the evolution and
development of organizational theory; organizational stakeholders; theories of
organizational birth, growth, decline and death; studies; etc.

8. MGT 943: Advanced Conflict and Crisis Management (3 Units)

This course deals with interplay of philosophy and ethics in conflict
management. The application of classical ethical theories in conflict
management environments, The perspective of group actions and personal
moral responsibility, Ethical standards and conflict management
effectiveness. Fundamental concepts for ethical analysis: Functional
principles of business morality. It also examines dispute resolution and
conflict management system. The course covers two related topics: (1) third-
party dispute resolution including alternative dispute resolution (ADR). It
focuses primarily on the use of mediation and arbitration, mini-trials, early
neutral evaluation and peer review, (2) conflict management in organizations,
including the recent development of conflict systems. The course reviews the
factors that have caused the growth of ADR and conflict management
systems, and it provides instruction on the design implementation and
evaluation of such systems.

9. MGT 953: Management of Change (3 Units)

Management of change is a designed to acquaint participant with the issues,
techniques, and strategies for management of change. The first part of the
course concentrates on developing expertise in predicting relevant change in
the organization’s task environment and making sure that initiatives are in
harmony with environment. Techniques for environmental scanning and task
forecasting will be explored and useful models analyzed. Students will also
discuss and make presentations on current issues such as employees

206
 ownership, teem-based management, managers and acquisitions, and
organizational renewal, a change, course end, participant will understand the
techniques for creating a change, managing resistance, and applying change
models to various industries and situations.

10. MGT 961: Models of Policy and Strategy (3 Units)

Business policy and Strategy – Theories and debates: the policy school of
Thought and the Strategy School of thought. Revolving the definitional
dilemmas in policy and strategy; Taxonomic approach to studying strategy:
Strategic content (product innovation), Strategic process (Centralization),
Environment (dynamism), Profit Impact Analysis. Policy formulation and its
politics: Internal and external fiduciary, Strategic, leadership and structure;
theories of corporate collapse, theories of strategic turnaround.

11. MGT 962: Advanced Theories of Work Behaviour (3 Units)

Understanding human behaviour at work contributions from the Behavioural
Sciences – Anthropology: Sociology, Human psychology, and Social
psychology; theory building and perspectives – Micro – level Rational Action
theories, theories and external control of individual behaviour, the social
constructionist view. Critical study of theories on work organizational
processes: Individual Behaviour – group modification; Interpersonal and
Group behaviour – group dynamics, power and politics, interactive behaviour
and conflicts, communication, leadership and managerial processes, Job
design and quality of work life.

12. MGT 963 : Comparative Policy Analysis (3 Units)

Business policy approaches to management: evolutionary state, steady state
and situational state. Business Policy and strategy of multinational
enterprises: internationalization of strategy, Business policy and strategy in
developing countries Africa, Asia and Latin America as compared with
Nigeria. Comparative study of policy strategy perspective of developing
countries with those of Britain United States, Japan, Israel, etc.

13. MGT 964: Advanced Industrial Relations (3 Units)

Nature of the Industrial Society: Industrialization and modernization,
Industrialism and the mobilization of resource, occupations and industrial
structures, system theory and managers. Conceptual approach. Theories of
trade unions, state agencies and employer’s organizations: origins, structure
and general behaviour dynamics. The process of industrial jurisprudence:
theories of industrial conflict, worker participation.

14. MGT 971: Multinational Enterprises (3 Units)

This course covers World Trade Organization (WTO) and multinational trade
agreements. The course will present an overview of the WTO and then focus
on multilateral trade negotiations. Multilateral trade agreements shall be
studied in four parts: trade in goods, trade in services, trade-related aspects
of intellectual property rights and institutional issues. Agreements on trade in
goods are further divided in to three subcategories: market access, customs-
related issues and trade rules. Lastly, this course will look at the future
challenges facing the current multilateral trading system. Although this
course deals with trade agreements, it will put more emphases on economic
interpretation rather than the legal aspects. For this course, outside scholars
and experts from policy, academic, and private sectors may be invited as
special guest lecturers.

207
15. MGT 981: Ph.D. Seminar (3 Units)
This seminar introduces students to the most recent in the area of
Management and organizational analysis, examining current issues and
trends. Students have an opportunity to present and discuss their own
research and actively engage in the analysis and discussion of work of
others. Each student is expected to make least one presentation during the
course, focusing on the formulation, design, execution and results of his or
her research.

16. MGT 982: Seminar in Strategic Management and Entrepreneurship (3

Units)
Students will gain a well-developed understanding of business enterprises
and the entrepreneurial and strategic thinking that drives them in a dynamic,
competitive regional, national, and global economy. Students will learn to
apply entrepreneurial and strategic management practices (e.g., using case
analysis) to organizations of varying sizes. An integral component, futures
studies, shall involve an introduction into thinking about the future, the
foundation of the field, its methodologies link to planning , decision-making,
strategy and public policy. The relationship between core competences (at
the company level) and key success factors at the industry shall be
examined.

17. MGT 988: Seminar in Human Resource Management (3 Units)

This will emphasize decision making processes in the development and
maintenance of various programme elements in human resource
management. Decision analysis will also be considered. Traditional and
current issues-oriented programming will be addressed. Programme elements
that may included are human resource planning, recruitment and selection,
performance and promotion system, incentives and awards, compensation
and benefit, and human resource strategies and critically assesses their
relationship to the operational and strategies plans of the organization.

18. MGT 991: Research Proposal: (3Units)

Based on the students exposure to research methods, students are expected
to complete and present their research proposals.

19. MGT 992: Doctoral Thesis (3 Units)

The topic for the doctoral research is expected to evolve from the candidate’s
seminar presentations. It is expected to be original, innovative, and in-depth
meaningfully addressing practical banking and finance problems and
theoretical development issues of national and global interest.

208
5.0 LIST OF ACADEMIC STAFF AND RANK

S/N Names Status Academic Rank Area of

Qualification Specialization
1. Dr. V. Tom-Otuya Full Time B.Sc.; MBA; Reader General
PhD Management
2. Prof. A. I. Contract LLB Professor Human Resource
Ahiauzu (Intermediate); Management and
M.Sc.; Ph.D. Industrial Relations
3. Prof. B. A. Fubara Contract CIS, ACIS, Professor Business Policy
M.A., FCIS,
Ph.D.
4. Prof. P.B. Full Time HND; M.Sc.; Professor Industrial Relations
Johnnie Ph.D. and Organizational
Behaviour
5. Prof. Seth Accra Full Time HND; MBA; Professor Organizational
Jaja Ph.D. Behaviour and
Entrepreneurship
6. Prof. D. I. Full Time B.Sc. MBA, Professor Business Policy
Hamilton PhD and Strategy
7. Prof. A. C. Awujo Adjunct B.Sc. M.Sc. Professor Organizational
Ph.D. Behaviour
8. Dr. G. I. Umoh Adjunct M.Sc. Ph.D. Reader Production/Operati
ons Management
9. Dr. I. Zeb-Obipi Full Time B.Ed.; MBA; Senior Organizational
Ph.D. Lecturer Behaviour and
Industrial Relation
10. Dr. A. O. Full Time B.Sc; MBA; Senior Organisational
Oparanma PhD Lecturer Behaviour and
Industrial Relations
11. Dr. L. Nwaeke Full Time BBA; MBA; Senior Organizational
Ph.D. Lecturer Behaviour and
Industrial Relations
12. Dr. J. E. Chikwe Adjunct B.Sc; MBA; Senior Business Policy
PhD Lecturer
12. Dr. E. W. Amah Adjunct B.Sc; MBA; Senior Organizational
PhD Lecturer Behaviour, HRM,
Business Policy
13. C.C. Ihunda Full Time BBA; MBA Senior General
Lecturer Management
14. K.B. Bagshaw Full Time B.Sc.; MBA; Senior Production and
Lecturer Operations
Management
15. Dr. H. Ejo-Orusa Contract B.Sc; MBA; Lecturer I Organizational
PhD Behaviour
16. M. D. Full Time B.Sc.; M.Sc. Lecturer I Industrial Relations
Tamunomiebi and Human
Resource
Management
17. N. W. Adoki Leave of HND; MBA Lecturer I Industrial Relations
Absence
18. J. I. Owunary Full Time HND; MBA Lecturer I Organizational
Behaviour
19. Dr. J. M. O. Full Time B.Sc.; MBA Lecturer I Organizational
Gabriel Behaviour

209
 21. Dr. J. Mark Full Time B.Sc. M.Sc. Lecturer I Human Resource
Management
22. Dr. S. P. Asawo Full Time B.Sc. MBA Lecturer II Organizational
Ph.D. Behaviour
23. Dr. S. Lebura Full Time B.Sc. M.Sc. Lecturer II Human Resource
Ph.D. Management

5.1 LIST OF NON ACADEMIC STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

S/NO. NAME RANK
1. Amadi, C. (Ms.) Confidential Secretary I
(B.Sc., Admin., RSUST)
2. Akwu, K. W. W. Senior Clerical Officer
WASSC

210
PROPOSED POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME
(PGD, MSC & PhD)
IN
DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING

211
1.0 PROGRAMME OVERVIEW / PHILOSOPHY
The mission of a Post-graduated degree in Marketing is to prepare students for top-level
research careers. The programme is designed to produce students capable of top-quality
research and to prepare them as competent educators. Our objective is to produce excellent
graduates with universal performance profile.

1.1 Constituent and Scope of the Programme

The Postgraduate programmes in Marketing, include the following:
1. Postgraduate Diploma (in Marketing)
2. Master of Science (Marketing)
3. Doctor of Philosophy (Marketing)
4. Master of Science/Doctor of Philosophy (Marketing)

Consequently the following degree shall be awarded upon completion:

1. PGD (Marketing)
2. M.Sc. (Marketing)
3. PhD (Marketing)
4. M.Sc. / PhD (Marketing)

1.2 Objective
This programme is designed to provide students with a range of knowledge, understanding
and critical skills. It aims to:
- generate sensitivity to the business environment and its impact upon marketing
decision-making;
- introduce knowledge and provide an understanding of the relationship between
business planning and human resources;
- provide the opportunity for rigorous, systematic marketing research of high quality.

Therefore, in line with corporate emphasis on performance, this programme provides a

framework for continuing professional development which includes:
- Personal effectiveness;
- Managing the marketing decision-making process;
- Sensitivity to the business environment,
- Developing Marketing initiatives; and
- Undertaking result oriented research…

2.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Postgraduate Diploma Programme in Marketing
In specific terms and in addition to the University matriculation requirements, a
candidate will be admitted into this programme if he/she possess the following:

a) Five Credits including English Language, Mathematics and Economics at

0/Level;
b) Higher National Diploma of Lower Credit classification in Marketing or any other
related discipline in Management Sciences/Business Administration from
recognized Polytechnics or Universities approved by the Senate of RSUST.
c) Bachelor Degree with at least second class division from areas not related to
Business.
d) Bachelor degrees not lower than third class division in Management Sciences
of recognized Universities.

212
2.2 M.Sc. in Marketing
For admission into this programme a candidate is required to posses:

a) Bachelor degrees not lower than SECOND CLASS DIVISION in Marketing or

any related discipline in Business from any recognized institutions approved by
the Senate of RSUST.

b) FIRST CLASS degree holders in Arts or Science or HND in LOWER CREDIT

DIVISION and above who have successfully completed a PGD programme in
Marketing, or MBA degree in Marketing or any Business related course with a
CGPA of not less than 3.50 on a 5-Point scale or 3.00 on a 4-Point scale.

2.3 Ph.D. in Marketing

Holders of M.Sc. degree in Marketing with a ‘B’ average (60%) or relevant maters
Degree with a minimum CGPR of 3.50 from a recognized University approved
by the Senate of RSUST.

2.4 M.SC/PhD in Marketing

For admission into this programme a candidate is required to posses:
a) Bachelor degrees not lower than SECOND CLASS DIVISION in Marketing or
any related discipline in Business from any recognized institutions approved by
the Senate of RSUST.

b) FIRST CLASS degree holders in Arts or Science or HND in LOWER CREDIT

DIVISION and above who have successfully completed a PGD programme in
Marketing, or MBA degree in Marketing or any Business related course with a
CGPA of not less than 3.50 on a 5-Point scale or 3.00 on a 4-Point scale.

c) At the end of two semesters of M.Sc/PhD degree in Marketing, only students

with a ‘B’ average (60%) from RSUST, will be allowed to proceed for the PhD
programme.

3.0 PGD PROGRAMME IN MARKETING

3.1 Duration of Programmes
The duration of the programme (PGD in Marketing) shall be two Semesters minimum
and maximum of four semesters for Full-Time students.

3.2 Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to prepare graduates with some deficiencies to
fit adequately into the M.Sc. Marketing Programme.

3.3 Objectives of the Programme

The specific objectives of the programme are to:

i. expose students to the fundamental courses in marketing needed for

advanced M.Sc. in Marketing Programme;
ii. teach students the process of scientific investigation in science needed to
explore theoretical and practical problems in marketing;
iii. update students regarding deficient knowledge in marketing and other
cognate business courses needed to understand and analyze marketing
problems.

213
4.0 COURSE LETTERING, NUMBERING & TABULATION
The Postgraduate Marketing courses listed below are numbered according to the
following rules:
i) Lettering
MKG - This indicates courses offered by Marketing Department
Postgraduate programmes.
ii) Numbering
The following course numbering system is adopted:
(a) First Digit: represents the level or year of study.
(b) Second Digit: Indicates the subject division with scale from
1-8. The subject divisions are as follows:

Tabulation

SUBJECT DIVISIONS SECOND DIGIT

General Marketing Courses 1&2
Managerial Aspects of Marketing 3&4
Application and Strategic Courses in Marketing 5
Core Marketing Courses 6
Research Methods and Statistics in Marketing 7
Thesis 8

(c) Third Digit: Indicates the semester the course is being offered. All first
semester courses have the third digits as “1” while all second semester’s
courses has them as “2”.

4.1 List of Courses and Units for PGD in Marketing

First Semester
S/N. Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 711 Fundamentals of Marketing 2
2. MGT 711 Principles of Management 2
3. ACC 711 Principles of Accounting 2
4. BAF 731 Principles of Finance 2
5. BAF 711 Principles of Micro Economics 2
6. MKG 771 Research Methodology 2
7 MKG 741 Introduction to Consumer Behaviour 2
Total 14

Second Semester
S/N. Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 772 Business Mathematics 2
2. MKG 762 Business Statistics 2
3. BAF 712 Principles of Macro Economics 2
4. MKG 732 Introduction to Marketing Management 2
5. MKG 752 Introduction to Marketing Research 2
6. MKG 742 Introduction to Sales management 2
7. MKG 782 Project 4
Total 16

214
4.2 Course Description

MKG 711: Fundamentals of Marketing (2 Units)

The courses introduces students to the basics of marketing with regard to meaning
and definitions of marketing, basic marketing concepts, marketing evolution and
practices, buyer behavior and marketing segmentation, introduction to marketing
research, and introduction to international marketing, among others.

MGT 711: Principles of Management (2 Units)

The development of management thought; theories and models of management;
the manager and his environment; organisation structure and relationships;
leadership and motivation; organisational development, the management functions
and procedures; planning; organizing; directing; controlling.

ACC 711: Principles of Accounting (2 Units)

This course deals with the underlying theory of double entry book keeping. Topics
include: the nature, scope and purpose of accounting, theories and mechanics of
double entry, book –keeping statement, fixed accounts, funds flow statements,
account of non- for – profit organisations, incomplete records.

BAF 731: Principles of Finance (2 Units)

This provides a systematic and vigorous examination of the theoretical framework of
finance / investment management analysis. Main topic include: the economic theory
of choice: investment decision and appraisal techniques, financial requirements
planning, working capital management, financial ratio, dividend statement, and
emphasis on financial markets.

BAF 711 Principles of Micro Economics (2 Units)

Economics system and organizations, demand and supply, individual consumer
behavior, the utility and indifference curve approaches. Market classifications, the
principles of production, the firm and perfect competition, pure monopoly,
monopolistic and oligopolistic competitions, pricing and employment of resources.

MKG 771- Research Methodology (2 Units)

The course utilizes research techniques to explore problems in the organic business
functions. In addition, the course teaches students the use of research techniques to
investigate empirical business management problems of theoretical and managerial
relevance. Specifically, the course aims to expose students to research methods that
are relevant for understanding and solving general business management problems.

MKG 741 Introduction to Consumer Behavour (2 Units)

The course introduces students to basic issues in the study of consumer behavior, in
addition to attitude and consumer behavior, consumer behavior and communication,
determinants of consumer behavior, consumer’s buying decision process, and
psychology in industrial marketing, among others.

MKG 772: Business Mathematics (2 Units)

Topics in this include: Revision of basic algebra; set theory, permutations and
contributions; annuity, cash flow, functions and functional relationship; analysis of
marginal utility and integral calculus: partial and total derivatives. In discussing these
topics, emphasis will be their specific relevance to business / management contents.

MKG 752: Business Statistics (2 Units)

The nature and objectives of statistics, frequency distributions, measures of
dispersion, essentials of probability, statistical distributions, basic sampling

215
 techniques, decision theory, index numbers, timer series, correlation and regression
analysis; introduction to Linear Programming, Practice in the use of computers in
problem solving. The course essentially exposes students to skill of scientific
investigation in business management.

BAF 712: Principles of Macro Economics (2 Units)

This course provides a critical examination of macro-economic theories and analysis.
Topics indifference curves in connection with consumer behaviour, market for factors
of production, the general price level, resource allocation under general and partial
equilibrium context; the objectives of macro-economic policy, complete macro-
economic modules, consumption and saving; investment and the firm.

MKG 732: Introduction to Marketing Management (2 Units)

The course introduces students to the basic principles of management with regard to
the marketing function. This includes marketing planning, analysis, implementation,
and control; designing marketing strategies in relation to the relevant environment;
total quality management and the marketing function, and management of the
marketing-mix elements, among others.

MKG 752: Introduction to Marketing Management (2 Units)

The course introduces students to relevant international marketing management
issues such as concept of psychic distance, international marketing policies and
strategies, international marketing environment, globalization and international
marketing, and e-commerce and international marketing, among others.

MKG 742: Introduction to Sales Management (2 Units)

The course introduces students’ knowledge regarding foundations of strategic
marketing, strategic marketing management process, opportunity analysis and
market targeting, case analysis in marketing management, and environment for
strategic marketing management decisions, among others.

MKG 782: PGD Project (4 Units)

5.0 M.SC. PROGRAMME IN MARKETING

5.1 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The duration of the programme (M.Sc. in Marketing), shall be minimum of four (4)
semesters and maximum of six (6) semesters for Full-Time students.

5.2 Philosophy of the Programme

The M.Sc. Marketing Programme has been designed to instill in postgraduate
students relative advanced marketing knowledge and scientific research
approaches needed to understand and expand the frontiers of marketing theory
and practice.

5.3 Objectives of the Programme

The specific objectives of the programme are:
i. to expose students to contemporary and relatively advanced research
techniques needed to analyze marketing phenomena;
ii. to expose students to understand and critique traditional and modern
marketing theories and practices;
iii. to encourage students in application of marketing theories and techniques
in analyzing complex organizational problems pertaining to exchange
transactions and relationships.

216
5.4 List of Courses & Units
First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MGT 811 Management Theory 2
2. MKG 871 Research Methodology 2
3. MGT 831 Quantitative Analysis 2
4. BAF 821 Micro-Economic Theory 2
5. MKG 851 Marketing of Financial Services 2
6. MKG 861 Marketing Models 2
7. MKG 841 Consumer Behaviour 2
TOTAL 14

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 872 Marketing Research 2
2. MKG 852 Strategic Marketing 2
3. MKG 862 International Marketing 2
4. BAF 822 Macro-Economic Theory 2
5. MKG 842 Integrated Marketing Communication 2
6. MKG 822 Electronic Marketing 2
7. MKG 832 Product Development and Management 2
TOTAL 14

THIRD SEMESTER
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 853 M.Sc. Seminar I 3
2. MKG 863 M.Sc. Seminar II 3
TOTAL 6
FOURTH SEMESTER
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 883 M.Sc. Thesis 6
Total 6

5.4.1 DECRIPTION OF M.Sc. COURSES

MGT …: Management Theory (2 Units)
The course exposes students to the scientific analysis of processes/activities
associated with efficient and effective decision-making. Such processes/activities
include planning, organizing, forecasting, departmentalization, leadership,
motivation, communication, and other modern management activities and process,
among others.

MKG 871: Research Methodology (2 Units)

The course utilizes relatively advanced research techniques to explore problems in
the organic business functions. In addition, the course teachers students the use of
research techniques to investigate empirical business management problems of
theoretical and managerial relevance. Specifically, the course aims to expose
students to contemporary, research methods that are relevant for understanding
and solving general business management problems. Students are to be exposed
to scholarly works in journals and textbooks utilizing relevant research techniques.

MGT… : Quantitative Analysis (2 Units)

The course seeks to expose students to the use of quantitative techniques in
business management theories and practices. Some of the topics to be covered,

217
among others, include games theory, linear programming, network analysis,
dynamic programming, decision theories, structural equation modeling, inventory
models, and queuing models, among others. Specifically, the course has been
designed to enable students study and apply quantitative techniques in research
and business decision-making situations, emphasizing multivariate quantitative
methods, optimization and stochastic techniques relevant in understanding and
solving business management problems.

BAF 821: Micro-Economic Theory (2 Units)

(as in Banking and Finance programme)

MKG 851: Marketing of Financial Services (2 Units)

The course exposes students with regard to the applications of fundamental
marketing concepts/principles/strategies to financial services (banking, accounting,
insurance, stock broking, etc.). Other cognate topics include characteristics of
services and their marketing implications; marketing planning in financial services;
analysis of financial services markets; marketing-mix elements in financial services;
relationship marketing in financial services; and new product development process
in financial services, among others.

MKG 861: Marketing Models (2 Units)

This course describes theoretical and empirical models used to analyze marketing
management issues in the areas of product introduction and positioning, pricing,
advertising and distribution channels. The theoretical structure of the course
derives from micro-economics of firm and consumer decision making, with special
consideration of competitive issues analyzed with game theory and some
applications of control theory. The empirical requirements of the course include
conjoint analysis, choice modeling and multivariate techniques.

MKG 841: Consumer Behaviour (2 Units)

The course expose students, at a relatively advanced level, to the approaches to
the study of consumer behavior, role of consumer in marketing, determinants of
consumer behavior, culture and consumer behavior, models of consumer behavior,
and consumer behavior research, among others.

MKG 872: Marketing Research (2 Units)

The course prepares students on the use of rich literature and research in the area
of marketing research. Specifically, the course emphasizes the application of
scientific methods in the study and analysis of marketing activities. It emphasizes
research design, data collection methods, sampling techniques, data analysis
methods, measurement scales, and interpretation and presentation of marketing
research results, among others.
MKG 852: Strategic Marketing (2 Units)
The course aims to expose students to a relatively high knowledge regarding
foundations of strategic marketing, strategic marketing management process,
opportunity analysis and market targeting, and environment for strategic marketing
management decisions, among others. The use of relevant case studies should be
emphasized.
MKG 862: International Marketing (2 Units)
The course aims to expose students to relevant international marketing
management issues such as concept of psychic distance, international marketing
policies and strategies, international marketing environment, globalization and
international marketing, and e-commerce and international marketing, among
others.

218
 BAF: 822 Macro-Economic Theory (2 Units)
(as in Banking and Finance programme)

MKG 848-Integrated Marketing Communications (2 Units)

This course examines the concepts, theories, models, processes and
contemporary practices of marketing in the new marketing and media era, with an
integrated approach. Topics will include, among others, the concepts and theories
of marketing communications; the changing environment of marketing
communications; understanding the communication influences on consumer
behaviour and buyer decision making; tools and techniques of marketing
communication including advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, public
relations and publicity, direct marketing, etc.

MKG 822-Electronic Marketing (2 Units)

One of the great strength of the internet is providing access to information
throughout the world. The course explores the internet tools that enable those in
international business ready access to information to increase their knowledge of
the market place. Students will be exposed to the meaning of e-marketing; direct
and digital marketing (understanding the digital customer); eCRM/database
marketing; e-marketing planning and strategy; evaluation, measurement and
metrics; search engine optimization and search engine marketing; online public
relations and social networking; affiliate and affinity marketing; online marketing
communications and value creation; online customer experience management;
introduction to web business development.

MKG 832: Product Development and Management (2 Units)

This course examines the concepts, theories, models, processes and
contemporary practices of product development and management. The discuss
new product, product planning and development, new product development
process, marketing of new product, organization for new product, basic approach
for new products, managing the product manager’s interfaces; and management of
a new product development.

MKG 853: M.Sc. Seminar 1(3 Units)

This seminar introduces students to the most recent research in the area of
marketing examining current issues and trends. Students have an opportunity to
present and discuss their own research and actively engage in the analysis and
discussion of the work of others. Each student is expected to make at least one
presentation during the course, focusing on the formulation, design, execution, and
results of his/her research.

MKG 863: M.Sc. Seminar 2 (3 Units)

Continuation of MKG 843

MKG 883: M.Sc. Thesis. (6 Units)

6.0 Ph.D. IN MARKETING PROGRAMME
6.1 Duration of Programme
The duration for Ph.D. marketing programme shall be minimum of six (6) semesters
and maximum of ten (10) semesters for Full-Time students.

6.2 Philosophy of the Programme

219
 The major philosophy of the programme is to produce individuals who have
advanced theory and research-based knowledge relevant for use in industry, public
service, research institutes and academia.

6.3 Objectives of the Programmes

The specific objectives of the programme are:
i. to expose students to advanced research methods and theories in exchange
transactions and relationships;

ii. To develop in students advanced research methods of investigate science

needed to explore and expand the frontier of marketing;

iii. To encourage students to explore and solve theoretical and practical marketing
problems that has industrial, academic, national, and international relevance.

6.4 List of Courses & Units

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 941 Development of Marketing Thought 3
2. MKG 951 Contemporary Issues in Marketing 3
3. MKG 961 Advance Marketing Theory 3
4. MKG 971 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in 3
Marketing
TOTAL 12

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 972 Advanced Research Methodology 3
2. MKG 962 Global Marketing 3
3. MKG 952 Advanced Strategic Marketing 3
4. MKG 942 Entrepreneurial and Strategic Thinking 3
TOTAL 12

Third Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1. MKG 943 PhD Seminar I (Seminar in Marketing 3
Courses in Semester I)
2. MKG 953 PhD Seminar II (Seminar in Marketing 3
Course in Semester II)
3. MKG 963 Seminar in Consumer Behaviour 3
4. MKG 973 Seminar in Marketing Cases and Statistical 3
Analysis
Total 12

220
Fourth Semester
1. MKG 984 PhD Thesis 12

Five & Six Semesters

1. MKG 984 PhD Thesis continues
Total 12 units

DESCRIPTION OF Ph.D. COURSES

MKG 941: Development of Marketing Thought (3 Units)

The course seeks to expose students to traditional and contemporary marketing, in
addition to their associated controversies. Specifically, students are to be exposed to
advanced theories and controversies in such major marketing areas as scope of
marketing, science and art in marketing, qualitative and quantitative methods in
marketing research, marketing-mix elements and relationship marketing, the service
domain controversy, strategic marketing management, and scope of marketing,
among others. Students are to be exposed to scholarly works (reading and seminars)
in journals and textbooks utilizing relevant advanced marketing theories.

MKG 951: Contemporary Issues in Marketing

The course seek to expose students on Issues that dominate current Marketing
discuss, implications of technology on media, the role of marketing in the light of
rapid technological developments. Communicating and managing brands, Social and
ethical environmental issues. Rise of consumerism, concepts of corporate social and
environmental responsibility and sustainability. The marketing strategy to nation’s
development, Marketing theories in the contemporary Nigerian business
environment, Globalization and International Marketing. Economic Globalization and
Technological changes and their impact on developing world. The future marketing
professionals that emerge from Greenwich both as practitioners and as potential
academics, among others.

MKG 961: Advanced Marketing Theory (3 Units)

The course seeks to expose students to traditional and contemporary marketing, in
addition to their associated controversies. Specially, students are to be exposed to
advanced theories and controversies in such major marketing areas as scope of
marketing, science and art in marketing, qualitative and quantitative methods in
marketing research, marketing mix elements and relationship marketing, the service
domain controversy, strategic marketing management, and scope of marketing,
among others. Students are to be exposed to scholarly works (reading and seminars)
in journals and textbooks utilizing relevant advanced marketing theories.

MKG 971: Advanced Quantitative Techniques (3 Units)

The course seeks to expose students to the use of advanced quantitative techniques
in business management theories and practice. Some of the advance topics to be
covered, among others, include games theory, linear programming, network analysis,
dynamic programming, complex decision theories, structural equation modeling,
advanced inventory models, and advanced queuing models, among others.
Specifically, the course has been designed to enable students study and apply
advanced quantitative techniques in complex research and business decision-making
situations, emphasizing multivariate quantitative methods, advance optimization and
stochastic techniques relevant in understanding and solving business management
problems.

221
MKG 972: Advanced Research Methodology (3 Units)
The course utilizes advanced research techniques to explore problems in the organic
business functions. In addition, the course teaches students the use of advanced
research techniques to investigate empirical business management problems of
theoretical and managerial relevance. Some of the topics to be covered, among
others include advanced research designs, qualitative and quantitative methods of
research, advance measurement scale, multidimensional scaling, complex sampling
approaches, meta-analysis, structural equation modeling in business research,
conjoint analysis, and empirical testing of grounded management theories in the
Nigerian business environment, among others. Specifically, the course aims to
expose students to contemporary, but not common, research methods that are
relevant for understanding and solving general business management problems.
Students are to be exposed to scholarly works in journals and textbooks utilizing
relevant advanced research techniques.

MKG 962: Global Marketing (3 Units)

Globalization overview: why has global economy grown so rapidly? How is it affecting
the environment, local economics, and social and cultural norms throughout the
world? Questioning Free Trade: What are the positive and negative impacts of free
trade? Economic globalization and technological changes. It also examines
multinational companies and their impact on developing world; and distortion of
cultures as a result of globalization.

MKG 952: Advanced Strategic Marketing (3 Units)

This course explores how and why the businesses obtain benefits by being market-
oriented and the manner in which these corporations can be built. During this course,
he student will examine in detail the relationship between use of marketing and
aggregate value for stake holders. There will also be an advanced treatment of the
design of the product, price, distribution and communication and cases applied to
several industries in different continents will be studied. The course applies the 6-Ps
of marketing-people, product, price, place (distribution), promotion, and performance
increase with particular emphasis on profitability drivers, value creation,
segmentation and positioning, life cycle management, and integration of the Ps for
competitive advantage

MKG 942: Entrepreneurial and Strategic Thinking

Students will gain a well-developed understanding of business enterprises and the
entrepreneurial and strategic thinking that drives them in a dynamic, competitive
regional, national, and global economy. Students will learn to apply entrepreneurial
and strategic management practices (e.g. using case analysis) to organizations of
varying sizes. An integral component, futures studies, shall involved an introduction
into thinking about the future, the foundation of the field, its methodologies, link to
planning, decision-making, strategy and public policy. The relationship between core
competences (at the company level) and key success factors at the industry shall be
examined.

MKG 943: Reading & Seminar in Marketing Research (3 Units)

the course prepares students on the use of rich literature and research in the area of
marketing research. Students are expected to explore, comprehensively, the rich
material in extant marketing research literature, critique the materials, and prepare
and present scholarly papers before a scholarly audience.

MKG 953: Reading & Seminar in Consumer Behaviour

The course prepares students on the use of rich literature and research in the area of
consumer behavior. Students are expected to explore, comprehensively, the rich

222
 material in extant consumer behavior literature, critique the materials, and prepare
and present scholarly papers before a scholarly audience.

MKG 963: Seminar in Consumer Behaviour

MKG 973: Seminar in Marketing Cases and Statistical Analysis
MKG 984: Ph.D. Thesis

7.0 LIST OF STAFF QUALIFIED TO TEACH IN THE PROGRAMME

S/N NAME STATUS QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION

1. Dr. B.C Opara, Full Time B.Sc, MBA Ph.D. Senior International
Lecturer Marketing/
Marketing in
Developing
Countries
2. Prof. A.V Anyanwu, Adjunct B.Sc. M.Sc. Ph.D. Professor Marketing
Lecturer Management and
Strategy
3. Prof. S.E Kalu, Adjunct B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. Professor Strategic
Lecturer Marketing
Management
4. Dr. G.A Okwandu, Adjunct B.Sc, M.Sc. PhD Reader International
Lecturer Marketing/
Logistics
5. Dr. A. C Ezirim, Contract B.Sc. M.Sc. MBA, Reader Strategic
Lecturer Ph.D Marketing/
Marketing
Research
6. Dr. N.G Nwokah, Full Time B.Sc. M.Sc. PhD. Senior Strategic
Lecturer Marketing/
Electronic
Marketing
7. Mr. J.U.Didia, Contract B.Sc, MBA, Lecturer I Entrepreneurial
Lecturer Marketing
/Distribution
8. Mr. T.A Amangala, Full Time B.Sc, MBA Lecturer I Marketing
Strategy
9 Mr. P.M Nadube, Full Time B.Sc, MBA Lecturer II Marketing
Communication
10 Mr. K.C Adiele, Full Time B.Sc, MBA, Lecturer II Services
Marketing/
Entrepreneurial
Marketing
11 Mrs. S.C Nwulu, Full Time B.Sc, MBA Lecturer II Consumer
Behaviour

7.1 LIST OF NON ACADEMIC STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

S/NO. NAME RANK

1. Orupabo, B. Prin. Conf. Secretary I

(B.Sc., Sec. Admin. RSUST)
2. Amadi, G. W. Snr. Secretarial Assistant I
(B.Sc. Sec. Education, RSUST, NABTEB)

223
PROPOSED POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME
(PGD & M.SC.)
IN
DEPARTMENT OF MASS COMMUNICATION

224
1.0 PROGRAMME OVERVIEW AND PHILOSOPHY
The proposed programmes target the production of high-profile mass media
professionals that are comprehensively grounded in both theoretical and practical
dimensions of mass communication. This objective is premised on the desire to avail
both the industry and the academia of the much -needed manpower.

Additionally, the establishment of these programmes in the department will give

impetus to the overall vision and mission of the university geared towards enthroning
excellence and creativity in scholarship.

1.1 Constituents of the Programme

The proposed postgraduate programmes in the Department of Mass Communication
are:
(a) Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) in Mass Communication
(b) Master of Science, Communication and Development Studies.
(C) Doctor of Philosophy, Development and Corporate Communications

Consequently, any of the following qualifications shall be awarded upon completion:

1. PGD (Mass Communication)
2. M.Sc. (Communication and Development Studies

1.2 Objectives
Generally, the programme is designed to provide students with a range of
knowledge, understanding and critical skills. It aims at:

- generating sensitivity to the communication environment and its impact upon

decision-making in the sphere of development-oriented affairs;
- introducing knowledge and providing an understanding of the relationship
between communication for development planning and human resources; and
- providing the opportunity for rigorous, systematic, high-quality communication
research.

Therefore, in line with corporate emphasis on performance, this programme will

provide a framework for continuing professional development which comprises:

- personal effectiveness;
- communication for development decision-making process;
- sensitivity to the communication environment;
- developing programme initiatives; and
- undertaking result-oriented research.

2.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Postgraduate Diploma Programme in Mass Communication
(a) In addition to the university matriculation requirement of Five Credits including
English Language, Mathematics and Economics at O/Level, a candidate
seeking admission into this programme shall possess any of the following:
(b) Higher National Diploma of Lower Credit classification in Mass
Communication or any other related discipline in Communication or Social
Sciences/Business Administration from a recognized polytechnic or university
approved by the Senate of RSUST.
(c) Bachelor’s degree with at least second class division from areas not related
to Communication.
(d) Bachelor’s degree not lower than third class division in a Communication
related discipline of a recognized university

225
2.2 M.Sc. in Communication and Development Studies
For admission into this programme, a candidate is required to possess any of the
following:
(a) Lower Credit level in HND and above whose holder has successfully
completed a PGD programme in Mass Communication
(b) A bachelor’s degree not lower than SECOND CLASS DIVISION in Mass
Communication or any related discipline in Communication from any
recognized institution approved by the Senate of RSUST
(c) A First Class degree in any arts or social science discipline
(d) MA degree in English and Literary Studies or any Communication- related
course with a CGPA of not less than 3.50 on a 5-point scale or 3.00 on a 4-
point scale.

3.0 PGD PROGRAMME IN MASS COMMUNICATION

3.1 Duration
The duration of the programme shall be a minimum of two semesters and a
maximum of four semesters for full-time students.

3.2 Philosophy
The programme is to prepare graduates with some deficiencies to fit adequately into
the M.Sc Communication and Development Studies Programme.

3.3 Objectives
The specific objectives of the programme are to:
(i) Expose students to the fundamental courses in mass communication that are
needed for the M.Sc in Communication and Development Studies;
(ii) Teach students the process of scientific investigation in the social sciences
that is needed to explore theoretical and practical problems in
communication; and
(iii) Augment students’ deficient knowledge in mass communication and other
cognate/ allied courses needed to understand and analyse communication
problems.

3.4 List of Courses and Units

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1 MAS 711 Principles of Mass Communication 2
2 MGT 711 Principles of Management 2
3 MAS 717 Advanced News Writing and Reporting 2
4 MAS 719 Printing and Publishing 2
5 MAS 721 Indigenous Media Systems 2
6 MAS 725 Public Relations / Advertising Principles and 2
Practice
7 MAS 773 Research Methods and Statistical Analysis 2
Total 14

226
 Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1 MAS 706 The State, the Media and the Law 2
2 MAS 714 Mass Communication Theory 2
3 MAS 742 Film and Broadcast production 2
4 MAS 722 Group and Intercultural communication 2
5 MAS 752 Organizational Communication 2
6 MAS 772 Print/Electronic Journalism Seminar 2
7 MAS 774 Research Project 6
Total 18

3.4 Course Description

MAS 706: The State, the Media and the Law
Politics, government and governance, public policy, the environment and Nigeria’s
contemporary economy will be analyzed through the mirror of the media. The law
and ethics of mass communication vis-ã-vis the state will be emphasized in such a
way that will eliminate uncertainties for a young media entrepreneur.

MAS 711: Principles of Mass Communication

Course exposes students to the fundamentals of mass communication:
rudiments of communication in general; conceptual definition and explication of mass
communication; basic processes, dimensions and adjuncts of mass communication;
forms of the mass media; normative and functional theories of mass communication;
time/space perspectives on the advent of mass communication and its relationship
with and departure from public sphere communication.

MAS 714: Mass Communication Theory

An examination and critical analysis of major mass communication theories as well
as the theories of the construction of social reality will be covered in a manner that is
hinged on the reciprocity of theory and practice.

MAS 717: Advanced News Writing and Reporting

Since some students in the programme may not have mass communication
background, this course will take learners from the rudimentary to the advanced and
contemporary stages of news writing and reporting. Topics will include rudiments of
news writing and reporting; information-gathering techniques and problems; types of
reporting including investigative journalism; organizing news stories using both the
conventional and the hourglass, circle and block styles of reporting stories; reporting
for print and broadcast media; and computer-assisted reporting. Course should cover
skills in and approaches to reporting activities in such specialized areas of human
endeavour as the economy, government and politics, crime and security, aviation,
labour, sports, the courts, the environment and science and technology. Enterprise or
creative reporting shall also be highlighted.

MAS 719: Printing and Publishing

Students are expected to have a firm knowledge of types of printing, printing
processes, the publishing process, kinds of book publishing, problems and prospects
of publishing in Nigeria. The place of graphics in printing and publishing as well as
binding, finishing operations and marketing, will be treated. Desktop publishing shall
be emphasized while legal aspects of publishing shall also be examined.

MAS 721: Indigenous Media Systems

Lectures will cover African culture and communication forms, ora-media, African oral
literature, the functions and characteristics of traditional media, communication in

227
transition, traditional media in mass communication, proverbs as the language of
social communication in traditional societies, influence of political culture on African
communication systems, indigenous communication systems in media globalization
and strengths and weaknesses of indigenous media.

MAS 723: Public Relations / Advertising Principles and Practice

Course will survey concepts, theories, models, problems and prospects of advertising
and public relations in contemporary society. Different types of public relations writing
and techniques in practical advertising will be covered.

MAS 742: Film and Broadcast Production

A review of basic elements of broadcast production, namely, the studio, camera
movements and shots, control room techniques and editing, sound; the dynamics of
the microphone, sound effects, music techniques and terms, will be made. The
formats and styles of scripting for broadcasting will be discussed in-depth. News and
current affairs, programming and production will also be covered. The film angle of
the course seeks to expose the student to the philosophical and practical aspects of
aesthetics as applied to film and video production. The plot structure of a story and
how the story could be converted to screen script will be taught. Students will be
expected to probe into the process of producing the Nigerian video film and
familiarize themselves with the regulations and policy of the Nigerian Film and Video
Censors Board (NFVCB). For drama and documentary, topics will include the basics
of pre and post- production formalities, processes and editing. Planning; casting;
performance and budgeting will also be covered.

MAS 722 Group and Intercultural Communication

The course does an overview of interpersonal communication, explores the entire
gamut of micro-group, macro-group and public communication as well as digs deep
into intercultural(or cultural) communication.

MAS 752: Organizational Communication

The course takes the student deep into the various forms, modes and channels of
communication in an organization: written, spoken and mediated communication;
official letters, memoranda, minutes; speech and report writing. Lectures will also
include formal and informal communication networks like vertical and horizontal
communication as well as rumour, gossip and the grapevine. The effects of the
various communication media on productivity should be analyzed. Emphasis should
be placed on personal marketing/communication in such area as curriculum vitae, job
applications, interview and public address/presentation mannerisms.

MAS 772: Print/Electronic Journalism Seminar

In this course, students will be required to present well-researched seminar papers
for discussion and assessment.

MAS 773: Research Methods and Statistical Analysis

The various social science research designs including content analysis as well as
quantitative and qualitative methods of data analysis should be discussed. Students
shall be exposed to basic statistical tools that will sharpen their understanding of data
analysis.

MAS 774: Research Project

This will embody a well-researched long essay.

228
4.0 M.SC. PROGRAMME IN COMMUNICATION AND DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

4.1 Duration
The duration of the programme (M.Sc in Communication and Development Studies)
shall be a minimum of four semesters and maximum of six semesters for full-time
students.

4.2 Philosophy
The M.Sc Communication and Development Studies programme has been designed
to impart in postgraduate students relative advanced communication knowledge and
expose them to scientific research approaches needed to understand and expand
the frontiers of development theory and practice within the communication
framework.

4.3 Objectives
The specific objectives of the programme are to:
i. expose students to contemporary and relatively advanced research
techniques needed to analyze communication for development phenomena;
ii. expose students to understand and critique traditional and modem media
theories and practices; and
iii. encourage students in the application of communication theories and
techniques to analyzing complex communication problems pertaining to
development.

4.4 List of Courses & Units

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title L T Units
1 MAS 801 International Communication/ 2 1 3
Journalism
2 MAS 813 Advanced Studies in 2 1 3
Communication Theory
3 MAS 821 Advanced Development 2 1 3
Communication
4 MAS 825 Corporate Communications 2 1 3
5 MAS 841 Film and Broadcast Production 2 1 3
Total 10 5 15

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title L T Units
1 MAS 802 Comparative Media Systems 2 1 3
2 MAS 804 Advanced Communication and 2 1 3
Society
3 MAS 816 Media Technology, Selection and 2 1 3
Adoption
4 MAS 824 Advanced Public Relations and 2 1 3
Advertising
5 MAS 852 Critical Media Discourse 2 1 3
Total 10 5 15

229
 Third Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1 MAS 803 Ethnographic Communication 3
2 MAS 807 Mass Media, Law and Society Seminars 3
3 MAS 823 Development communication Seminars 3
4 MAS 827 Seminars in Development Studies 3
5 MAS 873 Advanced Media Research 3
Total 15

Fourth Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Units
1 MAS 878 Thesis 6
Total Units 6

4.4.1 Course Description

MAS 801: International Communication/ Journalism

The course shall provide a framework for students to be schooled in the operations of
wire services, the mass media worldwide; globalization of media corporations and
content; intercultural communication; historical background of foreign media and their
socio-economic, political and ideological characteristics.

MAS 802: Comparative Media Systems

This course discusses world press systems (e.g. paternalistic, authoritarian,): their
tenets, strengths, weaknesses, polities where practiced, how practiced and
implications for their political systems.

MAS 803: Ethnographic Communication

This course deals with communication across cultures. It touches on relevant
concepts and theories that shed light on the role of culture, ethnicity and language on
communication; especially as they apply to Nigeria and by extension other African
countries. Students will be expected to make input on the peculiarities of
communication patterns of their sub-cultural and ethnic groups. The aim will be to
show differences and similarities among various ethnic groups with a view to moving
students towards cross cultural understanding and appreciation.

MAS 807: Mass Media, Law & Society Seminars

Given the rising epidemic of unemployment and the need, therefore, for self-
employment, this course shall help embolden students and reinforce their aspiration
to commence their own media business. The course, which shall be mainly seminars,
will help them come to terms with legal implications of such aspirations in a manner
capable of eliminating legal uncertainties concerning the establishment of a small
one-man mass media enterprise. Students will be made to appreciate the
interrelationship of the press and public policy through incursions into specific current
governmental, legal and judicial issues. Such global trends as globalization (in the
political, economic and media senses) and popular culture, will be discussed. Current
issues in international communication and diplomacy will be analyzed.

MAS 813: Advanced Studies in Communication and Theory

Course does an overview of basic communication models; analyses such perplexing
theories as those on moderation (e.g. Aristotle’s GOLDEN MEAN), John Dewey’s
Pragmatic Ethics, and Immanuel Kant’s Categorical Imperatives; reviews McLuhan’s
postulations (e.g. cool and hot media); and re-examines political philosophies of the
press (normative theories), media- effects and other mass communication theories.

230
In addition to exposing students to the heuristic and praxiological imperatives of
theorizing, this course seeks to apprise students of fundamental theoretical
postulations on which media practice of the twenty-first century must draw. The
postulations in this course will involve multiple insights on semiotics, public or civil
journalism theories, the Dialogue Theory, Me-Generation, neo-liberal and streaming
media innovations.

MAS 816: Media Technology, Selection and Adoption

Course takes students deep into new communication technologies (NCTs), online
journalism, multi-media convergence, webcasting, twittering, facebooking, multi-
casting and ethical issues in digital mass communication plus advanced insights in
streaming media techniques.

MAS 821: Advanced Development Communication

To be covered in this course are the traditional and modern channels of
communication, including educational broadcasting, instructional television,
community theatre (native drama) and distance education, all of which are organized
and targeted at sensitizing, mobilizing and re-orienting the people in the developing
countries towards their development in every sphere of life.
MAS 823: Development Communication Seminars
Seminars will be delivered on topics covered in Advanced Development
Communication.

MAS 824: Advanced Public Relations and Advertising

This course shall seek to invigorate and expand student’s knowledge of what public
relations is: its origins, role, types, how best to practice it, its basic theories and basic
investigation/research models that guarantee effectiveness in the profession. Case
studies of crisis management will be reviewed and career preparation taught. The
course will broaden students’ insight on what advertising is, the whys of advertising,
its origins, its basic theories and the kinds of research activities that guarantee
effectiveness of practice. Students will also be exposed to basic models in semiotics
and other graphic resources of advanced copy writing. It will also target how such
skills can incorporate such formats as the personalized format, the life-style format
and the product-person format. Emphasis should be on the ability to develop print
and broadcast copies and how copy could be converted to screen techniques in the
case of TV advertisement. Students should also master the logic/strategy of media
purchase management for advertising placement.

MAS 825: Corporate Communications

The course seeks to teach skills for writing sound and compelling client service
proposals. It will cover how to make a client-service pitch, how to defend proposals,
ability to articulate and defend calendar themes and design, event planning and
management for profit/non-profit organizations, managing of press conferences and
press releases, crafting of different types of memo, report writing, business letters
and personal-marketing documents like curriculum vitae. Also to be covered are such
corporate communications aspects as analyst relations; internal communication,
investor relations, corporate governance communications, issues management,
change management, litigation communication and crisis communications.

MAS 827: Seminars in Development Studies

Lectures would be woven around such topical issues in communication and
development as communication development, development communication,
development campaigns in Africa and beyond, development journalism, successful
and unsuccessful development campaigns, communication processes, models,
strategies and policies for development, theories in the diffusion of information and

231
innovations, globalization and development communication, democracy, mass media
and civil society.

MAS 852: Critical Media Discourse

Based on advances in semiotics, ideological, social and psychoanalytic criticisms,
this course seeks to expose students to skills capable of enabling them to
understand and be alert to how modes/styles of speaking/writing and portraying
images (representations) can contribute to establishing and maintaining social
relations of power, domination and exploitation. The student should also have the
knowledge of logic and clear thought as well as of fallacies, upon which sound
reasoning and argument are based in literary and critical discourse and in reviewing
of works of art.

MAS 873: Advanced Media Research

This course shall seek to expose students to all the epistemological, ontological and
axiological debates underpinning how/why the nature of the phenomena under
investigation furnishes the basis of methodological choice in mass media research.
The course shall expose the students to detailed rubrics and validity imperatives that
underpin (mass) communication inquiry/scholarship at an advanced level. This
course shall orientate the students on the global rising profile of Discourse Analysis
as an indispensable component of contemporary social research.

MAS 878: Thesis

The thesis shall present results of an original research work anchored on
contemporary and systematic methodology. Data should be analysed using highly
scientific tools and consideration should be given to the contribution of the work to
knowledge.

4.4.2 M. SC. MASS COMMUNICATION LECTURERS

S/NO LECTURERS NAME RANK
1. Professor Femi Shaka Adjunct lecturer
2. Professor Michael Emeji Adjunct lecturer
3. Professor Seth Accra Jaja Professor
4. Dr. G.B. Okon Senior lecturer
5. Dr. Anthony Amakiri Senior lecturer
6. Prof. Donald Hamilton Professor
7. Dr. Jones Jaja Senior lecturer
8. Dr. F.A Amadi Senior lecturer
9. Dr. Sunny Udeze Lecturer II
10. Dr. R.N. Amadi Lecturer 1
11. Dr. B.G. Nsereka Lecturer 1
12. F. K. Olube Lecturer II
13. Itieke Harry Lecturer

4.43 List of Non Academic Staff of the Department

S/NO. NAME RANK
1. Mr. Amifor, G. E. Confidential Secretary I
(B.Sc. Adult & Community Education,
Advanced Dip. Sec. Studies)
2. Onyije, B. D. (Mrs.) Confidential Secretarial
(B.Sc. Adult & Community Education, Assistant
NABTEB Advanced Level)
3. Ewute, M. (Mrs.) Clerical Officer
(WASSC)

232
 PROPOSED POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA
PROGRAMME (PGD)
IN
OFFICE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

233
1.0 PHILOSOPHY
The general philosophy of the post graduate programme in Office and Information
Management is to provide graduate education and training in core Office and
Information Management. The aim is to enhance competent and efficient
management of office and information in the contemporary society and to develop as
well deepen the spirit of enquiry and responsibility in the graduates to take on
research, teaching and administrative responsibilities in all sectors of the global
economy. It encompasses the development of scholarly and professional
competences. Specifically, the PGD programme prepares graduates for the Master’s
degree who had deficiency at undergraduate level to meet the 3.00 and above
requirement for the Masters programme and for graduates of other disciplines who
wish to pursue or enhance a career in Office and Information Management.

2.0 CONSTITUENT AND SCOPE OF THE PROGRAMME

The postgraduate programme in Office and Information Management, at the
commencement, is limited to Post-Graduate Diploma; but subsequently, it will cover
the Master of Science(Office & Information Management), and Doctor of Philosophy
with specialization in three areas: Office Management; Information Management and
Corporate Ethics. Consequently a PGD (Office and Information Management) shall
be awarded upon completion of the programme.

3.0 OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME

The aim of the post graduate programme is to prepare men and women who will
serve the industrial administration needs of all sectors of the Nigerian economy at
higher levels. It is designed to address the considerable managerial problems that
exist in the effective and efficient utilization of office and information systems in order
to aid business and organizational performance. The programme aims at positioning
graduates in the appropriate specialist and functional business contexts with a view
to equipping them for competitive advantages in the business environment
complimented with research and knowledge transfer skills that could also be useful in
an academic context.

The specific objectives of the programme are as follows:

i. To expose students to the understanding the fundamental courses in Office

and Information Management needed for advanced Office and Information
Management programme and career;
ii. To teach students the process of scientific investigation in sciences in order to
explore theoretical and practical problems in Office and Information
Management;
iii. To update students on the contemporary issues and knowledge in Office and
Information Management and other cognate business issues in order to
analyses and solve office and business information management problems.

The candidates shall on completion:

a. Think strategically about the use of information management and its potential
impacts on the competitive advantage.
b. Understand business and information planning strategy and the multiple
relationships between them.
c. Understand the practical aspects of managing information in a corporate
business environment.
d. Understand Office administration and its interpretation within the private and
public sector economics.
e. Source, create and manage business information for optimal performance.
f. Process and disseminate information for effective business performance.

234
 g. Optimize business information in view of the cost of doing business.
h. Optimize ideal application of ethical expectations in administrative and
business processes in view of the sensitivities of the publics of business.

4.0 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PGD (OIM) PROGRAMME

In specific terms and in addition to the University matriculation requirements, a
candidate shall be admitted into the Office and Information Management PGD
Programme if he or she possesses the following:

a. Five credits including English Language, Mathematics and Economics at the

ordinary level;
b. Higher National Diploma not lower than Lower Credit in Secretarial
Administration, Office and Information Management, and other related
management sciences discipline from Government recognized polytechnics or
Universities approved by the senate of RSUST;
c. Bachelor degree with at least Second Class Division from areas not related to
Management and business;
d. Bachelor degree, not lower than Third Class Division from related Management
Sciences from recognized universities.

5.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The duration of the PGD Programme in Office and Information Management shall be:

a) Full-time Diploma: Minimum of two (2)semesters and maximum of

four (4) semesters

b) Part-time Diploma: Minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum

of six (6) semesters.

6.0 WORKLOAD FOR THE POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA (OIM) PROGRAMME

Definition: A Unit of work load consists of one hour lecture per week for 15 weeks
(one semester) or a 1 hour laboratory/ practical lass per week for 15 weeks (one
semester)

a) No course shall carry less than 3 credit units

b) A Postgraduate Diploma shall have a minimum of 39 units of work load broken

into 33 credit units of course work and 6 credit units of project report.

7.0 EXAMINATIONS
a) For the Post-Graduate Diploma coursework, the minimum pass score shall be
50%. Continuous Assessment shall constitute 30% of the examination for each
course.

b) Any student who fails any course shall carry over such course provided such a
student has obtained a CGPA of 3.5 – point scale.

c) Any student whose CGPA fails below 3.5 – point scale or fails more than 2
course in any session for the PGD (OIM) shall withdraw from the enrolled
programme for Academic Failure

d) Scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

235
 TABLE 1: PGD (OIM) SCORING AND GRADING SCALE
S/N MARK LETTER GRADE POINTS
GRADES
1. 70 and above A 5
2. 60 - 69 B 4
3. 50 - 59 C 3
4. 00 - 49 F 0

8.0 COURSE CODES AND TITLES

TABLE 2: FIRST SEMESTER YEAR 1

Course Code Course Title Units
ACC 711 Principles of Accounting 3
BAF 711 Principles of Economics 3
MGT 711 Principles of Management 3
MKG 711 Fundamentals of Marketing 3
OIM 711 Foundations of Office& Information Management 3
OIM 761 Research Methods in Administrative Sciences 3
Total Units 18

TABLE 2: SECOND SEMESTER YEAR 1

Course Code Course Title Units
OIM 721 Computer Technology and Organizations 3
OIM 732 Advanced Office Management 3
OIM 742 Advanced Information Management 3
OIM 752 Advanced Corporate Ethics 3
OIM 762 Research Project Report 6
Total Units 18

9.0 COURSE DESCRIPTION

ACC 711: Principles of Accounting (3Units)

This course deals with the underlying theory of double entry book keeping. Topics
include: the nature, scope and purpose of accounting, theories and mechanics of
double entry, book –keeping statements, fixed accounts, funds flow statements,
account of not-for-profit organizations, incomplete records etc.

BAF 711: Principles of Economics (3Units)

The basic problems of scarcity and choice, the methodology of Economics Science,
the general problems of resource allocation, the concept of optimality and equity:
equilibrium and Disequilibrium; Macroeconomics versus Macroeconomics; demand,
supply and price. Types of resource allocation decisions: methods of resource
allocation in an economy; theory of the firm; introduction to welfare economy.

MGT 711: Principles of Management (3 Units)

The development of Management thought; theories and models of management; the
manager and his environment; organization structure and relationship; leadership
and motivation; organizational development, the management functions and
procedures; planning; organizing; directing; and controlling.

MKG 711: Fundamentals of Marketing (3Units)

This course focuses on the appreciation of functions and channels of marketing and
its role in the corporate environment; Major elements of marketing strategy in relation

236
to product development; distribution channels; advertising, sales promotion and
pricing are examined in detail.

OIM 711 Foundations of Office & Information Management (3Units)

As a foundation course, this course covers key areas of the major domains of Office
and Information Management: Introduction to the concept and principles of
contemporary office management, work environment and office structures,
Organization and methods strategies, Office disciplinary processes: attitude and
behavior control mechanism; Introduction to the concept of principles contemporary
information management, Information systems and issues in effective exploitation of
information systems network and resources ,Introduction to Morals and Ethical
issues, cultural imperatives and ethical issues at work, legal context and ethics in
business, Administrative implications of ethical behaviors.

OIM 761Research Methods in Administrative Sciences (3 Units)

Topics in this course include: Types of research, implications for office and
information management solutions in organizations, Foundations of scientific
research, Review of relevant literature and conceptual and operational frameworks,
Population and sampling, Measurement and instrumentation, Qualitative and
quantitative approaches to data analysis in research. Emphasis will be on their
specifics relevance to Office and Information Management contents of business.

OIM 721 Computer Technology and Organizations (3 Units)

This course introduces students to Computer, Keyboarding, and Computer Operating
Systems; Basic Applications of computer technology in Office and Information
Management; Technological architecture for data management, intranet and internet;
Benefits and challenges of computer technology in Office and Information
Management.

OIM 732 Advanced Office Management (3 Units)

Contemporary office disciplinary issues and procedures, Time management; Word
and Document processing; Office communication; Business writing that works,
reports, and executive briefs; Team Building; Meetings and Minutes taking; Case
studies on human resources and leadership issues in office; Office structures that
work as well as office climate and culture; Communication theories and models:
Interactional, transactional and ulterior models; The concept and management of the
Virtual office.

OIM 742 Advanced Information Management (3 Units)

The core of this course embraces understanding of Database requirements and
respective solutions for advanced integrated application such as computer-integrated
manufacturing and computer-integrated office. These require advanced database
technology which is capable of managing variety of data, The human component of
information engineering and warehousing as well as legal framework that enhances
efficient management of corporate information, Emphasis on FOI and other enabling
laws of privacy and piracy libel and slander; Classical knowledge about federated
database models and infrastructures as well as their management.

OIM 752 Advanced Corporate Ethics (3 Units)

General knowledge about economic practice and ethical theory, more specific on
social responsibilities and corporate governance: Ethics in corporate governance,
social responsibility and Religio-ethical dilemmas in societies; Professionalism,
economic and corporate decision-making structure, employee right, and
environmental and global issues; Business ethics and normative theories, business

237
 and business discipline, issues in business ethics, and case studies in business
ethics, Theories of Ethics and the ethical paradigms.

OIM 762 Project Report (3 Units)

A research base study and report on acceptable information and management
problems are approved by the supervisor and the Department of Postgraduate
Committee.

10.0 LIST OF ACADEMIC STAFF AND RANK

TABLE 4: PROPOSED TEACHING STAFF

S/N0 Name of Staff Qualification Rank
1. S. Accra-Jaja MBA; PhD Professor
2. A. J. Toby B.Sc; MBA; PhD Reader
3. D. D. Kiabel B.Sc; MBA; PhD Reader
4. G. A. Okwandu B.Sc; MBA; PhD Reader
5. S A. Otamiri B.Sc; MBA, PhD Reader
6. I. Zeb-Obipi B.Ed.; MBA; PhD Senior Lecturer
7. E I Ugoji (Mrs) B.Ed.; M.Ed; PhD Senior Lecturer
8. J N Ofoegbu (Mrs) B.Ed.; M.Ed; PhD Senior Lecturer
9. P. N. Nwinyokpugi B.Sc; MBA; M.Sc; PhD Lecturer I
10. A.E.Bestman(Mrs) B.Sc; MBA, M.Ed Lecturer I

11.0 LIST OF NON ACADEMIC STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE AND

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

S/NO. NAME RANK

1. Mr. Igiri, C. G. Senior System
(B.Tech., Computer Science & Engineering,
Analyst/Programmer
Enugu State University., M.Sc. Computer
Science, Uniport).
2. Mr. Dick, A. S. System Analyst/Programmer I
(HND Computer Science, RS Polytechnic,
B.Sc., Accountancy – RSUST)
3. Mr. Nkpurukwe, J. A. Chf. Secretarial Assistant
Pitman’s Cert. Intermediate & Advance, 35 &
50 wpm in typewriting)
4. Grace, M. A. (Mrs.) Chf. Secretrial Assistant
(B.Sc. Adult &Community Education,
RSUST, Pitman’s Cert. Intermediate &
Advance, 35 & 50 wpm in typewriting).
5. Mr. Onyeso, L. N. Executive Officer
(B.Sc. Adult &Community Education,
RSUST).

238
 POST GRADUATE
PROGRAMMES IN FACULTY
OF SCIENCE

239
 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
`

240
1.0 Introduction

The Department of Chemistry, Rivers State University of Science and Technology

strives to produce academically sound persons in the field of Chemistry at the
Postgraduate level.
After graduation with a good first degree, many ambitious graduates develop interest
for academic life. There are also those who want a higher understanding of the
discipline. The Department pulls together the invaluable human resources at its
disposal to build on the foundation which the prospective academics and other
candidates have acquired during their undergraduate training.

The department confines itself to specific areas of study; the rationale being that
these specialties have relevance to prevailing local circumstances and also taking
cognizance of available staff dispositions.

Consequently, topics relating to the physical environment and the peculiar

environment of crude-oil-activity in Rivers State determine the study areas of
Analytical Chemistry, Environmental Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Physical
Chemistry, Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry.

1.1 Philosophy

Philosophy of postgraduate programmes is anchored on the unbiased and

systematic observations, accurate documentation and interpretation of facts and
phenomena with a view to generating a body of knowledge.

1.2 Aims and Objectives

The aims and objectives of the Postgraduate programmes are:

1. To produce high level man power in the chemical sciences through the
acquisition of requisite skills and knowledge, for national development.
2. To develop in the graduates a sense of inquiry, capacity for independent
research and motivation to extend the frontiers of science and technology.
3. To produce graduates who will be adequately equipped for relevance in the
global knowledge economy.
4. To produce graduates who are capable of applying appropriate scientific
principles for solving problems for the promotion of human wellbeing.
5. To produce manpower with optimal competencies and skills to function
effectively in the academia and the private sector.

1.3 Postgraduate Studies Committee

Membership of the Postgraduate Studies Committee is restricted to only those
academic staff in the department with a doctorate degree and not lower than lecturer
1 status. The Postgraduate Coordinator shall be an academic staff not below the
rank of a Senior Lecturer. The Head of Department shall normally be the chairman.
The Postgraduate Studies Committee shall consider candidates’ admission in the
first instance and make recommendations to Senate through the Faculty
Postgraduate Studies Committee and the Board of the Postgraduate School. The
recommendations of the Departmental and Faculty Postgraduate Committees shall
be made on an approved format for the consideration of the Board of Postgraduate
School, on the following:
a) The admission of Postgraduate candidates
b) The mode of study by the candidates for example whether Part-Time or Full-
Time
c) The revision of existing programmes

241
 d) The degree in view
e) Field of study or specialization
f) Any other Departmental decision regarding approval of programme, courses
and thesis for each candidate as shall be recommended by the Supervisory
committee.

1.4 Postgraduate Programmes

The Postgraduate programmes in the department include:
i) Postgraduate Diploma (PGD)
ii) Master of Science degree (M.Sc)
iii) Doctor of Philosophy degree (PhD).

2.0 Postgraduate Diploma Programmes

The programme is designed to remedy the deficiencies of graduates in chemistry and
related subject areas, who would otherwise not qualify for direct entry into the
department’s Masters degree programme. It is also structured to train technical
personnel for the chemical industry.

2.1 Basic Admission Requirements

The criteria for admission into the PGD programme will be as follows:
i) All candidates must have five credit passes including English, Mathematics
and two other relevant science subjects at ‘O’Level.

ii) Candidates with Bachelor’s degrees from an approved university must obtain
a minimum of pass degree in Chemistry.

iii) Candidates with Bachelor’s degrees from an approved university must obtain
the minimum of a third class degree in a relevant science discipline.

iv) Holders of HND in relevant programmes from approved institutions with a

minimum of Upper Credit may also be considered for admission.

2.2 Duration of Programme

i) The programme is designed for full-time study.
ii) The programme shall run for a minimum of two (2) semesters and a
maximum of 4(four) semesters.

2.3 Course Evaluation

In the Postgraduate Diploma Programme, assessment of students’ achievements
shall be based on:
i) Course Examination
ii) Term papers/Seminars/Projects
iii) Other assignments

Continuous Assessment
Continuous Assessment shall be done through essays, tests, term papers, tutorial
exercises, quizzes and homework. Scores from continuous assessments shall be
30% of the final marks.

2.4 Examinations, Grading Procedure and Results

a) Examinations
i) Attendance:
In order to be eligible for examination in a particular course, a student shall have
attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered for
the course.

242
ii) In addition to continuous assessment, a final examination shall be given for
every course at the end of each semester.
iii) The total scores obtainable for every course shall be 100% as follows:
Continuous Assessment - 30%
Final Examination - 70%
Total - 100%
bi) Each course shall normally be completed and examined at the end
of the semester in which it is offered.

ii) Pass Mark

The minimum pass mark in any course shall be 50%

c) Grading System
The Grading of courses shall be done by a combination of percentage marks and
letter grades translated into a graduated system of Grade Point Equivalents (GPE).
For the purpose of determining a student’s standing at the end of every semester, the
Grade Point Average (GPA) system shall be used. The Grade Point Average (GPA)
shall be computed, correct to two decimal places, as the sum product of the grade
point and the course units assigned to each course divided by the total number of
course units (TNU) in a semester.

i) Clear Standing
A candidate shall be deemed to be on clear standing if he passes all courses with a
grade of C or above and also maintains CGPA of 3.00 (on the 5 point scale) in all
examination.

ii) Repeat Examinations

A candidate, who fails in not more than two courses but has CGPA of at least 3.00 (
on the 5 point scale), is permitted to retake the examination(s) in the failed course(s)
at the next available opportunity.

Note: Such candidate shall be awarded the real grade but the total units must
increase by the additional unit of that course(s) and the CGPA recomputed.

iii) Withdrawal from a Programme

A student who fails to be on clear standing at the end of a session and has a CGPA
of less than 3.00 (on the 5 point scale) shall be asked to withdraw from the
Postgraduate programme. A candidate may also withdraw voluntarily from the
programme for reasons other than academic failure. He may do so on permission
from the Board of Postgraduate School following an application through the Faculty
Postgraduate Committee.

iv) Re-Admission
A student who voluntarily withdraws from the Postgraduate programme for reasons
other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to continue with the
programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student who has been asked to
withdraw due to academic failure may be readmitted on application after a period of
one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission, he shall be required to retain his/her old
matriculation number.

243
 % Scores Letter Grades Grades Point
(GP)
70 – 100 A 5
60 – 69 B 4
50 – 59 C 3
0 – 49 F 0

Award of Postgraduate Diploma

v) To be awarded a Postgraduate Diploma a candidate must pass all the

prescribed
courses including the research project.
vi) Presentation of Results
Results from the Postgraduate School Board of Examiners shall be presented
to Senate for approval.
vii) Release of Results
Results shall be released/published not later than 2 weeks after approval by
the Senate.

2.5 External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used at the end of the Postgraduate Diploma
programme to assess the courses and projects.

The project shall be subject to oral examination where the student is required to
show evidence that the student carried out the work and had pertinent knowledge of
the subject matter.

2.6 Postgraduate Diploma Classification

The classification of the Postgraduate Diploma shall be based on the Cumulative

Grade Point Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme.

Cumulative Grade Class of Diploma

4.50 – 5.00 Distinction
3.50 – 4.49 Credit
3.00 – 3.49 Pass
Below 3.00 Fail

244
2.7 Course lettering and Numbering

i) Lettering
CHS – This indicates courses offered by the Department of Chemistry.

ii) Numbering

First digit: Designates the level at which the course is offered. In the case of
Postgraduate Diploma, the first digit is 7.
Second digit: Indicates the subject division. The divisions are as follows:

Subject division Second digit

Inorganic Chemistry 1
Organic Chemistry 2
Physical Chemistry 3
Analytical Chemistry 4
Biochemistry 5
Environmental Chemistry 6
Practical/Seminar/Project 7

Third digit: Indicates the semester the course is offered. All first semester courses
have the third digit in odd numbers while all second semester courses have it in even
numbers.

2.8 Course Tabulation

1st Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
1. CHS 711 Inorganic Chemistry 3
2. CHS 721 Organic Chemistry 3
3. CHS 731 Physical Chemistry 3
4. CHS 741 Instrumental Techniques 3
5. CHS 771 Practicals 2
6. CHS 773 Seminar 2
Total 16 Units

2nd Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
1. CHS 742 Analytical Chemistry 3
2. CHS 764 Industrial processes and Chemical Tech 3
3. CHS 752 General Biochemistry 3
4. CHS 772 Project 4
Total 13 Units

2.9 Course Descriptions

Postgraduate Diploma

1ST SEMESTER

CHS 711 - INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Periodic table and periodicity. General properties and comparative study of Groups I-VII,
Noble gases, Chemistry of transition elements, introductory Radiochemistry.

245
CHS 721 - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Electronic and field effects, Inductive, Mesomeric and time-variable effects, steric effects,
hyperconjugation, Types of reactions: Reactions mechanisms, Functional group chemistry,
hydrocarbons, alcohols, carbonyl compounds, amines, Alicylic, Aromatic and Hetercyclic
Chemistry, Stereoisomerism, Photochemistry..

CHS 731 – PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Rate Laws and rate equations. Reaction order and molecularity of reaction, Arhenius
equation. Catalysis and heterogeneous reactions, Basic laws of thermodynamics. Faraday’s
Laws of electrolysis. Ionic activities; The Debye-Huckel limiting law. Electrochemical cells;
conductivity of electrolyte solutions, ioni mobilities, transport numbers.

CHS 741 – INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES

Qualitative and Quantitative analysis. Factors determining the choice of method and of
instrument. Units and measurement., Spectroscopic. techniques. Principles and application
of Spectroscopic methods including UV-visible, flame photomety- AES, AAS, IR and X-ray
methods. Fluorescence methods. Nuclear magnetic resonance and electron spin
resonance . Refractometry and interferometry, polarography, plarimetry, calorimetry. Non
spectroscopic techniques: eg. Chromatographic and electrothermal methods.

CHS 771 – PRACTICALS

Students will be required to undertake laboratory exercises in various areas of
chemistry/biochemistry.

CHS 773 – SEMINAR

Students will be required to present seminars on topical issues in the chemical sciences.

2ND SEMESTER

CHS 742 – Analytical Chemistry

Theory of errors, statistical evaluation of experimental data. Theory of sampling, sample
pre-treatment, chemical methods of analysis-volumetric, gravimetric and other
physicochemical methods. Optical methods of analysis. Theory and application of
separation techniques-distillation, crystallization, solvent extraction, sublimation flotation,
complexation, electrophoresis, chromatography.

CHS 764 – Industrial Processes and Chemical Technology

Production of primary intermediates and synthesis of industrial organic chemicals, polymers,
adhesives, dyes, explosives, insecticides, pesticides, herbicides, flavouring agents and
pharmaceuticals. Fermentation process. Heat and mass processes. Single and multiple
isothermal chemical reactors. Non-isothermal reactors. Ideal-stage and non-ideal stage
separation techniques in chemical process operations.

CHS 752 – General Biochemistry

Basic structure and chemistry of macromolecules: carbohydrates, proteins lipids and nucleic
acids. General features of degradative (anabolic) pathways of metabolism; structural basis
of ATP function as universal currency of energy exchange in biological cell. Food
composition and uses, Nutritional aspects of carbohydrates, facts, proteins, minerals,
vitamins and water. Physical and Chemical methods of determining food constituents.
Nutritional status, requirements and disorder. Quality Control, Preservation of foods,
Packaging (canning/bottling of foods), Industrial Biochemistry and medicinal products. Use
of enzymes in industry and medical diagnosis.

246
CHS 772 - Project

3.0 Master of Science Degree (M.Sc)

A carefully laid-out course work lasting two semesters is designed for entrants into
the Master of Science degree programme and complimented with bench/project work
which is expected to last a minimum of six months.

3.1 Eligibility

Candidates with the following minimum qualification are eligible to apply for
admission.

i. All candidates must have a minimum of five credit passes (at not more than
two sittings) including English Language, Mathematics, Chemistry and two
other relevant science subjects at ‘O’ Level.

ii A candidate with a B.Sc degree in chemistry with a minimum of a 2nd class

(lower division) from a recognizedUniversity.

iii A Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) in Chemistry with CGPA of 3.50 and above
on a 5-point scale from a recognized university.

3.2. Curriculum

The programme is designed for full-time study. The Candidate undertakes two
semesters of course-work, during which he/she embarks on a specific project/bench
work under a supervisory committee with its Chairman as the major supervisor.
The degree is awarded as M.Sc. Chemistry with options in Analytical Chemistry.
Environmental Chemistry, Inorganic chemistry, Organic Chemistry and Natural
Producst Chemistry, Physical Chemistry and Biochemistry.

Project work is preceded by a pre-project seminar by which the candidate undertakes

literature review of the subject/topic he intends to pursue experimentally. The pre-
project seminar should cover an in-depth study up to the cutting edge in respect of
the subject.

After the approval of the presentation of the pre-project seminar by the department,
the candidate undertakes the bench-work at which he/she is expected either to
contribute new findings, confirm previous results or proffer a solution of a highlighted
problem. The candidate will round up the project with a post-project seminar which
enables him/her to present the results, observations and recommendations. It is
expected that the presentations meet departmental approval.

3.3 Duration of Programme

i. The programme is designed for full-time study.

ii. The programme shall run for a minimum of two(2) semesters and a maximum
of four(4) semesters.

Note The registration of a candidate shall lapse at the expiration of the maximum
prescribed duration of the programme.

3.4 Course Evaluation

Assessment of students’ achievements shall be based on:
i Course examination.

247
 ii Continuous assessment – Term papers/Seminars.
iii other assignments.

Scores from continuous assessments shall be 30% of the final marks.

3.5 Examinations, Grading procedure and Results

a) Examinations
i) Attendance:
In order to be eligible for examination in a particular course, a student shall
have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions
delivered for the course.

ii) In addition to continuous assessment, a final examination shall be given for

every course at the end of each semester.

iii) The total scores obtainable for every course shall be 100% as follows:
continuous Assessment - 30%
Final Examination - 70%
Total - 100%

b)i Each course shall normally be completed and examined at the end of the
semester in which it is offered.
ii) Pass Mark
The minimum pass mark in any course shall be 50%

c) Grading System
The Grading of courses shall be done by a combination of percentage marks
and letter grades translated into a graduated system of Grade Point
Equivalents (GPE). For the purpose of determining a student’s standing at
the end of every semester, the Grade Point Average (GPA) system shall be
used. The Grade Point Average (GPA) shall be computed, correct to two
decimal places, as the sum product of the grade point and the course units
assigned to each course divided by the total number of course units (TNU) in
a semester.

i) Clear Standing
A candidate shall be deemed to be on clear standing if he passes all courses
with a grade of C or above and also maintains CGPA of 3.00 (on the 5 point
scale) in all examination.

ii) Repeat Examinations

A candidate, who fails in not more than two courses but has CGPA of at least
3.00 ( on the 5 point scale), is permitted to retake the examination(s) in the
failed course(s) at the next available opportunity.

Note: Such candidate shall be awarded the real grade but the total units must
increase by the additional unit of that course(s) and the CGPA recomputed.

iii) Withdrawal from a Programme

A student who fails to be on clear standing at the end of a session and has a
CGPA of less than 3.00 (on the 5 point scale) shall be asked to withdraw from
the Postgraduate programme. A candidate may also withdraw voluntarily
from the programme for reasons other than academic failure. He may do so

248
 on permission from the Board of Postgraduate School following an application
through the Faculty Postgraduate Committee.

iv) Re-Admission
A student who voluntarily withdraws from the Postgraduate programme for
reasons other than academic failure shall be re-admitted on application to
continue with the programme after a lapse of one year. However, a student
who has been asked to withdraw due to academic failure may be readmitted
on application after a period of one year to start afresh. Upon re-admission,
he shall be required to retain his/her old matriculation number.

% Scores Letter Grades Grades Point

(GP)
70 – 100 A 5

60 – 69 B 4

50 – 59 C 3

0 – 49 F 0

v) To be awarded a Master of Science degree, the candidate must pass all

the prescribed courses including the research project.

vi) Presentation of Results

Results from the Postgraduate School Board of Examiners shall be presented
to Senate for approval.

vii) Release of Results

Results shall be released/published not later than 2 weeks after approval by
the Senate.

3.6. External Examiner System

The external examiner system shall be used for Masters programme to assess the
courses. The dissertation for academic Masters shall be defended orally before a
panel of internal and external examiners. All dissertations shall be graded.

3.7 Course Lettering and Numbering

i) Lettering
CHS – This indicates courses offered by the Department of Chemistry.

ii) Numbering
First digit: Designates the level at which the course is offered. In the case of
Master of Science degree, the first digit is 8

Second digit: Indicates the subject division. The divisions are as follows:

249
 Subject division Second digit
Inorganic Chemistry 1
Organic Chemistry 2
Physical Chemistry 3
Analytical Chemistry 4
Biochemistry 5
Environmental Chemistry 6
Practical/Seminar/Project 7
General Science Course 8

Third digit: Indicates the semester the course is offered. All first semester courses
have the third digit in odd numbers while all second semester courses have it in even
numbers.

3.8 Course Tabulation

3.8.1 Environmental Chemistry option

First Semester

S/N Course Code Course Title Unit

1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3
2 CHS 843 Advanced Spectroscopy 3
3 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 867 Environmental Chemistry 2
5 CHS 871 Seminar 2
6 CHS 865 Environmental Analysis 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 CHS 868 Advances in Environmental Chemistry 3
3 CHS 862 Environmental Management 3
4 CHS 866 Environmental Risk Assessment 3
5 MTH 842 ICT & Research Methods 2
6 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 19 Units

3.8.2 ORGANIC AND NATURAL PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY OPTION

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3

2 CHS 843 Advance Spectroscopy 3

CHS 871 Seminar 2
4 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3

250
 5 MTH 823 Petrochemistry 2
6 CHS 821 Nautral Product/Medicinal Chemistry 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 CHS 822 Advanced Organic Synthesis 3
3 CHS 824 Photochemistry 3
4 CHS 826 Biophysical Chemistry 3
5 MTH 842 ICT & Research Methods 2
6 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 19 Units

3.8.3 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY OPTION

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3
2 CHS 843 Advanced Spectroscopy 3
3 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 831 Theory of Solutions 2
5 CHS 871 Seminar 2
6 CHS 845 Advances in Analytical Chemistry 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 MTH 842 ICT & Research Methods 2
3 CHS 844 Titrimetric Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 842 Chromatographic Techniques 3
5 CHS 846 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis 3
6 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 19 Units

3.8.4 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY OPTION

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3
2 CHS 843 Advanced Spectroscopy 3
3 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 831 Theory of Solutions 2
5 CHS 871 Seminar 2
6 CHS 811 Applied Inorganic Chemistry 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units

251
 Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 CHS 812 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry 3
3 CHS 814 Advanced Co-ordination Chemistry 3
4 MTH 842 ICT & Research Methods 2
5 CHS 816 Bonding and Molecular Structures 3
6 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 19 Units

3.8.5 BIOCHEMISTRY OPTION

First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3
2 CHS 843 Advanced Spectroscopy 3
3 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 821 Natural Product/Medicinal Chemistry 2
5 CHS 871 Seminar 2
6 CHS 851 Biochemical Toxicology 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units
Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 CHS 854 Enzymology 2
3 CHS 852 Biological Macromolecules 2
4 CHS 856 Advances in Biochemistry 2
5 CHS 858 Nutritional Biochemistry 2
6 CHS 850 Medical Biochemistry 2
7 MTH 842 ICT & Research Methods 2
8 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 20 Units
3.8.6 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OPTION
First Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 841 Separation Methods 3
2 CHS 843 Advanced Spectroscopy 3
3 CHS 849 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3
4 CHS 831 Theory of Solutions 2
5 CHS 871 Seminar 2
6 CHS 833 Surface Chemistry and Colloids 2
7 MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 17 Units

Second Semester
S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1 CHS 872 Project 6
2 CHS 836 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry 3
3 CHS 834 Thermodynamics of Surface interphase
and Separation Process 3
4 MTH 842 ICT &Research Methods 2
5 CHS 838 Solid State Chemistry 3
6 CHS 882 Science, Environment and Innovation 2
Total 19 Units

252
3.9 COURSE OUTLINES
MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc)

1ST SEMESTER

CHS 811 – Applied Inorganic Chemistry

Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Catalysis. Materials Chemistry: Metal oxides,
Chalcogenides, Hyrides and hydrogen storage, materials, semiconductor chemistry,
molecular materials and fullerides.

CHS 821 – Natural Products/ Medicinal Chemistry

Compounds with heteroatoms, Six membered and fused ring systems. Secondary
metabolites, biosynthetic pathways – acetate malonate, acetate mevalonate and
shikimate pathways, Importance of acetyl co-enzyme A. Occurrence of Natural
products e.g. furfural, vitamin A, B12, chlorophyll, nicotine, proline, steroids, penicillin,
strychnine, quinine, cocaine and the barbiturates. Therapeutic value of some of
these compounds.

CHS 823 - Petrochemistry

Origin of crude oil, crude oil processing, catalysis, quality control chemistry. Well
drilling and completion chemical cementing chemicals. Drilling fluids chemical
parameters.

CHS 831 – Theory of Solution

Theories of electrolyte solutions; Quantitative theory by S. Arrhenius in the period
1883-87, prevailing theories of modern day, including Debye-Hückel theory, Debye-
Hückel-Onsager equation, Ostwald’s dilution law, Kohlrausch law of independent
migration of ions, Kohlrausch equation for strong electrolyte, Born theory of solution,
Fick’s first and second laws of diffusion, Einstein relation, Stoke-Einsterin relation,
Einstein-Smolukowski equation, Nernst-Einstein equation, and Waldens’ rules.

CHS 833 – Surface Chemistry and Colloids

Absorption, Absorption and gathering, Thermodynamics of absorption, surface
reactions. Surface heterogeneity, absorbed layers, surface tension and capillary.

CHS 841 – Separation Methods

Distillation, solvent extraction, ion-exchange, selective precipitation and fractional
crystallization.

CHS 843 – Advanced Spectroscopy

Basic Principle, absorption & emission spectroscopy. NMR Spectroscopy: Nuclear
spin, chemical shift, spin-spin coupling, splitting patterns interpreting NMR spectrum.
Mass Spectroscopy: Basic principle, sample preparation, infra-red spectrum of
various functional groups.

CHS 845 – Advances in Analytical Chemistry

Analytical features: Errors, Accuracy, Representiveness, Precision, Robustiness.
The computer-based laboratory. Components of computers, Networking, Robotics
and automation. Miniaturized Analytical Systems. Chemical and Biological Sensors.

CHS 867 – Environmental Chemistry

Fossil fuels and environmental problems associated with them, Mechanisms of
interactions between environments: air-water interface, solid-water interface etc,

253
Sampling techniques, sample preservation and analysis. Effects and control of
environmental pollution, Criteria for water quality and water analysis. Natural waters
– eutrophication, detergents and phosphates, Waste: Sources, hazards, treatment of
solid waste, hazardous waste, municipal waste-water, industrial waste-water.

CHS 849 – Instrumental Methods of Analysis

Quantitative and qualitative Analysis. Classical and Instrumental methods – factors
determining choice of method and of Instrument. Units of measurement, sample
preparation:Instrumental methods – non-spectroscopic e.g. Chromatographic and
electrothermal methods. Spectroscopic

CHS 851 Biochemical Toxicology

Origin and scope of Toxicology, Toxicologic evaluation, Absorption, Distribution and
excretion of Toxicants. Metabolism of toxic substances, Selected topics in chemical
carcinogenesis, Selected topics in terotogenicity, DNA repair mechanism(s).

CHS 865 - Environmental Analysis

Physical and Chemical Analysis of water bodies: conductivity, pH, Alkanility.
Sampling Total C02, Constituents. Methods for Sample Collection. Suspended
particulate matter (SPM) (PM1, PM10). Soil, water and air pollutants. Environmental
sampling instruments.

MGT 881 – Management and Entrepreneurship

The course will cover business environment, general management, financial
management, entrepreneurship development, feasibility studies, marketing and
managerial problem solving.

2ND SEMESTER

CHS 858 Nutritional Biochemistry

Nutritional disorders: obesity, kwashiorkor etc; Nutrient requirements; Nutritional
problems in Nigeria. Newer findings in Nigeria. Toxicants in food, food preservation
and storage, new sources of food. Quality control, Food laws. Methods in nutritional
Biochemistry. Body fluids and their components in health and disease; Enzyme
metabolism in health and disease; normal and abnormal proteins; cell membranes in
health and disease; vitamin deficiencies, inborn errors of metabolism.

CHS 850 Medical Biochemistry

Biochemistry in health and disease. Genetic disease (e.g. sickle cell, anaemia,
diabetes, gout etc.) and intermediary metabolism. Role of microorganism in natural
immunity. Viruses; classification of viruses based on the manner of gene expression
(TMV, T4 phage, Tumor viruses).

Immunochemistry- theory and practice. Antibody –antigen reaction. Blood clotting

factor and haemophilia. Clinical diagnosis of body fluids. Renal function and the
composition of urine.
Hormone , reproduction and evaluation of sterility and other hormonally-induced
disorders (e.g. gigantism, dwarfism etc.)

CHS 812 – Special topic in inorganic chemistry

Material chemistry, Nano chemistry, Inorganic synthesis and applications others,
momery metal (Alloys).

254
CHS 814 – Advanced coordination chemistry
Electronic spectra, electronic spectra of atoms, electronic spectra of atoms, charge
transfer bands, selection rules and intensities, luminescence, reactions of complexes,
magnetochemistry, organometallic chemistry, photochemical reactions.

CHS 816 – Bonding and Molecular Structures

Lewis structures, resonance structures, electron deficient compounds, molecular
shapes bonding and anti-bonding orbitals, band theory, semiconductors and
intermolecular forces.

CHS 822 Advanced Organic synthesis

Alkylation of active methylene compounds, formation of enols and enolate anions;
alkylation of ketones, formation and alkylation of enamines; Michael reaction, aldol
condensation, Claisen and Knoevenagel reactions, Wittig reaction.

Oxidation of alcohols, aldehydes, C=C double bonds, C-H bonds in hydrocarbons

with Cr and Mn compounds; C=C, C=O and allylic C-H bonds with peracids and other
peroxides. Use of periodic acids and lead tetracetate.

Reduction: catalytic hydrogenation and dehydrogenation; metal hydride reduction,

hydroboration, dissolving metal reduction, with hydrazine, Wolff-Kishner reduction.
Diel-Alder reaction, diene synthesis, ethylenic and acetylenic dienophiles; Quinones,
Heteroaromatic compounds.

CHS 824 – Photochemistry

Photophysical processes, differences between photochemical and thermal reactions,
absorption and emission, selection rules, quantum yields, Jablonski diagrams,
quenching, excimers and exciplexes, sensitization. Photochemical reactions of
hydrocarbons and carbonyl compounds: isomerization, oxidation, reduction and
addition. Pericyclic reactions: orbital correlation, HUMO-LUMO approach. Charge
transfer, chemiluminescence. Atmospheric, natural and applied photochemistry.

CHS 826 – Biophysical Chemistry

Physical Chemistry of biomolecules: Physical properties and molecular weight
determination. Purification, absorption and separation of biomolecules. Multiple
Equilibria. Kinetics and bonding.

CHS 834 – Thermodynamics of Surface Interphases and Separation Processes.

Interfacial equalibra including Clapeyron and Clausius-Clapeyron equations,
Trouton’s Rule. Thermodynamics of mixing of ideal solution, Raoult’s Law,
Azeotropes, Colligative properties, Extraction, Chromatography, and surface
phenomena.

CHS 836 – Special topics in Physical Chemistry

Surfactants, mix solvents solutions, electrolytes, colloids.

CHS 838 – Solid State Chemistry

Crystal forms and crystal lattices, x-ray crystallography. Applications: Lane powder,
rotating crystal and x-ray diffraction methods. Bonding in solids, electrical
conductivity and optical properties of solids.

255
MTH 842 – ICT & Research Method
Essentials of spreadsheets, Internet Technology, statistical packages. Principles of
scientific research. Efficient design of experiments. One factor and multi-factor
experiments 2k factorical experiments with confounding and fractional replications.
Problems in experimentation: missing values, heterogeneous data.

CHS 842 – Chromatographic Techniques

Principles and theory of chromatographic separation; classification of
chromatographic techniques (e.g. adsorption, partition, ion exchange and size
exclusion); theoretical plates.
Chromatographic resolution and optimization; capacity factor; column selectivity and
efficiency; peak capacity; non-ideal behavior.
Gas chromatography (the van Deemter equation, Golay equation); mobile and
stationery phases; Detectors; Qualitative and quantitative applications.
High –performance liquid chromatography (Huber and Knox equations); HPLC
columns and plumbing; Stationary and mobile phases; Detectors , Supercritical fluid
chromatograph.

CHS 844 – Titrimetric Methods of Analysis

Acid-base titrations (strong acid vs strong base, weak acid vs strong base, strong
acid vs weak base); titrations of diprotic base, polyprotic acids; titrations in non-
aqueous solvents; Complexation titrimetry – EDTA titrations; Precipitation titrimetry,
Redox and potentiometric titrations. Qualitative and quantitative applications of
titrimetry.

CHS 846 – Electrochemical Methods of Analysis

Classification of electrochemical methods; Electrochemical cells. Potentiometric
measurements (types of electrode); Voltammetric measurements; Coulometric
methods of analysis.

CHS 852 – Biological Macromolecules

Structures of proteins, enzymes and their functions. The Michaelis – Menten Model,
the Monod – Wyman – changeax model. Binding isotherms. Structure of DNA.
Nucleosides and nucleotides.

CHS 854 – Enzymology

Catalysis and general nature of enzymes. Kinetic parameters and their
determination. Kinetics of multiple binding sites. Regulatory enzymes. Nature of
enzyme active site. Enzyme reaction mechanisms e.g. ribonuclease, carboxy
peptidase A. Kinetic mechanisms of multisubstrate enzyme - catalyzed reactions.
Probes of enzyme structure using NMR, X-ray crystallography etc. Analysis of
enzyme reactions.

CHS 856 – Advances in Biochemistry

Biomedical polymers: synthetic organs and tissues. Drug action. Molecules of
Heredity. Emerging biochemical reactions.

CHS 862 – Environmental Management

Environmental protection and sustainability. Conservation and renewal energy.
Sustainable management strategies for water resources, and rain forest.
Sustainable community development. Environmental ethics and laws.

256
 CHS 866 – Environmental Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment models, exposure assessment, tocicity assessment, mobility &
mortality, principles of toxicology, steps in risk assessment, risk & hazard, risk
acceptability. Environmental impact assessment(EIA)

CHS 868 – Advances in Environmental Chemistry

Solid wastes from minning and metal production, water pollution and waste-water
treatment. Facte of chemicals in environment. Exposure scenario, pathways and
routes. Regulatory policies and environmental treaties, bioavailability, toxicology,
modeling.

CHS 882 – Science, Environment and Innovation

Elements of global warming, environmental protection issues. Social and ethical
implications of science, intellectual property rights.

 History of science innovators (including Nobel Prize winners in Chemistry and

their contributions.)
 Science & national development.

4.0 Doctor of Philosphy (PhD) degree

The programme is designed for full-time study. It shall consist of course work,
seminar presentation and scientific research study. The candidate shall be expected
to demonstrate adequate intellectual capacity, maturity and effective decision making
and problem solving potentials.

4.1 Eligibility
Candidates with the following minimum qualifications are eligible to apply for
admission.

(i) A minimum of five(5) credit passes ( at least not more than two sittings)
including English Language, Mathematics Chemistry and two other relevant
science subjects at ‘O’ level.

(ii) A Master of Science (MSc) degree with a minimum CGPA of 3.50 on a 5-point
scale from a recognized university.

4.2 Duration of Programme

The programme shall run for a minimum of six (6) semesters and a maximum of
eight(8) semesters.

Note that the registration of a candidate shall lapse at the expiration of the maximum
prescribed duration of the programme. For extension beyond the specified maximum
period, a special permission of Senate shall be required.

4.3 Programme Structure

(i) First year of study – course work to be undertaken in the first and second
semesters.

IST SEMESTER

S/N Course Code Course Title Units

1. MGT 881 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
2. CHS 981 Communications of Scientific Research 2
3. CHS 971 Seminar 2
Total 6 Units

257
 S/N Course Code Course Title Unit
1. CHS 882 Science, Environmental and Innovation 2
2. CHS 982 Research methods in chemical sciences 2
3. MTH 842 ICT & Research methods 2
Total 6units

ii) Second year of study – Presentation of seminars including

Unit
(a) Defence of project proposal 6

(b) Progress report on project 6

Total 12units

iii) Third year of study – Presentation of seminars including

Unit
(a) Post-result report 6
(b) Project defence 12
Total 18units

iv) A candidate proceeds to the following year of study if he/she earns a

minimum score of 60% (or B grade) in each of the prescribed courses of
study.

4.4 Course Outlines

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)

1ST SEMESTER
CHS 981 – Communication of scientific research
Use of Language. In writing a Scientific paper.
Methods (or modes) of scientific communication
 Poster Presentation
 Oral Presentation

Methods of data presentation

 Tables
 Figures
 Critical scientific writing

2ND SEMESTER

CHS 982 – Research Methods in Chemical Sciences

 Empirical and deductive science
 Data Types
 Statistical Analysis
 Experimental Design

258
5.0 Staffing
A. Academic Staff
S/No. Name Qualifications. Specialization(s) Designation
1 Fekarurhobo, G.K. B.Sc. (London) organic
Ph.D. (London) Photochemistry Professor
2. Oruambo, I.F. B.Sc. (Fordham USA) Biochemistry
M.Sc. (NY USA) Toxicology Professor
Ph.D. (NY USA)
3. Izonfuo, W.A-L. B.Sc.(Liberia Analytical Chemistry
M.Sc.(Ala, USA) Adjunct Professor
Ph.D.(N.J., USA)
4 Abia, A.A. B.Sc.(Hons) Physical Chemistry
Ph.D.(USA) Adjunct Professor
5 Abbey, B.W. (Mrs) B.Sc., PhD Biochemistry
Professor
(Sabbatical)

6 Onwurah, I.N.E. B.Sc.,(UNILAG), Biochemistry

PGDE(UNILAG), Toxicology Adjunct Professor
M.Sc.,(UNN)
PhD.,(UNN)

7 Abayeh O.J. Organic Chemistry

B.Sc. (Benin) Adjunct Professor
M.Sc.
PhD.
8 Akaninwor, J. C. (Mrs) B.SC., M.Sc., PhD. Nutritional
Biochemistry Adjunct Professor

9 Jack, I.R. B.Sc. (Lagos) Natural Product Reader

Ph.D. (Wales) Chemistry
10 Obomanu, F. G. (Mrs) B.Sc., PhD. Pharmaceutical Reader
Chemistry
11 Obunwo, C.C. B.Sc.(ABU, Nigeria) Analytical Reader
M.Phil.(RSUST, Ngieria) Environmental
Ph.D.(RSUST, Nig.) Chemistry
12 Boisa, N. Environmental Senior Lecturer
B.Sc.(RSUST, Nigeria) Geochemistry,and
M.Phil.(RSUST,Nig.) Analytical Chemistry
M.Res.(Newcastle, UK)
Ph.D.(Newcastle, UK)

13 Igwe, F. U. B.Sc., M.Sc., PhD. Biochemistry Senior Lecturer

14 Ofodile, S.E. B.Sc.(Ibadan, Nigeria) Analytical Chemistry Snr. Lecturer
Ph.D.(USA) (Adjunct)
15 Okoko, T. B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Biochemistry Snr. Lecturer
(Adjunct)
16 Konne, J.L. B.Sc.(RSUST, Nigeria), Nanoinorganic Lecturer I
M.Sc.(RSUST, Nigeria) Materials
Ph.D.(Bristol, UK)
17 Cookey, G.A. (Mrs) B.Sc.(FUTO, Nigeria Colloid Chemistry Lecturer I
M.Sc.(RSUST, Nigeria)
Ph.D.(Bristol, UK)

259
 18 Bagshaw, A.P. B.Sc.(IIorin, Nigeria) Analytical Chemistry Lecturer II
M.Phil.(RSUST, Nig.)
19 Ndukwe G.I. B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Organic Chemistry Lecturer II
20 Maduelosi, J. (Mrs) B.Sc.(Nigeria) Physical Lecturer II
M.Sc.(RSUST, Nig.) Chemistry
PhD. (UPH)
21 Nwachoko, N. B.Sc.(EBSU, Nig.) Nutrition and Lecturer II
M.Sc.(Uniport, Nig.) Biochemical
Toxicology
22 Osagie, O.F. B.Sc.(Nigeria) Polymer Chemistry Lecturer II
M.Sc.(Nigeria)
23 Akinfolarin, O.M. B.Sc.(Ibadan, Nigeria) Analytical Chemistry Assistant
M.Sc.(Ibadan, Nigeria Lecturer
24 Odinga ,T. (Miss) B.Sc, M.Sc, Biochemistry Assistant
Lecturer
25 Orlu, H.A. (Miss.) B.Sc, M.Sc Analytical Assistant
Chemistry Lecturer
26 Dokubo, A. (Miss) B.Sc., M.Sc. Biochemistry Assistant
Lecturer

B. Technical Staff
S/NO. NAME QUALIFICATION RANK
1 Mr. S. D. Manuel H.N.D., M.Sc. Chief Technologist
(Contract)

2 Mrs. B.H. Alabo OND, H.N.D, Chief Technologist

MBA (Contract)

3 Mr. D. Bekee B.Sc. Technologist II

PGD Chem. Eng.
4 Mr. O R. Ipaa B.Sc. (Hons.) Technologist II

5 Mrs. I. A. Orlu B.Sc (Hons) Technologist II

6 Mr. A. Gogo B.Sc (Hons) Technologist II

7 Mr.J. B. Tetam B.Sc (Hons) Technologist II

8 Mr. M. Ayibatari First School Laboratory Assistant

Leaving (Contract)
Certificate

260
 C. Administrative Staff

S/NO NAME QUALIFICATION RANK

1 Mrs. A. Echem BSc (Hons) Snr. Confidential

Secretary
2 Mrs. U. Elemelu NABTEB (50 wpm) Chief Secretarial
Assistant
3 Mrs. R. Ogbogbo SSCE Snr. Clerical Officer

6.0 Classification of Examination Offences/ Punishment

S/NO. EXAMINATION MALPRACTICE PUNISHMENTS

I. Bringing into the examination hall and using material relevant to the DISMISSAL
examination except those authorized by the Examiner.
II. Communication in the Examination hall with intent to exchanging “F” SCORE IN THE
information relevant to the examination. COURSE
III. Consulting materials outside the Examination Hall in the course of the SUSPENSION
examination.
IV. Communication through exchange of answer scripts, question papers or any DISMISSAL
other material(s) on which answers to questions have been scribbled or any
other form of communication.
V. Writing an examination on behalf of a candidate or procuring someone to DISMISSAL
write examination for another student, that is impersonation.
VI. Destroying possible evidence for an Examination Malpractice. DISMISSAL
VII. Not sitting at the desk clearly designated for the student at the examination “F” SCORE IN THE
hall or changing the position of the desk without the permission of the COURSE
Invigilator(s).
VIII. Entering the examination hall more than half an hour after the “F” SCORE IN THE
commencement of the examination or leaving the examination hall within the COURSE
last half an hour of the examination.
IX. Failing to remain seated while the Invigilators are collecting the answer “F” SCORE IN THE
scripts at the close of the examination COURSE
X. Smoking in the examination hall “F” SCORE IN THE
COURSE
XI. Refusing to hand over to the Invigilator materials from which the student is DISMISSAL
found copying in cases of suspected examination malpractice.
XII. Refusing to sign on foreign or unauthorized material found on a student in the SUSPENSION
examination hall
XIII. Abusing or physically attacking an Invigilator or being in any way rude to DISMISSAL
him/her in the course of performing his/her duty
XIV. Entering the examination Hall with mobile phones SUSPENSION
XV. Any other misconduct considered by Senate as a malpractice. DETERMINATION
BY SENATE

261
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

262
1.0 CONSTITUENTS/SCOPE
The Postgraduate programmes of the Department of Physics, Faculty of Science,
Rivers State University of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt shall include the
following:
1. Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Geophysics
2. Postgraduate Diploma in Astrophysics
3. Postgraduate Diploma in Environmental & Radiation Protection
4. Master of Science (M. Sc.) in Applied Geophysics
5. Master of Science (M. Sc.) in Astrophysics
6. Master of Science (M. Sc.) in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection
7. Master of Science (M. Sc.) in Solid State Electronics
8. Master of Science (M. Sc.) in Theoretical Physics
9. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) in Applied Geophysics
10. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) in Astrophysics
11. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection
12. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) in Solid State Electronics
13. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) in Theoretical Physics

2.0 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED GEOPHYSICS/ASTROPHYSICS/

ENVIRONMENTAL & RADIATION PROTECTION

2.1 Introduction
The Postgraduate Diploma programme in Applied Geophysics/ Astrophysics/
Environmental & Radiation Protection is designed to meet the Benchmark Minimum
Academic Standards (BMAS) released to all the Nigerian Universities by National
Universities Commission (NUC).

2.2 Programme Philosophy

The main philosophy of the Postgraduate Diploma programme in Applied
Geophysics/ Astrophysics/ Environmental & Radiation Protection is to equip students
with the relevant knowledge for basic understanding and analysis of concepts in
emerging and competitive environments.

2.3 Objectives
i) To serve as a remedial academic programme that will qualify candidates for
higher degrees in Applied Geophysics/ Astrophysics/ Environmental &
Radiation Protection;

ii) To equip graduates with relevant skills for solving problems in Applied
Geophysics/ Astrophysics/ Environmental & Radiation Protection in academia,
public and governments sectors; and

iii) To develop in graduates a sense of inquiry and capacity for independent

research and motivation to extend the frontiers of Applied Geophysics/
Astrophysics/ Environmental & Radiation Protection.

2.4 Employment Opportunities

Graduates with PGD in Applied Geophysics/ Astrophysics/ Environmental &
Radiation Protection will be capable of applying basic theories and concepts in both
public and private organizations. The graduates therefore will be employable in
middle-level positions in public and private sectors.

2.5 Admission Requirements

In addition to the matriculation requirements of the Faculty of Science of this
University, a candidate will be eligible for admission upon the possession of:

263
 i) 5 credits including English Language, Mathematics, Physics and two other
relevant science subjects at O’Level;
ii) Third Class Bachelor’s degree in Physics of the Rivers State University of
Science & Technology or from an approved institution recognised by the
Senate of Rivers State University of Science & Technology may be considered
for admission.
iii) A minimum of Second Class Lower B. Sc/B.Tech. in Mathematics or
Engineering
iv) Holders of Higher National Diploma in Physics with a minimum of Upper Credit
from an approved institution recognise by the Senate of Rivers State University
of Science & Technology may be considered for admission.

2.6 Title of Degree

On completion of all academic requirements for graduation, successful students shall
be awarded Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) in Applied Geophysics/ Astrophysics/
Environmental & Radiation Protection

2.7 Duration of Programme

i) The duration of the full – time PGD programme shall be a minimum of 2
Semester and a maximum of 4 Semesters.
ii) The duration of the part – time PGD programme shall be a minimum of 4
Semester and a maximum of 8 Semesters.

2.8 Requirements for Graduation

To be awarded the Postgraduate Diploma (PGD) in Applied Geophysics/
Astrophysics/ Environmental & Radiation Protection a candidate must register and
pass minimum credit units of Courses, Seminar and Research Project as shown in
the table below24 credit units of courses

Applied Astrophysics Environmental Physics &

Geophysics Radiation Protection
Course Units 30 27 28
Seminar 2 2 2
Research 4 4 4
Project
Total 36 33 34

2.9 Grading System and Examination

(a) A normal 5- point scale shall be adopted. The 5- point scale is as follows:

Score Grade Grade Points

70% and above A 5
60 – 69% B 4
50 – 59% C 3
0 – 49% F 0

(b) A complete mark or score in any course shall be made up of 30% continuous
assessment and 70% of written examination.

(c) To be in a good standing a student must score in each semester a CGPA of

not less than 3.00 on a 5 – point scale.

(d) A student whose CGPA is less than 3.00 or who failed more than 50% of the
course in a session shall withdraw for academic failure (WAF).

264
 (e) Each student will be expected to present a research project.

(f) Each student shall defend the research project before an external examiner.

3.0 Master of Science (M. Sc.) & Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Programmes

3.1 Introduction
The Master of Science (M. Sc) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) degrees in the
Department of Physics with options in Applied Geophysics, Astrophysics,
Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection, Solid State Electronics and
Theoretical Physics are designed for Physics graduates and others who possess
comparable degree of proficiency in Physics. The programme is designed to deepen
the knowledge already obtained by students at their undergraduate level and prepare
them for further research in different specializations in Physics or.

3.2 Philosophy
The M.Sc and Ph. D programmes are designed to develop well grounded
postgraduate students through effective and intensive teaching and research.

3.3 Objectives
(a) Providing requisite training through lectures, seminars, excursions and
researches for potential trainers and developers of manpower in teaching and
research.
(b) Providing avenue for originating relevant theories, concepts, and strategies
needed in resolving Physics problems.
(c) Providing avenue for upgrading of existing logical reasoning and analytical skills
through improved academic and practical capacity building needed for national
development.

3.4 Employment Opportunities

The M. Sc and Ph. D programmes of this department are research oriented and
geared towards empowering the students for career opportunities in:

(i) teaching and research in our Universities and other institutions of learning
(ii) industrial research in private or government agencies
(iii) various technical positions in business, industry or in government.

3.5 Admission Requirements

3.5.1 M.Sc Degree
For admission into the M. Sc programme of the department,
(a) a candidate must have five (5) credit passes including English language,
Mathematics, Physics and two other relevant science subjects at the O’level.

(b) A candidate with a Bachelor’s degree in Physics of the Rivers State University
of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt or other recognized Universities with
a minimum of 2nd Class Lower Division (CGPA of 3.00/5.00) or from any
recognised institution.
(c) Candidates with at least a 3rd Class Degree in Physics and a University PGD
with a CGPA of 3.00/5.00 may be considered for admission.

3.5.2 Ph. D Degree

265
 For admission into the Ph. D programme of the department,
(a) A candidate must have five (5) credit passes including English language,
Mathematics, Physics and two other relevant science subjects at the O’level.
(b) A candidate with a Bachelor’s degree in Physics of the Rivers State University
of Science and Technology, Port Harcourt or other recognized universities
with a minimum of 2nd Class Lower Division (CGPA of 3.00/5.00).
(c) A candidate must possess M. Sc degree in Physics with a CGPA of
3.50/5.00 and dissertation score not lower than 60% (B) of RSUST, or any
other institution recognized by Senate of RSUST.
(d) Presentation of acceptable proposal of which eligible supervisors are
available.

3.5.3 Duration of Programmes

(a) M. Sc Programme
The full-time M. Sc programme shall be a minimum of two (2) semesters and a
maximum of four (4) semesters.

(b) Ph. D Programme

The full-time Ph. D programme shall be a minimum of six (6) semesters and a
maximum of eight (8) semesters.

3.5.4 Programme Requirements

As contained in the Postgraduate School Manual of Administration Procedures.

3.5.5 Requirements for graduation

(a) To be awarded a Master’s degree candidate must pass a minimum of credit
units as shown in the table below:

Applied Astrophysics Environmental Solid State Theoretical

Geophysics Physics & Electronics Physics
Radiation
Protection
Course 35 34 31 34 31
work
Seminar 2 2 2 2 2
Dissertation 6 6 6 6 6
Total 43 42 39 42 39

In addition,
(i) a student must present at least one (1) seminar, submit and defend a
dissertation proposal
(ii) a student shall carry out research in relevant area of specialization,
submit an acceptable dissertation (six credit units compulsory) and
defend before a panel of external and internal examiners.

(b) The doctorate (Ph. D) programmes in the Department are primarily through research.
However, the Departmental Postgraduate Committee may prescribe some courses of
not less than 12 credits units to be taken in the candidate’s area of specialization.

To be awarded the Ph. D degree in Physics in Applied Geophysics or Astrophysics or

Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection or Solid State Electronics or
Theoretical Physics

266
 (i) A candidate must present at least two (2) seminars
(ii) Carry out research in relevant area of specialization and submit an
acceptable thesis
(iii) A Doctoral thesis of 12 credits units must be defended before a panel of
external and internal examiners

3.5.6 Grading System and Examination

A normal 5- point scale shall be adopted. The 5- point scale is as follows:

Score Grade Grade Points

70% and above A 5
60 – 69% B 4
50 – 59% C 3
0 – 49% F 0

a) A complete mark or score in any course shall be made up of 30% continuous

assessment and 70% of written examination.

b) To be in a good standing a student must in each semester a CGPA of not less

than 3.00 on a 5 – point scale.

c) A student whose CGPA is less than 3.00 or who failed more than 50% of the
course in a session shall withdraw for academic failure (WAF).

4.0 Programme Structure

Specialisation Key:
Numbering:
First Digit indicates the level at which the course is offered –
7 – Postgraduate Diploma; 8 – Masters; 9 - Doctorate

Second Digit indicates the subject division as follows

Subject Division Second Digit
Seminar & Research Project 0
General Courses 1
Applied Geophysics 2
Astrophysics 3
Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection 4
Solid State Electronics 5
Theoretical Physics 6

Third Digit indicates the semester in which the course is offered. All first semester
courses have the third digit odd numbers; while all second semester courses have
them in even numbers.

267
PGD in Applied Geophysics
First Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
PHY 711 Mathematical methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 721 Gravity and Magnetic Methods 3
PHY 723 Seismic Methods 3
PHY 725 Electrical and Electromagnetic Methods 3
PHY 727 Borehole Geophysics 3
PHY 729 Petroleum Geology 3
Total 18

Second Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
PHY 722 Digital Filter Theory 3
PHY 724 Physics of the Earth’s Interior & 3
Sedimentology
PHY 726 Advanced Hydrology 3
PHY 728 Geophysical Field Work 1
PHY 700 Seminar 2
PHY 702 Research Work 4
Total 16

PGD in Astrophysics
First Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
PHY 731 Introduction to Stellar Structure and Evolution 3
PHY 733 Solar Physics 3
PHY 713 Classical Mechanics & Special Relativity 3
PHY 715 Electromagnetic Theory 3
PHY 711 Mathematical Methods of Physics 3
Total 15

Second Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
PHY 732 Introduction to Galaxies 3
PHY 734 Fundamentals of Radio Astronomy 3
PHY 736 Light and Telescopes 3
PHY 738 Nuclear Astrophysics 3
PHY 700 Seminar 2
PHY 702 Research Project 4
Total 18

268
PGD in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection
First Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
PHY 711 Mathematical Methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 751 Solid State Physics 3
PHY 741 Radiobiology 3
PHY 743 Solar and Thermal radiation 3
PHY 745 Atomic, Nuclear and Modern Physics 3
PHY 747 Radiation Detection and Dosimetry 3
18

Second Semester
PHY 714 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3
PHY 742 Non- Ionizing radiation 3
PHY 744 Radiation Protection 3
PHY 700 Seminar 2
PHY 702 Research Project 4
15

M.Sc. in Applied Geophysics

First Semester
Course Code Course Title Unit
PHY 811 Mathematical methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 821 Gravity and Magnetic Methods 3
PHY 823 Seismic Methods 3
PHY 825 Electrical and Electromagnetic Methods 3
PHY 827 Borehole Geophysics 3
PHY 829 Petroleum Geology 3
SCI 801 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
Total 20

Second Semester
Course Code Course Title Unit
SCI 802 ICT and Research Methodology 2
PHY 812 Mathematical Methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 822 Digital Filter Theory 3
PHY 824 Physics of the Earth’s Interior & 3
Sedimentology
PHY 826 Advanced Hydrology 3
PHY 828 Geophysical Field Work 1
PHY 800 Seminar 2
PHY 802 Dissertation 6
Total 23

269
Ph. D in Applied Geophysics
Course Code Course Title Unit
PHY 923 Mathematical Physics and Modelling 3
PHY 921 Advances in Geophysical Application 3
PHY 922 Current trend and Emerging Technologies 3
PHY 900 Seminar 3
PHY 902 Thesis 12

M. Sc. in Astrophysics

First Semester
Course Code Units
SCI 801 Management & Entrepreneurship 2
PHY 811 Mathematical Methods of Physics I 3
PHY 813 Classical Mechanics & Special Relativity 3
PHY 815 Electromagnetic Theory 3
PHY 831 Stellar Structure, Evolution & Cosmology 3
PHY 835 Galactic & Extragalactic Astronomy 3
PHY 833 Solar & Planetary Astronomy 3
Total 20

Second Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
SCI 802 ICT & Research Methodology 2
PHY 816 Quantum Mechanics 3
PHY 832 High Energy Astrophysics 3
PHY 834 Radio Astronomy 3
PHY 836 Telescopes 3
PHY 800 Seminar 2
PHY 802 Dissertation 6
Total 22

Ph. D in Astrophysics
The PhD Astrophysics programme shall primarily be by research but a student who
did not take some of the courses offered at the M.Sc. level may be required to take
any two of the elective courses listed below. However seminar is mandatory.

Course Code Course Title Units

PHY 931 Stellar Physics 3
PHY 932 Galactic Astrophysics 3
PHY 933 Extragalactic Astrophysics 3
PHY 934 Advanced Cosmology 3
PHY 935 Radio Astrophysics 3
PHY 936 Astrophysics of the Solar System 3
PHY 937 Optical and Infrared Astrophysics 3
PHY 938 High Energy Astrophysics 3
PHY 900 Seminar 3
PHY 902 Thesis 12

270
M. Sc. in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection

First Semester
PHY 811 Mathematical Methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 815 Electromagnetic Theory 3
PHY 841 Radiobiology 3
PHY 843 Nuclear Physics 3
PHY 845 Environmental Science & Modelling 3
PHY 847 Radiation Detection and Dosimetry 3
SCI 801 Management & Entrepreneurship 2
20

Second Semester
SCI 802 ICT & Research Methodology 2
PHY 842 Non-ionizing Radiation 3
PHY 844 Radiation Protection 3
PHY 846 Environmental Technology 3
PHY 800 Seminar 2
PHY 802 Dissertation 6
19

Ph. D in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection

PHY 941 Mathematical Physics and Modelling 3
PHY 942 Advances in Nuclear Application 3
PHY 943 Current Trend in Nuclear Security 3
PHY 904 Seminar 3
PHY 910 Thesis 12
24

M. Sc. in Solid State Electronics

First Semester
PHY 811 Mathematical Methods for Physicists I 3
PHY 851 Solid State Physics 3
PHY 853 Applied Electronics and Workshop Practice 3
PHY 855 Semi- Conductor Physics 3
PHY 857 Electronics Instrumentation 3
PHY 815 Electromagnetic Theory 3
SCI 801 Management and Entrepreneurship 2
20

Second Semester
SCI 802 ICT and Research Methodology 2
PHY 814 Thermodynamics & Statistical Mechanics 3
PHY 816 Quantum Mechanics 3
PHY 852 Advanced Solid State Physics 3
PHY 854 Advanced Electronics and Circuits 3
PHY 800 Seminar 2
PHY 802 Dissertation 6
22

271
Ph. D in Solid State Electronics
PHY 951 Mathematical physics and Modelling 3
PHY 952 Advances in condensed matter Physics 3
PHY 953 Advances in Electronics Instrument/ Digital 3
Electronics
PHY 900 Seminar 3
PHY 902 Thesis 12
24

M. Sc. in Theoretical Physics

First Semester
Course Code Course Title Units
SCI 801 Management & Entrepreneurship 2
PHY 811 Mathematical Methods for Physicist I 3
PHY 813 Classical Mechanics & Special Relativity 3
PHY 815 Electromagnetic Theory 3
PHY 861 Groups & Representations 3
PHY 863 Numerical & Computational Methods 3
Total 17

Second Semester
Course Course Title Units
Code
SCI 802 ICT & Research Methodology 2
PHY 812 Mathematical Methods for Physicist II 3
PHY 814 Thermodynamics & Statistical Mechanics 3
PHY 816 Quantum Mechanics 3
PHY 862 Fluid Dynamics 3
PHY 800 Seminar 2
PHY 822 Dissertation 6
Total 22

Ph. D in Theoretical Physics

Course Course Title Units
Code
PHY 911 Advanced topics in Fluid Dynamics 3
PHY 912 Advanced topics in Plasma Physics 3
PHY 913 Advanced topics in Quantum Field Theory 3
PHY 900 Seminar 3
PHY 902 Thesis 12
Total 18

Course Descriptions
PGD in Applied Geophysics

PHY 721 Gravity & Magnetic Methods (3 Units)

Ambiguity in interpretation and conditions for uniqueness. Resolution of anomalies.
Limiting formulae. Gravity and magnetic effects of some simple models. Anomaly
characteristics, depth rules, geometrical constructions, and use of integral transforms
computation of gravity and magnetic anomalies for irregular bodies. Regional,

272
residual and vertical derivatives. Upward and downward continuation, and their
uses. Poissons relation between gravity and magnetic potential. Magnetic reduction
to pole. Remanent magnetication in magnetic interpretation. Frequency domain
analysis.

PHY 722 Digital Filter Theory (3 Units)

Signal Theory. Theory of Discrete - Time Linear Systems, Convolution, Correlations,
Special Analysis: Transforms, Power Spectral Analysis, Filtering techniques,
Statistical methods. Application to Geophysical Data Processing.

PHY 723 Seismic Methods (3 Units)

The propagation of elastic wave through solids. The effect of boundaries between
different media. The Raypath method. Detection of ground motion and the theories
of mechanical and electrical seismographs. Advance refraction techniques to
exploration. Data acquisition in modern reflection practice sources: Explosive and
implosive, airgun, sparker and others. Recording system: Source and detector
arrays VIBROSETS. Marine seismic methods. Seismic signal Analysis . Refraction
Seismic interpretation. Specialized interpretation techniques of reflection seismic
data (land and sea). Velocity Spectra, Velocity determination. Static Migration.
Synthetic Seismogram technique. Industrial seismic Data processing.

PHY 724 Physics of the Earth’s Interior & Sedimentology (3 Units)

Topics in solid earth geophysics with emphasis on elasticity and thermal state of the
earth. Physical and chemical characteristics of the earth. Application of Physics and
thermodynamics to earth materials and the use of available observable and
laboratory data to derive information about the state of, and processes in the earth’s
interior. Seismology and the internal structure of the earth. The magnetic field of the
earth: main field and time-varying components. Age and thermal state.
Geochronology. Geodynamics.
Nature and origin of sedimentary rocks. Texture, composition, classification, relative
abundance of the common sediments. Particulate nature of sediments, effective size.
The mediam finest quartile, uniformity coefficient, sorting coefficient, sphericity,
flatness, elongation, roundness, bedding, sediment transport, depositional
environments and processes, classification of environments, geosynclines and
geosynclinals cycle. Plate tectonics.

PHY 725 Electrical & Electromagnetic Methods (3 Units)

Advanced electrical resistivity (E.R). Self-potential (S.P) and the induced polarization
techniques of geophysical prospecting . Data collection, Correction and
consideration of specialized interpretation technique. Application of the electrical
methods in geological mapping, mineral investigation, engineering site investigation,
groundwater and geothermal energy investigations. Electromagnetic theory;
Description of EM fields. Combination of fields. Amplitude and phase relations,
Mutual Inductance. Ground Electromagnetic processing methods; Tilt (or Dip) Angle
Methods, VLF and AFMG-Field Techniques and Interpretation: Types curves and
phasor (Argand) diagrams. Airborne EM methods; Quardrature methods. Long wire
system; AFMAG, VLF and Input methods. Field and Data interpretation
procedures.

PHY 726 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 Units)

Occurrence of groundwater, Groundwater recharge as part of hydrological cycle,
Ground water and well hydraulics. Exploration for groundwater – remote sensing,
geological and geophysical methods, Groundwater extraction – Perforation methods.
Well completion, Well Development. Pumping Test. Water quality and purification.

273
Artificial recharge of groundwater, salt-water intrusion in coastal aquifers. Problems
of water resources planning and management in Nigeria.

PHY 727 Borehole Geophysics (3 Units)

Theories and methods of boreholes geophysics. Well-logging techniques. Log.
Interpretation. Exercises.

PHY 728 Geophysical Field Work (1 Unit)

Each student will work on a given problem using combined geophysical techniques.

PHY 729 Petroleum Geology (3 Units)

Basic elements of Petroleum Systems. Plate tectonics and sedimentary basins.
Names of major sedimentary rock types. Importance of sedimentary environments to
petroleum industry. The origin of petroleum. Hydrocarbon trap types. Define and
describe the important geologic controls on reservoir properties, porosity and
permeability. Petroleum Systems approach. Geologic Principles and geologic time.
Rock and minerals, rock cycle, reservoir properties. Hydrocarbon origin, migration
and accumulation. Sedimentary environments and facies; stratigraphic traps. Plate
tectonics, basin development, structural geology. Structural traps.

PGD in Astrophysics

PHY 731 Introductions to Stellar Structure & Evolution (3 Units)

Properties of Stars; Stellar atmospheres; Stellar interiors; Interstellar medium;
formation and evolution of stars; stellar remnants.

PHY 732 Introductions to Galaxies (3 Units)

Our Galaxy: Morphology, kinematics and dynamics; local stellar motions; local
standard of rest; differential rotation; nuclear Galaxies: Classification; Spectra; Super
massive black holes in galaxies; distances to galaxies. The Hubble law Active
galaxies: Seyfert galaxies; quasars, radio galaxies, accretion by supermassive black
holes; the structure of AGNs and Unified Models; Probing the intergalactic medium.
Superluminal radio sources; clusters of galaxies; galaxy collision; superclusters and
voids. Basic cosmological observations; cosmology according to Newton; cosmology
according to Einstein; metrics of space-time; the Friedmann equation. The history of
the Universe: the consensus model. The accelerating universe; the early universe;
the very early universe.

PHY 733 Solar Physics (3 Units)

The Structure of the sun; the solar atmosphere, solar activity; angular momentum of
the sun; solar magnetic cycle, solar winds and eruptions.

PHY 734 Fundamentals of Radio Astronomy (3 Units)

Introduction to the theory and techniques of radio astronomy: mechanisms of radio
emissions; effects of propagation, antenna theory, interferometry and spectroscopy.

PHY 736 Light & Telescopes (3 Units)

How light behaves sometimes like particles and sometimes like waves; EM waves;
the EM Spectrum; the Doppler effect; photons; the photoelectric effect reflection and
refraction; dispersion; optical telescopes; formation of an image – brightness,
resolution, magnification; detectors – photography, photometers charge coupled

274
devices (CCDs), spectroscopy, adaptive optics, telescope mounts; optical
observatories; radio telescopes; infrared telescopes; UV, X-ray and R-ray telescopes;
Space telescopes.

PHY 738 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 Units)

Origin of the elements, energy generation in stars; big bang nucleosynthesis,
gravitational potential energy; thermal energy; radiative and convective energy
transport in stars; nuclear fusion reactions.

PGD in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection

PHY 741 Radiobiology (3 units)
Properties of ionizing radiation, radiation field, interactions of radiation with matter.
Direct and indirect effects of radiation. Radiobiological effectiveness (RBE) of
different radiations. Some factors that modify the biological effect of radiation. Basic
principles of radioisotope imaging. Generations and principles of acoustic waves.
Detection of ultrasound. Safety of ultrasound. Imaging with ultrasound.

PHY 742 Non-Ionizing Radiation (3 Units)

Ultraviolet radiation, micro wave radiation, electromagnetic radiation x-rays, Bleared
Gamma radiation. Radiometric Units Lasers. Laser operations. Lasing actions, TEM
modes, biological effects: eye damage, skin damage Protection guides and
standards, maximum permissible Exposure (MPE). Safety Measurements, power and
energy. Beam divergence Radiofrequency (RF) and Microwave: Communications,
antennas and antenna gain. G. penetration depth GSM hand-sets and base stations.
Biological Effects. Thermal and Non- Thermal Effects, temperature-humidity index
microwave measurement, survey meters. Protection Guides and standard Maximum
permissible exposure (MPE) Safety.

PHY 743 Solar and Thermal Radiation (3 units)

The sun as a source of energy, Emission and absorption of solar radiation, Stefan-
Boltzmann’s law in solar radiation, measurement of solar radiation, geographical
distribution of solar energy, temperature and heat, heat radiation transfer, entropy,
heat engines and thermal efficiency, thermal pollution source and effects.

PHY 744 Radiation Protection (3 Units)

The external Radiation Hazard and Protection. Time distance and shielding,
monitoring for external radiations (areas and personal). The internal Radiation
Hazard and Protection: Sources and type of airborne contaminants, control of the
internal radiation hazard, exposure reduction, internal dosimetry. Waste Management
of Contamination, protection against contamination (protective clothing,
decontamination of waste disposal, packaging and safe transport of radioactive
materials. Principles to Radiation protection Justification, optimization, dose limit,
international safety standards ICRP, BSs, NNRA, Elements of Radiation protection
programmed in Medicine and dosimetry: Monitoring, Emergency preparedness
planning and response. QA and QC instrument. Training, Audit, Safety of equipment.

PHY 745 Atomic, Nuclear and Modern Physics (3 Units)

This is an introductory course on modern Physics. Topics in atomic structure,
photoelectric effect, black-body radiation, relativity, radioactivity, nuclear structure,
mass spectrometers. Nuclear structure and properties; Nuclear models and nuclear
reactions; vector model of the atom. Nuclear spectroscopy; X-ray spectra; alkali
spectra. Zeeman and Stark effect. Fundamental particles, strong and weak
electromagnetic interactions. Resonance. The hydrogen atom; spin neffect and
relativistic effects. The diatomic molecule; the Frank-Condon principle. Identical

275
particles and symmetry. Many election atoms; coupling schemes and vector models.
Zeeman effect and hyperfine structure. Resonance phenomena; EST and optical
pumping, Messbauer Scattering; x-ray diffraction, microwave methods.

PHY 747 Radiation Detection and Dosimetry (3 Units)

Radiation quantities: Definitions and Units Radiation detection methods: ionization in
gases; Ionization in semiconductors. Scintillation Gamma spectrometry. Neutron
detection. Thermo luminescence. Film Dosimetry, Chemical dosimeter (Fricke).
Particle Track detection, calorimetry, etc. counting statistics dosimetry: External
dosimetry (gamma). Internal dosimetry. Reference Man Patient Dosimetry in
radiographic examination, mammography, fluoroscopy and computed tomography.

COMMON COURSES

PHY 700 Seminar (2 Units)

The Course is expected to give the student the opportunity for independent thought
and expression. The idea is develop the student in the art of seminar presentation.
Choice of topics will be determined by the student’s area of specialization. The topics
are to be studied in detail using Library methods and emphasize recent advances.

PHY 702 Research Project/ Dissertation (6 Units)

Special geophysical in investigation with the report including results and
interpretation being presented dissertation.

PHY 711 Mathematical Methods for Physicist I (3 Units)

Linear vector spaces, subspaces, Bases and dimension. Linear independence and
orthogonality of vectors, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalisation procedure. Linear
operators. Matrix representation. The algebra of matrices, special matrices. Rank of
a matrix. Elementary transformations. Elementary matrices. Solution of linear
equations. Eigen values and eigenvectors of matrices. The Cayley-Hamilton
theorem. Diagonalisation of matrices. Bilinear and Quadratic forms. Principal axis
transformations. Function matrices. Function of a complex variable, properties and
consequences of analyticity. Continuation, multi-functions, contour integrals,
conformal mappings and Fourier transforms. Applications. Cauchy singular integral
equations. Transform methods, complex Fourier transform. Contour integral solutions
of ordinary differential equations. Vector calculus: Differentiation and integration of
vectors; scalar and vector fields. Vector operators: Gradient of a scalar field,
Divergence of a vector field, and Curl of a vector field. Cylindrical and spherical
coordinates. Integral theorems of vector calculus.

PHY 713 Classical Mechanics & Special Relativity (3 Units)

Review of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms of mechanics. Principle of least
action. Variational methods. Canonical transformations and some applications.
Lagrange and Poisson brackets and their applications. Conservation theorems and
angular momentum relation Poisson brackets. Liouvilles’ theorem. Hamilton-Jacobi
equations for Hamilton’s principle and characteristic function. Applications. Rigid
body motion. Special relativity.

PHY 714 Thermodynamics & Statistical Mechanics (3 Units)

Thermodynamics and probability: microscopic versus macroscopic view points, the
laws of thermodynamics, temperature, entropy, free energy etc. Classical statistical
mechanics, ideal gases, Gibbs paradox, microcanonical, canonical and grand
ensembles. Maxwell relations. Non-equilibrium statistical mechanics: Boltzmann
equation, Boltzmann-Grad limit. Phase transitions, order parameters, critical

276
phenomena, Ising model, Potts model, renormalization, symmetry breaking. Desity
matrix: idea of quantum mechanical ensemble. Classical and quantum mechanical
approaches. Distribution functions. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. General
equation of state for ideal quantum states.

PHY 715 Electromagnetic Theory (3 Units)

Electrostatic potential problems. Poisson and Laplace equation. Method of images.
Green’s theorem, multiple expansion. Maxwell’s equations. Scalar and vector
potentions. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in different media, phase velocity,
group velocity and pulse propagation., attenuation, refraction, energy propagation
and transfer, polarization and dispersion, Green’s method, diffraction theory. Simple
radiating systems. Relativistic electrodynamics. Covariant form of EM equations.
Transformation law for EM field.

COMMON COURSES IN M. SC. PHYSICS

SCI 801 Management & Entrepreneurship (2 Units)
This course will cover business environment, general management, financial
management, entrepreneurship development, feasibility studies, marketing and
managerial problem solving.

SCI 802 ICT & Research Methodology (2 Units)

This course should cover essentials of Spreadsheets, Internet Technology, Statistical
Packages, Precision and Accuracy of Estimates, Principles of Scientific Research,
Concepts of Hypotheses. Formulation and Testing, Organization of Research and
Report Writing

PHY 811 Mathematical Methods for Physicist I (3 Units)

Linear vector spaces, subspaces, Bases and dimension. Linear independence and
orthogonality of vectors, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalisation procedure. Linear
operators. Matrix representation. The algebra of matrices, special matrices. Rank of
a matrix. Elementary transformations. Elementary matrices. Solution of linear
equations. Eigen values and eigenvectors of matrices. The Cayley-Hamilton
theorem. Diagonalisation of matrices. Bilinear and Quadratic forms. Principal axis
transformations. Function matrices. Function of a complex variable, properties and
consequences of analyticity. Continuation, multi-functions, contour integrals,
conformal mappings and Fourier transforms. Applications. Cauchy singular integral
equations. Transform methods, complex Fourier transform. Contour integral solutions
of ordinary differential equations. Vector calculus: Differentiation and integration of
vectors; scalar and vector fields. Vector operators: Gradient of a scalar field,
Divergence of a vector field, and Curl of a vector field. Cylindrical and spherical
coordinates. Integral theorems of vector calculus.

PHY 812 Mathematical Methods for Physicist II (3 Units)

Fourier and Laplace transforms. Inverse transforms, convolution theorem. Solution of
ordinary and partial differential equations by transform methods. Series solution of
second order differential equations. Equations of mathematical physics. Green’s
functions for ordinary and partial differential equations of mathematical physics.
Integral equations. Fredholm and Volterra equations of the first and second kinds.
Fredholm theory for non-singular kernel. Asymptotic equations. Regular and singular
perturbation theory. Multi-scale perturbation theory. WKB theory and semiclassics.
Boundary layers and related topics. Applications of nonlinear oscillators. Applications
to partial differential equations and nonlinear waves.

277
PHY 813 Classical Mechanics & Special Relativity (3 Units)
Review of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms of mechanics. Principle of least
action. Variational methods. Canonical transformations and some applications.
Lagrange and Poisson brackets and their applications. Conservation theorems and
angular momentum relation Poisson brackets. Liouvilles’ theorem. Hamilton-Jacobi
equations for Hamilton’s principle and characteristic function. Applications. Rigid
body motion. Special relativity.

PHY 814 Thermodynamics & Statistical Mechanics (3 Units)

Thermodynamics and probability: microscopic versus macroscopic view points, the
laws of thermodynamics, temperature, entropy, free energy etc. Classical statistical
mechanics, ideal gases, Gibbs paradox, microcanonical, canonical and grand
ensembles. Maxwell relations. Non-equilibrium statistical mechanics: Boltzmann
equation, Boltzmann-Grad limit. Phase transitions, order parameters, critical
phenomena, Ising model, Potts model, renormalization, symmetry breaking. Desity
matrix: idea of quantum mechanical ensemble. Classical and quantum mechanical
approaches. Distribution functions. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. General
equation of state for ideal quantum states.

PHY 815 Electromagnetic Theory (3 Units)

Electrostatic potential problems. Poisson and Laplace equation. Method of images.
Green’s theorem, multiple expansion. Maxwell’s equations. Scalar and vector
potentions. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in different media, phase velocity,
group velocity and pulse propagation., attenuation, refraction, energy propagation
and transfer, polarization and dispersion, Green’s method, diffraction theory. Simple
radiating systems. Relativistic electrodynamics. Covariant form of EM equations.
Transformation law for EM field.

PHY 816 Quantum Mechanics (3 Units)

Fundamentals of quantum mechanics. Operators in Hilbert space, basic axioms.
Matrix representation of state vectors and operators, continuous basis. Relation
between a state vector and its wave function. Solution of the linear harmonic
oscillator with operator method. Coherent states. Schrodinger equation and its
applications. Particle in one-dimensional potential well and its energy states; linear
harmonic oscillator; solutions of different one-dimensional barriers and penetration
problems. Free particle wave function, motion of charged particle in a spherically
symmetric field, angular momentum and Eigen functions, energy states associated
with wave functions of a hydrogen atom, expression of Bohr radius. Approximation
methods; time-independent perturbation theory for non-degenerate and degenerate
states. Applications: Anharmonic oscillators, Helium atom, Stark effect in hydrogen
atom. Variational methods. Many body systems. Scattering theory.

PHY 800 Seminar (2 Units)

The Course is expected to give the student the opportunity for independent thought
and expression. The idea is develop the student in the art of seminar presentation.
Choice of topics will be determined by the student’s area of specialization. The topics
are to be studied in detail using Library methods and emphasize recent advances.

PHY 802 Research Project/ Dissertation (6 Credit Units)

Special geophysical in investigation with the report including results and
interpretation being presented dissertation.

278
M. Sc. Applied Geophysics

PHY 821 Gravity & Magnetic Methods (3 Credit Units)

Ambiguity in interpretation and conditions for uniqueness. Resolution of anomalies.
Limiting formulae. Gravity and magnetic effects of some simple models. Anomaly
characteristics, depth rules, geometrical constructions, and use of integral transforms
computation of gravity and magnetic anomalies for irregular bodies. Regional,
residual and vertical derivatives. Upward and downward continuation, and their
uses. Poissons relation between gravity and magnetic potential. Magnetic reduction
to pole. Remanent magnetication in magnetic interpretation. Frequency domain
analysis.

PHY 822 Digital Filter Theory (3 Units)

Signal Theory. Theory of Discrete - Time Linear Systems, Convolution, Correlations,
Special Analysis: Transforms, Power Spectral Analysis, Filtering techniques,
Statistical methods. Application to Geophysical Data Processing.
PHY 823 Seismic Methods (3 Credit Units)
The propagation of elastic wave through solids. The effect of boundaries between
different media. The Raypath method. Detection of ground motion and the theories
of mechanical and electrical seismographs. Advance refraction techniques to
exploration. Data acquisition in modern reflection practice sources: Explosive and
implosive, airgun, sparker and others. Recording system: Source and detector
arrays VIBROSETS. Marine seismic methods. Seismic signal Analysis . Refraction
Seismic interpretation. Specialized interpretation techniques of reflection seismic
data (land and sea). Velocity Spectra, Velocity determination. Static Migration.
Synthetic Seismogram technique. Industrial seismic Data processing.
PHY 824 Physics of the Earth’s Interior & Sedimentology (3 Units)
Topics in solid earth geophysics with emphasis on elasticity and thermal state of the
earth. Physical and chemical characteristics of the earth. Application of Physics and
thermodynamics to earth materials and the use of available observable and
laboratory data to derive information about the state of, and processes in the earth’s
interior. Seismology and the internal structure of the earth. The magnetic field of the
earth: main field and time-varying components. Age and thermal state.
Geochronology. Geodynamics.

Nature and origin of sedimentary rocks. Texture, composition, classification, relative

abundance of the common sediments. Particulate nature of sediments, effective size.
The mediam finest quartile, uniformity coefficient, sorting coefficient, sphericity,
flatness, elongation, roundness, bedding, sediment transport, depositional
environments and processes, classification of environments, geosynclines and
geosynclinals cycle. Plate tectonics.
PHY 825 Electrical & Electromagnetic Methods (3 Credit Units)
Advanced electrical resistivity (E.R). Self-potential (S.P) and the induced polarization
techniques of geophysical prospecting . Data collection, Correction and
consideration of specialized interpretation technique. Application of the electrical
methods in geological mapping, mineral investigation, engineering site investigation,
groundwater and geothermal energy investigations. Electromagnetic theory;
Description of EM fields. Combination of fields. Amplitude and phase relations,
Mutual Inductance. Ground Electromagnetic processing methods; Tilt (or Dip) Angle
Methods, VLF and AFMG-Field Techniques and Interpretation: Types curves and
phasor (Argand) diagrams. Airborne EM methods; Quardrature methods. Long wire

279
system; AFMAG, VLF and Input methods. Field and Data interpretation
procedures.

PHY 826 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 Units)

Occurrence of groundwater, Groundwater recharge as part of hydrological cycle,
Ground water and well hydraulics. Exploration for groundwater – remote sensing,
geological and geophysical methods, Groundwater extraction – Perforation methods.
Well completion, Well Development. Pumping Test. Water quality and purification.
Artificial recharge of groundwater, salt-water intrusion in coastal aquifers. Problems
of water resources planning and management in Nigeria.

PHY 827 Borehole Geophysics (3 Units)

Theories and methods of boreholes geophysics. Well-logging techniques. Log.
Interpretation. Exercises.

PHY 828 Geophysical Field Work (1 Unit)

Each student will work on a given problem using combined geophysical techniques.

PHY 829 Petroleum Geology (3 Units)

Basic elements of Petroleum Systems. Plate tectonics and sedimentary basins.
Names of major sedimentary rock types. Importance of sedimentary environments to
petroleum industry. The origin of petroleum. Hydrocarbon trap types. Define and
describe the important geologic controls on reservoir properties, porosity and
permeability. Petroleum Systems approach. Geologic Principles and geologic time.
Rock and minerals, rock cycle, reservoir properties. Hydrocarbon origin, migration
and accumulation. Sedimentary environments and facies; stratigraphic traps. Plate
tectonics, basin development, structural geology. Structural traps.

M. Sc/Ph. D in Astrophysics

PHY 831 Stellar Structure, Evolution & Cosmology

The physics of stellar atmospheres & interiors; the basic equations of stellar
structure; nuclear processes, stellar evolution, white dwarfs, neutron stars and black
holes. Standard paradigm for the formation, growth & evolution of structure in the
Universe: inflationary origin of density fluctuations; the thermodynamics of the early
universe assembly of structure at late times and current status of observations;
basics of general relativity required to understand essential topics in cosmology.

PHY 832 High Energy Astrophysics

Radiation processes (thermal, synchrotron, bremstrahlung, inverse Compton and
coherent scattering. Equation of state and physical processes at high densities and
high temperatures and applications to final stages of stellar evolution (white dwarfs,
supernovae, neutron stars, pulsars, black holes) and to sources of high energy
radiation (x-ray, gamma ray, cosmic ray and gravitational wave sources).

PHY 833 Solar & Planetary Astronomy

The structure of the sun and its atmosphere; standard solar model, solar
atmospheres; solar magnetic fields, chromospheres & corona, solar winds &
eruptions, solar magnetic cycle & its effect on the Erath. The physical properties of
the planets; the terrestrial & jovian planets; connects, asteroids and other
constituents of the solar system.

PHY 834 Radio Astronomy

Introduction to the theory and techniques of radio astronomy, including radio
emission mechanisms, propagation effects, antenna theory, interferometry, and

280
spectroscope. Discussion of specific topics such as Jupiter, radio stars, molecular
clouds, radio galaxies, extraterrestrial intelligence and microwave background.

PHY 835 Galactic & Extragalactic Astronomy

Our galaxy: morphology, kinematics & Dynamics; local stellar motions, local standard
of rest; differential rotation; determination of rotation curve; nuclear of our galaxy.
Galaxies: overview of components (disk/spheroid, star, gas, dark matter, super
massive black holes; statistical properties (luminosity function, size distribution,
colour distribution, metalicity distribution & the corresponding scale relations; the
physical processes underlying galaxy formation and evolution (Newtonian
perturbation theory, the spherical collapse model, formation & structure of dark
haloes, the virial theorem, cooling processes); statistical tools used to describe large
scale distribution of galaxies (n-point correlation functions, galaxy power spectra,
count-in-cells); galaxy bias.

PHY 836 Telescopes

Optical & infrared telescope: introduction; designs (Refractors, reflectors, prime
focus, Newtonian focus, Cassegrain focus, Coude focus, Nasmyth); Aberrations
(chromatic, spherical, coma, astigmatism); Dealing with aberrations (Ritchey-
Chretien designs, Schmidt telescopes); Mountings (Equatorial, horse-shoe, fork,
York, German, alt-azimuth, transit circle). Adaptive optics, infrared telescope, recent
innovations, radio telescopes: introduction; designs (dish, Array, interferometer);
receives: Space telescope: overview (why necessary, etc).

PHY 931 Stellar Physics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in stellar astrophysics.

PHY 932 alactic Astrophysics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in Galactic astrophysics.

PHY 933 Extragalactic Astrophysics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in Extragalactic
astrophysics.

PHY 934 Advanced Cosmology

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in cosmology.

PHY 935 Radio Astrophysics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in Radio astrophysics.

PHY 936 Astrophysics of the Solar System

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in astrophysics of the
solar system.

PHY 937 Optical &Infrared Astrophysics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in optical and infrared
astrophysics.

PHY 938 High Energy Astrophysics

Lectures and seminars on various areas of current research in High Energy
astrophysics.

281
M. Sc. in Environmental Physics & Radiation Protection
PHY 841 Radiobiology (3 units)
Properties of ionizing radiation, radiation field, interactions of radiation with matter.
Direct and indirect effects of radiation. Radiobiological effectiveness (RBE) of
different radiations. Some factors that modify the biological effect of radiation. Basic
principles of radioisotope imaging. Generations and principles of acoustic waves.
Detection of ultrasound. Safety of ultrasound. Imaging with ultrasound.

PHY 842 Non-Ionizing Radiation (3 units)

Ultraviolet radiation, micro wave radiation, electromagnetic radiation x-rays, Bleared
Gamma radiation. Radiometric Units Lasers. Laser operations. Lasing actions, TEM
modes, biological effects: eye damage, skin damage Protection guides and
standards, maximum permissible Exposure (MPE). Safety Measurements, power and
energy. Beam divergence Radiofrequency (RF) and Microwave: Communications,
antennas and antenna gain. G. penetration depth GSM hand-sets and base stations.
Biological Effects. Thermal and Non- Thermal Effects, temperature-humidity index
microwave measurement, survey meters. Protection Guides and standard Maximum
permissible exposure (MPE) Safety.

PHY 843 Nuclear Physics (3 units)

Size and constitution of the atomic nucleus; Nuclear radii; Semi empirical nucleus
mass formula; Nuclei as Quantum- mechanical systems; Interactions and nuclear
cross sections; Radioactivity; Alpha decay; Radioactive transitions in nuclei; Beta
decay; Internal conversion, Nuclear reactions. Nuclear forces and potentials,
Scattering and Reaction Models, Neutron Physics; Nuclear Models, Fission, Fusion.

PHY 844 Radiation Protection (3 units)

The external Radiation Hazard and Protection. Time distance and shielding,
monitoring for external radiations (areas and personal). The internal Radiation
Hazard and Protection: Sources and type of airborne contaminants, control of the
internal radiation hazard, exposure reduction, internal dosimetry. Waste Management
of Contamination, protection against contamination (protective clothing,
decontamination of waste disposal, packaging and safe transport of radioactive
materials. Principles to Radiation protection Justification, optimization, dose limit,
international safety standards ICRP, BSs, NNRA, Elements of Radiation protection
programmed in Medicine and dosimetry: Monitoring, Emergency preparedness
planning and response. QA and QC instrument. Training, Audit, Safety of equipment.

PHY 847 Radiation Detection and Dosimetry (3 units)

Radiation quantities: Definitions and Units Radiation detection methods: ionization in
gases; Ionization in semiconductors. Scintillation Gamma spectrometry. Neutron
detection. Thermo luminescence. Film Dosimetry, Chemical dosimeter (Fricke).
Particle Track detection, calorimetry, etc. counting statistics dosimetry: External
dosimetry (gamma). Internal dosimetry. Reference Man Patient Dosimetry in
radiographic examination, mammography, fluoroscopy and computed tomography.

PHY 845 Environmental Science & Modelling (3 Units)

PHY 846 Environmental Technology

Environmental technology and Environmental Science. Measurement and Evaluation
of environmental pollution in air, water and land: legal and technical requirements in
the preparation, interpretation of environmental impacts. The procedure and
interdisciplinary nature of environmental analysis. Impact Evaluation, Qualification of

282
Impacts, Fields, Mitigation, Understanding the sources and projects that cause
Environmental degradation Remediation of gaseous pollutants. Removal of gaseous
oxides of nitrogen, Carbon and sulphur. Removal of particulates from moving and
stationary sources. Removal of fluorides complex oxidants and mercury vapour. The
principles of reactions and physical measurements applied for variety of analytical
equipment employed in air quality studies. Practical examples and case studies will
be used. These may include evaluation and analysis of Social and industrial Noise,
Vibration hazards, toxic and radioactive materials. Statistical analysis and modeling
of environmental systems. In-situ and online measurement of environmental
pollution. Types of environmental studies, EIA.EAR. Environmental Monitoring

M. Sc. Solid State Electronics

PHY 751/PHY 851 Solid State Physics (3 units)

Quick review of Crystal structures and crystallographic symmetry. Theory of solids,
Brillouin zones, concept of electrons and holes. Thermal properties: Phonons and
Phenon spectra Optical properties, optical spectra and excitors. Magnetic properties
spin waves and magnetic spectra, Para magnetic resonance. The many body
problems in solid.

PHY 852 Advanced Solid State Physics (3 units)

Elasticity, equations of motions of elastic waves, photons, electrons in crystals, spin
waves, magnons. E-K curves, Block function, Brillouin zones, Semiconductors, Si,
Ge, Ga, As Ambipolar continuity equations, p-n junction capacitance, charge storage,
Schott-ky barriers.

PHY 853 Applied Electronics and Workshop Practice (3 units)

Workshop safety precautions. Basic hand tools and bench work practice. Plain and
cylindrical generation of smooth surface using power operated machines. Selection
and properties of materials used for construction metallic and non-metallic. Metal
joining devices and adhesives and common use. Soldering techniques and wrap
joints. Multi-meters and oscilloscopes. Auto-ranging in measuring instruments. A
survey of the use of electronic circuit devices e.g., diodes, transistors including FET,
integrated circuits, photocells. Selection, use and care of test instruments. Survey of
pick-ups and transducer devices. Basic circuit synthesis and analysis. Pulse circuits.
Instrumentation and measuring techniques: impedance matching. Probes active and
input and output impedance using the scope.

PHY 854 Advanced Electronics and circuits (3 units)

Structure of Matter, Free electron theory and electron emission and theory of solids,
Electrical conduction and transport phenomena. Integrated circuits. Fabrications and
characteristics. Basic Monolithic Integrated circuits, Epitaxial growth masking and
Etching.LSI and MSI Metal Semiconductor contacts. Gun diodes.LSA Mode
operation GUNN Oscillators. Tunnel diodes. IMPATT and TRAPATT Oscillators.
Microwave Transistors. Models scattering parameter design. High frequency diodes.
Limitations in Sensitivity. Noise figure and dynamic range, varactor multipliers.
Parametric amplifiers. Noise in uncooked amplifiers.

PHY 855 Semi- Conductor Physics (3 units)

The elementary properties of semi-conductors; control of carrier density, impurities
and imperfections in crystal and carrier concentration in thermal equilibrium electron
transport phenomena; collisions with crystalline imperfections, constant relaxation
time. Relaxation time as a function of E, etc. Thermal effects in semi-conductors,
thermal conductivity, thermo-electric power, thermo-magnetic effects, etc. diffusion

283
and conduction in extrinsic materials, drift mobility of electrons and holes, etc.
scattering of electrons and holes, change holes; recombination mechanisms;
radioactive recombination, recombination through traps, etc, optical and high
frequency effects in semi-conductors, free carrier absorption, plasma resonance,
emission of radiation from semi-conductors.

PHY 857 Electronic Instrumentation (3 units)

Brief review; passive devices, active devices, two-port network feedback circuits,
transistor oscillator. Circuit models of transistors, FET Applications. Differential
amplifier, small signal analysis, trigger circuits. Operational amplifier band width,
different Integrated circuit; fabrication and testing and thin film and thick film circuits,
passive and active elements. Logic devices and combinational circuits; DL, DTL,
TTL, CMOS, etc. digital integrated circuits, synthesis of combinational Logic Circuits,
FLOP and DE multiplexers. ROM, Sequential Logic Circuits, FLOP Circuits RAM.
Introduction to microprocessors and Logic applications. Network theory. Discrete
electronic systems; Analog and Digital meters, transducers, rate meters (frequency
domain CRO).

M. Sc. in Theoretical Physics

PHY 861 Groups & Representations 3 Units

Basic groups, representation, Schun’s lemma. Representations of finite groups, Lie
groups, Lie algebra. Lorentz and Poincare groups, SU(n), SO(n), spinor
representations, roots, classifications of siple Lie algebras, weights, representations
and Dynkin formalisms.

PHY 862 Fluid Dynamics 3 Units

Euler’s identity and Reynolds transport theorem. The continuity equation and
incompressibility condition. Euler’s equation. Navier-Stoke’s equation. Vorticity.
Energy. Exact solutions for unidirectional flows, Couette flow, Poiseuille flow,
Rayleigh layer, Stoke’s layer. Dimensional analysis. Reynolds number. Derivations
for high and low Rayleigh number flows. Thermal boundary layer on a semi-infinite
flat plate. Derivation of Prandtl’s boundary layer equation and similarity solutions for
flow past a semi-infinite flat plate. Introduction to Rayleigh instability.
Magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) equations, Maxwell stress, magnetic pressure and
tension, flux freezing, magnetic diffusion, magnetic reconnection, Zeldovic rope
dynamo. Conservative laws. Helicity, Taylor relaxation, force-free solutions. Simple
MHD equilibra. MHD waves, Elsasser variables and Elsasser solutions. Lagrangian
MHD, Cauchy solution, action principle. Energy principle. Instabilities: sausage, kink,
interchange instabilities.

PHY 863 Numerical and Computational Method (3 Units)

Representation of integers and real numbers; accuracy, range, overflow and
underflow of number representation, error propagation and instability. Solution of
polynomial equations: bisection, Newton-Raphson algorithm. Solution of linear
equations: Gauss elimination, Gauss-Seidal methods. LU decomposition algorithm;
Chebyshev polynomials and Chebyshev iteration method; conjugate gradient;
convergence analysis; preconditioning. Interpolation schemes, Lagrange
interpolating polynomial. Numerical differentiation and integration, trapezoidal,
Simpson’s formula. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, initial value
problems; Euler, Runge-Kutta formula, error control and adaptive algorithm.
Numerical solution of initial value problems for partial differential equations:
parabolic, hyperbolic, equations; explicit and implicit methods; accuracy, stability and

284
convergence. Elliptic equations, interactive and spectral series methods. Computer
solution of equations; use of packages, mathematica, matlab, etc.

PHY 864 General Relativity 3 Units

Generalization of special relativity. Effects of gravity, curved space-time, metrics,
particle paths as geodesics, light and null geodesics. Curved space-time: Tensors
as a general tool in curved space-time: Tensors as general tool in curved space-
time, geodesic equations, curvature and its description. Geodesic deviation.
Distributed matter and the stress-energy tensor. Einstein equations in general and in
vacuum. Lambda term. Spherically symmetric vacuum solution: Schwarzschild
metric, equation of motion in the Schwarzschild metric equation of motion in
Schwarzschild metric. Properties of the orbits of particles of the orbits of particles
and photos. Infall into a black hole. Even horizon and infinite redshift surfaces.
Weak-field limits: Gravitational lenses, time delays and periastron advance. Binary
pulsa. Gravitational collapse. Rotating black holes. The Kerr metric. Its
singularities and horizons, properties particles and photon orbits, inertial frame
dragging.

PHY 865 Particle Physics 3 Credit Units

The Standard Model: Elementary particles (quarks, leptons, antiparticles and
hadrons). Forces of nature (electromagnetic, strong, weak, gravity), Gauge Bososns
(photons, gluons, W+ and Zo, graviton). Strength and range of interactions.
Theoretical framework. Natural limits. Four vectors. Electromagnetic Interaction:
QED. Feynman diagrams. Vertices. Perturbation theory. Renormalization. Weak
Interactions: Charged currents. Parity violations. Weak interaction of laptons and
quarks. Neutral currents. Electroweak unification and the Glasshow-Weinberg-
Salam model. W+ and Zo bosons. Precision tests of the standard models in e+e-.
Strong Interaction: QCD. Gluons and colour. Properties of QCD (quarks
confinement, asymptotic freedom and hadrons). Strong interaction vertices.
Running coupling constants. Quark model of hadrons: light quark meson. Baryons:
Mesons, masses and magnetic moments. Hardron resonances. The c and b-
quarks. Beyond the Standard Model: the Higgs bosom, Neutrino oscillations. Grand
Unification (proton decay). Supersymmetry.

PHY 866 Non-Linear Dynamical Systems 3 Units

Types of non-linear dynamical systems and connections between them. Poincare
sections, conjugacy and flow equivalence. Review of portraits and the geometry of
solutions to ordinary differential equations. Stability: Liapunov, quasi-asymptotic
stability. Liapunov functions. Liapunov stability theorems and linear: stability (for
distinct eigenvalues). Stationary points in R2. Population models as examples.
Periodic orbits in ordinary differential equations. Statement and explanation of
Poincare-Benedixson theorem. Poincare index and Dulas criterion. Bifurcation
theory (by Taylor’s series) and Hopf bifurcation. Maps of the interval. Fixed points,
periodic points and stability. Staddle-mode and periodic doubling bifurcations.
Chaos: Piecewise linear maps; the tent map; the tent map. Transivity and chaos
(sensitive dependence on initial conditions). Brief description of the maps x-nx (1 –
x), particularly for n = 4, and topological conjugacy. Period three implies existence of
all periods. Statement of Sharkovskii theorem.

PHY 867 Kinetic Theory 3 Units

Basic kinetic theory. Theory of gases. Liouville theorem. BBGKY hierarchy and
derivation of Boltzmann equation. H-theorem, Maxwell’s distribution. Derivation of
fluid equations. Transport: viscosity and thermal diffusivity. Onsager symmetries.
Plasma kinetics: charged particles in electromagnetic field. Kinetics in an external
field. Plasma: charged particles and self-consistent electromagnetic fields. Debye

285
screening. Landau collision integral. Outline of derivation of two-fluid equations and
magnetohydrodynamics. Collisionless plasma in electrostatic field. Dielectric
permittivity, Landau damping, kinetic instabilities, waves. Quasilinear theory and
nonlinear approximations. Kinetics of Gravitating objects. Self-gravitating kinetics and
resultant fluid equations. Invariants of motion and the Jeans theorem. Non-
Maxwellian equilibra. Anisotropic distributions. Kinetics of Quasiparticles. Phonons.
UV catastrophe.

286
 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
IN THE
INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION
(FACULTY OF TECHNICAL AND SCIENCE
EDUCATION)

287
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Institute offers the following Postgraduate diploma programmes:
a. Postgraduate diploma in Education (PGDE)
b. Postgraduate diploma in Technical Education (PGDTE)

The Postgraduate diploma programmes in Education prepares students who have

comprehensive knowledge of their area of specialization to be graduates who have
in-depth knowledge in education and the professional requirements and competence
to adequately teach at appropriate levels of educational system as well as function
effectively in other relevant positions in education.

1.1 Philosophy

The overall philosophy of postgraduate programmes diploma in Education is the

development of professional educators who are social engineers of change through
education either as professional teachers, researchers or managers of educational
institutions and end-user organizations.

1.2 Aims and Objectives

The aims and objectives of postgraduate programmes in Education are to:

a) Develop knowledgeable and professional scholars who will provide leadership in

professional practice and intellectual competence in education.
b) Develop competent researchers in educational theory and practice for the
Nigerian education system.
c) Empower educators who can propel social change through education
intellectually, in attitudes, skills, values, and worldviews.
d) Produce educators who are committed to the transformation of educational
delivery through effective application and utilization of ICT in both national and
global contexts.

2.0 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION PROGRAMMES (PGDE)

2.1 Admission Requirements

Basic admission requirements of postgraduate diploma programmes:

a) All candidates must have a first degree not lower than second class lower
from a recognized University in relevant teaching subjects;
b) A Higher National Diploma (HND) with Education in any of the teaching
subjects obtained at credit level may be considered for admission provided
the University’s matriculation requirements are satisfied;
c) At Higher National Diploma (HND) without Education obtained at credit level
with a 3-year relevant post-qualification experience may be considered for
admission.
d) Candidates with third class degree in Education may be considered for
admission in their areas of specialization.
e) Candidates with 3rd class degree in areas other than Education may be
considered after 3 years relevant post-graduate experience.
f) The university matriculation requirements must be satisfied.

288
2.2 Duration of Programme
(a) The Full-time PGDE programmes should run for a minimum of two semesters
(one academic session) or a maximum of four semesters (two academic
sessions).
(b) The Part-time should run for a minimum of four academic semesters or a
maximum of six academic semesters.
(c) For extension beyond the maximum period, a special permission of the
University Senate shall be required.

2.3 Requirements for Graduation

A candidate must fulfill the following conditions to be awarded the Postgraduate
Diploma in Education.

Pass Prescribed courses

Undertake a three-month practical teaching
Do a project in the area of specialization / teaching subject.

With regard to Postgraduate Diploma project report, an External examiner shall read
and grade the report. The final grade for the report shall be as moderated by the
external examiner.

2.4 Programme Requirements

(a) Registration procedure:
Registration of courses for the semester shall normally by completed by
students not later than two weeks after the start of the semester. Issues of
suspension and withdrawals from programme shall be in accordance with the
regulations of the University.

(b) All Postgraduate students in education must maintain certain status

determined by their academic performances at the end of each semester
Examination.

Students of Postgraduate Diploma in Education must at the end of the session have
a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of not less than 2.50 to be able to stay
on the programme where:

A = 5 - 70+
B = 4 - 60 - 69
C = 3 - 50 – 59
D = 2 - 45 – 49
E = 1 - 40 – 44
F = 0 - below 40

Any score below 50% shall be regarded as a failed course.

2.5 Classification of Diploma

The class of Diploma should determined by the Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) carried at the end of the programme for all Postgraduate Diplomas in
Education as shown below:

289
 CGPA Class of Diploma
4.50-5.00 Distinction
3.50-4.49 Credit
3.00-3.49 Merit
2.50-2.99 Pass
Below 2.50 Fail

2.6 Courses in Postgraduate Diploma in Education

1st SEMESTER
Course Code Description Credit Units
PGD 700 Research Methods 2
PDD 701 History of Educational Dev. In Nigeria 2
PGD 703 Sociology of Education 2
PGD 705 Philosophy of Education 2
PGD 707 Educational Psychology 2
PGD 709 Education and Information Technology 2
PGD 711 Teaching Methods 2
PGD 713 Foundations of Science/Mathematics Education 2
Total 16

2nd SEMESTER
PGD 702 Curriculum and Instruction 2
PGD 704 Teaching Practice 4
PGD 706 Tests and Measurement 2
PGD 708 Guidance and Counseling 2
PGD 710 Educational Administration and Management 2
PGD 792 Project 4
Total 16
* Teaching practice is to hold for 12 weeks

2.7 Courses in Postgraduate Diploma in Technical Education (PGDTE)

1st Semester
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS
PGDTE 700 Research Methods 2
PGDTE 701 History of Educational Development in 2
Nigeria
PGDTE 703 Sociology of Education 2
PGDTE 705 Philosophy of Education 2
PGDTE 707 Educational Psychology 2
PGDTE 709 Education and Information Technology 2
PGDTE 711 Teaching Methods in Technical / Vocational 2
Education
PGDTE 713 Foundations of Technical / Vocational 2
Education
* Elective 1 2
Total 18

290
 2nd Semester
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS
PGDTE 702 Curriculum and Instruction 2
PGDTE 704 Teaching Practice 4
PGDTE 706 Tests and Measurement 2
PGDTE 708 Vocational Guidance 2
PGDTE 710 Management in Technical / Vocational 2
Education
PGDTE 792 Project 4
** Elective 2 2
Total 18

Electives in option chosen: (Choose one option)

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT UNITS
* PGDTE 715 Land Acquisition and Usage in Agrarian 2
Community
** PGDTE 714 Crop Environment and Management 2
* PGDTE 721 Introduction to Building / Wood Works 2
Technology
** PGDTE 724 Building Construction and Maintenance 2
* PGDTE 731 Introduction to Electrical / Electronics 2
Technology
** PGDTE 734 Electrical / Electronics Installation and 2
Maintenance
* PGDTE 741 Introduction to Mechanical Technology 2
** PGDTE 744 Mechanical Plant Maintenance 2

+ Teaching practice is to hold for 12 weeks

Course Description
PGD / PGDTE 704: Teaching Practice – 4 Credit Units
Students should be provided with opportunity for a period of practicalization of
teaching and learning strategies, knowledge, and classroom skills in their subject
areas; implementation and application of learning materials in the classroom situation
for a period of twelve weeks.

PGD / PGDTE 701: History of Educational Development in Nigeria – 2 Credit

Units
A study of western educational practices, indigenous education, formal education in
Nigeria under colonial governance; Different educational ordinances during colonial
government; Post-independence educational polices and practices; The 6-3-3-4
educational system; Universal Basic Education; The global Education for All (EFA)
initiative and its influence on Nigerian Education; The role of international
organizations in Nigerian education; The National Policy on Education and
educational practice.

PGD / PGDTE 702: Curriculum and Instruction – 2 Credit Units

This course will expose the students to the following contents: concepts of curriculum
and Instruction; curriculum planning process; models of curriculum planning;
Methods of Teaching, Learning Resources, Curriculum reforms and agents in

291
Nigeria. Description of domains of educational objectives; principles for effective
teaching and learning; unit of Instruction and Lesson plans.

PGD / PGDTE 703: Sociology of Education – 2 Credit Units

A discussion of the meaning, scope and methods of studying sociology of education
as an academic subject, theories of social interaction and their relevance to
educational theory and practice, meaning and types of socialization, agents of
socialization like family, peer group and religion, education and culture. The
sociology of the school: the school as an agent of social/cultural stability and change.
The professional status of teaching in Nigeria. The Teachers Registration Council
and Professional Registration of Teachers.

PGD / PGDTE 704: Research Methods in Education – 2 Credit Units

The nature and concept of research; types of research; theories in education and
problem formulation; techniques for literature review; types of research design and
instrumentation; techniques for data preparation and presentation, data analysis and
interpretation of results; statistical tools for data analysis, t-test statistic, chi-square
statistic, Analysis of variance, Analysis of Covariance, z-score statistics, ability to
write research reports, hypothesis testing etc.

PGD / PGDTE 705: Philosophy of Education – 2 Credit Units

Meaning of Philosophy of Education; Scope and methods of studying philosophy and
philosophy of education; A study of ideas of selected educational thinkers like Plato,
Rousseau, Azikiwe, Dewey, Nyerer, Aminu Kano, Awolowo, Ukeje; A philosophical
examination of teaching, professionalisation of teaching, ethics of the teaching
profession, discipline in educational practice.

PGD / PGDTE 706: Tests and Measurement – 2 Credit Units

Concepts, definitions and nature of tests, measurement, evaluation, assessment,
etc.; psychometric properties of test-validity, reliability, usability etc.; Types of Tests;
Guidelines for construction of tests of different types; standardized tests, Teachers-
made tests, non-cognitive tests etc. differences between different types of test; test
administration, scoring, grading and interpretation of grades; statistics in education
e.g. concepts, descriptive and inferential statistics; examination bodies in Nigerian
and their roles.

PGD / PGDTE 707: Educational Psychology – 2 Credit Units

Fundamental concepts of learning, study of major theories of learning and their
implications for education, general theories and principles of human growth and
development with special reference to Nigeria; implications of motivation, retention,
readiness and reinforcement for learning.

PGD 708: Introduction to Guidance and Counseling – 2 Credit Units

Concepts, philosophy and historical development of guidance and Counseling in the
educational setting in the world and Nigeria especially. It also examines its nature,
and objectives, theories, methods, strategies, techniques, and services. Students’
needs and problems (educational, vocational and socio-emotional) are x-rayed and
surveyed, and coping measure are proffered for treatment purposes. Psychological
testing is learnt for assessment and diagnostic purposes. Tools for cumulative
records are discussed. Similarly, family, prison, pastoral, industrial, marriage etc. are
treated. Counseling practices are briefly examined to enhance holistic and integrated
personality development of students at this level.

292
PGDTE 708: Vocational Guidance – 2 Credit Units
Concepts, philosophy and historical development of guidance and counseling in the
educational setting in the world. Meaning, nature, rationale, strategies and
techniques of vocational guidance, theories of vocational development and choice,
concept of work and functions, occupational information, determinants of vocational
preferences among students, guidance functions of some school personnel.
Assessment tools for vocational guidance purposes.

PGD / PGDTE 709: Education and Information Technology – 2 Credit Units

The design, process, application and effects of technology on the teaching / learning
situation; systematic production, effective use and evaluation of inexpensive and
local instructional materials for instructional purposes; concept and application of ICT
to teaching; improvisation using local resources and materials.

PGD 710: Educational Management – 2 Credit Units

The concepts of management, administration, planning, supervision and evaluation;
educationa l administration and planning in Nigeria; School and classroom
management, supervision, inspection, budgeting, funding, recruitment practice,
professional development; Politics of education, policy implementation, resources
mobilization and utilization; links between the various sections of education such as
the Federal Ministry of Education, State Universal Basic Education Board and Local
Government Education Authorities.

PGDTE 710: Management of Technical/Vocational Education – 2 Credit Units

Concept of management, Vocational/Technical teacher as a workshop / farm
Manger, Supervisor and Instructor. Desirable traits of an Effective
Vocational/Technical teacher. Facilities planning of a vocational school workshop/
farm, selection, ordering, storage, control of workshop / farm machines, equipment,
tools and materials; safety, accident prevention and occupational hygiene of
workshop / farm users.

PGD / PGDTE 711: Teaching Methods – 2 Credit Units

Students should be exposed to techniques of teaching different subjects using
different methods appropriate to their areas of specialization. Strategies for lesson
and unit planning; statement of instructional objectives; production, utilization and
evaluation of suitable instructional materials to concretize the learn materials.

PGD712: Foundations of Science/Mathematics Education/Business/Adult

Education
The nature of science and science teaching. A review of Secondary
science/Mathematics programs in Nigeria, some other West African Countries and
the USA, objectives of science teaching, Categorizing objectives for evaluation,
Provisions for gifted/ slow learners and for the culturally deprived. The concept,
objectives and nature of business education. A review of Junior secondary school
business education curriculum and teaching. Methods of teaching and evaluation in
business education. The concept, objectives and nature of adult education and
community development. Felt needs and community development. Needs
assessment and community development. Adult education and relationship with
other fields of study. Methods of teaching in adult education.

293
PGDTE 715: Land Acquisition and Usage in Agrarian Community – 2 Credit
Units
Discussion on land tenure system types of land tenure systems, characteristics and
operation. Land use act of Nigeria. Land use and conservation, problems of land
tenure and land allocation, conflicts and conflict management in land acquisition in
agrarian communities.

PGDTE 713: Foundation of Vocational / Technical Education – 2 Credit Units

Development and philosophy of Vocational/Technical Education in Nigeria, principles
and practice of Vocational/Technical education, TVE Programmes in Nigeria
problems facing vocational Technical education in Nigeria. Vocational Technical
agencies in Nigeria.

PGDTE 714: Crop Environment and Management – 2 Credit Units

Principles of conservation of Agricultural resources, principles, and planning for sols
and water resources. Organic matter and the soil. Inexhaustive, replaceable and
irreplaceable natural resources. Examination of conservation resources. Flood and
erosion control etc.

PGDTE 721: Introduction to Building / Wood Works Technology – 2 Credit

Units
Fundamental and advanced work in Building and wood work technology. Basic tools,
use, care and maintenance, types and properties of wood-simple wood work
projects, preparing site, setting our foundations, walls, winter flow, oil flow, door and
windows, roofing, services, sanitation and purification, etc.

PGDTE 724: Building Construction and Maintenance – 2 Credit Units

Forces in various structural members. Foundations, floor constructions,
reinforcement, stairs, building materials, concrete and contracting, maintenance and
renovations. Causes of and symptoms of damaged buildings, and their parts
foundations, floors walls drainage. Administration and management of constructions
sites.

PGDTE 731: Introduction to Electrical /Electronics Technology – 2 Credit

Units
Introduction to electricity-atomic structure; valence electrons, energy band etc.
Electrical Quantities and units (charge, current, voltage, resistance, energy & power),
conductors, insulators, semiconductors. Basic circuit essentials-circuit symbols &
diagrams, circuit laws: Ohm’s law kirchoff’s current & voltage laws; measuring
electrical qualities; use of analog and digital millimeters. Electron emission & types,
semiconductors n-type & p-type materials.
Study of electronics components, valves, diodes, transistors etc. Amplifiers,
oscillators, tuned circuits, power supplies etc.

PGDTE 734: Electrical /Electronics Installation and Maintenance – 2 Credit

Units
Principles of operation, care and maintenance of major household and public
electrical / electronic equipment, refrigerators, air-conditioners, gas/electric cookers,
blenders, public address systems, stereo equipment, radio/TV video machines. Study
of tools and techniques in trouble shooting and repairs of each of the appliances
listed above Auto-radio installations and maintenance for durability. IEE wiring
Installation Regulations for safety.

294
PGDTE 741: Introduction to Mechanical Technology – 2 Credit Units
Metal work, identification of metals, production and use, care and use of hand tools,
work holding devices, drills and drilling, screw cutting and forming. Energy sources
uses, and conversions. Frictions and its effects. Gears and gearing, bells and chain
drives. Changing direction of drives with gear and belts. Boring and driving tools.
Sheet metal work, metal joining fitting. Basic forging processes. Linear and circular
motions conversions. Types of rotary motion, Brake clutches, ratchets, introduction of
machine tools, metal finishing processes, simple hydraulic and pheumtive devices.
Technology appliance based on energy conversion, electrical heat, mechanical,
chemical vice-versa etc.

PGDTE 744: Mechanical Plant Maintenance – 2 Credit Units

General safety regulations in machine shops. Studies on the parts that aid motion in
plants bearing. Definition of operation principles, functions, types, common causes of
failures and maintenance. Lubrication, importance and types of lubricants. Power
transmission, belts and chains, gear drives and shafting, clutches etc. plant handling
cranes, use of inclined manes.

PGD / PGDTE 792: Project – 4 Credit Units

Students are expected to transfer / apply the knowledge, skills and competencies
learnt in the Research methods, to write on topical issues in Education. This serves
as a field experience as they review the existing literature, collect and analyze data
and write the research reports.

295
 POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

INTRODUCTION:
Subject to the general University and Faculty of Technical and Science Education
regulations on higher degrees, the Department of Science and Technical Education
offers courses leading to Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D)
degrees inAgricultural Education

1.0 MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.SC.)

(a) Philosophy

The philosophy of Master of Science (MSc) of the Department of Science and

Technical Education leans heavily on the desirability of increasing substantial content
master of the subject content, understanding of educational theories, research
methodologies, best practices and prepares Nigeria’s next generation of secondary
school, teachers of agricultural science.

(b) Objectives

The broad aims of the degree programmes for the Master degree are:
(ii) To aid personal development of students through deeper and sustained study of
the structure and curriculum of their chosen disciplines.
(iii) To develop in students a deeper knowledge of their chosen subject as well as
skills and techniques required for research.
(iii) To develop the much needed high level manpower who would occupy strategic
positions in education industry in Nigeria in particular and the world at large.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Graduates of this programme will be better to be senior practitioners in agriculture
education at secondary or tertiary level and to take on positions of responsibility that
involve supervising and mentoring other teaching staff.

The graduates also may be found useful in Colleges of Education, Polytechnic or

Industries.

This degree may provide the foundation for PhD study.

(d) Domain
The programme is domiciled in the Department of Science and Technical Education
of the Faculty of Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

(i) A candidate seeking admission into the Full-time/Part-time Master’s
degree programme must possess a Bachelor’s degree with at least a
second class lower division, in the relevant discipline.
(ii) A candidate who holds PGDE, or PGDTE with CGPA of 3.50 or above
in the relevant discipline may apply for the Master’s programme.

(f) Degree to be awarded

The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Master of
Science degree (M.Sc) in Agricultural Education

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

296
 Master’s Degree Programme with Dissertation
Full-Time:
3 Semesters Minimum
5 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
5 Semesters Minimum
8 Semesters Maximum

2.0 Graduation Requirements

In order to qualify for the award of Master of Science (M.Sc) degree, a candidate is
required to complete the courses and satisfy the examiners in courses valued at not
less than 30 credits and not more than a maximum of 40 credits. In case any of the
programmes cannot keep within these limits, the Departmental Postgraduate
Committee can adjust the maximum credits to solve the problem.

Graduation Requirements are:

(a) For Master’s students, examination(s) in prescribed courses, where applicable
shall be on the basis of three hours per written paper.
(b) A Master’s student who is not on clear standing after a qualifying examination
shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination, not later than a
semester after the first attempt, provided that student is on a CGPA of 3.0 on a
five-point grade system.
(c) It is the responsibility of the Supervisory Committee and indeed the major
Supervisor to determine when a Master’s student’s dissertation or thesis,
respectively, is ready for examination. Thereafter four (4) copies of Attestation
form are completed and submitted to the Postgraduate School.
(d) The result of a qualifying examination shall be forwarded, through the Faculty
Postgraduate Committee, through the Faculty Dean to the Postgraduate
School for approval by the Board. In the absence of the Board, the Dean of
Postgraduate School may seek executive approval from the Vice Chancellor.
3.0 Course lettering and Numbering System
The courses, currently being offered by the department are divided into five main
groups identifiable by the middle digits of the course number. These are:

A. Education courses (with middle digit 0)

B. (i) Agricultural Education courses (with middle digit 1)
(ii) Agricultural Administration courses (with middle digit 2)
(iii) Agricultural Community Development courses (with middle digit 3)
(iv) Agricultural Resources and Environment courses (with middle digit 4)

The third digit of the course number identifies the semester (with odd digit for first
semester and even digit for second semester).
The first digit of the course number stands for course level.
The approved courses comprise compulsory core courses in the Department of
Science and Technical Education and specialist courses in the chosen area of study
made up as follows:
Compulsory Core Courses
1. EDU 801 Research Methods in Education - - - -
2units
2. EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research - -
3units
3. EDU 804 ICT Application in Education - - - -
2units

297
4.0 List of Courses

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
Semester 1
COURSE COURSE TITLE UNITS
CODE
EDU 801 Research Methods in Education 2
EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research 3
AED 811 Organization and Supervision of Vocational Education 2
AED 813 Voc. Curriculum Development & Evaluation 2
AED 815 Instructional Strategies in Agricultural Education 2
ADMINISTRATION
AED 821 School Community Relations 2
AED 823 Decision Making and leadership in Vocational 2
Agriculture
AED 825 Agricultural Planning and Development 2
17
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AED 831 Methodology of Extension Education 2
AED 833 Leadership in Extension and Community Development 2
AED 835 Theories and Principles of Community and Rural 2
Development
17
AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT
AED 841 Wildlife and Animal Products Utilization 2
AED 843 Integrated Pest Management and Agricultural 2
Environment
AED 845 Forest and Non-timber resources Management 2
17
Semester 2
COURSE COURSE TITLE UNITS
CODE
EDU 804 ICT Application in Education 2
AED 812 Field Crops Production 2
AED 814 Seminar in Vocational Agricultural Education 2
AED 816 Problems in Vocational Agriculture 2
AED 818 Farm Animal Production 2
ADMINISTRATION
AED 822 Fiscal, Facilities Planning, Financing and 2
Management in Vocational Agriculture
AED 824 Personnel Management, Administration and 2
Supervision in Vocational Agriculture
14
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AED 832 Planning Community Service programmes 2
AED 834 Youth in Agriculture and Community Development 2
14
AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT
AED 842 Agricultural Environment Education 2
FOR 844 Environmental Impact Assessment 3
15

298
 Semester 3

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS

AED 800 Project (Dissertation) 6
Total Number of Units Semester I, II and III 37/38

5. COURSE DESCRIPTION
EDU 801: Research Methods in Education (C) (2Units)
The nature and meaning of educational research. Research problems, research
questions, variables, assumption and hypothesis. The literature search and literature
review. Introduction to different types of research methods: experimental, survey,
historical, ethnographical and case study methods curriculum research and
evaluation. Sampling techniques for different types of research method. Methods of
data collection, validation of instruments. Guidelines for the presentation of research
reports.

EDU 802: Advanced Educational Measurement and Test Construction (E)

(2 Units)
General consideration and issues in measurement and evaluation. Measurement,
scale and scaling models, theory of measurement error; test construction
procedures; item writing analysis and assessment in achievement, aptitude and
non-cognitive tests; principles of measurement, reliability and validity issues,
teacher made tools practical work in test construction, testing and grading,
standardized evaluation procedures Accountability .

EDU 803: Statistical Methods in Educational Research (C) (3Units)

Graphical and numerical summarization of data. Probability and statistics
(descriptive), parametric, inferential and non-parametric. Statistical estimation.
Hypothesis testing. Random processes and significance tests. Measure of
relationships between variables. Experimental design. Analysis of discrete data, non-
parametric tests; t-statistic, ANOVA, ANCOVA Regression Analysis, chi-square and
statistical techniques for post-hoc analysis, application of computer in statistical
analysis; meaning and results of statistical analysis.

EDU 804 – ICT Application in Education (E) (2 Units)

Concept of Management/Information systems. Nature and use of computer system.
Computer technology concept, basic processing/operating systems input/output
devices; word processing. Computer procedures and data organizations. Criteria for
information and data processing in education. Theory and practice of data
management. Practical work should be emphasized.

EDU 800: Project (Dissertation) (C) (6Units)

Selection and completion of a project in an appropriate area of specialization in
teaching subject education under the guidance of a supervisor and presentation of
the project report.

299
AED 811: Organization and Supervision of Vocational Technical Education (C)
(2 Units)
Explanation of the meaning and importance of organization and supervision in
vocational technical education. An appraisal of the current situation in the Nigerian
School system. Theories of vocational education and administration. Quality in
vocational technical education accreditation, inspection, and supervision as
measures of quality. Wastage and wastage factors in vocational education
programmes.
Having an in-depth knowledge of the various principles and concepts in vocational
guidance. The guidance responsibilities of vocational-technical teachers. In-depth
knowledge of the various theories of personality and their relationship with
occupational aspirations and choices of individuals. Data gathering techniques and
interpretation in the schools.

AED 812: Field Crops Production (C) (2 Units)

Environmental conditions for crop production, farm inputs and propagation, crop
protection and other farm operations from land preparation to produce marketing

AED 813: Vocational Curriculum Development and Evaluation (C) (2 units)

Curriculum design relevant to vocational education. Curriculum objectives,
implementation strategies and curriculum evaluation. Approaches to curriculum
planning and analysis of critical factors in vocational education including criterion-
referencing (evaluation of types of doing) and not evaluation of types of thinking
(norm-referencing) alone.

AED 814: Seminar in Vocational Agricultural Education (C) (2 units)

Students are expected to carry out an in-depth study for any topical or contemporary
issues in vocational agriculture education.

AED 815: Instructional Strategies in Agricultural Education (C) (2 units)

The teaching-learning transactions in agricultural education. The delivery process
and teaching in the classroom, school laboratory, out-of-school and farm. Community
oriented instruction. Measurement and evaluation of learning effects and appraisal of
teacher effectiveness. Assessment of interest, personality and attitude inventories as
they affect learning. Accountability and evaluation programmes. Marking and
reporting the result of measurement in vocational agriculture.

AED 816: Problems in Vocational Agriculture Education (C) (2

units)
Students are exposed to challenges and problems faced in vocational agriculture
education. Issues such as finding, personnel, curriculum and general environment. It
also includes government policies as affect effective vocational agriculture education.
Relationship between vocational agriculture education and general education. Other
issues concerns vocational agriculture education.

AED 818: Farm Animal Production (2 Units)

Classification of farm animals, pen preparation, stocking and other management
practices. Homestead fisheries and other agribusinesses such as snail rearing, dry
season vegetable production, bees keeping, etc

AED 821: School Community Relation (E) (2 Units)

Need identification selection and implementation for the improvement of the
community, power structure and alienation studies. Betterment programmes in
community relation, identifying areas of joint ventures in continuing education and
development. Concept and principles of public relation with special reference with the

300
community. Theories and elements of human communications. Concepts of human
psychology. Qualities of a public relations officer. Human resource development and
training methods in public relations including institutions public speech and reports
writing.

AED 822: Fiscal Facilities Planning and Management (E) (2 Units)

Factors in the budgetary process, budget planning, operation, control and evaluation.
Facilities planning and management. Identification and discussion of current funding
sources in vocational-technical education, as well as alternative sources of funding
different vocation education programmes. Budget and budget evaluation in
vocational education. Cost benefit analysis. Current trends and issues in financing
vocational technical Education.

AED 823: Decision Making and Leadership in Vocational Agriculture (E)

(2 units)
Management decision making, forces that affect decision-making, problem-solving
approach to decision-making, management by objective approach to decision-
making network analysis, guides to decision making, leadership and administration
leadership behaviour, and the need for leadership.

AED 824 Personnel Management Administration and Supervision in Vocational

Agriculture Education Programmes (E) (2 Units)

Personnel philosophy, policy and regulations, basic personnel functions related to

vocational technical education, human relations-a matter of attitude and perception.
The teacher as manager of the learning environment, student involvement,
improvement of instruction as a foundation of administration improvement of
instruction through, the use of community resources, improvement of instruction for
persons with special needs, teacher education and improvement of instruction.
Meaning of supervision in vocational technical education, the supervisor, nature of
supervision and its role in vocational technical education, guidelines in the
supervision of vocational education programmes. The role of the teacher, evaluating
the instructional programmes, teaching, in-service programmes and the supervisor.

AED 825: Agricultural Planning and Development (E) (2 Units)

Strategies in agricultural development owner copier, cooperatives, land use and
development, public and private investment in agriculture, zone farming and
allocation land use acts 1917 and 1978.

AED 826: Problems in Vocational Agriculture Education (E) (2 units)

Students are exposed to challenges and problems faced in vocational agriculture
education. Issues such as finding, personnel, curriculum and general environment. It
also includes government policies as affect effective vocational agriculture education.
Relationship between vocational agriculture education and general education. Other
issues concerns vocational agriculture education.

AED 831: Methodology of Extension Education (E) (2 units)

Methods of teaching vocational agriculture to adults’ extension philosophy and
process. Use of community resources for extension education. Instructional media for
teaching and innovation extension and adoption. The 2 – way energic input-output
relationship. Encoding through media to the decoder and the feedback process. The
diffusion process, the channels of adoption.

301
AED 832: Planning Community Service Programme (E) (2 units)
The planning process, need identification and programme execution in the
communities. Community service programmes. Step-by-step approach, from need
identification to programme implementation. Strategies, measures and blue-print for
effectiveness and efficiency of rural and urban community service programmes. Case
studies.

AED 833: Leadership in Extension and Community Development (C)

(2 units)
Theories and principles of leadership. Types and forms of leadership. Characteristics
and functions of a community leader. Leadership in extension and rural development.
Rural social organization and development. The agriculture teacher as a leader,
community change agent and rural development expert.

AED 834: Youth in Agriculture and Community Development (C)

(2 units)
The concept of youth. Philosophy and objectives of youth extension and community
development programmmes. Role of youth in agriculture and community
development. Youth development programmes in agriculture. Planning,
implementation and evaluation of youth development programmes.

AED 835: Theories and Principles of Community and Rural Development (C)
(2 units)
Theories and principles of community development, process, policies and
programmes of community development in Nigeria. Women in agriculture and
community development. Community development agencies – local and
international.

AED 841: Wildlife and Animal Products Utilization (E) (3 units)

Identification and study of the various uses of wildlife and animal products and by-
products.
The importance of wildlife in our society, various function of wildlife – recreation,
economic, social, health etc. Factors responsible for loss of biodiversity in the Natural
ecozones of wildlife habitation. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) in forests,
marine waters and wetlands.
The study of the various uses of sea foods and other organisms and materials from
ponds, estuaries, sea, river continental shelf, ocean etc. including microscopic
organisms and materials.

AED 842: Agricultural Environment Education (E) (3 Units)

Exposure of the different activities of man within the human and sub-human
ecosystem-agricultural, mining, waste management, manufacturing, industrial,
construction etc. and the impact of such activities on agriculture and natural
resources. Technical report writing and dissemination of agricultural environment
research results to end users and the public through seminars, conferences,
workshops, journals, mass media and the different extension teaching methods.
Various theories and practices of conservation of agricultural resources. Agricultural
Land resources, soils and forest resources, water resources, atmosphere resources
and their various conservation methods and techniques. Renewable and non-
renewable natural resources, problems associated with the activities of man within
the human and sub-human ecosystem e.g. depletion of natural resources, debasing
of the natural ecosystem etc.

302
AED 843: Integrated Pest Management and Agricultural Environment (E)
(2 Units)
Study of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) and its impact on agricultural
environment; pesticides, Herbicides, Nematicides, Burning etc. The Agricultural
environment – air, soil and water. The soil resources and nutrient cycles. Insect pest
mode of infestation and description from class to species. Pest other than insects in
agricultural environment.

AED 845: Forest andNon-timber Resources Management (E) (2 units)

Introduction to forest products and their characteristics (woody and Non-woody) e.g.
Mushroom production, honey production, snail production, chewing sticks, ropes,
medicinal plants etc. Non- timber products and rural development.

FOR 844: Environmental Impact Assessment (C) (3 units)

Definition, Principles, Practice and rapid appraisal methods. Laws for resources
Conservation and Protection, socio-economic impact monitoring Administrative
Procedures and planning/decision making case studies

303
 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

The degree of Ph.D emphasizes research and specialization in a field of

scholarship.This could be undertaken in a specialized branch of Agricultural
Education.

1(a) Philosophy

Education is a dynamic phenomenon connected with the increasing interest of the

people and changing needs of the society. One of the biggest challenges facing
higher education today is the dearth of qualified academics with the relevant PhD
qualification and professional base to raise a new generation of academic human
resource to take charge of the academic programmes in Nigerian Universities.

The programme is also expected to develop specialized knowledge and skills and
further develop the spirit of enquiry, leading to the attainment by the student of a high
level of expertise in Agricultural Education.

(b) Objectives
The aims of this programme are to prepare students to:
(i) understand the field of Agricultural Education in terms of theory and practice,
research, curriculum design and student learning
(ii) conduct original research that generates new knowledge about the teaching and
learning of Agriculture and
(iii) assume leadership roles in Agriculture Education including teacher education,
discipline-based research, and curriculum and instruction.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Academic and research career opportunities include teaching or lecturing,
conducting of post-doctoral research or working for employers in
manufacturing industries or research institutes. Non – Academic Career
opportunities with a PhD degree vary depending on the students’ chosen
subject and specializations.

(d) Domain
The programme is domicile in the Department of Science and Technical
Education in the Faculty or Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

A candidate for Ph.Dprogramme shall:

(i) Possess a Master’s degree with a CGPA of 3.50 or above, in a five-point
system, in a relevant discipline obtained from the Rivers State University
of Science and Technology or any other recognized institution of higher
learning of equivalent status.
(ii) Present himself or herself for a qualifying interview if need be.

(f) Degree to be awarded

The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) in Agricultural Education

304
(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course
units

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Programme with Thesis

Full-Time:
6 Semesters Minimum
10 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
8 Semesters Minimum
12 Semesters Maximum

2 Thesis requirements
(a) A PhD candidate shall carry out an extensive literature review followed by
laboratory and / or field work
(b) A PhD candidate may present his/her thesis for a viva voce examination only
when the major Supervisor is satisfied that the student has done enough work
for a PhD. The Department shall then forward to Postgraduate School the
thesis title and the name of an External Examiner for consideration by the
Board and subsequent approval by Senate.
(c) A thesis considered inadequate or unworthy for the award of Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) by the External Examiner may be awarded M.Phil or be
resubmitted after a period not exceeding two semesters. The final arbiter in
this regard is the External Examiner.

In the Ph.D Programme, each course work shall be assessed on the basis of written
examination and each seminar shall be assessed on the basis of presentation of at
least four publishable papers. In addition, the students are required to present and
successfully defend a doctoral thesis.

3. List of Courses
First Semester
Course No Course Title Units
EDU 901 Advanced Research Methods II 2
EDU 903 Advanced Educational Statistics II 2
AED 911 School and Technology Transfer In Agriculture 3
AED 913 Youth Programmes 3
AED 915 Women, Agriculture and Environmental Changes 2
Total No. of Units 12

Second Semester
Course No Course Title Units
AED 912 Seminar in Vocational Agricultural Education 3
AED 914 Seminar in Youths and Agricultural Development 3
AED 916 Seminar in Production Agriculture 3
AED 918 Seminar on Analysis of Teaching Agricultural 3
Education
Total No. of Units 12
SECOND AND THIRD YEARS
Course No Course Title Units
AED 900 Doctoral Thesis 20
Total Number of Units Semester I and II 44

305
4. COURSE DESCRIPTION

EDU 901 - Advanced Research Methods II (3

Units)
The concept and nature of research; scientific processes in research; problem
definition, variable identification; sources of research topics; hypotheses formulation;
and theory construction techniques for literature review; principles of design,
Research instruments, data collection, techniques for data analysis and presentation
of results. Candidates must be introduced to computers and data analysis; analytical
software and techniques in education. The orientation must be practical throughout
as candidates are guided to prepare tentative research proposals they must present
and defend individually in class; techniques of research reporting, and research
proposal writing.

EDU 903 - Advanced Educational Statistics II (2 Units)

Concept of educational statistics; the role of statistic in education; descriptive
statistics and the various areas of application in education; classroom data, school
records, school demography, social relations in school; school administration and
finances; Inferential statistics; population and sampling theory; non-parametric
statistic in education; hypothesis assumptions, types, applications and limitations.
The nature of parametric statistics, types and applications in education; statistical
models in education, application and limitations (correlation, univariate and
multivariate analysis of educational data) , the nature of significant tests, problems of
inferences. Candidates must be taught to utilize computer in various phases of this
course and to be familiar with various analytical software. Emphasis must be placed
on educational and practical application of basic statistical concepts in various
educational disciplines.

AED 911 School and Technology Transfer in Agriculture (3

units)
Indigenous technologies, meaning, definition, role of indigenous transfer in
agriculture, types of indigenous technology. Role of the school in indigenous
technology development and transfer in agriculture. The agricultural Science teacher
strategies for the development of indigenous technologies. Effects of new
technologies and development programme on rural peasants. Constraints to the
development of modern technologies. Appropriate and inappropriate agricultural
technologies uses and transfer.

AED 912 Seminar on Vocational Agricultural Education (3 units)

Students should be able to identify issues affecting vocational agricultural education,
topical issues in relation to development and its place on national development.

AED 913 Youth Programmes (3 units)

Development of educational projects for in and out of school youths in agriculture,
Home Economics and other technical and vocational projects. Volunteerism and
inculcation of practical skills in youths. Principles of leadership, formation and
maintenance of youth organization.

AED 914 Seminar on Youths and Agriculture (3 units)

Seminars on in and out-of-school youths, youth organization, leadership in relation to
agricultural and national development.

306
AED 915 Women, Agriculture and Environmental Changes (2 units)
Establish relationship among women, agriculture and environmental changes. Role
of women in agriculture. Effects of environmental changes on agricultural production.
Effects of development programmes on the environment, roles and responsibilities of
rural people. Formation of gender roles and expectations developed and change.
Examination of theoretical models linking geder roles and development at the level of
individual behaviour, roles, responsibilities and decision - making in house – hold
relative to stability and changes in the wider society.

AED 916 Seminar on Production Agriculture (3 units)

Emphasis should be on any aspect of production agriculture, covering crop, animal,
soil improvement diseases and pest management. Looking at benefits, constraints
and the way forward.

AED 900 - Doctoral Thesis (20 units)

The Ph.D. Thesis shall be based on research into a significant problem related to
candidates’ area of interest with special bias in Agricultural Education.

LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT/ UNIVERSITY WHO WILL BE INVOLVED

IN TEACHING COURSES IN THE PROGRAMME WITH THEIR QUALIFICATIONS
AND RANKS.

5. LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT

1. Dr. A. U. Nnodim NCE, B.SC, M.SC. Senior Agricultural Education

Ph.D Lecturer (Extension)
2 Dr. N.S Amadi A.A.S, B. SC, B.A, M. Senior Mathematics,
SC, M.sc, Ph.D Lecturer Agricultural. Education
and mechanization
3. Dr. B. S. Nlebem HND, PGDE, M.ED., Lecturer II Agricultural. Education
Ph.D, (Administration)
4. Mr. A.I.A.Ekezie B.Sc., M.Ed. Senior. Vocational Agricultural
Lecturer Education
5. Mr. H. L. Deekor B.SC., M.ED., M.ED. Senior Vocational Agricultural
Lecturer Education and
Community
Development.

LIST OF STAFF FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS

S/NO. NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
STAFF
1. G. N. Emah B.SC, M.SC, Ph.D Professor Agric Extension
2. N. H. Ukoima B.SC, M.SC, PH.D Professor Forest Pathology
3. Dr. M. T. V. BSc, MSc, PhD Senior Plant Breeding
Adeleke Lecturer Reproduction & Tissue
Culture
5. Dr (Mrs.) A. I. PGDE, PH.D Senior Plant Breeding
Nwaonuala Lecturer

307
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
S/NO. NAME QUALIFICATIONS JOB DUTIES
DESIGNATI PERFORMED
ON
1. MRS. DIP, B.SC DATA SECRETARIAL
ROSEMARY OFFICER OFFICER
VICTOR AMAH (COMPUTER)

308
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN SCIENCE EDUCATION

INTRODUCTION:
Subject to the general University and Faculty of Technical and Science Education
regulations on higher degrees, the Department of Science and Technical Education
offers courses leading to Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D)
degrees in Science Education with the following options:

i Biology Education
ii Chemistry Education
iii Physics Education

1.0 MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.)

(a) Philosophy
The philosophy of Master of Science (M.Sc) of the Department of Science and
Technical Education leans heavily on the need for increasing substantial content
mastery of the subject, understanding of educational theories, research
methodologies, best practices in pedagogy and the need to prepare future generation
of secondary school science teachers.

(b) Objectives

The broad aims of the degree programmes for the Master degree are:
(i) To aid personal development of students through deeper and sustained study
of the structure and curriculum of their chosen disciplines.
(ii) To develop in students a deeper knowledge of their chosen subject as well as
skills and techniques required for research.
(iii) To develop the much needed high level manpower who would occupy
strategic positions in education industry in Nigeria in particular and the world
at large.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Graduates of this programme will be better senior practitioners in science education
at secondary or tertiary level as well as take on positions of responsibility that involve
supervising and mentoring other teaching staff.

The graduates also may be found useful in Colleges of Education or Polytechnic or

Industries.
This degree may provide the foundation for PhD study in Science Education

(d) Domain
The programme is domiciled in the Department of Science and Technical Education
of the Faculty of Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

(i) A candidate seeking admission into the Full-time/Part-time Master’s degree

programme must possess a Bachelor’s degree with at least a second class
lower division, in the relevant discipline.
(ii) A candidate who holds PGDE, with CGPA of 3.50 or above in the relevant
discipline may apply for the Master’s programme.

309
(f) Degree to be awarded and the areas
The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Master of Science
degree (M.Sc) in Science Education

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course units

Master’s Degree Programme with Dissertation
Full-Time:
3 Semesters Minimum
5 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
5 Semesters Minimum
8 Semesters Maximum

1.1 Graduation Requirement

In order to qualify for the award of Master of Science (M.Sc) degree, a candidate is
required to complete the courses and satisfy the examiners in courses valued at not
less than 30 credits and not more than a maximum of 40 credits. In case any of the
programmes cannot keep within these limits, the Departmental Postgraduate
Committee can adjust the maximum credits to solve the problem.

Graduation Requirements are:

(a) For Master’s students, examination(s) in prescribed courses, where

applicable shall be on the basis of three hours per written paper.
(b) A Master’s student who is not on clear standing after a qualifying examination
shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination, not later than a
semester after the first attempt, provided that student is on a CGPA of 3.0 on
a five-point grade system.
(c) It is the responsibility of the Supervisory Committee and indeed the major
Supervisor to determine when a Master’s student’s dissertation or thesis,
respectively, is ready for examination. Thereafter four (4) copies of Attestation
form are completed and submitted to the Postgraduate School.
(d) The result of a qualifying examination shall be forwarded, through the Faculty
Postgraduate Committee, through the Faculty Dean to the Postgraduate
School for approval by the Board. In the absence of the Board, the Dean of
Postgraduate School may seek executive approval from the Vice Chancellor.

1.3. Course lettering and Numbering System

The courses, currently being offered by the department are divided into two main
groups identifiable by the middle digits of the course number. These are:

A. Education courses (with middle digit 0)

B. Science Education Courses (with middle digit 2)

The third digit of the course number identifies the semester (with odd digit for first
semester and even digit for second semester).
The first digit of the course number stands for course level.

The approved courses comprise compulsory core courses in the Department of

Science and Technical Education and specialist courses in the chosen area of study
made up as follows:

310
Compulsory Core Courses
1. EDU 801 Research Methods in Education - - - 2units
2. EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research - 3units
3. EDU804 ICT Application in Education - - - 2units

(i) List of Courses

Semester 1
Course No Course Title UNITS
EDU 801 Research Methods in Education 2
EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research 3
EDU 805 Curriculum Theory, Planning, Development and 2
Evaluation
SED 821 Instructional Strategies and Laboratory Techniques 2
SED 823 Learning Theories and Science Teaching 2
CHEMISTRY (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES)
CHS 811 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3
SED 825 Inorganic Chemistry 3
SED 827 Organic Chemistry 3
CHS 831 Advanced Environmental Chemistry 3
17
BIOLOGY (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES)
ZOO 861 Entomology 3
MAR 827 Marine Invertebrates 3
EVB 819 Wildlife Ecology and Conservation 3

17
PHYSICS (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES)
PHY 825 Quantum Mechanics 3
PHY 823 Classical Mechanics 2
PHY 829 Electromagnetic Theory 3
16/17

Semester 2
Course No Course Title UNITS
EDU 802 Advanced Educational Measurement and Test 3
Construction
EDU 804 ICT Application in Education 2
SED 824 Curriculum Trends in Science Education 2
SED 826 Advanced Seminar in Science Education 2

CHEMISTRY (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES)

CHS 826 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3
SED 826 Analytical Chemistry 3
SED 828 Industrial Processes and Chemical Technology 3
CHS 844 Instrumental Chemistry Analysis 3
15
BIOLOGY (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES)

311
 ENT 864 Biology Systematic & Management of plant pest 3

BIO 814 Plant and Animal Ecology 3

MAR 830 Marine Environmental Physiology 3
15
PHYSICS (CHOOSE ANY TWO COURSES. NOT
MORE THAN ONE OF TWO UNITS)
PHY 872 Electronics 3
PHY 862 Modern Physics 3
PHY 834 Microprocessor & Digital Systems 2
PHY 846 Nuclear Physics 3
PHY 856 Nuclear Radiations and their Applications 2
14/15

Semester 3
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
SED 800 Research Dissertation 6
Total Number of Units Semester I, II and III 36/37

1.4 COURSE DESCRIPTION

EDU 801: Research Methods in Education (C) (2Units)

The nature and meaning of educational research. Research problems, research
questions, variables, assumption and hypothesis. The literature search and literature
review. Introduction to different types of research methods: experimental, survey,
historical, ethnographical and case study methods curriculum research and
evaluation. Sampling techniques for different types of research method. Methods of
data collection, validation of instruments. Guidelines for the presentation of research
reports.

EDU 802: Advanced Educational Measurement and Test Construction (E)

(2 Units)
General consideration and issues in measurement and evaluation. Measurement,
scale and scaling models, theory of measurement error; test construction
procedures; item writing analysis and assessment in achievement, aptitude and
non-cognitive tests; principles of measurement, reliability and validity issues,
teacher made tools practical work in test construction, testing and grading,
standardized evaluation procedures Accountability .

EDU 803: Statistical Methods in Educational Research (C) (3Units)

Graphical and numerical summarization of data. Probability and statistics
(descriptive), parametric, inferential and non-parametric. Statistical estimation.
Hypothesis testing. Random processes and significance tests. Measure of
relationships between variables. Experimental design. Analysis of discrete data, non-
parametric tests; t-statistic, ANOVA, ANCOVA Regression Analysis, chi-square and
statistical techniques for post-hoc analysis, application of computer in statistical
analysis; meaning and results of statistical analysis.

EDU 804 – ICT Application in Education (E) (2 Units)

Concept of Management/Information systems. Nature and use of computer system.
Computer technology concept, basic processing/operating systems input/output
devices; word processing. Computer procedures and data organizations. Criteria for
information and data processing in education. Theory and practice of data
management. Practical work should be emphasized.

312
EDU 805: Curriculum Theory, Planning, Development and Evaluation (C)
(2Units)
An examination of curriculum theory with special attention paid to competing value
positions and to the techniques employed in curriculum development. Different views
on curriculum and their implications for science curriculum development; examination
of the major curricular efforts in Nigeria in the USA, in the UK and a selected Eastern
bloc countries. Practical experiences in the development of a science curriculum in a
chosen field. A practicum in design of curriculum materials. The concepts of
formative and summative evaluation as applied to curriculum development and
cognitive, affective and psychomotor achievement of recipients of components of the
developed curriculum.

SED 800: Project (Dissertation) (C) (6Units)

Selection and completion of a project in an appropriate area of specialization in
teaching subject education under the guidance of a supervisor and presentation of
the project report.

SED 821: Instructional Strategies and Laboratory Techniques (C) (2 Units)

This course deals with issues concerning strategies for teaching and learning,
considering old and new methods of teaching. The main content includes; an
overview and comparism of old and new methods of science teaching, including the
trends, problems and issues of relating the separate and combined subject discipline.
Science process skills and their place in the teaching/learning situation. The
influence of language in the teaching of science. Techniques of preparing science
laboratory reagents and solutions, including standard solutions and their
management (now proposed as an aspect of the science teacher’s responsibility).
Utilization of science facilities, improvisation; use of models in instruction.
Researches on science teaching and their implications.

SED 823: Learning Theories and Science Teaching (C) (2Units)

The nature of science and knowledge acquisition, Theoretical views on learning;
Perspectives on behaviourism, constructivism, and constructionist. Application of
learning theories to teaching. Application of learning theories in science teaching,
modern trends in science teaching.

SED 824: Curriculum Efforts and Trends in Science Education (C) (2Units)
The course traces the growth and development of science education in the Western
World and presents a comparative perspective between developments inside and
outside Nigeria. At least two case studies, one in Nigeria and the other outside, will
be made in a comparative way to highlight the characteristic features of the cases as
innovations. New trends in Science Education Curriculum, teaching, instructional
materials, and evaluation will be considered. The course outline includes: historical
perspective; science curriculum change; curriculum, trends in science teacher
education; Student will be required to do case reports on at least two curricular
reforms (one local and the other foreign).

SED 826: Advanced Seminar on Science Education Research (C) (2Units)

The primary objective of this course is to equip the prospective students who would
become science education practitioners with skills for appreciating and assessing
high quality science education research. The course would present an overview and
a survey of the major dimensions of science education research with a view to
highlighting the characteristics of a good research and the applications in practice.

313
The important areas of research would include cognitive development, teacher
behaviour, instructional strategies, case studies, learning, alternative conceptions
and curriculum development. Students would be required to critique, design part of or
execute mini studies during the course. The teaching approach would be through
seminar, discussions and assignments.

BIOLOGY EDUCATION

ZOO 861 Entomology (3Units)

Insects as Arthropods: Anatomy (external and internal) and physiology of insects,

growth and metamorphosis of insects. Evolution and classification of insects and a
general survey of insect orders with representative species. Laboratory and field
exercises covering the above and also collecting, mounting and preserving insects. A
survey of insects of economic importance in Nigeria. Principles and techniques in the
control of insects. Pest control and the environment. Integrated pest management.
Principles of resistance. Residue problems. Laboratory and field exercises on the
above.

ENT 864: Biology Systematic & Management of Plant Pest (3 Units)

Introduction; identification, distribution, host plants, biology, damage and control of
insects and mite pests of field crops, vegetables and orchards; other important
vertebrate and invertebrate pests; implementation of IPM technology to increase per
acre yield.

MAR 827: Marine Invertebrates (3 Units)

A broad overview of the diversity of marine invertebrates and to enable students
conduct independent desk study on biology/ecology of marine invertebrates.
Classification of marine invertebrates; Biological and ecological aspects of the life
cycle of selected species in detail including reproductive biology, larval development,
larval feeding and nutrition. Factors controlling larval supply of recruitment may be
considered; Current status of aquaculture for invertebrate species as well as
biological criteria for selecting species for culture practices should be mentioned
especially in crustacean and mollusk culture; Overview of taxonomy of marine
invertebrates; Biology, life cycle and ecology of a range of marine invertebrates from
Protozoa to Echinoderms; Ability to handle and analyse data and write a report from
literature to communicate generated information in the form of an essay.

MAR 830: Marine Environmental Physiology (3 Units)

Lectures and reading assignments will provide the basic physiological information
needed to understand the nature of environmental physiology. Lectures will cover the
major topic areas relating to environmental adaptations of animals (primarily but not
exclusively vertebrates) to four sets of important physical – chemical variables: Water
and solutes, temperature and animals, gases and animals, light and animals.
Reading assignments will be correlated with lecture topics. Laboratory projects will
be necessary.

EVB 819: Wildlife Ecology & Conservation (3Units)

Wildlife as a natural resource. Classification of wildlife based on habitat preference.
Ecological zones / biomes of Nigeria and their wildlife – fishes, amphibians, reptiles,
birds, and mammals. Economic importance of wildlife. Zoonosis. Factors responsible
for wildlife depletion. Population Ecology of wildlife. Field methods of studying wildlife
ecology in open and forest habitats. Conservation of natural resources. History of
conservation of nature. Conservation status of species (satisfactory, vulnerable,

314
threatened, endangered, and extinct species). Ecological niches of wildlife; exotic
species, endemic, flagship, keystone species, indicator species (with examples).
Conservation techniques: In situ and exsitu conservation, Zoo management.
Taxidermy. Domestication of wildlife. Protected areas of Nigeria. (Including Ramsar
sites), Ecotourism. Wildlife agencies / organizations and laws - IUCN, CITES, WWF,
Concepts and elements of Biodiversity. CBD, Biodiversity hotspots. Ecosystem
services of Nigerian forests and savanna.

BIO 814 Plant and Animal Ecology (3 Units)

The study of the structure and function of various plant communities and the ecology.
Nigerian vegetation: mangrove, rain forest, savannah, desert and semi-desert
regions. Plant productivity. Methods of surveying and measuring vegetation.
Qualitative and quantitative analysis of plant communities pattern analyses,
ordination and classification. Analysis of vegetation and environmental factors.
Competition in plant communities and systems analyses. Characteristic fauna of the
major ecological biomes. Climax communities. Micro habitats and riches of major
animal groups. Zoogeography. Population Dynamics. Interaction between species
among species. Ecological genetics, adaptive strategies for size, growth sex,
reproduction, life expectancy etc concepts of energy budgets. R and K selection.
Optimization theory and optimal foraging succession.

CHEMISTRY EDUCATION

SED 825 Inorganic Chemistry (3 Units)

Periodic table and periodicity. General properties and comparative study of Groups I
– VII. Noble gases. Chemistry of transition elements. Introduction to Radiochemistry.

SED 827 Organic Chemistry (3 Units)

Electronic and field effects: - Inductive, mesomeric and time-variable effects; steric
effects, hyperconjugation. Types of reactions; Reaction mechanisms. Functional
group chemistry: hydrocarbons, alcohols, carbonyl compounds, amines. Alicyclic,
Aromatic and Heterocyclic Chemistry. Stereoisomerism, photochemistry.

SED 826 Analytical Chemistry (3 Units)

Theory of errors, statistical evaluation of experimental data. Theory of sampling,
sample pre-treatment, chemical methods of analysis-volumetric, gravimetric and
other physicochemical methods. Optical methods of analysis. Theory and application
of separation techniques-distillation, crystallization, solvent extraction, sublimation
flotation, complexation, electrophoresis, chromatography.

SED 828 Industrial Processes and Chemical Technology (3 Units)

Production of primary intermediates and synthesis of industrial organic chemicals,
polymers, adhesives, dyes, explosives, insecticides, pesticides, herbicides, flavouring
agents and pharmaceuticals. Fermentation process. Heat and mass processes.
Single and multiple isothermal chemical reactors. Non-isothermal reactors. Ideal-
stage and non-ideal stage separation techniques in chemical process operations.

CHS 811 Applied Inorganic Chemistry (3 Units)

Systematic study of groups IA – VIIA and their compounds. Noble gases. Processing
and industrial applications of inorganic substances.

CHS 826 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3 Units)

Functional groups: alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, alcohols, alkyl halides,
ethers, carboxylic acids, esters, aldehydes, ketones, polyaromatic hydrocarbons and

315
macromolecules. Electronic effects: electronegativity, bond polarization, inductive
and mesomeric effects and resonance. Chemistry of aromatic compounds.
Nucleophilic and electrophilic reactions. Stereochemistry.

CHS 847 Advanced Environmental Chemistry (3 Units)

Atmosphere, hydrosphere and terrestrial environments. Carbon, nitrogen and sulphur
cycles. Air, water and land pollution. Solid mineral resources. Hazardous and solid
wastes. Crude oil pollution. Principles of toxicology and risk assessment.
Environmental ethics.

CHS 844 Instrumental Chemical Analysis (3 Units)

Atomic spectroscopy: Atomic absorption spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, Uv-
visible spectroscopy and fluorescence. Molecular spectroscopy: infrared
spectroscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance. Chromatography.

PHYSICS EDUCATION
PHY 823 Classical Mechanics (3 Units)
Variational Principles, Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s formulations of mechanics, rigid
body motion, canonical transforms. Hamilton-Jacobi theory and special theory of
relativity.

PHY 829 Electromagnetic Theory (3 Units)

Electrostatics and magneto statics. Potential theory, theory of constitutive relations.
Maxwell’s equations. The wave equation: plane electromagnetic wave cavities.

PHY 834 Microprocessor & Digital Systems (2 Units)

Basic operational amplifier applications. Differential D.C amplifier, Stable AC coupled
amplifier, Electronic Analog computation, and Active filters. Band-pass filters. Delay
Equalizer. Integrated circuit. Tuned amplifier. Video amplifiers. Standard gate
assemblies. Binary adders. Decoder, data selector, Encoder ROM, and its
applications. Shift Registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous counters. Applications of
counters. MOS/LSI Digital system. RAM D/A and A/D systems.

PHY 846 Nuclear Physics (3 Units)

Size and constitution of the atomic nucleus, Nuclear radii, semi-empirical nuclear
mass formula, nuclei as quantum-mechanical systems, interactions and nuclear
cross sections, radioactivity, alpha decay, radioactive transitions in nuclei, beta
decay, internal conversion, nuclear reactions. Nuclear forces and potentials,
scattering and reaction models, neutron physics, nuclear models. Fission, fusion.

PHY 856 Nuclear Radiations and their Applications (2 Units)

Interactions of charged particles with matter. Radiation induced excitations and
reactions. Radiation dosimetry, X-ray in nuclear decay processes, neutron sources.
Fission reactors. Neutron activation analysis.

PHY 825 Quantum Mechanics (3 Units)

Heisenberg uncertainty principle. The concept of nuclear atom. Development of wave
mechanics. Schrodinger’s wave equation. Observable operators and expectation
values. BriergyBigen values. Dirac Bra-Ket notation. Solution to problems Tunneling
effects and decay. Angular momentum, magnetic modernist. The formal structure of
quantum mechanics. The wave equation in three dimensions. Atoms in external
magnetic field. Spin, addition of angular momenta and identical particles. Scattering

316
theory. Quantum effects in gases, liquids and solids. Bose-fermi distributions at very
low temperatures Base-Einstein condensation. Fermi surface.

PHY 862 Modern Physics (3 Units)

Special Relativity; Defects in Newtonian mechanics; the speed of light; the Lorentz
transformation; Transformation of velocities. Experimental basis of quantum theory;
Black body radiation, Electrons and quanta; Bohr’s theory of atomic structure; De
Broglie hypothesis, the uncertainty principle; Schrödinger’s variational principles,
Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s formulations of mechanics, rigid body motion, canonical
transforms. Hamilton – Jacobi theory and special theory of relativity.

PHY 863 Nuclear Physics (3 Units)

Static properties of nuclei. Nuclear size and shape. The nucleus as a quantum-
mechanical system. Nuclear force and the two- nucleon problem. Shell theory and
energy levels. Structure of complex nuclei. Buen –even nuclei, odd-even nuclei and
Odd-odd nuclei. Masses and binding energies of nuclei. Semi-empirical mass
formula. The liquid drop model. Nuclear decay and reaction processes. Nucleon
emission and Alpha decay. Beta decay. Gamma-ray emission. Internal conversion.
Compound – nucleus reactions. Direct reactions. Interactions of ionizing radiation
with matter. Experimental methods of nuclear physics. Introduction to elementary
particles.

PHY 872 Electronics (3 Units)

Voltage doublers, voltage Regulators, silicon controlled Rectifiers, A.C. Voltmeters,
Diode as detectors. Class A, B and C amplifiers. Feed back in amplifiers.
Characteristics of negative and positive feedback. Oscillator circuits. Phase shift
oscillators. Wien Bridge Oscillators. Quartz crystal oscillators, modulation and
demodulation. Amplitude, Phase and frequency modulation. Pulse code modulation.
Modulators and demodulators. Super-het-system. Transmitters. Operational
amplifiers. Analog computers.

317
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN SCIENCE EDUCATION

The degree of Ph.D emphasizes research and specialization in the field of Science
Education.

1(a) Philosophy
Education is a dynamic phenomenon connected with the increasing interest of the
people and changing needs of the society. One of the biggest challenges facing
higher education today is the dearth of qualified academics with the relevant PhD
qualification and professional base to raise a future generation of academic human
resource to take charge of the academic programmes in the Universities.

The programmes are also expected to develop specialized knowledge and skills and
further develop the spirit of enquiry, leading to the attainment by the student of a high
level of expertise in a specific area of Science Education.

(b) Objectives

The aims of this programme are to prepare students to:

(i) Understand the fields of Science Education in terms of theory and practice,
research, curriculum design and student learning.

(ii) Conduct original research that generates new knowledge about the teaching
and learning of Science. And

(iii) Assume leadership roles in Science Education including teacher education,

discipline-based research, and curriculum and instruction.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Academic and research career opportunities include teaching or lecturing,

conducting of post-doctoral research, or research roles in Industries. Non –
Academic Career opportunities with a PhD degree vary depending on the
students’ chosen subject and specializations.

(d) Domain
The programme is domicile in the Department of Science and Technical
Education in the Faculty of Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

A candidate for Ph.Dprogramme shall:

(i) Possess a Master’s degree with a CGPA of 3.50 or above, in a five-
point system, in a relevant discipline obtained from the Rivers State
University of Science and Technology or any other recognized institution
of higher learning of equivalent status.

(ii) Present himself or herself for a qualifying interview if need be.

318
(f) Degree to be awarded
The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) in Science Education in the following areas of
specialization:

a) Biology
b) Chemistry
c) Physics

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Programme with Thesis

Full-Time:
6 Semesters Minimum
10 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
8 Semesters Minimum
12 Semesters Maximum

2. Thesis requirements
(i) A PhD candidate shall carry out an extensive literature review followed
by laboratory and / or field work

(iii) A PhD candidate may present his/her thesis for a viva voce
examination only when the major Supervisor is satisfied that the
student has done enough work for a PhD. The Department shall then
forward to Postgraduate School the thesis title and the name of an
External Examiner for consideration by the Board and subsequent
approval by Senate.

(iv) A thesis considered inadequate or unworthy for the award of Doctor of

Philosophy (PhD) by the External Examiner may be awarded MPhil or
be resubmitted after a period not exceeding two semesters. The final
arbiter in this regard is the External Examiner.

In the Ph.DProgramme, each course work shall be assessed on the basis of

written examination and each seminar shall be assessed on the basis of
presentation of at least four publishable papers. In addition, the students are
required to present and successfully defend a doctoral thesis.

3. List of Courses
First Semester
Course No Course Title Units
EDU 901 Advanced Research Methods II 2
EDU 903 Advanced Educational Statistics II 2
EDU 905 Curriculum Theory and Practice 3
SED921 Teaching Science Technology and Mathematics (STM) 3
SED 923 The Nature of Science and Science Teaching 2
Total Number of Units Semester I 12

319
 Second Semester
Course No Course Title Units
SED 924 Seminar in Secondary Education Curriculum 3
SED 926 Seminar in Teacher Education Curriculum 3
SED 922 Seminar on Analysis of Teaching Science 3
Total No of Units 9
Second and Third Years
SED 900 Doctoral Thesis 20
Total Number of Units Semester I and II 40

4. COURSE DESCRIPTION
FIRST SEMESTER

EDU 901 - Advanced Research Methods II (3 Units)

The concept and nature of research; scientific processes in research; problem
definition, variable identification; sources of research topics; hypotheses formulation;
and theory construction techniques for literature review; Principles of design,
Research instruments, data collection, techniques. Data analysis and presentation of
results. Candidates must be introduced to computers and data analysis; analytical
software and techniques in education. The orientation must be practical throughout
as candidates are guided to prepare tentative research proposals they must present
and defend individually in class; techniques of research reporting, and research
proposal writing.

EDU 903 - Advanced Educational Statistics II (2 Units)

Concept of educational statistics; the role of statistic in education; descriptive
statistics and the various areas of application in education; classroom data, school
records, school demography, social relations in school; school administration and
finances; Inferential statistics; population and sampling theory; non-parametric
statistic in education; hypothesis assumptions, types, applications and limitations.
The nature of parametric statistics, types and applications in education; statistical
models in education, application and limitations (correlation, univariate and
multivariate analysis of educational data), the nature of significant tests, problems of
inferences. Candidates must be taught to utilize computer in various phases of this
course and to be familiar with various analytical software. Emphasis must be placed
on educational and practical application of basic statistical concepts in various
educational disciplines.

EDU 905 - Curriculum Theory and Practice (3 Units)

This is an advanced course in curriculum theory and practice. It examines the
concept of theory and theorizing in curriculum development and their applications. It
further deals with the approaches to curriculum construction, and institutionalization.
It will also take a critical look at the Science Technology and Mathematic curriculum –
offering in Nigeria at the primary, secondary and tertiary levels and their relevance.
Research trends in the diffusion of innovation both social and psychological shall be
analyzed.

SED 921 - Teaching Science, Technology and Mathematics (STM) (3 Units)

This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge of the nature and
scope of the subject so that they can appreciate the relevance of the subject in the
contemporary society.

320
The course deals with areas such as: the concept and meaning of the subject; the
philosophy and objectives of the subject; the importance of the subject; Historical
development of the subject in Nigeria; problems of teaching and learning of
Science/Technology / Mathematics learning experiences required for teaching and
learning of Science/Technology/Mathematics; a critique of the curriculum of
Science/Technology/Mathematics; methods of teaching and learning of the
Science/Technology/Mathematics; Resources (including the textbooks) for teaching
and learning of Science/Technology/Mathematics; Evaluation techniques and
procedures; future of Science/Technology/Mathematics in Nigeria, etc.

SED 922 - Seminar in Analysis of Teaching in Science Education (3 Units)

This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge of the rudimentary and
basic issues in the science of teaching and instruction and their application in
bringing about improved learning outcomes.

SED 923 - The Nature of Science and Science Teaching (2 Units)

A survey of the historical development of science. Philosophical issues relating to the
scientific concept: examination of such concepts and scientific explanation, inductive
and deductive reasoning. Nature of scientific laws and theories; analysis of the
structure of science and science teaching.

SED 924 - Seminar in Secondary Education Curriculum (3 Units)

This course is designed to expose the students to several issues concerning the
secondary education curriculum. It deals with such issues as: the goals and
objectives of secondary education in Nigeria as stated in the National Policy in
Education; innovations in the secondary education system; Burning issues in the
secondary schools in Nigeria; innovations in the curriculum offering of Science,
Technology and Mathematics; Historical development of secondary education in
Nigeria, Resources for teaching and learning in the secondary schools, Quality
assurance in the secondary education system, methodology of instruction at the
secondary education level, Evaluation of instruction at the secondary education
system, future of secondary education in Nigeria etc.

SED 926 - Seminar in Teacher Education Curriculum (3 Units)

This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic knowledge issues in
teacher education curriculum. Such issues include: the goals and objectives of
teacher education in Nigeria; a critique of teacher education curriculum in Nigeria;
Historical development of teacher education in Nigeria; curriculum delivery systems
in teacher education in Nigeria; Methodology of instruction in teacher education;
Evaluation techniques; Quality assurance in teacher education, the future education
in Nigeria, etc.

SED 900 - Doctoral Thesis (20 units)

The Ph.D Thesis shall be based on research into a significant problem related to
candidate’s area of interest or special bias in Science Education.

321
5. LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT/UNIVERSITY WHO WILL BE
INVOLVED IN TEACHING COURSES IN THE PROGRAMME WITH THEIR
QUALIFICATIONS AND RANKS.

(i). LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT

S/O. NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
1. Ahiakwo, M. J NCE, B.Ed. PH.D Professor Science Education
(Chemistry)
2. (Mrs.) J. I. B.A. M.Sc, Professor Science Education
Alamina PH.D. (Chemistry)
3 Maduabum, M. A. B.Sc, M.Sc., Professor Science Education
PGDE, M.Ed (Biology)
PH.D.
4 Aginaobu, T. N. NCE, B.Ed, M.Ed, Professor Science Education
Ph.D (Curriculum Theories)
5 Dr. G. A. Odili NCE., B.SC. Reader Mathematics
M.Ed., PH.D Education
6 Dr. (Mrs.) M. D. NCE, DIP, B.SC Lecturer I Science Education
Omeodu (ED.), M.ED. , (Mathematics,
PH.D. Physics)

(ii) LIST OF STAFF FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS

S/NO. NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
STAFF
1 Ogbalu, O. K B.Sc, MSc, Ph.D Professor Entomology
2 Fekarurhobo, G. B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D Professor Photo chemistry
K.

3 Izonfou, W.A.L. B.SC, M.SC, Professor Instrumental

Ph.D
4 Israel – Cookey, B.Sc, MPhil, Ph.D Professor Mathematics
C
5 Asuru, Prof. V. A B.Sc, M.Ed, LLD, Professor Educational
BL, Ph.D Measurement &
Evaluation
6 Obire, O B.Sc, MSc, PhD Professor Microbiology
andQuality Control
7 Akani, G. C. B.ED, MPhil, PhD Professor Plant and Animal
Ecology
8 Omubo –Pepple HND, M.Phil, Professor Physics
Ph.D
9 Dr. I. R. Jack B.Sc, Ph.D Reader Chemistry
10 Dr. Alabraba HND, M.Phil, Reader Physics
Ph.D
11 Dr. E. H. Etuk B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Reader Statistics
12 Dr. E. N. U. B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Senior Mathematics
Ekaka Lecturer
13 Dr. N. Boisa B.Sc, M.Phil, Senior Chemistry
MRes, Ph.D Lecturer
14 Dr. C. C. Obunwo B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D Reader Environmental

322
 Chemistry
15 Dr. S. A. B.Sc, MPhil, PhD Senior Microbiology and
Wemedo Lecturer Quality Control
16 Dr. E. Amos B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Lecturer I Mathematics

(iii) ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO NAME QUALIFICATIONS JOB DUTIES
. DESIGNATION PERFORMED
1. MRS. DIP, B.SC DATA SECRETARIAL
ROSEMARY OFFICER OFFICER
VICTOR AMAH (COMPUTER)
2. MRS CHINDA, B.SC HIGHER ADMINISTRATIO
PATIENCE EXECUTIVE N
AMADI OFFICER
3 MRS. COMFORT DIP., NABTEB CHIEF SECRETARIAL
CHISARAM ADVANCE SECRETARIAL
NJIKA ASSISTANT

323
MASTER OF SCIENCE M.Sc in MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

INTRODUCTION:
Subject to the general University and Faculty of Technical and Science Education
regulations on higher degrees, the Department of Science and Technical Education
offers courses leading toMaster of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Mathematics Education

1. MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.)

(a) Philosophy

The philosophy of Master of Science (M.Sc) of the Department of Science and

Technical Education leans heavily on the desirability of increasing substantial content
mastery of the subject, understanding of educational theories, research
methodologies, best practices in pedagogy and prepare future generation of
secondary school mathematics teachers.

(b) Objectives

The broad aims of the degree programmes for the Master degree are:
(i) To aid personal development of students through deeper and sustained study
of the structure and curriculum of their chosen disciplines.
(ii) To develop in students a deeper knowledge of their chosen subject as well as
skills and techniques required for research.
(iii) To develop the much needed high level manpower who would occupy
strategic positions in education industry in Nigeria in particular and the world
at large.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Graduates of this programme will be better to be senior practitioners in science,

technical, agriculture and mathematics education at secondary or tertiary level and to
take on positions of responsibility that involve supervising and mentoring other
teaching staff.

The graduates also may be found useful in Colleges of Education or Polytechnic.

This degree may provide the foundation for PhD study in Mathematics

(d) Domain
The programme is domiciled in the Department of Science and Technical Education
of the Faculty of Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

(i) A candidate seeking admission into the Full-time/Part-time Master’s

degree programme must possess a Bachelor’s degree with at least a
second class lower division, in the relevant discipline.
(ii) A candidate who holds PGDE, or PGDTE with CGPA of 3.50 or above
in the relevant discipline may apply for the Master’s programme.

324
(f) Degrees to be awarded and the areas

The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Master of

Science degree (M.Sc) in Mathematics Education

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

Master’s Degree Programme with Dissertation

Full-Time:
3 Semesters Minimum
5 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
5 Semesters Minimum
8 Semesters Maximum

2. Graduation Requirement
In order to qualify for the award of Master of Science (M.Sc) degree, a candidate is
required to complete the courses and satisfy the examiners in courses valued at not
less than 30 credits and not more than a maximum of 40 credits. In case any of the
programmes cannot keep within these limits, the Departmental Postgraduate
committee can adjust the maximum credits to solve the problem.

Graduation Requirements are:

(a) For Master’s students, examination(s) in prescribed courses, where

applicable shall be on the basis of three hours per written paper.

(b) A Master’s student who is not on clear standing after a qualifying examination
shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination, not later than a
semester after the first attempt, provided that student is on a CGPA of 3.0 on
a five-point grade system.

(c) It is the responsibility of the Supervisory Committee and indeed the Major
Supervisor to determine when a Master’s student’s dissertation or thesis,
respectively, is ready for examination. Thereafter four (4) copies of Attestation
form are completed and submitted to the Postgraduate School.

(d) The result of a qualifying examination shall be forwarded, through the Faculty
Postgraduate Committee, through the Faculty Dean to the Postgraduate
School for approval by the Board. In the absence of the Board, the Dean of
Postgraduate School may seek executive approval from the Vice Chancellor.

3. Course lettering and Numbering System

The courses, currently offered by the department are divided into five main groups
identifiable by the middle digits of the course number. These are:

A. Education courses (with middle digit 0)

E. Mathematics Education Courses (with middle digit 3)

The third digit of the course number identifies the semester (with odd digit for first
semester and even digit for second semester).
The first digit of the course number stands for course level.

325
The approved courses comprise compulsory core courses in the Department of
Science and Technical Education and specialist courses in the chosen area of study
made up as follows:

Compulsory Core Courses

1. EDU 801 Research Methods in Education - - - -
2units
2. EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research - -
3units
3. EDU 804 ICT Application in Education - - - -
2units

4. List of Courses
Semester 1
Course No Course Title UNITS
EDU 801 Research Methods in Education 2
EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research 3
EDU 805 Curriculum Theory, Planning, Development and Evaluation 2
MED 831 Psychological Basis of Mathematics Education 2
MED 833 Trends in the Learning and Teaching of Mathematics 2
MTH 807 Algebra for Education Students 3
MTH 809 Functional Analysis for Education Students 3
17

Semester 2
Course No Course Title UNITS
EDU 802 Advanced Educational Measurement and Test Construction 2
EDU 804 ICT Application in Education 2
MED 834 Advanced Learning and Teaching of Mathematics 2
MED 836 Advanced Seminar in Mathematics Education 2
MTH 802 Partial Differential Equation 3
MTH 804 Complex Analysis 3
14

Semester 3
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
MED 800 Research Dissertation 6
Total Number of Units Semester I, II and III 37

5. COURSE DESCRIPTION

EDU 801: Research Methods in Education (C) (2Units)

The nature and meaning of educational research. Research problems, research
questions, variables, assumption and hypothesis. The literature search and literature
review. Introduction to different types of research methods: experimental, survey,
historical, ethnographical and case study methods curriculum research and
evaluation. Sampling techniques for different types of research method. Methods of
data collection, validation of instruments. Guidelines for the presentation of research
reports.

326
EDU 802: Advanced Educational Measurement and Test Construction (E)
(2 Units)
General consideration and issues in measurement and evaluation. Measurement,
scale and scaling models, theory of measurement error; test construction
procedures; item writing analysis and assessment in achievement, aptitude and
non-cognitive tests; principles of measurement, reliability and validity issues,
teacher made tools practical work in test construction, testing and grading,
standardized evaluation procedures Accountability .

EDU 803: Statistical Methods in Educational Research (C) (3Units)

Graphical and numerical summarization of data. Probability and statistics
(descriptive), parametric, inferential and non-parametric. Statistical estimation.
Hypothesis testing. Random processes and significance tests. Measure of
relationships between variables. Experimental design. Analysis of discrete data, non-
parametric tests; t-statistic, ANOVA, ANCOVA Regression Analysis, chi-square and
statistical techniques for post-hoc analysis, application of computer in statistical
analysis; meaning and results of statistical analysis.

EDU 804 – ICT Application in Education (E) (2 Units)

Concept of Management/Information systems. Nature and use of computer system.
Computer technology concept, basic processing/operating systems input/output
devices; word processing. Computer procedures and data organizations. Criteria for
information and data processing in education. Theory and practice of data
management. Practical work should be emphasized.

EDU 805: Curriculum Theory, Planning, Development and Evaluation (C)

(2 Units)
An examination of curriculum theory with special attention paid to competing value
positions and to the techniques employed in curriculum development. Different views
on curriculum and their implications for science curriculum development; examination
of the major curricular efforts in Nigeria in the USA, in the UK and a selected Eastern
bloc countries. Practical experiences in the development of a science curriculum in a
chosen field. A practicum in design of curriculum materials. The concepts of
formative and summative evaluation as applied to curriculum development and
cognitive, affective and psychomotor achievement of recipients of components of the
developed curriculum.

MED 800: Project (Dissertation) (C) (6 Units)

Selection and completion of a project in an appropriate area of specialization in
teaching subject education under the guidance of a supervisor and presentation of
the project report.

MED 831: Psychological Basis of Mathematics Education (E) (2Units)

The course discusses the learning theories of Bruner, Ausubel, Gagne and
Kruttiskyetc and their implications for mathematics teaching. The work of Piaget and
its relevance to mathematicsfor development in children cognitive research into
growth and development in mathematics education. Concept formation and
attainment; learning retention and recall; creative thinking personality and learning.
Problem-solving in mathematics education concepts and application. Cognitive
development studies and implications for mathematics teaching and learning.

327
MED 833: Trends in the Learning and Teaching of Mathematics (C) (2Units)
Changes in mathematics curricula 1950 through 1980. Internal and external factors
responsible for change. The new primary and secondary school mathematic
curricula; features and modality for implementation. Curricular ferment across the
nations of the world, future development in mathematics education, ethno
mathematics.

MED 834: Advanced Learning and Teaching of Mathematics (C) (2Units)

Strategies in pre-primary and secondary school mathematics, factors affecting
learning and teaching of mathematics. National policy on education; objectives at
pre-primary and secondary and the role played by mathematics to achieve any of
them. Evaluation in mathematics students’ evaluation. Teacher evaluation, planning
for effective instructions. Unit plan/lesson plan. Strategies for teaching mathematics.
Concepts, generalization, proofs, skills, problems solving, construction, the use of
mother tongue.

MED 836: Advanced Seminar in Mathematics Education Research (C) (2Units)

An overview and a survey of the some dimensions of mathematics education
research on teacher behaviour, research of children’s characteristics, research on
context variables, research on mathematics learning outcomes, cognitive
development research, alternative conceptions research. Implication of research for
theory building and for practice. Critique of research in mathematics education.
Future research in mathematics education. The teaching approach would be through
seminar, discussions and assignments.

MTH 807 Algebra (3 Units)

Groups; definition, examples including permutation groups, subgroups, cosets.
Lagrange’s theorem and applications of cyclic groups. Rings: definition, examples
including Z, Zn, rings of polynomials and matrices. Integral domains, fields,
Polynomial rings, factorization. Euclidean algorithm for polynomials. H.C.F., and
L.C.M. of polynomials.

Normal subgroups and quotient groups. Homomorphism isomorphism theorem.

Cayley’s theorems. Direct product. Groups of small order. Groups acting on set
Sylow theorems. Ideal and quotient rings. P.I. D’s and UFD’s Euclidean rings.
Irreducibility Field extension, degree of an extension, minimum polynomial. Algebraic
and transcendental extensions. Straight edged and compass constructions.

MTH 809 Functional Analysisfor Education Students (3 Units)

Riemann integral of function R R, continuous mono positive functions. Function of
bounded variation. The Riemann Stieltjes integral. Pointwise and uniform
convergence of sequence and series of functions R R. effects on limits (suns) when
the function are continuous differentiable of Riemann integrable. Powers series.
Sets, metrics and examples. Open spheres (or balls), open sets and
neighbourhoods. Closed sets interior, exterior, frontier, limit point and closure of a
set. Dense subsets and separable spaces. Convergence in metric spaces.
Homeomorphisms. Continuity and compactness, connectedness. Banach space and
Hilbert Spaces, Bounded Linear Functional and Operators on Banach Spaces
Introduction to topological vector Spaces. Introduction to Banach Algebras and
Gelfrand Theory.

328
MTH 812 Differential Equations (3 Units)
Ordinary Differential Equation – Existence and Uniqueness Theorems. Dependence
of Solution on initial Data and Parameter properties of Solutions. Stump Comparison
and Sonim-Polya Theorems; Linear Systems; Floquet’s Theory; Nonlinear Systems;
Stability Theory; Integral Equations; Method of Successive Approximations;
Neumann’s Series; Resolvent Kernel; Volterra Equation; Applications to ordinary
Differential Equations.
Partial Differential Equations – First and Second Order Partial Differential Equations.
Classification of Second Order Linear Equations. Eigen function Expansions and
Fourier series and Transforms. Stum-Liouville problems.

STA 814 Probability for Education Students (3 Units)

Brief revision of basic concepts. Probability generating functions. Uni-variate and
bivariate moment generating functions. Univariate characteristics functions formula.
Various modes of convergence. Laws of large number and the central limit theorem
using characteristics functions random wlk and master chains. Introduction to
Poisson Processes.

Probability spaces, measures and distribution. Distributions of random variables as

measurable functions. Product spaces; production of measurable spaces, product
probabilities. Independence and expectation of random variables. Convergence of
random variables. Weak convergence, convergence almost everywhere,
convergence in p-th mean. Central limit theorem, laws of large numbers.
Characteristics function and Laplace transform.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

The degree of Ph.D emphasizes research and specialization in a field of scholarship.

This could be undertaken in a specialized branch of Mathematics Education.

1(a) Philosophy

Education is a dynamic phenomenon connected with the increasing interest of the

people and changing needs of the society. One of the biggest challenges facing
higher education today is the dearth of qualified academics with the relevant PhD
qualification and professional base to raise a future generation of academic human
resource to take charge of the academic programmes in Nigerian Universities.

The programme is also expected to develop specialized knowledge and skills and
further develop the spirit of enquiry, leading to the attainment by the student of a high
level of expertise in a specific area of Mathematics Education.

(b) Objectives

The aims of this programme are to prepare students to:

(i) Understand the fields of Mathematics Education in terms of theory and
practice, research, curriculum design and student learning
(ii) Conduct original research that generates new knowledge about the teaching
and learning of Mathematics. And
(iii) Assume leadership roles in Mathematics Education including teacher
education, discipline-based research, and curriculum and instruction.

329
(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Academic and research career opportunities include teaching or lecturing,

conducting of post-doctoral research or research roles in industry. The
product of this programme may also work in the Department of Mathematics
of Universities initiating a collaboration of research in Education that will
improve the teaching of Mathematics at the undergraduate level

(d) Domain

The programme is domiciled in the Department of Science and Technical

Education in the Faculty or Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

A candidate for Ph.Dprogramme shall:

(iii) Possess a Master’s degree with a CGPA of 3.50 or above, in a five-point
system, in a relevant discipline obtained from the Rivers State University
of Science and Technology or any other recognized institution of higher
learning of equivalent status.

(iv) Present himself or herself for a qualifying interview if need be.

(f) Degree to be awarded

The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) in Mathematics Education

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Programme with Thesis

Full-Time:
6 Semesters Minimum
10 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
8 Semesters Minimum
12 Semesters Maximum

2. Thesis requirements
(a) A PhD candidate shall carry out an extensive literature review followed
by laboratory and / or field work

(b) A PhD candidate may present his/her thesis for a viva voce
examination only when the major Supervisor is satisfied that the
student has done enough work for a PhD. The Department shall then
forward to Postgraduate School the thesis title and the name of an
External Examiner for consideration by the Board and subsequent
approval by Senate.

(c) A thesis considered inadequate or unworthy for the award of Doctor of

Philosophy (PhD) by the External Examiner may be awarded MPhil or
be resubmitted after a period not exceeding two semesters. The final
arbiter in this regard is the External Examiner.

330
 In the Ph.D Programme, each course work shall be assessed on the
basis of written examination and each seminar shall be assessed on
the basis of presentation of at least four publishable papers. In
addition, the students are required to present and successfully defend
a doctoral thesis.

3. List of Courses

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
First Semester
Course No Course Title Units
EDU 901 Advanced Research Methods II 2
EDU 903 Advanced Educational Statistics II 2
EDU 905 Curriculum Theory and Practice 3
MED 921 Teaching Science Technology and Mathematics (STM) 3
MED 933 History and Nature of Mathematics 2
Total Number of Units Semester I 12

Second Semester
Course No Course Title Units
EDU 904 Seminar in Secondary Education Curriculum 3
EDU 906 Seminar in Teacher Education Curriculum 3
SED 932 Seminar on Analysis of Teaching Mathematics 3
Total No of Units 9
Second and Third Years
MED 900 Doctoral Thesis 20
Total Number of Units Semester I and II 41

4. COURSE DESCRIPTION
FIRST SEMESTER

EDU 901 - Advanced Research Methods II (2 Units)

The concept and nature of research; scientific processes in research; problem
definition, variable identification; sources of research topics; hypotheses formulation;
and theory construction techniques for literature review; principles of design,
Research instruments, data collection, techniques for data analysis and presentation
of results. Candidates must be introduced to computers and data analysis; analytical
software and techniques in education. The orientation must be practical throughout
as candidates are guided to prepare tentative research proposals they must present
and defend individually in class; techniques of research reporting, and research
proposal writing.

EDU 903 - Advanced Educational Statistics II (2 Units)

Concept of educational statistics; the role of statistic in education; descriptive
statistics and the various areas of application in education; classroom data, school
records, school demography, social relations in school; school administration and
finances; Inferential statistics; population and sampling theory; non-parametric
statistic in education; hypothesis assumptions, types, applications and limitations.
The nature of parametric statistics, types and applications in education; statistical
models in education, application and limitations (correlation, univariate and
multivariate analysis of educational data), the nature of significant tests, problems of

331
inferences. Candidates must be taught to utilize computer in various phases of this
course and to be familiar with various analytical software. Emphasis must be placed
on educational and practical application of basic statistical concepts in various
educational disciplines.

EDU 904 - Seminar in Secondary Education Curriculum (3 Units)

This course is designed to expose the students to several issues concerning the
secondary education curriculum. It deals with such issues as: the goals and
objectives of secondary education in Nigeria as stated in the National Policy in
Education; innovations in the secondary education system; Burning issues in the
secondary schools in Nigeria; innovations in the curriculum offering of Science,
Technology and Mathematics; Historical development of secondary education in
Nigeria, Resources for teaching and learning in the secondary schools, Quality
assurance in the secondary education system, methodology of instruction at the
secondary education level, Evaluation of instruction at the secondary education
system, future of secondary education in Nigeria etc.

EDU 905 - Curriculum Theory and Practice (3 Units)

This is an advanced course in curriculum theory and practice. It examines the
concept of theory and theorizing in curriculum development and their applications. It
further deals with the approaches to curriculum construction, and institutionalization.
It will also take a critical look at the Science Technology and Mathematic curriculum –
offering in Nigeria at the primary, secondary and tertiary levels and their relevance.
Research trends in the diffusion of innovation both social and psychological shall be
analyzed.

EDU 906 - Seminar in Teacher Education Curriculum (3 Units)

This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic knowledge issues in
teacher education curriculum. Such issues include: the goals and objectives of
teacher education in Nigeria; a critique of teacher education curriculum in Nigeria;
Historical development of teacher education in Nigeria; curriculum delivery systems
in teacher education in Nigeria; Methodology of instruction in teacher education;
Evaluation techniques; Quality assurance in teacher education, the future education
in Nigeria, etc.

MED 921 - Teaching Science, Technology and Mathematics (STM) (3 Units)

This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge of the nature and
scope of the subject so that they can appreciate the relevance of the subject in the
contemporary society.

The course deals with areas such as: the concept and meaning of the subject; the
philosophy and objectives of the subject; the importance of the subject; Historical
development of the subject in Nigeria; problems of teaching and learning of
Science/Technology / Mathematics learning experiences required for teaching and
learning of Science/Technology/Mathematics; a critique of the curriculum of
Science/Technology/Mathematics; methods of teaching and learning of the
Science/Technology/Mathematics; Resources (including the textbooks) for teaching
and learning of Science/Technology/Mathematics; Evaluation techniques and
procedures; future of Science/Technology/Mathematics in Nigeria, etc.

MED 932 - Seminar in Analysis of Teaching in Mathematics Education

(3 Units)
This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge of the rudimentary and
basic issues in the science of teaching and instruction and their application in
bringing about improved learning outcomes.

332
MED 933 - History and Nature of Mathematics (2 units)
A survey of the ancient and modern historical development of mathematics.
Philosophical issues relating to the nature of mathematical concepts: examination of
issues as body of infallible and objective truth, the product and process view of
mathematics, empirist philosophy of mathematics. Ethnomathemactics. The
implication of those issues to the Teaching of mathematics at the school level.

MED 900 - Doctoral Thesis (20 units)

The Ph.D Thesis shall be based on research into significant problem in Curriculum
Studies related to candidates’ area of interest or special bias as in Science
Education, Technology Education, and Mathematics Education.

(i). LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT

S/O. NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
1. Ahiakwo, M. J. NCE, B.SC(Ed), Professor Science Education
M.ED, PH.D (Chemistry)
2. (Mrs.) J. I. Alamina B.A. M .Sc, Professor Science Education
PH.D. (Chemistry)
3 Maduabum, M. A. B.Sc, M.Sc., Professor Science Education
PGDE, M.Ed, (Biology)
PH.D.
4 Aginaobu, T. N. NCE, B.Ed, M.Ed, Professor Science Education
Ph.D (Biology)
5 Dr. G. A. Odili NCE., B.Sc. Reader Mathematics
M.Ed., PH.D Education
6 Dr. (Mrs.) M. D. NCE, B.SC(Ed), Lecturer I Science Education
Omeodu M.ED, PH.D (Mathematics,
Physics)

(ii) LIST OF STAFF FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS

S/NO. NAME OF STAFF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
1 Ogbalu, O. K B.Sc, MSc, Ph.D Professor Entomology
2 Fekarurhobo, G. K. B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D Professor Photo chemistry

3 Izonfou, W.A.L. B.SC, M.SC, Professor Instrumental

Ph.D
4 Israel – Cookey, C B.Sc, MPhil, Ph.D Professor Mathematics
5 Asuru, Prof. V. A B.Sc, M.Ed, LLD, Professor Educational
BL, Ph.D Measurement &
Evaluation
6 Obire, O B.Sc, MSc, PhD Professor Microbiology
andQuality Control
7 Akani, G. C. B.ED, MPhil, PhD Professor Plant and Animal
Ecology
8 Omubo –Pepple HND, M.Phil, Ph.D Professor Physics
9 Dr. I. R. Jack B.Sc, Ph.D Reader Chemistry
10 Dr. Alabraba HND, M.Phil, Ph.D Reader Physics
11 Dr. E. H. Etuk B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Reader Statistics
12 Dr. E. N. U. Ekaka B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Senior Mathematics
Lecturer
13 Dr. N. Boisa B.Sc, M.Phil, Senior Chemistry
MRes, Ph.D Lecturer

333
 14 Dr. C. C. Obunwo B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D Reader Environmental
Chemistry
15 Dr. S. A. Wemedo B.Sc, MPhil, PhD Senior Microbiology and
Lecturer Quality Control
16 Dr. E. Amos B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD Lecturer I Mathematics

(iii) ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

S/NO. NAME QUALIFICATION JOB DUTIES
S DESIGNATION PERFORMED
1. MRS. ROSEMARY DIP, B.SC DATA SECRETARIAL
VICTOR AMAH OFFICER OFFICER
(COMPUTER)
2. MRS. CHINDA, B.SC HIGHER ADMINISTRATIO
PATIENCE AMADI EXECUTIVE N
OFFICER
3 MRS. COMFORT DIP., NABTEB CHIEF SECRETARIAL
CHISARAM NJIKA ADVANCE SECRETARIAL
ASSISTANT

334
INTRODUCTION:
Subject to the general University and Faculty of Technical and Science Education
regulations on higher degrees, the Department of Science and Technical Education
offers courses leading to Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Technical Education

1. MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.)

(a) Philosophy

The philosophy of Master of Science (MSc) of the Department of Science and

Technical Education leans heavily on the desirability of increasing substantial content
master of the subject content, understanding of educational theories, research
methodologies, and best practices in pedagogy and to preparefuture generation of
secondary school technology teachers.

(b) Objectives

The broad aims of the degree programmes for the Master degree are:
(i) To aid personal development of students through deeper and sustained study
of the structure and curriculum of their chosen disciplines.
(ii) To develop in students a deeper knowledge of their chosen subject as well as
skills and techniques required for research.
(iii) To develop the much needed high level manpower who would occupy
strategic positions in education industry in Nigeria in particular and the world
at large.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Graduates of this programme will be better to be senior practitioners in science,

technical, agriculture and mathematics education at secondary or tertiary level and to
take on positions of responsibility that involve supervising and mentoring other
teaching staff.

The graduates also may be found useful in Colleges of Education, Polytechnic or

Industries.

This degree may provide the foundation for PhD study.

(d) Domain
The programme is domicile in the Department of Science and Technical Education of
the Faculty of Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

(i) A candidate seeking admission into the Full-time/Part-time Master’s

degree programme must possess a Bachelor’s degree with at least a
second class lower division, in the relevant discipline.
(ii) A candidate who holds PGDE, or PGDTE with CGPA of 3.50 or above
in the relevant discipline may apply for the Master’s programme.

(f) Degrees to be awarded and the areas

335
 The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Master of
Science degree (M.Sc) in Technical Education in the following areas:

Building Technology
Electrical/Electronics Technology
Mechanical/Metal Technology

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

Master’s Degree Programme with Dissertation

Full-Time:
3 Semesters Minimum
5 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
5 Semesters Minimum
8 Semesters Maximum

2. Graduation Requirement
In order to qualify for the award of Master of Science (M.Sc) degree, a candidate is
required to complete the courses and satisfy the examiners in courses valued at not
less than 30 credits and not more than a maximum of 40 credits. In case any of the
programmes cannot keep within these limits, the Departmental Postgraduate
committee can adjust the maximum credits to solve the problem.

Graduation Requirements are:

(a) For Master’s students, examination(s) in prescribed courses, where

applicable shall be on the basis of three hours per written paper.

(b) A Master’s student who is not on clear standing after a qualifying examination
shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination, not later than a
semester after the first attempt, provided that student is on a CGPA of 3.0 on
a five-point grade system.

(c) It is the responsibility of the supervisory Committee and indeed the major
Supervisor to determine when a Master’s student’s dissertation or thesis,
respectively, is ready for examination. Thereafter four (4) copies of Attestation
form are completed and submitted to the Postgraduate School.

(d) The result of a qualifying examination shall be forwarded, through the Faculty
Postgraduate Committee, through the Faculty Dean to the Postgraduate
School for approval by the Board. In the absence of the Board, the Dean of
Postgraduate School may seek executive approval from the Vice Chancellor.

3. Course lettering and Numbering System

The courses, currently offered by the department are divided into two main
groups identifiable by the middle digits of the course number. These are:

A. Education courses (with middle digit 0)

D Technical Education Courses (with middle digit 4) and subgroups as
follows:

336
 (i) Technical / Building courses (with middle digit 5)
(iii) Technical / Electrical/Electronics courses (with middle digit 6)
(iv) Technical /Mechanical courses (with middle digit 7)

The third digit of the course number identifies the semester (with odd digit for first
semester and even digit for second semester).
The first digit of the course number stands for course level.

The approved courses comprise compulsory core courses in the Department of

Science and Technical Education and specialist courses in the chosen area of study
made up as follows:

Compulsory Core Courses

1. EDU801 Research Methods in Education - - - -
2units
2. EDU 803 Statistical Methods in Educational Research - -
3units
3. EDU 804 ICT Application in Education - - - -
2units

4. List of Courses
Semester I
Course Code Course Title Units
EDU 801 Research Methods in Education 2
EDU 803 Statistics in Educational Research 3
TED 841 Vocational Theories and Instructional Strategies 2
in Technology Education.
TED 843 Administration, Supervision andGuidance in 2
Technology Education
TED 845 Cooperative Training programmes and Safety 2
Management in industrial Education
TED 847 Economic Evaluation in industrial Education 2
BUILDING
TED 851 Advanced Building Technology 2
TED 853 Advanced Wood Working Process. 2
17
ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS
TED 861 Electrical Power Systems and Machines 2
Utilization
TED 863 Electronic communication Systems 2
17
MECHANICAL
TED 871 Theories and Principles of Combustion 2
TED 873 Industrial Design and Production Process 2
17

Semester 2
Course Code Course Title Units
EDU 804 ICT Application in Education 2
TED 842 Vocational Curriculum Planning and 2
Development in Technical Education
TED 844 Facilities Planning and Financing in Technical 2
Education

337
 TED 846 Advanced Seminar in Technical Education 2
TED 848 Individual Project in Technical Education 2
BUILDING
TED 852 Building Construction Management and 2
Estimation
12
ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS
TED 862 Electronic Technology Laboratory Practices 2
12
MECHANICAL
TED 872 Advanced Mechanical Engine Maintenance and 2
Services
12

Semester 3
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE UNITS
TED 800 Project (Dissertation) 6
Total Number of Units Semester I, II and III 35

5. COURSE DESCRIPTION

EDU 801: Research Methods in Education (C) (2Units)

The nature and meaning of educational research. Research problems, research
questions, variables, assumption and hypothesis. The literature search and literature
review. Introduction to different types of research methods: experimental, survey,
historical, ethnographical and case study methods curriculum research and
evaluation. Sampling techniques for different types of research method. Methods of
data collection, validation of instruments. Guidelines for the presentation of research
reports.

EDU 803: Statistical Methods in Educational Research (C) (3Units)

Graphical and numerical summarization of data. Probability and statistics
(descriptive), parametric, inferential and non-parametric. Statistical estimation.
Hypothesis testing. Random processes and significance tests. Measure of
relationships between variables. Experimental design. Analysis of discrete data, non-
parametric tests; t-statistic, ANOVA, ANCOVA Regression Analysis, chi-square and
statistical techniques for post-hoc analysis, application of computer in statistical
analysis; meaning and results of statistical analysis.

EDU 804 – ICT Application in Education (E) (2 Units)

Concept of Management/Information systems. Nature and use of computer system.
Computer technology concept, basic processing/operating systems input/output
devices; word processing. Computer procedures and data organizations. Criteria for
information and data processing in education. Theory and practice of data
management. Practical work should be emphasized.

TED 800: Project (Dissertation) (C) (6Units)

Selection and completion of a project in an appropriate area of specialization in
teaching subject education under the guidance of a supervisor and presentation of
the project report.

338
TED 841: Vocational Theories and Instructional Strategies in Technology
Education (C)(2 nits)
A survey of vocational education theory concepts that are related to Vocational
Technical Education and Training (TVET). Instructional strategies and leaning
resources in technology education: Instructional materials, teaching techniques,
provision of records, development of unit teaching plans, procurement of essential
teaching aids, students arrangement / demonstration of small-groups instruction
programme instruction. The teaching-Learning transactions in Industrial Education:
teaching in the classroom, workshop, Laboratories instructions. Merits and short-
comings of various instructional strategies. Evaluation of learning effects.

TED 842 - Vocational Curriculum Planning and Development in Industrial

Education (C) (2 Units)
The course is meant to acquaint students with curriculum designs relevant to
industrial education, curriculum objectives, implementation strategies and
evaluations, Approaches to curriculum planning, Analysis of the critical factors in
proper curriculum development and implementation in Technology Education.

TED 843 - Administration and Supervision in Technical Education (C) (2 Units)

Definition, explanation and the importance of administration and supervision in
Industrial Education. An appraisal of the current situation in the Nigerian school
system; concept of supervision and inspection, purpose of supervision, roles and
control. Having an in-depth knowledge of the various principles and concepts
in occupational guidance. The guidance responsibilities of technology educator.
Teachers’ knowledge of planning, selection and helping students to adjust to
situations in work places. Wastage and wastage factors in Technical and vocational
Education.

TED 844 - Facilities Planning and Financing in Technical Education (C)

(2 Units)
Philosophy of facilities planning, planning of instructional facilities, space need,
equipment planning, furniture, storage, special consideration service, school and
community school plant planning. Identification and discussion of current funding
sources in industrial education as well as alternative sources of funding, different
industrial education programmes, budget and budget evaluation in industrial
education, cost-benefit analysis. Current trends and issues in financing Technology
education.

TED 845 - Cooperative Training Programmes and Safety Management in

Industrial Education (C) (2 Units)
Meaning, purpose and importance of Supervised Occupational Experience Program
(SOEP). Responsibility to teachers, students and parents/employers in SOEP.
Planning SOEP, how to achieve quality SOEP, Effect of classroom instruction on
effective approaches to SOEP, Design of Nigerian Model of SOEP. Definitions of
industrial safety, concept and meaning of safety management, slips, trips and fells,
safety of observations, accident management accident investigation and record
keeping, accident practical safety guide.

TED 846 – Advanced Seminar in Technical Education (C) (2 Unit)

Students are expected to carry out an in-depth study or any topical or contemporary
issues in industrial education.

339
TED 847- Economic Evaluation of Industrial Education (C) (2 Units)
Nature and purpose of programme evaluation of systems and models, program
evaluation in Nigeria, Principles and methods, evaluation of students' performance,
instructional self-evaluation, follow-up study and employer survey, Meaning and
evaluating teacher effectiveness.

TED 848 - Individual Project in Technical Education (C) (2 Units)

In this course students will be given opportunity to design, develop and construct an
advanced level project in their area of specialization to investigate problem/problems
in the field of specialization with a view to finding solutions to them.

TED 800 - Project (Dissertation) (6 Units)

Supervised research work (dissertation) in any selected area approved by Board of
Supervisors.

TED 851 - Advanced Building Technology and Materials (E) (2Unit)

An in-depth study of concrete as a structural material, cement, normal aggregate,

strength of concrete temperature problem elasticity and creep, portability and
durability problem, elasticity and creep, permeability and durability; resistance to
freezing and throwing, mix design special concrete, structure of metals, oilmen,
polymers, limit state design, priestesses concrete column design. Excavation and
earthwork, Types of foundation design, site investigation, reinforcement, etc.

TED 852 - Building Construction Management and Estimation (E) (2 Units)

Construction Industry, Business Ownership, Company Organisation, Industrial Bye-
laws, Construction contracts, Business methods. Problems of the construction
industry, Labour laws and Project safety. Project Management and Administration.
Sequences of a building project.

TED 853 - Advanced Wood Working Process (E) (2 Units)

In-depth study of wood processing and products. Application of wood in design and
construction of buildings bridges and furniture articles. Wood processing equipment,
new techniques and development in the wood industry. Paper manufacturing.

TED 861 – Electrical Power Systems and Machines Utilization (E) (2 Units)
Power system components, frequency, real and reactive power and voltage control,
load flow,fault analysis, stability limits and thermal limits. Design processes of
electrical machines single-phase and three-phase generators, motors, transformer
their functions, characteristics and production

TED 862- Electronic Industrial Workshop Practices (E) (2 Units)

Theoretical and practical experience in electronic workshop leading to the
development of skills in the design, construction and testing of electronic circuits and
equipment. New materials, techniques and developments in electronics.
Management of electronics technology workshop.

TED 863– Electronic Communication Systems (E) (2 Units)

Principles of modulation and demodulation, system capacity for information
transmission. Noise characteristics of devices and system. Digital Electronics,
principles, circuits and systems.

340
TED 871- Theory and Principles of Combustion (E) (2 Units)
Definition of combustion and theory of atoms; combustion and chemical reaction;
combustion and quality of fuel; combustion efficiency, combustion and expansion of
solids and fluids; combustion in petrol, diesel and wankel engines; combustion and
atmospheric factors. Combustion in the engine cylinder with respect to four stoke
cycles of inlet, compression power and expansion of fluids with heat, mixture ratio.
Auto-motive engine fuels for combustion, abnormal combustion and detonation
Alcohol, Alcohol blend and other fuel. Types of engine and their principles of
operation eg. Petrol, diesel, Turbor and Ranked engines.

TED 872- Advanced Mechanical Engine Maintenance and Services (E)

(2 Units)
Plant service and maintenance in the workshop. Types of maintenance in plants
diesel and petrol engine objective of plant maintenance polices and strategies,
functions of maintenance department. Extensive studies of industrial materials and
processes field study and observation.
Types and purpose of lubrication. Properties of lubricating oils service ratings of oil
lubricating system component other automotive lubricants. Purpose of cooling
systems, operations of cooling system antifreeze cooling system operations of
cooling system, Antifreeze cooling system components cooling system diagnosis,
Testing and service. Construction, production and utilization of automotive engines,
types of engines, digits and manufactures of engine workshop practice on automotive
engines.

TED 873 – Industrial Design and Production Processes (E) (2 Units)

Extensive study of industrial materials and processes. The design process in
industries, design ideas, making design decision. Engineering grating plans,
prototypes, testing prototypes final design. Design and construction of simple tools
and equipment from local materials. Problems of design and production in Nigerian
industries.

341
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN PROGRAMME IN TECHNICAL EDUCATION

The degree of Ph.D emphasizes research and specialization in a field of scholarship.

This could be undertaken in a specialized branch of TechnicalEducation in an area of
instruction.

1(a) Philosophy

Education is a dynamic phenomenon connected with the increasing interest of the

people and changing needs of the society. One of the biggest challenges facing
higher education today is the dearth of qualified academics with the relevant PhD
qualification and professional base to raise future generation of academic human
resource to take charge of the academic programmes in Universities.

The programmes are also expected to develop specialized knowledge and skills and
further develop the spirit of enquiry, leading to the attainment by the student of a high
level of expertise in a specific area of Technical Education.

(b) Objectives

The aims of this programme are to prepare students to:

(i) Understand the fields of TechnologyEducation in terms of theory and ,
research, curriculum design and student learning
(ii) Conduct original research that generates new knowledge about the teaching
and learning of Technology,
And
(iii) Assume leadership roles in Technology Education including teacher
education, discipline-based research, and curriculum and instruction.

(c) Employment Opportunities on Graduation

Academic and research career opportunities include teaching or lecturing,

conduction of post-doctoral research or working for employers in
manufacturing or research roles. Non – Academic Career opportunities with a
PhD degree vary depending on the students’ chosen subject and
specializations.

(d) Domain

The programme is domicile in the Department of Science and Technical

Education in the Faculty or Technical and Science Education.

(e) Entry / Admission Requirements

A candidate for Ph.Dprogramme shall:

(i) Possess a Master’s degree with a CGPA of 3.50 or above, in a five-
point system, in a relevant discipline obtained from the Rivers State
University of Science and Technology or any other recognized institution
of higher learning of equivalent status.

(ii) Present himself or herself for a qualifying interview if need be.

342
(f) Degree to be awarded
The Department of Science and Technical Education awards Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) in Technical Education with options in
Building Technology
Electrical/ Electronics Technology
Mechanical/Metal Technology

(g) Duration of programme(s) / minimum and maximum number of course

units

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Programme with Thesis

Full-Time:
6 Semesters Minimum
10 Semester Maximum

Part-Time:
8 Semesters Minimum
12 Semesters Maximum

2. Thesis requirements
(a) A PhD candidate shall carry out an extensive literature review followed
by laboratory and / or field work
(b) A PhD candidate may present his/her thesis for a viva voce
examination only when the major Supervisor is satisfied that the
student has done enough work for a PhD. The Department shall then
forward to Postgraduate School the thesis title and the name of an
External Examiner for consideration by the Board and subsequent
approval by Senate.
(c) A thesis considered inadequate or unworthy for the award of Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) by the External Examiner may be awarded MPhil or
be resubmitted after a period not exceeding two semesters. The final
arbiter in this regard is the External Examiner.

In the Ph.DProgramme, each course work shall be assessed on the basis of written
examination and each seminar shall be assessed on the basis of presentation of at
least four publishable papers. In addition, the students are required to present and
successfully defend a doctoral thesis.

3. List of Courses
First Semester
Course No Course Title Units
EDU 901 Advanced Research Methods II 2
EDU 903 Advanced Educational Statistics II 2
TED 941 Human and Public Relations for Technical Education 3
TED 943 Technical Product Research and Development 3
TED 945 Comparative Studies in Vocational/Technical Education 3
Total No. of Units 13

343
 Second Semester
Course No Course Title Units
TED 942 Seminar on Futuristic in Technical Education 3
TED 944 Seminar on Current Problems in Technical Education 3
TED 946 Seminar on Technical Equipment, material development and 3
utilization
TED 948 Seminar on Analysis of Teaching Technology Education 3
Total No. of Units 12
SECOND AND THIRD YEARS
Course No Course Title Units
TED 900 Doctoral Thesis 20
Total Number of Units Semester I and II 45

4. COURSE DESCRIPTION

EDU 901 - Advanced Research Methods II (3 Units)

The concept and nature of research; scientific processes in research; problem
definition, variable identification; sources of research topics; hypotheses formulation;
and theory construction techniques for literature review; principles of design,
Research instruments, data collection, techniques for data analysis and presentation
of results. Candidates must be introduced to computers and data analysis; analytical
software and techniques in education. The orientation must be practical throughout
as candidates are guided to prepare tentative research proposals they must present
and defend individually in class; techniques of research reporting, and research
proposal writing.

EDU 903 - Advanced Educational Statistics II (2 Units)

Concept of educational statistics; the role of statistic in education; descriptive
statistics and the various areas of application in education; classroom data, school
records, school demography, social relations in school; school administration and
finances; Inferential statistics; population and sampling theory; non-parametric
statistic in education; hypothesis assumptions, types, applications and limitations.
The nature of parametric statistics, types and applications in education; statistical
models in education, application and limitations (correlation, univariate and
multivariate analysis of educational data), the nature of significant tests, problems of
inferences. Candidates must be taught to utilize computer in various phases of this
course and to be familiar with various analytical software. Emphasis must be placed
on educational and practical application of basic statistical concepts in various
educational disciplines.

TED 941 Human and Public Relations in Industrial and Technical

Education (3 nits)
Concept if school Public Relations; a study of the development and analysis of
appropriate organizational, and administration strategies for public relations in TVET
institutions. Analysis of public that need to be reached, effect of human relations on
public relations; criteria for evaluating public relations.

TED 942 Seminar in Futuristic in Technical Education (3 units)

Critical analysis on changing roles and requirements of industrial technology
education. Future alternatives for industrial technology with relationship to society,
education and technology.

344
TED 943 Industrial Product Research and Development (3 units)
A study of the activities in research, engineering and product development in relation
to manufacturing enterprises. Examination of industrial R & D practices and
procedures; product development standards; advanced testing; and research
designs.
Workshop exercises provide opportunities to students to perform basic tasks
associated with product research and development. A students’ manufacturing
enterprise is set up and operated by the students for proper understanding of the
industrial set up.

TED 944 Seminar in Current Problems in Industrial Education (3 units)

Analysis of current theories, problems and procedures in industrial education with
special emphasis on the application of theories to practice in schools and colleges.
Specific problems and issues will be discussed.

TED 945 Comparative Studies in Vocational /Technical Education(3 units)

Indept study of issues of Technical Education worldwide. Consideration of current
technological innovations in other countries and how they can be replicated in
Nigeria.

TED 946 Seminar in Technical Equipment Material Development and

Utilization (3 units)
Students to present a seminar on a technical production of any field of interest.

TED948Seminar on Analysis of Teaching Technology Education (3 units)

Students to present a seminar on innovations and strategies of teaching technology
educations subjects.

TED 900 - Doctoral Thesis (20 units)

Students to undertake research in their areas of specialization under the guidance of
the supervising team. There shall be pre doctoral seminar proposal presentation and
post-doctoral at the completion of the work before the student will be qualified for oral
external examination.

345
LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT / UNIVERSITY WHO WILL BE INVOLVED
IN TEACHING COURSES IN THE PROGRAMME WITH THEIR
QUALIFICATIONS AND RANKS.

(i) LIST OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT

S/O. NAME OF QUALIFICATION RANK SPECIALIZATION
STAFF
1. Akaninwor, G. I. M.A., Ph.D Professor Industrial Technology
K Education (Electrical/
Electronics)
2. Opara, P. A. NCE, B.Sc., Professor Industrial Technical
M.ED, PH.D Education
(Building
Technology)
3. P. C. Okwelle B.SC.,PGD,M.Ed. Reader Industrial Technical
, PH.D Education
(Electrical /
Electronics)

4. S. T. Puyate DIP, UCTE, Reader Industrial Technical

B.SC, M.ED, Education
Ph.D (Building
Technology)
4. H. Wordu NCE, B.SC., Senior Educational
M.ED., Ph.D. Lecturer Technology
5. I. N. Dokubo B.TECH.PGDE, Senior Industrial Education
M.Ed. Ph.D. Lecturer (Building
Technology)
6. J. O. Amaechi NCE, B.SC, Lecturer I Industrial Education
M.ENG &Mechanical
Technology)
7. P. N. Chindah B.Sc, M.ED, Ph.D Instructor Industrial Technical
Education
(Building
Technology)

(ii) LIST OF STAFF FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS

1. Prof. V. A. B.Sc., M.Ed., Professor Educational
Asuru LLb, BL, Ph.D. Measurement &
Evaluation
2. Dr. D. C. B.Sc., M.Sc., Senior Electrical Power
IdoniboyeObu Ph.D. Lecturer
3. Dr. B. T. B.Sc., M.Sc., Senior Mechanical Engine
LebaleAlawa Ph.D. Lecturer Design

4. Dr. M. E. B.Sc., M.Sc., Senior Building Construction

Ephraim Ph.D. Lecturer Management
5. Dr. W. J. B.Ed., M.Ed., Reader Educational
Ubulom Ph.D. Measurement

346
 (iii) TECHNICAL STAFF
1. Mr. F. Fubara H.N.D.,Ttc Chief Production
Technologist Engineering
2. Mgbimgbi Trade Test 1, 2, 3 Principal Welding And
Osilachu Technical Fabrication
Officer II
3. Mr. P. Nkpara C & G, Fcc, Assistant Machinist
Trade Test I, II & Technical
III, Anttc, B.Sc Officer
4 Deebom B.Sc Technologist Electrical/Electronics
Tambari II
5 Hopeson Wasc, Fcc, B.Sc. Technologist Electrical/Electronics
Buakpa M.Ed II
6 Stephen Ekpeye Ssce, Trade Technical Welding/Storeman
TEST I, II & III Assistant

(Iii) Administrative Staff

S/ Name Qualifications Job Duties Performed
No Designation
.
1. Mrs. Rosemary Dip, B.Sc Data Officer Secretarial Officer
Victor Amah (Computer)
2. Mrs Chinda, B.Sc Higher Administration
Patience Amadi Executive
Officer
3. MRS. COMFORT DIP., NABTEB CHIEF Secretarial
CHISARAM NJIKA ADVANCE SECRETARIAL
ASSISTANT

347
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN THE
INSTITUTE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

348
1. ACADEMIC STAFF LIST
S/No Name Qualification Fields of Designation
Specialization
/Research Interests

1. M. P. Eboh Dip. Arch. Philosophy Professor &

(Vatican) Director
B.Ed., M.Ed.
(Salesinum).
B.Phil, M.Phil, Ph.D
(Gregorianum
Rome)
2. A.O.I. Gabriel B.Ed, M.Ed, Ph.D Education History Professor
(Ibadan)
3. C. C. Opara B.A. (Nsukka), M.A. Comparative Professor
(UPH), Literature
Ph.D (Ibadan)
4. S.I. Duruoha B.A, M.A. Ph.D English Language Professor
(Paris Sorbonne)
5. J. M. Jaja B.A (Lagos) African History Reader
M.A (Benin), Ph.D
(UPH)
6. P. B. Badey NCE (COE), Philosophy Senior
B.Ed, M.Ed, Ph.D Lecturer
(Wales)
7. O. J. Osai B.Sc, MPA Political Science Senior
(Murray) Lecturer
8. D.A. Briggs B.A (UK), Social science Senior
M.A (USA) Peace Studies Lecturer
9 C.N. Ogbujah B.Phil, B.Th.(Urban Philosophy Senior
Rome) Lecturer
PGDE, M.A., M.Ed,
Ph.D (UPH)
10.. F. I. Ogoloma B.A, M.A, Ph.D Senior
(Panjab, India) Lecturer
11. I.E. Ngulube B.A, English Language Senior
M.A, Linguistics Lecturer
PGDE (UPH), Education
Ph.D (UK) Phonetics &
Phonology
12. S.C. Madubuike B.A Philosophy Senior
M.A Sociology Lecturer/
M.Phil Anthropology Sabbatical
Ph.D (Ibadan)

13. I.U. Gwunireama B.A (Uyo) Philosophy Senior

M.A, Ph.D (UPH) Lecturer/
Sabbatical
14. E.O Davies B.Ed (UPH) Political Science/ Lecturer 1
M.Sc. Management
(Ibadan)

349
 15. F.F. Braide M.Sc (Lincoln) Human Science Lecturer 1
Ph.D (Minnesota)
Human
Development
16. S.A Egbuchu B.Sc Criminology Lecturer II
M.Sc Psychology
Ph.D (Manila)
17. J.G. Ogwe B.Sc Admin. Studies Lecturer II
M.L Library
M.Sc Sociology
. Ph.D
(UPH)
18. B.J. Agava B.A, M.A, Ph.D English Literature Lecturer II
(UPH)
19. S. Black-Duke NCE (COE) English/French Assistant
B.A/Ed (Benin) French Lecturer
M.Ed (UST)
Guidance &
Counselling
20. Isaac Ikoro B.A, M.A (UPH) History Assistant
Lecturer
21. N. C. Chimene - NCE (COE) English/French Assistant
Wali B.Ed English Lecturer
M.Ed (UPH) Language
Education

NON-ACADEMIC STAFF LIST

22. S.N. Kinanee B.Sc (UPH) Public Admin. Institute
Officer
23. I.J.T Igbanibo B.Sc, Sec. Admin. Chief. Conf.
MBA (RSUST) Management Sec.
24. Theresa Onuoha B.Sc (UPH) Marketing HEO
25. F.N. Amadi Chief Sec.
Assit

2.0 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA (PGD)

2.1 PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
The overall philosophy of programmes in the Institute is to provide graduate
education and training in the various areas of specialization, which develops and
deepens the spirit of enquiry and responsibility in the graduate students, to take on
research, teaching and administrative responsibilities, in public and private sectors of
the nation and global economies. The PGD programme is a remedial programme
aimed at preparing graduates who graduated with less than Second Class Lower
Division but at least pass grade in B.Sc. and Higher National Diploma (HND) for the
M.Sc. programmes in the Institute. Graduates of other disciplines who may be
recommended for M.Sc. degree may also pass through this programme, as the case
may be.

2.2 OBJECTIVES
The PGD Programme is designed to:
i. Provide in depth understanding of the different programmes in the Institute.

350
 ii. Provide requisite training in research for those whose future careers will lie in
teaching and research at the university and other institutions and for those who
may have to operate in research and development environments in the public
/private sectors.
iii. Provide training aimed at improving and upgrading the existing and potential
manpower needed for national development.
iv. Assist graduates who may wish to make up their deficiencies in their B.Sc. or
B.A degree to enable them pursue higher degree programmes;
v. Bridge the gap between holders of the HND and M.Sc. in order to allow HND
holders pursue higher degree programmes.

2.3 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the general regulations governing the admission of candidates into the
Post Graduate Diploma of the University, applicants for admission into PGD
programmes of the Institute of Foundation Studies will be required to meet the
following conditions:
(i) Possess a relevant Bachelor’s degree of the Rivers State University of Science
and Technology or any other recognized university with at least a third Class
with 2.5. 0 CGPA on a 5-point scale.
(ii) Candidates whose Bachelor’s degree is from a cognate discipline other than
Social Science will be required to have a CGPA of 3.0.0 on a 5-point scale.
(iii) Higher National Diploma at upper credit level.

2.4 Duration
Full Time – Minimum of two (2) semesters and a maximum of four (4) semesters
Part Time – Minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of six (6) semesters

2.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

To graduate with the PGD a candidate must have taken and passed the prescribed
number of compulsory and required courses selected from the approved list, and
totaling 28 units as shown below.

Core Courses 24 units

Project Report 4 units
Total 28 units

2.5.1 Examinations
Course work
a. The minimum pass score for coursework shall be 50%; continuous assessment
shall be 30% of the examination for each course.
b. To be in good standing, a student must in each semester have a Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA) of not less than 2.40.
c. A student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is below 2.40 at the end of a
particular year of study, shall be placed on probation for one academic session.

2.5.2 SCORING AND GRADING OF COURSES

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points
70 and above A 5
60 – 69 B 4
50 – 59 C 3
0 – 49 F 0

351
2.5.3 Project Report
A candidate for the PGD will be required to submit his/her project report at least one
month before the date of the oral examination which shall be solely internal. The
Postgraduate Diploma Project Report would be subject to moderation by an external
examiner.

2.5.4 Oral Examination

The PGD candidate will be required to defend his/her project report before a Panel of
Examiners constituted as follows:

(i) Chairman, Board of Examiners

(ii) The Representative of the School of Post Graduate Studies
(iii) The Head of Department and/ or the Director of the Institute
(iv) The Coordinator, Post Graduate Studies Committee
(v) The candidate’s supervisor(s)

2.6 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

2.6.1 Attendance
In order to be qualified to write the examination in a specific course, a student shall
have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered
for the course.

3.0 MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

3.1 The Philosophy of the Programme
The MSC programme is designed to produce scholars with broad based knowledge
in Social Work and Gender Studies, Local Government Administration, English
Language and Communication Studies, Philosophy, Public Administration and
History and International Studies and with critical ability in the use of English in
communicative and creative writing. It is expected that graduates of these
programmes acquire very high level of administrative, linguistic and critical analytic
skills that would ensure that they exhibit a higher level of proficiency in their chosen
career and in the use of the English language on a variety of discourse situations, as
well as interpret literary works in the English language. This is pertinent because in
Nigeria where English is an added language, a major official language, a lingua
franca, and the language of instruction in the educational system, a high level of
proficiency in it is usually expected from the graduates of higher institutions,
especially the universities. A higher level of competence and communication skills is
expected even more from graduates of this Institute. This is why there is a need for
devoting greater attention to the achievement of improved knowledge of English and
the acquisition of oral and written skills in it. Graduates from the Institute of
Foundation Studies, Rivers State University of Science and Technology, should be
clearly and positively identified with adequate proficiency in pronunciation,
articulateness in speech, correctness of grammar and usage, elegance and style in
diction. They should evince mastery in the choice of an appropriate variety of English
for various administrative and professional job opportunities available in the labour
market and in international relations.

3.2 Academic Objectives

The objectives for the advanced programme in the Institute are:
i. The first objective is to produce scholars who would use their knowledge for
enriching humanity through involvement in national, African and global
development.
ii. Our graduates are expected to apply themselves for the furtherance of
humanity, creating awareness through equipping and motivating them for a full

352
 and balanced development of their personality and the need for replication and
the refinement of the same.
iii. The programme aims at providing in depth understanding of Social Work and
Gender studies.
iv. The Local Government Administration component is designed to benefit
individuals who are already serving in Management / Administrative positions in
the Local Government.
v. The English and communication studies seek to inculcate in the student a
higher level of competence and communication skills that will make them
competitive in the labour market.
vi. Philosophy will help the student articulate African worldview, understand how to
make choices of moral significance and assisted to examine philosophical
theories.
vii. History and International Studies exposes the student to a critical study of third
world countries and the problems of underdevelopment, International
organizations and theories of international relations.

3.3 Admission requirements

In addition to the general regulations governing the admission of candidates into the
Master’s degree of the university, applicants for admission into M.Sc. degree
programmes of the Institute of Foundation Studies will be required to meet the
following conditions:

(i) Possess a relevant (Political science, History, Public Administration,

Sociology or English) Bachelor’s degree of the Rivers State University of
Science and Technology or any other recognized university with at least a
Second Class (Lower Division) with 3.0 CGPA on a 5-point scale.

(ii) A PGD at upper credit level in relevant area from the Institute or a recognized
university.

3.4 Duration
Full Time: A minimum of four (4) semesters and a maximum of six (6) semesters.
Part Time: A minimum of six (6) and a maximum of eight (8) semesters.

3.5 Workload
A Master’s Degree programme shall have a minimum workload of 36 credit units of
workload broken into 30 credit units of course work and 6 credit units of dissertation.

3.6 Examinations
Course Work
a. For all postgraduate coursework, the minimum pass score shall be 50%;
continuous assessment shall constitute 30% of the examination for each
course. Any student who fails in any course shall repeat such a course.
b. To be in good standing, a student must in each semester have a Cumulative
Grade Point Average of not less 3.00.
c. Any student whose CGPA falls below 2.50 at the end of two consecutive
semesters shall be required to withdraw from the programme.

The Scoring and grading of courses shall be as follows:

Marks Letter Grades Grade Points
70 and above A 5
60 – 69 B 4
50 59 C 3
Below 50 F 0

353
3.6.1 Oral Examination
The MSc. degree candidate will be required to defend his/her thesis before a Panel
of Examiners constituted as follows:
(i) Chairman, Board of Examiners –The Director of the Institute
(ii) An External Examiner duly appointed by the University
(iii) The Representative of the School of Postgraduate Studies
(iv) The Head of Department
(v) The Coordinator, Postgraduate Studies Committee
(vi) The candidate’s supervisor (s)

3.7 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

To graduate with the MSc. degree in any of the six areas of specialization (Social
Work and Gender Studies, Local Government Administration, English language and
Communication Studies, Philosophy, Public Administration and History and
International Studies), a candidate must have taken and passed the prescribed
number of compulsory and required courses selected from the approved list, and
totaling 30 units as shown below.

Core Courses 30 units

Dissertation 6 units
Total 36units

3.8 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Attendance
In order to be qualified to write the examination in a specific course, a student shall
have attended a minimum of 75% of the total periods of formal instructions delivered
for the course.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA (PGD) IN SOCIAL STUDIES and LOCAL

GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION

Specific objectives
The programme aims at providing a broad based knowledge in social development.
The Local Government component is designed to benefit individuals who are already
serving in Management / Administrative positions in Local Government. It will also
benefit individuals who wish to serve or venture into managerial / administrative
positions at the local government level to broaden their knowledge of local
government administration and management. The programmes should also serve as
a foundation for those candidates who do not possess degrees in relevant areas to
broaden their knowledge before registering for Master’s programmes in related
disciplines.

Job Opportunities
Through the provision of carefully designed, well-structured and executed
instructional programmes, the products of the various programmes are targeted at
becoming morally sound and also productive workers in both the public and private
sectors. The graduates by virtue of their training have a wide range of job
opportunities in becoming a seasoned administrator either in public or private
organizations: managers, politicians, educators in Research and Teaching
Institutions, military, philosopher kings and other professionals. The graduate can at
least transfer same training creatively, effectively and efficiently to others.

354
Programme Structure
The programme structure is as follows:

FORMAT OF COURSE NUMBERING

The course number starts with ISS, followed by three digits:
1. The first letter indicates (I) institute
2. The second letter indicates (S) social
3. The third letter indicates (S) studies
4. The first digit indicates course level: 7 for PGD and 8 for Masters Courses.
5. The second digit indicates the course group where the following groups are
employed:

Group 1: Social Work and Gender Studies

Group 2: Local Government Administration
Group 3: English language and Communication Studies
Group 4: Philosophy
Group 5: Public Administration
Group 6: History and International Studies
Group 7: Social Work
The Third digit indicates semester: odd for first semester and even for second
semester.

(A) PGD SOCIAL STUDIES

Course No Title Lecture Units
Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 771: Culture and Development 3 3
ISS 773: Introduction to Political Science 3 3
ISS 775: Sociology 3 3
ISS 777: Government and Politics of Nigeria 3 3
ISS 779: Anthropology 3 3
15 15

Second Semester
ISS 770: Social Psychology 3 3
ISS 772: African Politics 3 3
ISS 774: Oral Tradition and Society 3 3
ISS 776: Principles of Communication 3 3
ISS 778: Research Methods 3 3
15 15

(B) PGD LOCAL GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION

First Semester
ISS 721: Local Government and Politics in Nigeria 3 3
ISS 723: Administrative Rules and Regulations 3 3
ISS 725: Public Policy Analysis and Decision making 3 3
ISS 727: Comparative Local Government 3 3
ISS 729: Development Administration 3 3
ISS 731: Principles of Management 3 3
18 18

355
 Second Semester
ISS 720: Administrative Theory 3 3
ISS 722: Local Government Finance/Financial Mgt. 3 3
ISS 724: Human Resource and Manpower Dev. 3 3
ISS 726: Rural Development 3 3
ISS 728: Project 3 3
18 18

3.9 COURSE DESCRIPTION

ISS 771: Culture and Development 3 units

This course seeks to acquaint students with factors that influence culture change.
Emphasis would be placed on institution and trade as indices that contribute to socio-
cultural development.

ISS 773: Introduction to Political Science 3 units

Emphasis is on meaning, nature and scope of politics, political science and its
relation to other disciplines, methods of political science, political systems and the
structure of government, state – origin and nature, basic analytical concepts in
political science, sovereignty, citizenship and the like.

ISS 775: Sociology 3 units

The course is designed to explain to students the discipline of sociology: its meaning
and relationship. It will analyse sociology theories: functionalism, Marxism, conflict,
society, culture, socialization and culture transmission. The nature and meaning of
social institutions, meaning and significance of social stratification, social mobility, will
be explained in great details. The origin and development of anthropology, its
theories and contributions to research and analysis of cultures, social structure will
be discussed.

ISS 777: Government and Politics of Nigeria 3 units

This course is designed to help students have an appreciable knowledge and
understanding of the evolution of the political system and government and politics in
Nigeria, from colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be on the background
analysis of the social, economic and political setting of pre-colonial Nigeria, colonial
Nigeria and Independent Nigeria.

ISS 779: Anthropology 3 units

The course examines the definition of anthropology, relationship between
anthropology and other social sciences, historical development of anthropology
through time. It also studies components of anthropological perspective. Nigerian
pre-historical human beings and cultures, enculturation and functional education,
religion and African development are studied.

ISS 770: Social Psychology 3 units

This course underlines the nature of social psychology, social influence and inter-
group attitudes. It is designed to explain socialization, social cognition, social motive
and racial prejudice. Finally, the effects of the media should be discussed.

ISS 772: African Politics 3 units

The course is designed and structured to critique the nature of African politics, the
origins and problems of African politics, colonialism in Africa; its problems, Neo-
colonialism; succession of power, military rule and Africa in international politics.

356
ISS 774: Oral Tradition and Society 3 units
This course is designed to survey the nature of oral literature and tradition, its
structure and relationship to historical knowledge in society. It also examines
sociological and structural analysis of tradition.

ISS 776: Principles of Communication 3 units

The elements of communication in human relations are discussed. The dynamics of
verbal and non-verbal communication processes will be linked with varied socio-
political development.

ISS 778: Research Methods 3 units

The course will deal with the efficient handling of research materials such as journals,
book indexes, guides to periodical literature and recorded sources. Apart from being
given practical assignments to trace information in libraries and in the field, the
student will be taught how to organize data and present them in a scholarly form.

ISS 721: Local Government & Politics in Nigeria 3 units

The course provides an insight into the origin, nature and historical
development/evolution of the local government in Nigeria. It reviews the organization
and function of local government in a developing country like Nigeria. It will couch on
group and opinion making process in relation to effective government participation
and administration. It will examine the nation-wide uniform local government system
in 1976 and the various changes, which have taken place and are still taking place.

ISS 723: Administrative Rules and Regulations 3 units

This course is designed to familiarize students with the definition and conceptual
framework of Administration, Constitutional concepts, the reason for the emergence
of Administrative rules, and Legal significance (Responsibility and liability of
government or the acts of its servants and personal liability of public officials in the
line of their official duties). General principles of Administrative law and concerns of
law in institutions and policy are analysed in terms of who benefits and who does not.

ISS 725: Public Policy Analysis and Decision Making 3 units

The course examines public policy as a concept and its types. It also studies theories
of decision making, factors that influence decision making, who are the policy
makers, and justification for public policy making using: (a) government policy (b)
education (c) health; pension scheme (d) contributory (e) deregulation and subsidy
removal as parameters.

ISS 727: Comparative Local Government 3 units

Local Government is a creature of statutes all over the world, and meant to be
responsible for local affairs delegated to it by the central government. The course is
designed to introduce students to various types of local government in the world. The
course would enable students to identify the purposes for which local government is
created; such purposes may be uniform, or vary from country to country. The course
further seeks students to critique their findings, in terms of merits and demerits of the
various forms of local government; and efforts to sustain the merits as well as
ameliorate the demerits.

ISS 729: Development Administration 3 units

Students are introduced to the philosophy, development and orientation of
administrations in developing countries in their quest to develop their countries. The
course will also focus on theories of development, socioeconomic analysis of the
concept of development and its relation to growth. It will examine changes in
development administration from colonial period to the present. The course will

357
further examine development problems in the third world formation and
administrative techniques and mechanism in the development process with particular
reference to Nigeria. Concepts such as modernization and underdevelopment,
dependency and development theories will be discussed in great detail.

ISS 731: Principles of Management 3 units

The course will seek to develop and or build effective and efficient managerial
capability in students. It will examine the principles and theories of management and
decision making, a systematic analysis of the evolution of management, managerial
functions, skills, knowledge and the development of management thought, structure,
and functions of organizations, organizational framework and management process
will be a major focus of this course.

ISS 720 Administrative Theory

This course will provide the students a broad conceptual view of general
administration. It will examine the classical theories of administration, human
relations theories and the systems theories that would lead to an objective
contribution and / or criticisms of the different schools in the light of modern theories.
A critical examination would be made on decision-making theories, behavioural
theories, environment of the organization and the structure and leadership.

ISS 722 Local Government Finance and Financial Management

The main focus of this course is on the processes and sources of local government
finance; due process; how local government revenue is raised and the structure of
local government expenditure; budgeting and control of local government finance.

ISS 724: Human Resources Management 3 units

This course will tend to assist students understand the basic elements of personnel
administration and their relation to overall organizational effectiveness in Nigerian
public administration. The course will cover a wide range of topics and issues related
to development, utilization and the utilization of human resources in the process of
national development. History and development of personnel function of
management, Divisions of personnel function. Organizational planning and job
analysis will also be discussed. Human resources planning, human capital theories,
training and development techniques, compensation politics including wages and
salary administration, benefits and services, motivation theories, motivation and
productivity relationships etc, selection processes in recruitment.

ISS 726 Rural Development

The aim is to define the word development, with the various concepts and theories.
The course presents the features of rural societies in Nigeria. Approaches to rural
development, conditions necessary for infrastructural development in rural Nigeria life
and rural communities are examined. Technology, information and rural development
are presented. Politics of rural development in Nigeria is assessed.

MASTERS IN SOCIAL WORK AND GENDER STUDIES

The programme in Social Work and Gender Studies practicalizes the interconnection
of gender with other indices of scholarship. It also aims at linking gender issues with
the examination of perennial social problems such as violence in dysfunctional
families and high incidence of crime and juvenile delinquency in an impoverished
developing society. At the end of the course, the graduates could be engaged as
counsellors, teachers, social workers, or work with NGOs.

358
Course No Title Lecture
Units
Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 811: Gender Studies 3 3
ISS 813: Gender Theories 3 3
ISS 815: Social Work 3 3
ISS 817: Theories of Social Work 3 3
ISS 819: Women, History and Change 3 3
15 15

Second Semester
ISS 810: Social Psychology 3 3
ISS 812: Gender Studies, Science and Technology 3 3
ISS 814: Gender and Reproductive Health 3 3
ISS 816: Gender, Writing and Language 3 3
ISS 818: Women and Social Development 3 3
15 15
Third Semester
ISS 821: Social Change and Social Problems 3 3
ISS 823: Research Methods 3 3
ISS 825: Seminar /Dissertation 6 6
12 12

COURSE DESCRIPTION
ISS 811: Gender Studies 3 units
This course focuses on Epistemology and the problematic of gender as a social
construct. The import of Gender Studies in the academia will be scrutinized as field of
enquiry.

ISS 813: Gender Theories 3 units

Theorizing has been problematic in gender studies, a holistic approach would be
taken in theory which underscores practice. Theoretical discourse commences from
the classical thoughts of Plato and Aristotle to post structuralist and post-modernist
perspective. These Western ideologies will be juxtaposed with African feminisms
including womanism, femalism, gynism and motherism.

ISS 815: Social Work 3 units

The course explains social work in the light of clinical or recreational service meant to
improve community welfare. It would include health clinics, recreational facilities, aid
to the poor and the aged, etc. The content would also include how disabled persons
(mentally and physically) could achieve stability or escape stigmatization through
their interaction with social workers. Furthermore, the challenges being experienced
by the social work and efforts to reduce such challenges are part of the discourse.

ISS 817: Theories of Social Work 3 units

This course will evaluate theories of social work analysing their strengths and
witnesses; allowing the students to form their personal opinion on whether each
theory is applicable to the Nigeria social milieu or not. Valued theoretical perspective
of social work will form the focus of this course. Theories will be related to practice.

359
ISS 819: Women in History and Change 3 units
This is designed to examine the visibility of women in the historical process. Taking a
global outlook, women’s history would be closely linked with world politics. Historical
concerns will include social movement of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in
the Western World as well as women’s struggles in Africa such as the Aba Women’s
Riot of 1929.

ISS 810: Social Psychology 3 units

This course underlines the nature of social psychology, social influence and inter-
group attitudes. It is designed to explain socialization, social cognition, social motive
and racial prejudice. Finally, the effects of the media should be discussed.

ISS 812: Gender Studies, Science and Technology 3 units

Gender will be considered alongside the use and abuse of scientific research such as
eugenics and cloning, Academic enquiry will probe into the development of gender
scholarship. Among the issues to be studied are evolution, the new genetics,
systemic concerns and gendered science.

ISS 814: Gender and Reproductive Health 3 units

This course redefines health and re-evaluates femininity and biological determinism.
Material conditions such as illness and poverty as they diminish the female individual.
Scientific developments and medical technologies as they effect male/female
biological reproduction will be focused on.

ISS 816: Gender, Writing and Language 3 units

Words as vehicles of communication will be the focus of this course. Do women write
differently? Women’s mode of speaking and writing will be considered alongside their
relationship to language.

ISS 818: Women and Social Development 3 units

This course will examine the role of women in society with emphasis on social
development. Factors that inhibit the contribution of women to social development is
studied. Institution as well as non-formal arrangements in the past and present that
influence women’s contribution to development are examined.

ISS 821: Social Change and Social Problems 3 units

This course introduces concepts, causes and sources of social change. The course
is also designed to introduce the students to some major theories of social change –
the evolutionary theory, conflict theory of social change, cyclical theories of change,
conflict theory, equilibrium theory and “Rise and Fall” theory. How social changes
bring about social problems/development. It shall also analyse social problems with
particular reference to Nigeria.

ISS 823: Research Methods 3 units

In introducing students to research methods, there will be emphasis on skills
development. Techniques in designing questionnaire and surveys and conducting
interviews are studied under Methodology and Gender Epistemology.

360
MASTERS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Course No Title Lecture Units
Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 831: Psycholinguistics 3 3
ISS 833: Sociolinguistics 3 3
ISS 835: Semantics and Basic Translation 3 3
ISS 837: Mass Communication 3 3
ISS 839: Advanced Reading and Writing Skills 3 3
ISS 841: Business Communication 3 3
18 18
Second Semester
ISS 830: Orthography 3 3
ISS 832: Language Engineering 3 3
ISS 834: Elements of Advertising 3 3
ISS 836: Editing and Publishing 3 3
ISS 838: Language Classification in Nigeria 3 3
ISS 840: English Methods 3 3
18 18

COURSE DESCRIPTION
ISS 831: Psycholinguistics 3 units
This course seeks to explain the relationship between psychology and language. It
discusses the various stages in language acquisition: the babbling stage, the
holophrastic stage, the one-word stage, and the sentence stage. Reference will also
be made to the child’s language acquisition in the context of universal grammar.

ISS 833: Sociolinguistics 3 units

The aim of this course is to get graduate students to understand the major issues
involved in the nativization of English and to stimulate interest in the description and
appreciation of features of English.

ISS 835: Semantics and Basic Translation 3 units

This course exposes students to basic concept in the study and analysis of meaning
as well as to the art and process of translation. Students will be made to practice
translation (Nigerian and Foreign Languages). The aim of the course is to equip the
students with the basic skills necessary for effective translation.

ISS 837: Mass Communication 3 units

The course is intended to focus on communication in general and mass
communication in particular. It deals particularly with the nature of communication, of
the communicator and of the audience (homogeneity and heterogeneity); the
importance of mass communication, functions of mass communication.

ISS 839: Advanced Reading and Writing Skills 3 units

This course is aimed at developing in the students such skills as will enable them to
apply linguistic knowledge to texts of varying language levels of complexity, register
and textual structure. Students will be exposed to the skills of varying reading speed
in relation to reading purpose. Outlining and producing coherent prose texts for
different purposes would also be examined. The course places emphasise on writing
for various purposes and situations.

361
ISS 841: Business Communication
This course will introduce the students to the nature and structure of modern English
with specific reference to business skills. It will develop in the students the skills of
comprehension and writing in relation to the writing of business letters. An aspect of
reporting business transactions will be taught, together with the writing of
memoranda, minutes, posters, bills and telegram. Students will also learn how to
summarize simple business letters and sets of business letters.

ISS 830: Orthography 3 units

The study of language leads to language development and development requires
standardization. Writing systems provide the standard representation of the exiting
sounds in a language; the principles of a good orthography; how to represent the
consonants and vowels and the spelling rules provided by using the language and
also the phonological and morphological process involved in any writing system are
studied.

ISS 832: Language Engineering 3 units

The course intends to expose the students to an area of applied linguistics, which is
concerned with the design, and implementation of measure toward the rehabilitation
and maximum utilization of languages. The course also examines language from a
socio-political perspective.

ISS 834: Elements of Advertising 3 units

This study will expose the students to an analytic study of the principles of
advertising, taking into consideration the various types of languages suitable for
advertising. The course will also touch on media advertisement – classified and
display advertisement, use of bill boards and motion picture adverts.

ISS 836: Editing and Publishing 3 units

In the main, the course provides students not only with the linguistic training
necessary for editing and publishing in both local and foreign language but also with
principles and issues in the field such as copyright and plagiarism, laws and cost
benefit analysis.

ISS 838: Language Classification in Nigeria 3 units

This course focuses on classification of Nigerian Languages in generic and genetic
terms, and the identification of common as well as divergent features. Such
classification would include such terms as ‘Second Language’ and ‘Foreign
Language’ to account for the presence of such foreign languages as English and
French. The classification of indigenous Nigerian Language in terms of generic
relationship should enable the student to see the linguistic as well as socio-cultural
relationship among the language communities.

ISS 840: English Methods 3 units

The course will deal with the efficient handling of research materials such as journals,
book indexes, guides to periodical literature and recorded sources. Apart from being
given practical assignments to trace information in libraries and in the field, the
student will be taught how to organize data and present them in a scholarly form.
This is to aid the student produce a written presentation of supervised original
research report undertaken by each student or a group of students on a chosen topic
of relevance to aspects of language studies or problems in the Nigerian linguistic
system.

362
M.SC IN PHILOSOPHY
Course No Title Lecture Units
Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 841: African Philosophy 3 3
ISS 843: Moral Philosophy and the
woman question 3 3
ISS 845: Philosophy of the human Science 3 3
ISS 847: Social and Political Philosophy 3 3
ISS 849: Philosophy of Culture 3 3
ISS 851: Gender Theories 3 3
18 18

Second Semester
ISS 842: Philosophy of the natural Science 3 3
ISS 844: Philosophical Issues in Contemporary
African Experience 3 3
ISS 846: Environmental Ethics 3 3
ISS 848: Research Methods 3 3
ISS 850: African Juridic Logic and the
Philosophy of Law 3 3
ISS 852: Business Ethics 3 3
18 18

COURSE DESCRIPTION
ISS 841: African Philosophy 3 units
A philosophical articulation of African worldview by means of an analysis of African
concepts of God, the world, human person, time, destiny, morality, the good society,
development, work ethics, and communalism contrasted with individualism, life,
death and re-incarnation, etc. Characteristic features of African traditional thought
pattern: communalism, religiosity, symbolism, praxis, person-centred thinking, etc.,
will be identified and compare with other systems of thought where applicable.
Attention will be paid to philosophical writings that reflect on contemporary African
cultural and historical experience

ISS 843: Moral Philosophy and the Woman Question 3 units

We always make choices of moral significance that affect our lives both as private
persons and as citizens. Some of such choices are conceptually raising new and
unsettling issues in practical ethics. The woman question is one of such vexed
issues. Patriarchy, matriarchy, the possibility of diarchy in the family, social freedom,
the ethical theory of natural (human) rights and equal opportunity for all (male and
female) will be discussed.

ISS 845: Philosophy of Human Sciences 3 units

This course examines philosophical theories of human nature and such issues as
rationality, freedom, determinism, responsibility, liability, forms and functions of
knowledge, consciousness, choice, subjectivity, objectivity, etc. and their impact on
the human persons’ understanding of themselves and other social constructs that set
human beings apart from other terrestrial beings. The methods and problems in the
study of human behaviour contrasted with those of natural science, theories of
human action, understanding of others, and social interaction.

363
ISS 847: Social and Political Philosophy 3 units
A study of philosophy concepts and moral principles underlying political and social
institutions with particular attention on such concepts as authority and power,
dialogue, totalitarianism, capitalism and socialism, morality, political legitimacy in the
context of African governments, the origin and purpose of the state, natural law and
human things, justice and equality, the notion of the common good, individualism and
community. Emphasis will be laid on African political thought, the role played by the
military in the governance of African States, the need for Democracy and
Responsible Governance in Africa.

ISS 849: Philosophy of culture 3 units

This course undertakes a study of the concept of culture in its various aspects,
beginning with an analysis of the concept itself, the semantic and conceptual relation
between culture and tradition. Particular attention will be paid to such issues as
language and culture; ethnocentrism and understanding other cultures; national and
cultural identity; incommensurability between two or more conceptual schemes and
cultural practices; cultural universalism and relativism; philosophical foundations of
multiculturalism.

ISS 851: Gender Theories 3 units

A study of the philosophical positions of Aristotle, Hegel, John Stuart Mill, Mary
Wollstonecraft, John Locke, Friedrich Angels and Karl Marx; Critique of Patriarchy,
Gender Violence and the excesses of Western feminism; African womanism,
femalism and gynism; accommodationist love and ecogynism as solution to gender
inequality and violence.

ISS 842: Philosophy of the Natural Sciences 3 units

A critical examination of the basic concepts and issues in the methodology of the
natural science; investigation of the nature of scientific knowledge with examples
from physical science; the nature of scientific truth, hypothesis, theories, and
paradigms in scientific discoveries; the experimental procedure; induction and
probability, the concept of causation; the notions of scientific progress vs. hazardous
crisis of development. A critical evaluation of technological trends: secret science:
nuclear arms and wastes, chemical and biological weapons; industrial emissions;
genetic engineering especially human cloning, etc., in the light of the aims and
objectives of technology.

ISS 844: Philosophical Issues in Contemporary African Experience

3 units
A critical examination of the problems emerging from the African experience of
colonialism and neo-colonialism with particular attention paid to such notions as
economic ideologies: SAP, Globalization, Trade liberalization, Deregulation;
exploitation; authority and political legitimacy; democracy; political corruption; social
equality and equitable distribution of goods and services; ethnicity, identity and
nationhood; and critical evaluation traditional African values, practices and
institutions; philosophical analysis of the concept of modernity, development,
science, and technology.

ISS 846: Environmental Ethics 3 units

A critical examination of the causes of environmental crisis; the reality of global
warming and its consequences; World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD)
and Sustainable society; Globalization, world and one ethics; environmental
protection; Biodiversity and the respect for nature; Critique of anthropocentricism;
biometric equality, ecocentric holism, deep ecology; ecofeminism and ecogynism;
Basic ecological concepts: Population, resources and pollution; Ethical implications

364
of pollution; Ethics; Economics and the Environment of focusing on Resource control
and Youth Restiveness in Nigeria Delta, Nigeria.

ISS 848: Research Methods 3 units

Studying philosophy is different from reading any other course. Philosophical issues
arise in many specific fields of study. It can be helpful to students to have these
issues examined in a philosophical manner and thus acquire some of the techniques
philosophers have developed for dealing with them. a course on research methods
also aims at helping students acquire scholarly and excellent writing skills.
ISS 850: African Juridic Logic & the Philosophy of Law 3 units
A highlight of the peculiarity of African modes of reasoning; characteristic of features
of African thought pattern and juridical argumentation: argument of direction,
argument of waste, argument of redundancy, argument by compromise, argument by
boomerang, argument by analogy, argument by dilemma, argument from authority,
argument by comparison, pragmatic argument; argument of reciprocity, argument of
inclusion of the part in the whole, etc. will be identified and compared with other
systems of thought where applicable. Critical analysis of fundamental concepts and
procedural modes are examined. The significant role which African proverbs,
witticisms: Atticism, apologue, apophthegms, aphorism, nomenclature, anecdotes,
etc. play in argumentation will be given prominence. The course takes a critical look
at the nature and function of law, the relation between law and Morality; Logic and
Legal Reasoning.

ISS 852: Business Ethics 3 units

The course focuses on the moral problems that arise in the world of business. It
examines the economic realities of our time vis-à-vis economic motive against
leading theories of economic and social justice. A consideration of alternative ethical
approaches to the value in profitability and winning at all cost, value in research and
development, value in co-operation/competition; elaboration of an ethical framework
adapted to managerial positions. Attention will be paid to the role of Multinational
corporations in Resource Control and conflict management and maintenance of
peace in the Niger Delta region of Nigeria.

MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MPA) PROGRAMME

A. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME
The MPA programme will strive among other things to achieve the following
objectives:
(a) To develop professional administrators
(b) To serve the needs of the government and other organizations
(c) To train and re-train public office holders or individuals who may wish to
venture into the administrative cadre in the public services.
(d) To enable duly qualified candidates or individuals interested in pursuing the
MPA programme but who occupy high and important positions in government
and other organizations the opportunity of doing so on part-time basis.

B. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
(i) A candidate seeking for admission into the full-time MPA degree
programme must possess a good bachelor’s degree in Political Science
and related programmes with at least second-class division. At least 3-5
years public or private working experience will be an added advantage.
(ii) Candidates who did not major in Political Science or related discipline or
who lack the necessary prerequisite for the regular MPA course work will
be required to successfully complete the postgraduate diploma in Public
Administration, Social Science Studies or Local Government

365
 Administration of the Rivers State University of Science and Technology
or other recognized universities with a minimum of CGPA of 3.00.
(iii) Candidates seeking for admission into the full-time MPA degree
programme with a third class or pass degree will be required to go
through the same process as in B (ii) above.
(iv) A candidate seeking for admission into the part time MPA degree
programme must possess a good bachelor’s degree (not lower than
second class division) in a political science and related discipline.
(v) Diploma in public Administration (DPA) in addition to HND or equivalent
qualification.

C. COURSE DURATION
Minimum of four semesters and a maximum of six semesters for the full-time
MPA programme.

D. CREDIT LOAD
For the award of the MPA degree, a candidate must successfully complete at
least 36 credit hours of the 800 level courses.

Course No Title Lecture Units

Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 851: Theory & Practice of Public
Administration 3 3
ISS 853: Policies & Problems of Development 3 3
ISS 855: Administration Law 3 3
ISS 857: Local Government Administration in Nigeria 3 3
ISS 859: Comparative Public Administration 3 3
ISS 861 Accounting & Auditing for
Public Administration 3 3
18 18

Second Semester
ISS 850: Financial Management & Budgeting 3 3
ISS 852: Policy Analysis & Decision Making 3 3
ISS 854: Personnel Management 3 3
ISS 856: Organizational Theory 3 3
ISS 858: Development Administration 3 3
ISS 860: Research Methods 3 3
18 18

Third Semester
ISS 863: Intergovernmental Relations 3 3
ISS 865: Nigeria’s Foreign Policy 3 3
ISS 867: Political Economy of Nigeria 3 3
ISS 869: Individual Research Project 6
12

366
MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MPA)
COURSE DESCRIPTION

ISS 851: Theory And Practice of Public Administration 3 units

Theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the study and practice of Public
Administration are discussed. This course assist students familiarize themselves with
theory and practice of Public Administration. The views of the classical and human
relations schools of thoughts regarding theories and conception of administration
generally and Public Administration in particular are presented. The Mechanistic,
Humanistic system theories, Maslow’s Hierarchy of needs are also examined.

ISS 853: Policies & Problems of Development

The course will acquaint students with the origin and conceptualization of policy; the
nature and types of policy and the policy making processes. The obstacles to policy
making and policy implementation in Nigeria and other African countries and why
policies fail, particularly development policies will be examined. It will also introduce
students to the meaning of development and underdevelopment, and
characterization of underdevelopment. An analysis of the causes and problems of
underdevelopment, paradigms of development and underdevelopment and the
various theories are discussed. Emphasis will be placed on Nigeria and other third
world countries.

ISS 855: Administrative Law 3 units

This course is designed to familiarize students with the definition and conceptual
framework of Administrative Law, Constitutional concepts, the reason for the
emergence of Administrative law, and Legal significance (Responsibility and liability
of government or the acts of its servants and personal liability of public officials in the
line of their official duties). General principles of Administrative law and concerns of
law in institutions and policy are analysed in terms of who benefits and who does not.

ISS 857: Local Government Administration in Nigeria 3 units

The course will acquaint students with the concept of local government; the origin of
local government, traditional local institutions in Nigeria, and the significance and
justification of local government. The 1976 Nationwide local government reforms and
modern trends in local government administration are also studied.

ISS 859: Comparative Public Administration 3 units

The major objective of this course is to enable students acquire the knowledge of the
techniques of comparative public administration in all its ramifications. Special effort
is made to sensitize students with the general principles and philosophies of public
Administration. Students are provided with reasons and the importance of
comparative public Administration, Ecology or comparative public Administration,
Comparison of colonial administrative pattern with the resent pattern in Nigeria and
other countries. Comparative public policy, Bureaucracy in developing in developed
countries; Comparative polities and public administration and a comparison of the
feature of public administration in some selected countries, are analysed.

ISS 861: Accounting and Auditing in Public Administration 3 units

This course is designed to assist students to have background knowledge of the
principles and practices of auditing, classes and types of auditing. It will also assist
them to know the nature and significance of routine checking and vouching, audit
programme and working papers, Internal control, Internal audit, statutory and non-
statutory audit, Review of Audit work, Auditor’s Quality Control. It would also explain
professional ethics, professional Independence, Confidentiality, etc. and audit of

367
government accounts. The valuation and verification of assets and liabilities, balance
sheet audit and audit report are explained.

ISS 850: Financial Management and Budgeting 3 units

This course is aimed at acquainting students with the important concepts of public
finance, principles of public finance. The course will focus on the various ways in
which government raises its revenue, the structure of public expenditure and financial
control, modern budgeting, process, problems of auditing control and accountability
and a review of the ethics of public financial management. It also studies problems of
resources planning and policy execution, theories of fiscal and monetary policies.

ISS 852: Policy Analysis And Decision-Making 3 units

This course is designed against the backdrop of the meaning and dynamics of public
policy. It is aimed at familiarizing students with the policy-making environment and
factors affecting the policy environment. The course will examine the typologies of
public policy, policy-administration dichotomy, meaning of public policy analysis,
reasons and values for policy analysis, processes and sources of public policy,
characteristics, actors and actions of policy makers, values and conflicts in policy
making methods and tools for the evaluation of public policy. Case studies of
Nigerian public policies with relation to industry in capitalist, socialist and mixed
economics will also be examined.

ISS 854: Personnel Management 3 units

This course will specifically focus on the concept, principles and theories of
personnel management in public and private organizations. The selection process,
development, training, control, motivation, responsibility and accountability,
performance evaluation, discipline and rewards of personnel will be examined.
Efforts will be made to familiarize students with issues like leadership types, style and
impacts on personnel management practices in organizations.

ISS 856: Organizational Theory 3 units

This course will provide for students a broad conceptual view of organization
generally. The course will examine the classical theories of organization, human
relations theories and the systems theories that would lead to an objective
contribution and or criticism of the different schools in the light of modern theories. A
critique would be made on decision-making theories, behavioural theories,
environment of the organization and structure and leadership.

ISS 858: Development Administration

Students are introduced to the philosophy, development and orientation of
administrations in developing countries in their quest to develop their countries. The
course will also focus on theories of development, socioeconomic analysis of the
concept of development and its relation to growth. It will examine changes in
development administration from colonial period to the present. The course will
further examine development problems in the third world formation and
administrative techniques and mechanism in the development process with particular
reference to Nigeria. Concepts such as modernization and underdevelopment,
dependency and development theories will be discussed in great detail.

ISS 860: Research Methods 3 units

This course aims at developing student’s skills in Scientific Investigation, information
gathering, analysis and writing reports and interpretations in dealing with public
business and organizational behaviour problems. It would also present planning and
execution, design, techniques and problems of research methods. Students would be

368
 taught formulation of research proposal for a given topic. The use of various
statistical measures and techniques for public decision making will be examined.

ISS 863: Inter-governmental Relations 3 units

The course will pay special attention to the study of the concepts of Inter-
governmental Relations, types of Intergovernmental relations. The course is also
aimed at examining the various dimensions of governmental relations with particulars
focus on Federal-State, Federal-local, State-State, State-local and local-local
relations in terms of administrative, fiscal and political aspects. References will be
made on Inter-governmental relations in other countries.

ISS 865: Nigeria’s Foreign Policy 3 units

The course is essentially designed to examine the management of Nigeria’s interest
in the International arena. The course will examine the concept, nature,
determinants, principles and objective of Nigerian Foreign policy, purposes and aim.
It will look at the impact of internal and external environment on foreign policy of
nations, and the role and impact of International organizations like UNO,
Commonwealth, EEC, EU, ECOWAS, AU, etc. on the foreign policy of nations. The
course will also examine the foreign policy of Nigeria from 1960 to the present day.

ISS 867: Political Economy of Nigeria 3 units

The course is aimed at introducing the student to the relation between policies and
economies, and the organic relationship between capitalism and socialism as forms
of social consciousness in Nigeria. Capitalism and socialism as contrasting theories
of development; problems of colonialism and dependency in Nigeria, and the concept
of globalization of international capital, are also explained.

ISS 869: Individual Research Project 3 units

As a prerequisite for the award of the Master of public Administration degree (MPA)
every student at the end of the programme will be required to carry out an original
research under a supervisor. This is to empirically demonstrate the student’s grasp of
the principles, practice and methodologies of Public Administration.

M.SC IN HISTORY AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Course No Title Lecture Units
Hours
First Semester
L T P
ISS 861: Third World History 3 3
ISS 863: The New World Order 3 3
ISS 865: Nigerian Federalism 3 3
ISS 867: International Organizations 3 3
ISS 869: International Security and Conflict Management 3 3
ISS 871: Theories of International Relations 3 3
18 18
Second Semester
ISS 860: Modern Political Theories 3 3
ISS 862: Nigerian Foreign Policy (Seminar) 3 3
ISS 864: International Human Rights 3 3
ISS 866: Regional and Global Organization 3 3
ISS 868: Research Methods 3 3
ISS 870: Comparative African Foreign Policy 3 3

369
ISS 861: Third World History 3 units
This course entails a critical study of selected third world countries and their attempt
to face the problems of underdevelopment. Ideas of Cabral, Nyerere, Senghor,
Nkrumah are examined. An analysis of the theories of development and
underdevelopment, the alternative paths to development will also be examined.

ISS 863: The New World Order 3 units

The focus of the course is to examine changing views of the world, to dispel the
confusion and the common assumption from the perspective of the North with the
code work over, and the diversion of the world into rich and poor nations usually
referred to as the North and South. Students need to understand how these affect
international politics.

ISS 865: Nigerian Federalism 3 units

A critical analysis of federalism as a form of union with emphasis on the historical
development of Nigerian federalism from a historical – legal form to a political –
administrative form of union. The dynamics of federal systems focusing on
federal/state relations in Nigeria and their impact on political and policy processes.

ISS 867: International Organizations 3 units

This course is an assessment of the contributions of international organizations to
international peace and security. Emphasis is on coalitions in global and regional
organizations and problems and prospects of international organisations.

ISS 869: International security and Conflict Management 3 units

This course is designed to examine security and peace internationally and the role of
international organizations to conflict management. The role of UN, NATO, AU and
other bodies are discussed. How effective have these bodies been in international
conflict management are assessed.

ISS 871: Theories of International Relations 3 units

An analytical and critical presentation of Traditional behavioural and post-behavioural
approaches to the study of international relations; concepts of foreign policy
behaviour and decision-making; Utopian and realist approaches; theories of
integration and conflict; systems theory and the interplay between nationalism and
internationalism. The relationship between theories of international relations and the
assumptions of policy-makers.

ISS 860 Modern Political Theories 3 units

This course deals with contemporary political thought. Theme for analysis include:
bureaucracy, region, class, division of labour and the nature of capitalist civilization.
Reference would be made to the works of Hegel, Marz Durkheim, Webber, Pareto,
Mosca, Lukacs Marcuse, Sartre and Camus.

ISS 864: International Human Rights 3 units

This course is a critique Human Rights as a concept in International relations for the
maintenance of peace and good governance. The role of the Red Cross and other
Human Right Bodies are examined. Case studies of the Truth and Reconciliatory
committee in South Africa and the Justice Oputa Human Rights Committee in Nigeria
are assessed.

370
ISS 866: Regional and Global Organizations 3 units
The course focuses on the impact of regional and global organization on the
formulation and execution of policy. The impacts of organizations like UN, Common
Wealth, EU, ECOWAS, AU etc.

ISS 868: Research Method 3 units

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the method of conducting political
and social research. It covers the formulation of research problems, hypothesis
testing, sampling methods, data gathering / analysis and interpretation.

ISS 870: Comparative African Foreign Policy 3 units

This course is a comparative analysis of the external and domestic sources of foreign
policy in Africa. The focus is on Africa interaction, and interest with developed states.
An attempt to improve Africa’s International Status, strategies used and impact of
Competitive Interaction on Policy Implementations are assessed.

371